|
78
|
1 ;;; Do NOT edit this file!
|
|
|
2 ;;; It is automatically generated using "make autoloads"
|
|
|
3 ;;; See update-autoloads.sh and autoload.el for more details.
|
|
|
4
|
|
|
5
|
|
100
|
6 ;;;### (autoloads (BibTeX-auto-store) "latex" "auctex/latex.el")
|
|
|
7
|
|
|
8 (autoload 'BibTeX-auto-store "latex" "\
|
|
|
9 This function should be called from bibtex-mode-hook.
|
|
|
10 It will setup BibTeX to store keys in an auto file." nil nil)
|
|
|
11
|
|
|
12 ;;;***
|
|
|
13
|
|
|
14 ;;;### (autoloads nil "tex-info" "auctex/tex-info.el")
|
|
|
15
|
|
|
16 ;;;***
|
|
|
17
|
|
|
18 ;;;### (autoloads (japanese-latex-mode japanese-plain-tex-mode) "tex-jp" "auctex/tex-jp.el")
|
|
|
19
|
|
|
20 (autoload 'japanese-plain-tex-mode "tex-jp" "\
|
|
|
21 Major mode for editing files of input for Japanese plain TeX.
|
|
|
22 Set japanese-TeX-mode to t, and enters plain-tex-mode." t nil)
|
|
|
23
|
|
|
24 (autoload 'japanese-latex-mode "tex-jp" "\
|
|
|
25 Major mode for editing files of input for Japanese plain TeX.
|
|
|
26 Set japanese-TeX-mode to t, and enters latex-mode." t nil)
|
|
|
27
|
|
|
28 ;;;***
|
|
|
29
|
|
|
30 ;;;### (autoloads (TeX-submit-bug-report TeX-insert-quote TeX-auto-generate-global TeX-auto-generate ams-tex-mode) "tex" "auctex/tex.el")
|
|
|
31
|
|
|
32 (autoload 'ams-tex-mode "tex" "\
|
|
|
33 Major mode for editing files of input for AmS TeX.
|
|
|
34 See info under AUC TeX for documentation.
|
|
|
35
|
|
|
36 Special commands:
|
|
|
37 \\{TeX-mode-map}
|
|
|
38
|
|
|
39 Entering AmS-tex-mode calls the value of text-mode-hook,
|
|
|
40 then the value of TeX-mode-hook, and then the value
|
|
|
41 of AmS-TeX-mode-hook." t nil)
|
|
|
42
|
|
|
43 (autoload 'TeX-auto-generate "tex" "\
|
|
|
44 Generate style file for TEX and store it in AUTO.
|
|
|
45 If TEX is a directory, generate style files for all files in the directory." t nil)
|
|
|
46
|
|
|
47 (autoload 'TeX-auto-generate-global "tex" "\
|
|
|
48 Create global auto directory for global TeX macro definitions." t nil)
|
|
|
49
|
|
|
50 (autoload 'TeX-insert-quote "tex" "\
|
|
|
51 Insert the appropriate quote marks for TeX.
|
|
|
52 Inserts the value of `TeX-open-quote' (normally ``) or `TeX-close-quote'
|
|
|
53 \(normally '') depending on the context. If `TeX-quote-after-quote'
|
|
|
54 is non-nil, this insertion works only after \".
|
|
|
55 With prefix argument, always inserts \" characters." t nil)
|
|
|
56
|
|
|
57 (autoload 'TeX-submit-bug-report "tex" "\
|
|
|
58 Submit via mail a bug report on AUC TeX" t nil)
|
|
|
59
|
|
|
60 ;;;***
|
|
|
61
|
|
78
|
62 ;;;### (autoloads (batch-byte-recompile-directory batch-byte-recompile-directory-norecurse batch-byte-compile display-call-tree byte-compile-sexp byte-compile compile-defun byte-compile-file byte-recompile-file byte-recompile-directory byte-force-recompile) "bytecomp" "bytecomp/bytecomp.el")
|
|
|
63
|
|
|
64 (autoload 'byte-force-recompile "bytecomp" "\
|
|
|
65 Recompile every `.el' file in DIRECTORY that already has a `.elc' file.
|
|
|
66 Files in subdirectories of DIRECTORY are processed also." t nil)
|
|
|
67
|
|
|
68 (autoload 'byte-recompile-directory "bytecomp" "\
|
|
|
69 Recompile every `.el' file in DIRECTORY that needs recompilation.
|
|
|
70 This is if a `.elc' file exists but is older than the `.el' file.
|
|
|
71 Files in subdirectories of DIRECTORY are processed also unless argument
|
|
|
72 NORECURSION is non-nil.
|
|
|
73
|
|
|
74 If the `.elc' file does not exist, normally the `.el' file is *not* compiled.
|
|
|
75 But a prefix argument (optional second arg) means ask user,
|
|
|
76 for each such `.el' file, whether to compile it. Prefix argument 0 means
|
|
|
77 don't ask and compile the file anyway.
|
|
|
78
|
|
|
79 A nonzero prefix argument also means ask about each subdirectory.
|
|
|
80
|
|
|
81 If the fourth argument FORCE is non-nil,
|
|
|
82 recompile every `.el' file that already has a `.elc' file." t nil)
|
|
|
83
|
|
|
84 (autoload 'byte-recompile-file "bytecomp" "\
|
|
|
85 Recompile a file of Lisp code named FILENAME if it needs recompilation.
|
|
|
86 This is if the `.elc' file exists but is older than the `.el' file.
|
|
|
87
|
|
|
88 If the `.elc' file does not exist, normally the `.el' file is *not*
|
|
|
89 compiled. But a prefix argument (optional second arg) means ask user
|
|
|
90 whether to compile it. Prefix argument 0 don't ask and recompile anyway." t nil)
|
|
|
91
|
|
|
92 (autoload 'byte-compile-file "bytecomp" "\
|
|
|
93 Compile a file of Lisp code named FILENAME into a file of byte code.
|
|
|
94 The output file's name is made by appending `c' to the end of FILENAME.
|
|
|
95 With prefix arg (noninteractively: 2nd arg), load the file after compiling." t nil)
|
|
|
96
|
|
|
97 (autoload 'compile-defun "bytecomp" "\
|
|
|
98 Compile and evaluate the current top-level form.
|
|
|
99 Print the result in the minibuffer.
|
|
|
100 With argument, insert value in current buffer after the form." t nil)
|
|
|
101
|
|
|
102 (autoload 'byte-compile "bytecomp" "\
|
|
|
103 If FORM is a symbol, byte-compile its function definition.
|
|
|
104 If FORM is a lambda or a macro, byte-compile it as a function." nil nil)
|
|
|
105
|
|
|
106 (autoload 'byte-compile-sexp "bytecomp" "\
|
|
|
107 Compile and return SEXP." nil nil)
|
|
|
108
|
|
|
109 (autoload 'display-call-tree "bytecomp" "\
|
|
|
110 Display a call graph of a specified file.
|
|
|
111 This lists which functions have been called, what functions called
|
|
|
112 them, and what functions they call. The list includes all functions
|
|
|
113 whose definitions have been compiled in this Emacs session, as well as
|
|
|
114 all functions called by those functions.
|
|
|
115
|
|
|
116 The call graph does not include macros, inline functions, or
|
|
|
117 primitives that the byte-code interpreter knows about directly (eq,
|
|
|
118 cons, etc.).
|
|
|
119
|
|
|
120 The call tree also lists those functions which are not known to be called
|
|
|
121 \(that is, to which no calls have been compiled), and which cannot be
|
|
|
122 invoked interactively." t nil)
|
|
|
123
|
|
|
124 (autoload 'batch-byte-compile "bytecomp" "\
|
|
|
125 Run `byte-compile-file' on the files remaining on the command line.
|
|
|
126 Use this from the command line, with `-batch';
|
|
|
127 it won't work in an interactive Emacs.
|
|
|
128 Each file is processed even if an error occurred previously.
|
|
|
129 For example, invoke \"emacs -batch -f batch-byte-compile $emacs/ ~/*.el\"" nil nil)
|
|
|
130
|
|
|
131 (autoload 'batch-byte-recompile-directory-norecurse "bytecomp" "\
|
|
|
132 Same as `batch-byte-recompile-directory' but without recursion." nil nil)
|
|
|
133
|
|
|
134 (autoload 'batch-byte-recompile-directory "bytecomp" "\
|
|
|
135 Runs `byte-recompile-directory' on the dirs remaining on the command line.
|
|
|
136 Must be used only with `-batch', and kills Emacs on completion.
|
|
|
137 For example, invoke `xemacs -batch -f batch-byte-recompile-directory .'." nil nil)
|
|
|
138
|
|
|
139 ;;;***
|
|
|
140
|
|
|
141 ;;;### (autoloads (disassemble) "disass" "bytecomp/disass.el")
|
|
|
142
|
|
|
143 (autoload 'disassemble "disass" "\
|
|
|
144 Print disassembled code for OBJECT in (optional) BUFFER.
|
|
|
145 OBJECT can be a symbol defined as a function, or a function itself
|
|
|
146 \(a lambda expression or a compiled-function object).
|
|
|
147 If OBJECT is not already compiled, we compile it, but do not
|
|
|
148 redefine OBJECT if it is a symbol." t nil)
|
|
|
149
|
|
|
150 ;;;***
|
|
|
151
|
|
|
152 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cal-dst" "calendar/cal-dst.el")
|
|
|
153
|
|
|
154 (put 'calendar-daylight-savings-starts 'risky-local-variable t)
|
|
|
155
|
|
|
156 (put 'calendar-daylight-savings-ends 'risky-local-variable t)
|
|
|
157
|
|
|
158 ;;;***
|
|
|
159
|
|
|
160 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cal-x" "calendar/cal-x.el")
|
|
|
161
|
|
|
162 (defvar calendar-setup 'one-frame "\
|
|
|
163 The frame set up of the calendar.
|
|
|
164 The choices are `one-frame' (calendar and diary together in one separate,
|
|
|
165 dediciated frame) or `two-frames' (calendar and diary in separate, dedicated
|
|
|
166 frames); with any other value the current frame is used.")
|
|
|
167
|
|
|
168 ;;;***
|
|
|
169
|
|
|
170 ;;;### (autoloads (list-yahrzeit-dates calendar) "calendar" "calendar/calendar.el")
|
|
|
171
|
|
134
|
172 (defcustom calendar-week-start-day 0 "*The day of the week on which a week in the calendar begins.\n0 means Sunday (default), 1 means Monday, and so on." :type 'integer :group 'calendar)
|
|
|
173
|
|
|
174 (defcustom calendar-offset 0 "*The offset of the principal month from the center of the calendar window.\n0 means the principal month is in the center (default), -1 means on the left,\n+1 means on the right. Larger (or smaller) values push the principal month off\nthe screen." :type 'integer :group 'calendar)
|
|
|
175
|
|
|
176 (defcustom view-diary-entries-initially nil "*Non-nil means display current date's diary entries on entry.\nThe diary is displayed in another window when the calendar is first displayed,\nif the current date is visible. The number of days of diary entries displayed\nis governed by the variable `number-of-diary-entries'." :type 'boolean :group 'diary)
|
|
|
177
|
|
|
178 (defcustom number-of-diary-entries 1 "*Specifies how many days of diary entries are to be displayed initially.\nThis variable affects the diary display when the command M-x diary is used,\nor if the value of the variable `view-diary-entries-initially' is t. For\nexample, if the default value 1 is used, then only the current day's diary\nentries will be displayed. If the value 2 is used, then both the current\nday's and the next day's entries will be displayed.\n\nThe value can also be a vector such as [0 2 2 2 2 4 1]; this value\nsays to display no diary entries on Sunday, the display the entries\nfor the current date and the day after on Monday through Thursday,\ndisplay Friday through Monday's entries on Friday, and display only\nSaturday's entries on Saturday.\n\nThis variable does not affect the diary display with the `d' command\nfrom the calendar; in that case, the prefix argument controls the\nnumber of days of diary entries displayed." :type 'integer :group 'diary)
|
|
|
179
|
|
|
180 (defcustom mark-diary-entries-in-calendar nil "*Non-nil means mark dates with diary entries, in the calendar window.\nThe marking symbol is specified by the variable `diary-entry-marker'." :type 'boolean :group 'diary)
|
|
|
181
|
|
|
182 (defcustom view-calendar-holidays-initially nil "*Non-nil means display holidays for current three month period on entry.\nThe holidays are displayed in another window when the calendar is first\ndisplayed." :type 'boolean :group 'holidays)
|
|
|
183
|
|
|
184 (defcustom mark-holidays-in-calendar nil "*Non-nil means mark dates of holidays in the calendar window.\nThe marking symbol is specified by the variable `calendar-holiday-marker'." :type 'boolean :group 'holidays)
|
|
|
185
|
|
|
186 (defcustom all-hebrew-calendar-holidays nil "*If nil, show only major holidays from the Hebrew calendar.\nThis means only those Jewish holidays that appear on secular calendars.\n\nIf t, show all the holidays that would appear in a complete Hebrew calendar." :type 'boolean :group 'holidays)
|
|
|
187
|
|
|
188 (defcustom all-christian-calendar-holidays nil "*If nil, show only major holidays from the Christian calendar.\nThis means only those Christian holidays that appear on secular calendars.\n\nIf t, show all the holidays that would appear in a complete Christian\ncalendar." :type 'boolean :group 'holidays)
|
|
|
189
|
|
|
190 (defcustom all-islamic-calendar-holidays nil "*If nil, show only major holidays from the Islamic calendar.\nThis means only those Islamic holidays that appear on secular calendars.\n\nIf t, show all the holidays that would appear in a complete Islamic\ncalendar." :type 'boolean :group 'holidays)
|
|
|
191
|
|
|
192 (defcustom calendar-load-hook nil "*List of functions to be called after the calendar is first loaded.\nThis is the place to add key bindings to `calendar-mode-map'." :type 'hook :group 'calendar)
|
|
|
193
|
|
|
194 (defcustom initial-calendar-window-hook nil "*List of functions to be called when the calendar window is first opened.\nThe functions invoked are called after the calendar window is opened, but\nonce opened is never called again. Leaving the calendar with the `q' command\nand reentering it will cause these functions to be called again." :type 'hook :group 'calendar)
|
|
|
195
|
|
|
196 (defcustom today-visible-calendar-hook nil "*List of functions called whenever the current date is visible.\nThis can be used, for example, to replace today's date with asterisks; a\nfunction `calendar-star-date' is included for this purpose:\n (setq today-visible-calendar-hook 'calendar-star-date)\nIt can also be used to mark the current date with `calendar-today-marker';\na function is also provided for this:\n (setq today-visible-calendar-hook 'calendar-mark-today)\n\nThe corresponding variable `today-invisible-calendar-hook' is the list of\nfunctions called when the calendar function was called when the current\ndate is not visible in the window.\n\nOther than the use of the provided functions, the changing of any\ncharacters in the calendar buffer by the hooks may cause the failure of the\nfunctions that move by days and weeks." :type 'hook :group 'calendar)
|
|
|
197
|
|
|
198 (defcustom today-invisible-calendar-hook nil "*List of functions called whenever the current date is not visible.\n\nThe corresponding variable `today-visible-calendar-hook' is the list of\nfunctions called when the calendar function was called when the current\ndate is visible in the window.\n\nOther than the use of the provided functions, the changing of any\ncharacters in the calendar buffer by the hooks may cause the failure of the\nfunctions that move by days and weeks." :type 'hook :group 'calendar)
|
|
|
199
|
|
|
200 (defcustom diary-file "~/diary" "*Name of the file in which one's personal diary of dates is kept.\n\nThe file's entries are lines in any of the forms\n\n MONTH/DAY\n MONTH/DAY/YEAR\n MONTHNAME DAY\n MONTHNAME DAY, YEAR\n DAYNAME\n\nat the beginning of the line; the remainder of the line is the diary entry\nstring for that date. MONTH and DAY are one or two digit numbers, YEAR is\na number and may be written in full or abbreviated to the final two digits.\nIf the date does not contain a year, it is generic and applies to any year.\nDAYNAME entries apply to any date on which is on that day of the week.\nMONTHNAME and DAYNAME can be spelled in full, abbreviated to three\ncharacters (with or without a period), capitalized or not. Any of DAY,\nMONTH, or MONTHNAME, YEAR can be `*' which matches any day, month, or year,\nrespectively.\n\nThe European style (in which the day precedes the month) can be used\ninstead, if you execute `european-calendar' when in the calendar, or set\n`european-calendar-style' to t in your .emacs file. The European forms are\n\n DAY/MONTH\n DAY/MONTH/YEAR\n DAY MONTHNAME\n DAY MONTHNAME YEAR\n DAYNAME\n\nTo revert to the default American style from the European style, execute\n`american-calendar' in the calendar.\n\nA diary entry can be preceded by the character\n`diary-nonmarking-symbol' (ordinarily `&') to make that entry\nnonmarking--that is, it will not be marked on dates in the calendar\nwindow but will appear in a diary window.\n\nMultiline diary entries are made by indenting lines after the first with\neither a TAB or one or more spaces.\n\nLines not in one the above formats are ignored. Here are some sample diary\nentries (in the default American style):\n\n 12/22/1988 Twentieth wedding anniversary!!\n &1/1. Happy New Year!\n 10/22 Ruth's birthday.\n 21: Payday\n Tuesday--weekly meeting with grad students at 10am\n Supowit, Shen, Bitner, and Kapoor to attend.\n 1/13/89 Friday the thirteenth!!\n &thu 4pm squash game with Lloyd.\n mar 16 Dad's birthday\n April 15, 1989 Income tax due.\n &* 15 time cards due.\n\nIf the first line of a diary entry consists only of the date or day name with\nno trailing blanks or punctuation, then that line is not displayed in the\ndiary window; only the continuation lines is shown. For example, the\nsingle diary entry\n\n 02/11/1989\n Bill Blattner visits Princeton today\n 2pm Cognitive Studies Committee meeting\n 2:30-5:30 Lizzie at Lawrenceville for `Group Initiative'\n 4:00pm Jamie Tappenden\n 7:30pm Dinner at George and Ed's for Alan Ryan\n 7:30-10:00pm dance at Stewart Country Day School\n\nwill appear in the diary window without the date line at the beginning. This\nfacility allows the diary window to look neater, but can cause confusion if\nused with more than one day's entries displayed.\n\nDiary entries can be based on Lisp sexps. For example, the diary entry\n\n %%(diary-block 11 1 1990 11 10 1990) Vacation\n\ncauses the diary entry \"Vacation\" to appear from November 1 through November\n10, 1990. Other functions available are `diary-float', `diary-anniversary',\n`diary-cyclic', `diary-day-of-year', `diary-iso-date', `diary-french-date',\n`diary-hebrew-date', `diary-islamic-date', `diary-mayan-date',\n`diary-yahrzeit', `diary-sunrise-sunset', `diary-phases-of-moon',\n`diary-parasha', `diary-omer', `diary-rosh-hodesh', and\n`diary-sabbath-candles'. See the documentation for the function\n`list-sexp-diary-entries' for more details.\n\nDiary entries based on the Hebrew and/or the Islamic calendar are also\npossible, but because these are somewhat slow, they are ignored\nunless you set the `nongregorian-diary-listing-hook' and the\n`nongregorian-diary-marking-hook' appropriately. See the documentation\nfor these functions for details.\n\nDiary files can contain directives to include the contents of other files; for\ndetails, see the documentation for the variable `list-diary-entries-hook'." :type 'file :group 'diary)
|
|
|
201
|
|
|
202 (defcustom diary-nonmarking-symbol "&" "*Symbol indicating that a diary entry is not to be marked in the calendar." :type 'string :group 'diary)
|
|
|
203
|
|
|
204 (defcustom hebrew-diary-entry-symbol "H" "*Symbol indicating a diary entry according to the Hebrew calendar." :type 'string :group 'diary)
|
|
|
205
|
|
|
206 (defcustom islamic-diary-entry-symbol "I" "*Symbol indicating a diary entry according to the Islamic calendar." :type 'string :group 'diary)
|
|
|
207
|
|
|
208 (defcustom diary-include-string "#include" "*The string indicating inclusion of another file of diary entries.\nSee the documentation for the function `include-other-diary-files'." :type 'string :group 'diary)
|
|
|
209
|
|
|
210 (defcustom sexp-diary-entry-symbol "%%" "*The string used to indicate a sexp diary entry in diary-file.\nSee the documentation for the function `list-sexp-diary-entries'." :type 'string :group 'diary)
|
|
|
211
|
|
|
212 (defcustom abbreviated-calendar-year t "*Interpret a two-digit year DD in a diary entry as either 19DD or 20DD.\nFor the Gregorian calendar; similarly for the Hebrew and Islamic calendars.\nIf this variable is nil, years must be written in full." :type 'boolean :group 'diary)
|
|
|
213
|
|
|
214 (defcustom european-calendar-style nil "*Use the European style of dates in the diary and in any displays.\nIf this variable is t, a date 1/2/1990 would be interpreted as February 1,\n1990. The accepted European date styles are\n\n DAY/MONTH\n DAY/MONTH/YEAR\n DAY MONTHNAME\n DAY MONTHNAME YEAR\n DAYNAME\n\nNames can be capitalized or not, written in full, or abbreviated to three\ncharacters with or without a period." :type 'boolean :group 'diary)
|
|
|
215
|
|
|
216 (defcustom american-date-diary-pattern '((month "/" day "[^/0-9]") (month "/" day "/" year "[^0-9]") (monthname " *" day "[^,0-9]") (monthname " *" day ", *" year "[^0-9]") (dayname "\\W")) "*List of pseudo-patterns describing the American patterns of date used.\nSee the documentation of `diary-date-forms' for an explanation." :type '(repeat (choice (cons :tag "Backup" (const backup) (repeat (list :inline t :format "%v" (symbol :tag "Keyword") (choice symbol regexp)))) (repeat (list :inline t :format "%v" (symbol :tag "Keyword") (choice symbol regexp))))) :group 'diary)
|
|
|
217
|
|
|
218 (defcustom european-date-diary-pattern '((day "/" month "[^/0-9]") (day "/" month "/" year "[^0-9]") (backup day " *" monthname "\\W+\\<[^*0-9]") (day " *" monthname " *" year "[^0-9]") (dayname "\\W")) "*List of pseudo-patterns describing the European patterns of date used.\nSee the documentation of `diary-date-forms' for an explanation." :type '(repeat (choice (cons :tag "Backup" (const backup) (repeat (list :inline t :format "%v" (symbol :tag "Keyword") (choice symbol regexp)))) (repeat (list :inline t :format "%v" (symbol :tag "Keyword") (choice symbol regexp))))) :group 'diary)
|
|
|
219
|
|
|
220 (defcustom european-calendar-display-form '((if dayname (concat dayname ", ")) day " " monthname " " year) "*Pseudo-pattern governing the way a date appears in the European style.\nSee the documentation of calendar-date-display-form for an explanation." :type 'sexp :group 'calendar)
|
|
|
221
|
|
|
222 (defcustom american-calendar-display-form '((if dayname (concat dayname ", ")) monthname " " day ", " year) "*Pseudo-pattern governing the way a date appears in the American style.\nSee the documentation of `calendar-date-display-form' for an explanation." :type 'sexp :group 'calendar)
|
|
|
223
|
|
|
224 (defcustom print-diary-entries-hook 'lpr-buffer "*List of functions called after a temporary diary buffer is prepared.\nThe buffer shows only the diary entries currently visible in the diary\nbuffer. The default just does the printing. Other uses might include, for\nexample, rearranging the lines into order by day and time, saving the buffer\ninstead of deleting it, or changing the function used to do the printing." :type 'hook :group 'diary)
|
|
|
225
|
|
|
226 (defcustom list-diary-entries-hook nil "*List of functions called after diary file is culled for relevant entries.\nIt is to be used for diary entries that are not found in the diary file.\n\nA function `include-other-diary-files' is provided for use as the value of\nthis hook. This function enables you to use shared diary files together\nwith your own. The files included are specified in the diary file by lines\nof the form\n\n #include \"filename\"\n\nThis is recursive; that is, #include directives in files thus included are\nobeyed. You can change the \"#include\" to some other string by changing\nthe variable `diary-include-string'. When you use `include-other-diary-files'\nas part of the list-diary-entries-hook, you will probably also want to use the\nfunction `mark-included-diary-files' as part of `mark-diary-entries-hook'.\n\nFor example, you could use\n\n (setq list-diary-entries-hook\n '(include-other-diary-files sort-diary-entries))\n (setq diary-display-hook 'fancy-diary-display)\n\nin your `.emacs' file to cause the fancy diary buffer to be displayed with\ndiary entries from various included files, each day's entries sorted into\nlexicographic order." :type 'hook :group 'diary)
|
|
|
227
|
|
|
228 (defcustom diary-hook nil "*List of functions called after the display of the diary.\nCan be used for appointment notification." :type 'hook :group 'diary)
|
|
|
229
|
|
|
230 (defcustom diary-display-hook nil "*List of functions that handle the display of the diary.\nIf nil (the default), `simple-diary-display' is used. Use `ignore' for no\ndiary display.\n\nOrdinarily, this just displays the diary buffer (with holidays indicated in\nthe mode line), if there are any relevant entries. At the time these\nfunctions are called, the variable `diary-entries-list' is a list, in order\nby date, of all relevant diary entries in the form of ((MONTH DAY YEAR)\nSTRING), where string is the diary entry for the given date. This can be\nused, for example, a different buffer for display (perhaps combined with\nholidays), or produce hard copy output.\n\nA function `fancy-diary-display' is provided as an alternative\nchoice for this hook; this function prepares a special noneditable diary\nbuffer with the relevant diary entries that has neat day-by-day arrangement\nwith headings. The fancy diary buffer will show the holidays unless the\nvariable `holidays-in-diary-buffer' is set to nil. Ordinarily, the fancy\ndiary buffer will not show days for which there are no diary entries, even\nif that day is a holiday; if you want such days to be shown in the fancy\ndiary buffer, set the variable `diary-list-include-blanks' to t." :type 'hook :group 'diary)
|
|
|
231
|
|
|
232 (defcustom nongregorian-diary-listing-hook nil "*List of functions called for listing diary file and included files.\nAs the files are processed for diary entries, these functions are used to cull\nrelevant entries. You can use either or both of `list-hebrew-diary-entries'\nand `list-islamic-diary-entries'. The documentation for these functions\ndescribes the style of such diary entries." :type 'hook :group 'diary)
|
|
|
233
|
|
|
234 (defcustom mark-diary-entries-hook nil "*List of functions called after marking diary entries in the calendar.\n\nA function `mark-included-diary-files' is also provided for use as the\nmark-diary-entries-hook; it enables you to use shared diary files together\nwith your own. The files included are specified in the diary file by lines\nof the form\n #include \"filename\"\nThis is recursive; that is, #include directives in files thus included are\nobeyed. You can change the \"#include\" to some other string by changing the\nvariable `diary-include-string'. When you use `mark-included-diary-files' as\npart of the mark-diary-entries-hook, you will probably also want to use the\nfunction `include-other-diary-files' as part of `list-diary-entries-hook'." :type 'hook :group 'diary)
|
|
|
235
|
|
|
236 (defcustom nongregorian-diary-marking-hook nil "*List of functions called for marking diary file and included files.\nAs the files are processed for diary entries, these functions are used to cull\nrelevant entries. You can use either or both of `mark-hebrew-diary-entries'\nand `mark-islamic-diary-entries'. The documentation for these functions\ndescribes the style of such diary entries." :type 'hook :group 'diary)
|
|
|
237
|
|
|
238 (defcustom diary-list-include-blanks nil "*If nil, do not include days with no diary entry in the list of diary entries.\nSuch days will then not be shown in the fancy diary buffer, even if they\nare holidays." :type 'boolean :group 'diary)
|
|
|
239
|
|
|
240 (defcustom holidays-in-diary-buffer t "*Non-nil means include holidays in the diary display.\nThe holidays appear in the mode line of the diary buffer, or in the\nfancy diary buffer next to the date. This slows down the diary functions\nsomewhat; setting it to nil makes the diary display faster." :type 'boolean :group 'diary)
|
|
|
241
|
|
|
242 (defcustom general-holidays '((holiday-fixed 1 1 "New Year's Day") (holiday-float 1 1 3 "Martin Luther King Day") (holiday-fixed 2 2 "Ground Hog Day") (holiday-fixed 2 14 "Valentine's Day") (holiday-float 2 1 3 "President's Day") (holiday-fixed 3 17 "St. Patrick's Day") (holiday-fixed 4 1 "April Fool's Day") (holiday-float 5 0 2 "Mother's Day") (holiday-float 5 1 -1 "Memorial Day") (holiday-fixed 6 14 "Flag Day") (holiday-float 6 0 3 "Father's Day") (holiday-fixed 7 4 "Independence Day") (holiday-float 9 1 1 "Labor Day") (holiday-float 10 1 2 "Columbus Day") (holiday-fixed 10 31 "Halloween") (holiday-fixed 11 11 "Veteran's Day") (holiday-float 11 4 4 "Thanksgiving")) "*General holidays. Default value is for the United States.\nSee the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details." :type 'sexp :group 'holidays)
|
|
78
|
243
|
|
|
244 (put 'general-holidays 'risky-local-variable t)
|
|
|
245
|
|
134
|
246 (defcustom local-holidays nil "*Local holidays.\nSee the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details." :type 'sexp :group 'holidays :group 'local)
|
|
78
|
247
|
|
|
248 (put 'local-holidays 'risky-local-variable t)
|
|
|
249
|
|
134
|
250 (defcustom other-holidays nil "*User defined holidays.\nSee the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details." :type 'sexp :group 'holidays)
|
|
78
|
251
|
|
|
252 (put 'other-holidays 'risky-local-variable t)
|
|
|
253
|
|
|
254 (defvar hebrew-holidays-1 '((holiday-rosh-hashanah-etc) (if all-hebrew-calendar-holidays (holiday-julian 11 (let* ((m displayed-month) (y displayed-year) (year)) (increment-calendar-month m y -1) (let ((year (extract-calendar-year (calendar-julian-from-absolute (calendar-absolute-from-gregorian (list m 1 y)))))) (if (zerop (% (1+ year) 4)) 22 21))) "\"Tal Umatar\" (evening)"))))
|
|
|
255
|
|
|
256 (put 'hebrew-holidays-1 'risky-local-variable t)
|
|
|
257
|
|
|
258 (defvar hebrew-holidays-2 '((if all-hebrew-calendar-holidays (holiday-hanukkah) (holiday-hebrew 9 25 "Hanukkah")) (if all-hebrew-calendar-holidays (holiday-hebrew 10 (let ((h-year (extract-calendar-year (calendar-hebrew-from-absolute (calendar-absolute-from-gregorian (list displayed-month 28 displayed-year)))))) (if (= (% (calendar-absolute-from-hebrew (list 10 10 h-year)) 7) 6) 11 10)) "Tzom Teveth")) (if all-hebrew-calendar-holidays (holiday-hebrew 11 15 "Tu B'Shevat"))))
|
|
|
259
|
|
|
260 (put 'hebrew-holidays-2 'risky-local-variable t)
|
|
|
261
|
|
|
262 (defvar hebrew-holidays-3 '((if all-hebrew-calendar-holidays (holiday-hebrew 11 (let ((m displayed-month) (y displayed-year)) (increment-calendar-month m y 1) (let* ((h-year (extract-calendar-year (calendar-hebrew-from-absolute (calendar-absolute-from-gregorian (list m (calendar-last-day-of-month m y) y))))) (s-s (calendar-hebrew-from-absolute (if (= (% (calendar-absolute-from-hebrew (list 7 1 h-year)) 7) 6) (calendar-dayname-on-or-before 6 (calendar-absolute-from-hebrew (list 11 17 h-year))) (calendar-dayname-on-or-before 6 (calendar-absolute-from-hebrew (list 11 16 h-year)))))) (day (extract-calendar-day s-s))) day)) "Shabbat Shirah"))))
|
|
|
263
|
|
|
264 (put 'hebrew-holidays-3 'risky-local-variable t)
|
|
|
265
|
|
|
266 (defvar hebrew-holidays-4 '((holiday-passover-etc) (if (and all-hebrew-calendar-holidays (let* ((m displayed-month) (y displayed-year) (year)) (increment-calendar-month m y -1) (let ((year (extract-calendar-year (calendar-julian-from-absolute (calendar-absolute-from-gregorian (list m 1 y)))))) (= 21 (% year 28))))) (holiday-julian 3 26 "Kiddush HaHamah")) (if all-hebrew-calendar-holidays (holiday-tisha-b-av-etc))))
|
|
|
267
|
|
|
268 (put 'hebrew-holidays-4 'risky-local-variable t)
|
|
|
269
|
|
|
270 (defvar hebrew-holidays (append hebrew-holidays-1 hebrew-holidays-2 hebrew-holidays-3 hebrew-holidays-4) "\
|
|
|
271 *Jewish holidays.
|
|
|
272 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
|
|
|
273
|
|
|
274 (put 'hebrew-holidays 'risky-local-variable t)
|
|
|
275
|
|
|
276 (defvar christian-holidays '((if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-fixed 1 6 "Epiphany")) (holiday-easter-etc) (if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-greek-orthodox-easter)) (if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-fixed 8 15 "Assumption")) (if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-advent)) (holiday-fixed 12 25 "Christmas") (if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-julian 12 25 "Eastern Orthodox Christmas"))) "\
|
|
|
277 *Christian holidays.
|
|
|
278 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
|
|
|
279
|
|
|
280 (put 'christian-holidays 'risky-local-variable t)
|
|
|
281
|
|
|
282 (defvar islamic-holidays '((holiday-islamic 1 1 (format "Islamic New Year %d" (let ((m displayed-month) (y displayed-year)) (increment-calendar-month m y 1) (extract-calendar-year (calendar-islamic-from-absolute (calendar-absolute-from-gregorian (list m (calendar-last-day-of-month m y) y))))))) (if all-islamic-calendar-holidays (holiday-islamic 1 10 "Ashura")) (if all-islamic-calendar-holidays (holiday-islamic 3 12 "Mulad-al-Nabi")) (if all-islamic-calendar-holidays (holiday-islamic 7 26 "Shab-e-Mi'raj")) (if all-islamic-calendar-holidays (holiday-islamic 8 15 "Shab-e-Bara't")) (holiday-islamic 9 1 "Ramadan Begins") (if all-islamic-calendar-holidays (holiday-islamic 9 27 "Shab-e Qadr")) (if all-islamic-calendar-holidays (holiday-islamic 10 1 "Id-al-Fitr")) (if all-islamic-calendar-holidays (holiday-islamic 12 10 "Id-al-Adha"))) "\
|
|
|
283 *Islamic holidays.
|
|
|
284 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
|
|
|
285
|
|
|
286 (put 'islamic-holidays 'risky-local-variable t)
|
|
|
287
|
|
|
288 (defvar solar-holidays '((if (fboundp 'atan) (solar-equinoxes-solstices)) (if (progn (require 'cal-dst) t) (funcall 'holiday-sexp calendar-daylight-savings-starts '(format "Daylight Savings Time Begins %s" (if (fboundp 'atan) (solar-time-string (/ calendar-daylight-savings-starts-time (float 60)) calendar-standard-time-zone-name) "")))) (funcall 'holiday-sexp calendar-daylight-savings-ends '(format "Daylight Savings Time Ends %s" (if (fboundp 'atan) (solar-time-string (/ calendar-daylight-savings-ends-time (float 60)) calendar-daylight-time-zone-name) "")))) "\
|
|
|
289 *Sun-related holidays.
|
|
|
290 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
|
|
|
291
|
|
|
292 (put 'solar-holidays 'risky-local-variable t)
|
|
|
293
|
|
|
294 (defvar calendar-holidays (append general-holidays local-holidays other-holidays christian-holidays hebrew-holidays islamic-holidays solar-holidays) "\
|
|
|
295 *List of notable days for the command M-x holidays.
|
|
|
296
|
|
|
297 Additional holidays are easy to add to the list, just put them in the list
|
|
|
298 `other-holidays' in your .emacs file. Similarly, by setting any of
|
|
|
299 `general-holidays', `local-holidays' `christian-holidays', `hebrew-holidays',
|
|
|
300 `islamic-holidays', or `solar-holidays' to nil in your .emacs file, you can
|
|
|
301 eliminate unwanted categories of holidays. The intention is that (in the US)
|
|
|
302 `local-holidays' be set in site-init.el and `other-holidays' be set by the
|
|
|
303 user.
|
|
|
304
|
|
|
305 Entries on the list are expressions that return (possibly empty) lists of
|
|
|
306 items of the form ((month day year) string) of a holiday in the in the
|
|
|
307 three-month period centered around `displayed-month' of `displayed-year'.
|
|
|
308 Several basic functions are provided for this purpose:
|
|
|
309
|
|
|
310 (holiday-fixed MONTH DAY STRING) is a fixed date on the Gregorian calendar
|
|
|
311 (holiday-float MONTH DAYNAME K STRING &optional day) is the Kth DAYNAME in
|
|
|
312 MONTH on the Gregorian calendar (0 for Sunday,
|
|
|
313 etc.); K<0 means count back from the end of the
|
|
|
314 month. An optional parameter DAY means the Kth
|
|
|
315 DAYNAME after/before MONTH DAY.
|
|
|
316 (holiday-hebrew MONTH DAY STRING) a fixed date on the Hebrew calendar
|
|
|
317 (holiday-islamic MONTH DAY STRING) a fixed date on the Islamic calendar
|
|
|
318 (holiday-julian MONTH DAY STRING) a fixed date on the Julian calendar
|
|
|
319 (holiday-sexp SEXP STRING) SEXP is a Gregorian-date-valued expression
|
|
|
320 in the variable `year'; if it evaluates to
|
|
|
321 a visible date, that's the holiday; if it
|
|
|
322 evaluates to nil, there's no holiday. STRING
|
|
|
323 is an expression in the variable `date'.
|
|
|
324
|
|
|
325 For example, to add Bastille Day, celebrated in France on July 14, add
|
|
|
326
|
|
|
327 (holiday-fixed 7 14 \"Bastille Day\")
|
|
|
328
|
|
|
329 to the list. To add Hurricane Supplication Day, celebrated in the Virgin
|
|
|
330 Islands on the fourth Monday in August, add
|
|
|
331
|
|
|
332 (holiday-float 8 1 4 \"Hurricane Supplication Day\")
|
|
|
333
|
|
|
334 to the list (the last Monday would be specified with `-1' instead of `4').
|
|
|
335 To add the last day of Hanukkah to the list, use
|
|
|
336
|
|
|
337 (holiday-hebrew 10 2 \"Last day of Hanukkah\")
|
|
|
338
|
|
|
339 since the Hebrew months are numbered with 1 starting from Nisan, while to
|
|
|
340 add the Islamic feast celebrating Mohammed's birthday use
|
|
|
341
|
|
|
342 (holiday-islamic 3 12 \"Mohammed's Birthday\")
|
|
|
343
|
|
|
344 since the Islamic months are numbered from 1 starting with Muharram. To
|
|
|
345 add Thomas Jefferson's birthday, April 2, 1743 (Julian), use
|
|
|
346
|
|
|
347 (holiday-julian 4 2 \"Jefferson's Birthday\")
|
|
|
348
|
|
|
349 To include a holiday conditionally, use the sexp form or a conditional. For
|
|
|
350 example, to include American presidential elections, which occur on the first
|
|
|
351 Tuesday after the first Monday in November of years divisible by 4, add
|
|
|
352
|
|
|
353 (holiday-sexp
|
|
|
354 (if (zerop (% year 4))
|
|
|
355 (calendar-gregorian-from-absolute
|
|
|
356 (1+ (calendar-dayname-on-or-before
|
|
|
357 1 (+ 6 (calendar-absolute-from-gregorian
|
|
|
358 (list 11 1 year)))))))
|
|
|
359 \"US Presidential Election\")
|
|
|
360
|
|
|
361 or
|
|
|
362
|
|
|
363 (if (zerop (% displayed-year 4))
|
|
|
364 (holiday-fixed 11
|
|
|
365 (extract-calendar-day
|
|
|
366 (calendar-gregorian-from-absolute
|
|
|
367 (1+ (calendar-dayname-on-or-before
|
|
|
368 1 (+ 6 (calendar-absolute-from-gregorian
|
|
|
369 (list 11 1 displayed-year)))))))
|
|
|
370 \"US Presidential Election\"))
|
|
|
371
|
|
|
372 to the list. To include the phases of the moon, add
|
|
|
373
|
|
|
374 (lunar-phases)
|
|
|
375
|
|
|
376 to the holiday list, where `lunar-phases' is an Emacs-Lisp function that
|
|
|
377 you've written to return a (possibly empty) list of the relevant VISIBLE dates
|
|
|
378 with descriptive strings such as
|
|
|
379
|
|
|
380 (((2 6 1989) \"New Moon\") ((2 12 1989) \"First Quarter Moon\") ... ).")
|
|
|
381
|
|
|
382 (put 'calendar-holidays 'risky-local-variable t)
|
|
|
383
|
|
|
384 (autoload 'calendar "calendar" "\
|
|
|
385 Display a three-month calendar in another window.
|
|
|
386 The three months appear side by side, with the current month in the middle
|
|
|
387 surrounded by the previous and next months. The cursor is put on today's date.
|
|
|
388
|
|
|
389 If called with an optional prefix argument, prompts for month and year.
|
|
|
390
|
|
|
391 This function is suitable for execution in a .emacs file; appropriate setting
|
|
|
392 of the variable `view-diary-entries-initially' will cause the diary entries for
|
|
|
393 the current date to be displayed in another window. The value of the variable
|
|
|
394 `number-of-diary-entries' controls the number of days of diary entries
|
|
|
395 displayed upon initial display of the calendar.
|
|
|
396
|
|
|
397 An optional prefix argument ARG causes the calendar displayed to be ARG
|
|
|
398 months in the future if ARG is positive or in the past if ARG is negative;
|
|
|
399 in this case the cursor goes on the first day of the month.
|
|
|
400
|
|
|
401 Once in the calendar window, future or past months can be moved into view.
|
|
|
402 Arbitrary months can be displayed, or the calendar can be scrolled forward
|
|
|
403 or backward.
|
|
|
404
|
|
|
405 The cursor can be moved forward or backward by one day, one week, one month,
|
|
|
406 or one year. All of these commands take prefix arguments which, when negative,
|
|
|
407 cause movement in the opposite direction. For convenience, the digit keys
|
|
|
408 and the minus sign are automatically prefixes. The window is replotted as
|
|
|
409 necessary to display the desired date.
|
|
|
410
|
|
|
411 Diary entries can be marked on the calendar or displayed in another window.
|
|
|
412
|
|
|
413 Use M-x describe-mode for details of the key bindings in the calendar window.
|
|
|
414
|
|
|
415 The Gregorian calendar is assumed.
|
|
|
416
|
|
|
417 After loading the calendar, the hooks given by the variable
|
|
|
418 `calendar-load-hook' are run. This is the place to add key bindings to the
|
|
|
419 calendar-mode-map.
|
|
|
420
|
|
|
421 After preparing the calendar window initially, the hooks given by the variable
|
|
|
422 `initial-calendar-window-hook' are run.
|
|
|
423
|
|
|
424 The hooks given by the variable `today-visible-calendar-hook' are run
|
|
|
425 everytime the calendar window gets scrolled, if the current date is visible
|
|
|
426 in the window. If it is not visible, the hooks given by the variable
|
|
|
427 `today-invisible-calendar-hook' are run. Thus, for example, setting
|
|
|
428 `today-visible-calendar-hook' to 'calendar-star-date will cause today's date
|
|
|
429 to be replaced by asterisks to highlight it whenever it is in the window." t nil)
|
|
|
430
|
|
|
431 (autoload 'list-yahrzeit-dates "calendar" "\
|
|
|
432 List Yahrzeit dates for *Gregorian* DEATH-DATE from START-YEAR to END-YEAR.
|
|
|
433 When called interactively from the calendar window, the date of death is taken
|
|
|
434 from the cursor position." t nil)
|
|
|
435
|
|
|
436 ;;;***
|
|
|
437
|
|
|
438 ;;;### (autoloads (diary) "diary-lib" "calendar/diary-lib.el")
|
|
|
439
|
|
|
440 (autoload 'diary "diary-lib" "\
|
|
|
441 Generate the diary window for ARG days starting with the current date.
|
|
|
442 If no argument is provided, the number of days of diary entries is governed
|
|
|
443 by the variable `number-of-diary-entries'. This function is suitable for
|
|
|
444 execution in a `.emacs' file." t nil)
|
|
|
445
|
|
|
446 ;;;***
|
|
|
447
|
|
|
448 ;;;### (autoloads (holidays) "holidays" "calendar/holidays.el")
|
|
|
449
|
|
|
450 (autoload 'holidays "holidays" "\
|
|
|
451 Display the holidays for last month, this month, and next month.
|
|
|
452 If called with an optional prefix argument, prompts for month and year.
|
|
|
453
|
|
|
454 This function is suitable for execution in a .emacs file." t nil)
|
|
|
455
|
|
|
456 ;;;***
|
|
|
457
|
|
|
458 ;;;### (autoloads (phases-of-moon) "lunar" "calendar/lunar.el")
|
|
|
459
|
|
|
460 (autoload 'phases-of-moon "lunar" "\
|
|
|
461 Display the quarters of the moon for last month, this month, and next month.
|
|
|
462 If called with an optional prefix argument, prompts for month and year.
|
|
|
463
|
|
|
464 This function is suitable for execution in a .emacs file." t nil)
|
|
|
465
|
|
|
466 ;;;***
|
|
|
467
|
|
|
468 ;;;### (autoloads (solar-equinoxes-solstices sunrise-sunset) "solar" "calendar/solar.el")
|
|
|
469
|
|
|
470 (defvar calendar-time-display-form '(12-hours ":" minutes am-pm (if time-zone " (") time-zone (if time-zone ")")) "\
|
|
|
471 *The pseudo-pattern that governs the way a time of day is formatted.
|
|
|
472
|
|
|
473 A pseudo-pattern is a list of expressions that can involve the keywords
|
|
|
474 `12-hours', `24-hours', and `minutes', all numbers in string form,
|
|
|
475 and `am-pm' and `time-zone', both alphabetic strings.
|
|
|
476
|
|
|
477 For example, the form
|
|
|
478
|
|
|
479 '(24-hours \":\" minutes
|
|
|
480 (if time-zone \" (\") time-zone (if time-zone \")\"))
|
|
|
481
|
|
|
482 would give military-style times like `21:07 (UTC)'.")
|
|
|
483
|
|
|
484 (defvar calendar-latitude nil "\
|
|
|
485 *Latitude of `calendar-location-name' in degrees.
|
|
|
486
|
|
|
487 The value can be either a decimal fraction (one place of accuracy is
|
|
|
488 sufficient), + north, - south, such as 40.7 for New York City, or the value
|
|
|
489 can be a vector [degrees minutes north/south] such as [40 50 north] for New
|
|
|
490 York City.
|
|
|
491
|
|
|
492 This variable should be set in site-local.el.")
|
|
|
493
|
|
|
494 (defvar calendar-longitude nil "\
|
|
|
495 *Longitude of `calendar-location-name' in degrees.
|
|
|
496
|
|
|
497 The value can be either a decimal fraction (one place of accuracy is
|
|
|
498 sufficient), + east, - west, such as -73.9 for New York City, or the value
|
|
|
499 can be a vector [degrees minutes east/west] such as [73 55 west] for New
|
|
|
500 York City.
|
|
|
501
|
|
|
502 This variable should be set in site-local.el.")
|
|
|
503
|
|
|
504 (defvar calendar-location-name '(let ((float-output-format "%.1f")) (format "%s%s, %s%s" (if (numberp calendar-latitude) (abs calendar-latitude) (+ (aref calendar-latitude 0) (/ (aref calendar-latitude 1) 60.0))) (if (numberp calendar-latitude) (if (> calendar-latitude 0) "N" "S") (if (equal (aref calendar-latitude 2) 'north) "N" "S")) (if (numberp calendar-longitude) (abs calendar-longitude) (+ (aref calendar-longitude 0) (/ (aref calendar-longitude 1) 60.0))) (if (numberp calendar-longitude) (if (> calendar-longitude 0) "E" "W") (if (equal (aref calendar-latitude 2) 'east) "E" "W")))) "\
|
|
|
505 *Expression evaluating to name of `calendar-longitude', calendar-latitude'.
|
|
|
506 For example, \"New York City\". Default value is just the latitude, longitude
|
|
|
507 pair.
|
|
|
508
|
|
|
509 This variable should be set in site-local.el.")
|
|
|
510
|
|
|
511 (autoload 'sunrise-sunset "solar" "\
|
|
|
512 Local time of sunrise and sunset for today. Accurate to +/- 2 minutes.
|
|
|
513 If called with an optional prefix argument, prompt for date.
|
|
|
514
|
|
|
515 If called with an optional double prefix argument, prompt for longitude,
|
|
|
516 latitude, time zone, and date, and always use standard time.
|
|
|
517
|
|
|
518 This function is suitable for execution in a .emacs file." t nil)
|
|
|
519
|
|
|
520 (autoload 'solar-equinoxes-solstices "solar" "\
|
|
|
521 Date and time of equinoxes and solstices, if visible in the calendar window.
|
|
|
522 Requires floating point." nil nil)
|
|
|
523
|
|
|
524 ;;;***
|
|
|
525
|
|
|
526 ;;;### (autoloads (comint-dynamic-list-completions comint-dynamic-complete comint-run make-comint) "comint" "comint/comint.el")
|
|
|
527
|
|
|
528 (autoload 'make-comint "comint" "\
|
|
|
529 Make a comint process NAME in a buffer, running PROGRAM.
|
|
|
530 The name of the buffer is made by surrounding NAME with `*'s.
|
|
|
531 PROGRAM should be either a string denoting an executable program to create
|
|
|
532 via `start-process', or a cons pair of the form (HOST . SERVICE) denoting a TCP
|
|
|
533 connection to be opened via `open-network-stream'. If there is already a
|
|
|
534 running process in that buffer, it is not restarted. Optional third arg
|
|
|
535 STARTFILE is the name of a file to send the contents of to the process.
|
|
|
536
|
|
|
537 If PROGRAM is a string, any more args are arguments to PROGRAM." nil nil)
|
|
|
538
|
|
|
539 (autoload 'comint-run "comint" "\
|
|
|
540 Run PROGRAM in a comint buffer and switch to it.
|
|
|
541 The buffer name is made by surrounding the file name of PROGRAM with `*'s.
|
|
|
542 The file name is used to make a symbol name, such as `comint-sh-hook', and any
|
|
|
543 hooks on this symbol are run in the buffer.
|
|
|
544 See `make-comint' and `comint-exec'." t nil)
|
|
|
545
|
|
|
546 (autoload 'comint-dynamic-complete "comint" "\
|
|
|
547 Dynamically perform completion at point.
|
|
|
548 Calls the functions in `comint-dynamic-complete-functions' to perform
|
|
|
549 completion until a function returns non-nil, at which point completion is
|
|
|
550 assumed to have occurred." t nil)
|
|
|
551
|
|
|
552 (autoload 'comint-dynamic-list-completions "comint" "\
|
|
|
553 List in help buffer sorted COMPLETIONS.
|
|
|
554 Typing SPC flushes the help buffer." nil nil)
|
|
|
555
|
|
|
556 ;;;***
|
|
|
557
|
|
|
558 ;;;### (autoloads (gdb) "gdb" "comint/gdb.el")
|
|
|
559
|
|
|
560 (defvar gdb-command-name "gdb" "\
|
|
|
561 Pathname for executing gdb.")
|
|
|
562
|
|
|
563 (autoload 'gdb "gdb" "\
|
|
|
564 Run gdb on program FILE in buffer *gdb-FILE*.
|
|
|
565 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
|
|
|
566 and source-file directory for GDB. If you wish to change this, use
|
|
|
567 the GDB commands `cd DIR' and `directory'." t nil)
|
|
|
568
|
|
|
569 ;;;***
|
|
|
570
|
|
|
571 ;;;### (autoloads (gdbsrc) "gdbsrc" "comint/gdbsrc.el")
|
|
|
572
|
|
|
573 (autoload 'gdbsrc "gdbsrc" "\
|
|
|
574 Activates a gdb session with gdbsrc-mode turned on. A numeric prefix
|
|
|
575 argument can be used to specify a running process to attach, and a non-numeric
|
|
|
576 prefix argument will cause you to be prompted for a core file to debug." t nil)
|
|
|
577
|
|
|
578 ;;;***
|
|
|
579
|
|
|
580 ;;;### (autoloads (perldb xdb dbx sdb) "gud" "comint/gud.el")
|
|
|
581
|
|
|
582 (autoload 'sdb "gud" "\
|
|
|
583 Run sdb on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
|
|
|
584 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
|
|
|
585 and source-file directory for your debugger." t nil)
|
|
|
586
|
|
|
587 (autoload 'dbx "gud" "\
|
|
|
588 Run dbx on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
|
|
|
589 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
|
|
|
590 and source-file directory for your debugger." t nil)
|
|
|
591
|
|
|
592 (autoload 'xdb "gud" "\
|
|
|
593 Run xdb on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
|
|
|
594 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
|
|
|
595 and source-file directory for your debugger.
|
|
|
596
|
|
|
597 You can set the variable 'gud-xdb-directories' to a list of program source
|
|
|
598 directories if your program contains sources from more than one directory." t nil)
|
|
|
599
|
|
|
600 (autoload 'perldb "gud" "\
|
|
|
601 Run perldb on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
|
|
|
602 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
|
|
|
603 and source-file directory for your debugger." t nil)
|
|
|
604
|
|
|
605 ;;;***
|
|
|
606
|
|
|
607 ;;;### (autoloads nil "inf-lisp" "comint/inf-lisp.el")
|
|
|
608
|
|
|
609 (add-hook 'same-window-buffer-names "*inferior-lisp*")
|
|
|
610
|
|
|
611 ;;;***
|
|
|
612
|
|
|
613 ;;;### (autoloads (rlogin) "rlogin" "comint/rlogin.el")
|
|
|
614
|
|
|
615 (add-hook 'same-window-regexps "^\\*rlogin-.*\\*\\(\\|<[0-9]+>\\)")
|
|
|
616
|
|
|
617 (autoload 'rlogin "rlogin" "\
|
|
|
618 Open a network login connection to HOST via the `rlogin' program.
|
|
|
619 Input is sent line-at-a-time to the remote connection.
|
|
|
620
|
|
|
621 Communication with the remote host is recorded in a buffer `*rlogin-HOST*'
|
|
|
622 \(or `*rlogin-USER@HOST*' if the remote username differs).
|
|
|
623 If a prefix argument is given and the buffer `*rlogin-HOST*' already exists,
|
|
|
624 a new buffer with a different connection will be made.
|
|
|
625
|
|
|
626 When called from a program, if the optional second argument is a string or
|
|
|
627 buffer, it names the buffer to use.
|
|
|
628
|
|
|
629 The variable `rlogin-program' contains the name of the actual program to
|
|
|
630 run. It can be a relative or absolute path.
|
|
|
631
|
|
|
632 The variable `rlogin-explicit-args' is a list of arguments to give to
|
|
|
633 the rlogin when starting. They are added after any arguments given in
|
|
|
634 INPUT-ARGS.
|
|
|
635
|
|
|
636 If the default value of `rlogin-directory-tracking-mode' is t, then the
|
|
|
637 default directory in that buffer is set to a remote (FTP) file name to
|
|
|
638 access your home directory on the remote machine. Occasionally this causes
|
|
|
639 an error, if you cannot access the home directory on that machine. This
|
|
|
640 error is harmless as long as you don't try to use that default directory.
|
|
|
641
|
|
|
642 If `rlogin-directory-tracking-mode' is neither t nor nil, then the default
|
|
|
643 directory is initially set up to your (local) home directory.
|
|
|
644 This is useful if the remote machine and your local machine
|
|
|
645 share the same files via NFS. This is the default.
|
|
|
646
|
|
|
647 If you wish to change directory tracking styles during a session, use the
|
|
|
648 function `rlogin-directory-tracking-mode' rather than simply setting the
|
|
|
649 variable." t nil)
|
|
|
650
|
|
|
651 ;;;***
|
|
|
652
|
|
|
653 ;;;### (autoloads (shell) "shell" "comint/shell.el")
|
|
|
654
|
|
|
655 (defvar shell-prompt-pattern (purecopy "^[^#$%>\n]*[#$%>] *") "\
|
|
|
656 Regexp to match prompts in the inferior shell.
|
|
|
657 Defaults to \"^[^#$%>\\n]*[#$%>] *\", which works pretty well.
|
|
|
658 This variable is used to initialise `comint-prompt-regexp' in the
|
|
|
659 shell buffer.
|
|
|
660
|
|
|
661 The pattern should probably not match more than one line. If it does,
|
|
|
662 shell-mode may become confused trying to distinguish prompt from input
|
|
|
663 on lines which don't start with a prompt.
|
|
|
664
|
|
|
665 This is a fine thing to set in your `.emacs' file.")
|
|
|
666
|
|
|
667 (autoload 'shell "shell" "\
|
|
|
668 Run an inferior shell, with I/O through buffer *shell*.
|
|
|
669 If buffer exists but shell process is not running, make new shell.
|
|
|
670 If buffer exists and shell process is running,
|
|
|
671 just switch to buffer `*shell*'.
|
|
|
672 Program used comes from variable `explicit-shell-file-name',
|
|
|
673 or (if that is nil) from the ESHELL environment variable,
|
|
|
674 or else from SHELL if there is no ESHELL.
|
|
|
675 If a file `~/.emacs_SHELLNAME' exists, it is given as initial input
|
|
|
676 (Note that this may lose due to a timing error if the shell
|
|
|
677 discards input when it starts up.)
|
|
|
678 The buffer is put in Shell mode, giving commands for sending input
|
|
|
679 and controlling the subjobs of the shell. See `shell-mode'.
|
|
|
680 See also the variable `shell-prompt-pattern'.
|
|
|
681
|
|
|
682 The shell file name (sans directories) is used to make a symbol name
|
|
|
683 such as `explicit-csh-args'. If that symbol is a variable,
|
|
|
684 its value is used as a list of arguments when invoking the shell.
|
|
|
685 Otherwise, one argument `-i' is passed to the shell.
|
|
|
686
|
|
|
687 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the shell buffer for a list of commands.)" t nil)
|
|
|
688
|
|
|
689 (add-hook 'same-window-buffer-names "*shell*")
|
|
|
690
|
|
|
691 ;;;***
|
|
|
692
|
|
153
|
693 ;;;### (autoloads (ssh) "ssh" "comint/ssh.el")
|
|
|
694
|
|
|
695 (add-hook 'same-window-regexps "^\\*ssh-.*\\*\\(\\|<[0-9]+>\\)")
|
|
|
696
|
|
|
697 (autoload 'ssh "ssh" "\
|
|
|
698 Open a network login connection via `ssh' with args INPUT-ARGS.
|
|
|
699 INPUT-ARGS should start with a host name; it may also contain
|
|
|
700 other arguments for `ssh'.
|
|
|
701
|
|
|
702 Input is sent line-at-a-time to the remote connection.
|
|
|
703
|
|
|
704 Communication with the remote host is recorded in a buffer `*ssh-HOST*'
|
|
|
705 \(or `*ssh-USER@HOST*' if the remote username differs).
|
|
|
706 If a prefix argument is given and the buffer `*ssh-HOST*' already exists,
|
|
|
707 a new buffer with a different connection will be made.
|
|
|
708
|
|
|
709 When called from a program, if the optional second argument BUFFER is
|
|
|
710 a string or buffer, it specifies the buffer to use.
|
|
|
711
|
|
|
712 The variable `ssh-program' contains the name of the actual program to
|
|
|
713 run. It can be a relative or absolute path.
|
|
|
714
|
|
|
715 The variable `ssh-explicit-args' is a list of arguments to give to
|
|
|
716 the ssh when starting. They are prepended to any arguments given in
|
|
|
717 INPUT-ARGS.
|
|
|
718
|
|
|
719 If the default value of `ssh-directory-tracking-mode' is t, then the
|
|
|
720 default directory in that buffer is set to a remote (FTP) file name to
|
|
|
721 access your home directory on the remote machine. Occasionally this causes
|
|
|
722 an error, if you cannot access the home directory on that machine. This
|
|
|
723 error is harmless as long as you don't try to use that default directory.
|
|
|
724
|
|
|
725 If `ssh-directory-tracking-mode' is neither t nor nil, then the default
|
|
|
726 directory is initially set up to your (local) home directory.
|
|
|
727 This is useful if the remote machine and your local machine
|
|
|
728 share the same files via NFS. This is the default.
|
|
|
729
|
|
|
730 If you wish to change directory tracking styles during a session, use the
|
|
|
731 function `ssh-directory-tracking-mode' rather than simply setting the
|
|
|
732 variable." t nil)
|
|
|
733
|
|
|
734 ;;;***
|
|
|
735
|
|
78
|
736 ;;;### (autoloads (rsh telnet) "telnet" "comint/telnet.el")
|
|
|
737
|
|
|
738 (add-hook 'same-window-regexps "\\*telnet-.*\\*\\(\\|<[0-9]+>\\)")
|
|
|
739
|
|
|
740 (autoload 'telnet "telnet" "\
|
|
|
741 Open a network login connection to host named HOST (a string).
|
|
|
742 With a prefix argument, prompts for the port name or number as well.
|
|
|
743 Communication with HOST is recorded in a buffer `*HOST-telnet*'.
|
|
|
744 Normally input is edited in Emacs and sent a line at a time.
|
|
|
745 See also `\\[rsh]'." t nil)
|
|
|
746
|
|
|
747 (add-hook 'same-window-regexps "\\*rsh-[^-]*\\*\\(\\|<[0-9]*>\\)")
|
|
|
748
|
|
|
749 (autoload 'rsh "telnet" "\
|
|
|
750 Open a network login connection to host named HOST (a string).
|
|
|
751 Communication with HOST is recorded in a buffer `*rsh-HOST*'.
|
|
|
752 Normally input is edited in Emacs and sent a line at a time.
|
|
|
753 See also `\\[telnet]'." t nil)
|
|
|
754
|
|
|
755 ;;;***
|
|
|
756
|
|
153
|
757 ;;;### (autoloads (customize-menu-create custom-menu-create custom-save-all custom-save-customized custom-buffer-create-other-window custom-buffer-create customize-apropos customize-saved customize-customized customize-face-other-window customize-face customize-variable-other-window customize-variable customize-group-other-window customize-group customize custom-set-variable custom-set-value) "cus-edit" "custom/cus-edit.el")
|
|
149
|
758
|
|
|
759 (autoload 'custom-set-value "cus-edit" "\
|
|
|
760 Set VARIABLE to VALUE. VALUE is a Lisp object.
|
|
|
761
|
|
|
762 If VARIABLE has a `variable-interactive' property, that is used as if
|
|
|
763 it were the arg to `interactive' (which see) to interactively read the value.
|
|
|
764
|
|
|
765 If VARIABLE has a `custom-type' property, it must be a widget and the
|
|
|
766 `:prompt-value' property of that widget will be used for reading the value." t nil)
|
|
|
767
|
|
|
768 (autoload 'custom-set-variable "cus-edit" "\
|
|
|
769 Set the default for VARIABLE to VALUE. VALUE is a Lisp object.
|
|
|
770
|
|
|
771 If VARIABLE has a `custom-set' property, that is used for setting
|
|
|
772 VARIABLE, otherwise `set-default' is used.
|
|
|
773
|
|
|
774 The `customized-value' property of the VARIABLE will be set to a list
|
|
|
775 with a quoted VALUE as its sole list member.
|
|
|
776
|
|
|
777 If VARIABLE has a `variable-interactive' property, that is used as if
|
|
|
778 it were the arg to `interactive' (which see) to interactively read the value.
|
|
|
779
|
|
|
780 If VARIABLE has a `custom-type' property, it must be a widget and the
|
|
|
781 `:prompt-value' property of that widget will be used for reading the value. " t nil)
|
|
106
|
782
|
|
|
783 (autoload 'customize "cus-edit" "\
|
|
153
|
784 Select a customization buffer which you can use to set user options.
|
|
|
785 User options are structured into \"groups\".
|
|
|
786 Initially the top-level group `Emacs' and its immediate subgroups
|
|
|
787 are shown; the contents of those subgroups are initially hidden." t nil)
|
|
|
788
|
|
|
789 (autoload 'customize-group "cus-edit" "\
|
|
|
790 Customize GROUP, which must be a customization group." t nil)
|
|
|
791
|
|
|
792 (autoload 'customize-group-other-window "cus-edit" "\
|
|
149
|
793 Customize SYMBOL, which must be a customization group." t nil)
|
|
|
794
|
|
106
|
795 (autoload 'customize-variable "cus-edit" "\
|
|
98
|
796 Customize SYMBOL, which must be a variable." t nil)
|
|
|
797
|
|
124
|
798 (autoload 'customize-variable-other-window "cus-edit" "\
|
|
|
799 Customize SYMBOL, which must be a variable.
|
|
|
800 Show the buffer in another window, but don't select it." t nil)
|
|
|
801
|
|
106
|
802 (autoload 'customize-face "cus-edit" "\
|
|
102
|
803 Customize SYMBOL, which should be a face name or nil.
|
|
|
804 If SYMBOL is nil, customize all faces." t nil)
|
|
98
|
805
|
|
124
|
806 (autoload 'customize-face-other-window "cus-edit" "\
|
|
|
807 Show customization buffer for FACE in other window." t nil)
|
|
|
808
|
|
106
|
809 (autoload 'customize-customized "cus-edit" "\
|
|
149
|
810 Customize all user options set since the last save in this session." t nil)
|
|
|
811
|
|
|
812 (autoload 'customize-saved "cus-edit" "\
|
|
|
813 Customize all already saved user options." t nil)
|
|
98
|
814
|
|
106
|
815 (autoload 'customize-apropos "cus-edit" "\
|
|
98
|
816 Customize all user options matching REGEXP.
|
|
|
817 If ALL (e.g., started with a prefix key), include options which are not
|
|
|
818 user-settable." t nil)
|
|
|
819
|
|
106
|
820 (autoload 'custom-buffer-create "cus-edit" "\
|
|
98
|
821 Create a buffer containing OPTIONS.
|
|
149
|
822 Optional NAME is the name of the buffer.
|
|
98
|
823 OPTIONS should be an alist of the form ((SYMBOL WIDGET)...), where
|
|
|
824 SYMBOL is a customization option, and WIDGET is a widget for editing
|
|
|
825 that option." nil nil)
|
|
|
826
|
|
149
|
827 (autoload 'custom-buffer-create-other-window "cus-edit" "\
|
|
|
828 Create a buffer containing OPTIONS.
|
|
|
829 Optional NAME is the name of the buffer.
|
|
|
830 OPTIONS should be an alist of the form ((SYMBOL WIDGET)...), where
|
|
|
831 SYMBOL is a customization option, and WIDGET is a widget for editing
|
|
|
832 that option." nil nil)
|
|
|
833
|
|
|
834 (autoload 'custom-save-customized "cus-edit" "\
|
|
|
835 Save all user options which have been set in this session." t nil)
|
|
|
836
|
|
116
|
837 (autoload 'custom-save-all "cus-edit" "\
|
|
|
838 Save all customizations in `custom-file'." nil nil)
|
|
|
839
|
|
120
|
840 (autoload 'custom-menu-create "cus-edit" "\
|
|
|
841 Create menu for customization group SYMBOL.
|
|
124
|
842 The menu is in a format applicable to `easy-menu-define'." nil nil)
|
|
|
843
|
|
|
844 (autoload 'customize-menu-create "cus-edit" "\
|
|
|
845 Return a customize menu for customization group SYMBOL.
|
|
120
|
846 If optional NAME is given, use that as the name of the menu.
|
|
124
|
847 Otherwise the menu will be named `Customize'.
|
|
|
848 The format is suitable for use with `easy-menu-define'." nil nil)
|
|
|
849
|
|
|
850 ;;;***
|
|
|
851
|
|
|
852 ;;;### (autoloads (custom-set-faces custom-initialize-frame custom-declare-face) "cus-face" "custom/cus-face.el")
|
|
106
|
853
|
|
|
854 (autoload 'custom-declare-face "cus-face" "\
|
|
|
855 Like `defface', but FACE is evaluated as a normal argument." nil nil)
|
|
|
856
|
|
124
|
857 (autoload 'custom-initialize-frame "cus-face" "\
|
|
|
858 Initialize local faces for FRAME if necessary.
|
|
|
859 If FRAME is missing or nil, the first member of (frame-list) is used." nil nil)
|
|
|
860
|
|
106
|
861 (autoload 'custom-set-faces "cus-face" "\
|
|
|
862 Initialize faces according to user preferences.
|
|
|
863 The arguments should be a list where each entry has the form:
|
|
|
864
|
|
|
865 (FACE SPEC [NOW])
|
|
|
866
|
|
|
867 SPEC will be stored as the saved value for FACE. If NOW is present
|
|
|
868 and non-nil, FACE will also be created according to SPEC.
|
|
|
869
|
|
|
870 See `defface' for the format of SPEC." nil nil)
|
|
|
871
|
|
|
872 ;;;***
|
|
|
873
|
|
149
|
874 ;;;### (autoloads (widget-minor-mode widget-browse-other-window widget-browse widget-browse-at) "wid-browse" "custom/wid-browse.el")
|
|
106
|
875
|
|
|
876 (autoload 'widget-browse-at "wid-browse" "\
|
|
98
|
877 Browse the widget under point." t nil)
|
|
|
878
|
|
124
|
879 (autoload 'widget-browse "wid-browse" "\
|
|
|
880 Create a widget browser for WIDGET." t nil)
|
|
|
881
|
|
|
882 (autoload 'widget-browse-other-window "wid-browse" "\
|
|
|
883 Show widget browser for WIDGET in other window." t nil)
|
|
|
884
|
|
149
|
885 (autoload 'widget-minor-mode "wid-browse" "\
|
|
|
886 Togle minor mode for traversing widgets.
|
|
|
887 With arg, turn widget mode on if and only if arg is positive." t nil)
|
|
|
888
|
|
|
889 ;;;***
|
|
|
890
|
|
|
891 ;;;### (autoloads (widget-delete widget-create widget-prompt-value widget-apply) "wid-edit" "custom/wid-edit.el")
|
|
118
|
892
|
|
|
893 (autoload 'widget-apply "wid-edit" "\
|
|
|
894 Apply the value of WIDGET's PROPERTY to the widget itself.
|
|
|
895 ARGS are passed as extra arguments to the function." nil nil)
|
|
110
|
896
|
|
149
|
897 (autoload 'widget-prompt-value "wid-edit" "\
|
|
|
898 Prompt for a value matching WIDGET, using PROMPT.
|
|
|
899 The current value is assumed to be VALUE, unless UNBOUND is non-nil." nil nil)
|
|
|
900
|
|
110
|
901 (autoload 'widget-create "wid-edit" "\
|
|
|
902 Create widget of TYPE.
|
|
|
903 The optional ARGS are additional keyword arguments." nil nil)
|
|
|
904
|
|
|
905 (autoload 'widget-delete "wid-edit" "\
|
|
|
906 Delete WIDGET." nil nil)
|
|
|
907
|
|
|
908 ;;;***
|
|
|
909
|
|
78
|
910 ;;;### (autoloads (edebug-eval-top-level-form def-edebug-spec) "edebug" "edebug/edebug.el")
|
|
|
911
|
|
|
912 (autoload 'def-edebug-spec "edebug" "\
|
|
|
913 Set the edebug-form-spec property of SYMBOL according to SPEC.
|
|
|
914 Both SYMBOL and SPEC are unevaluated. The SPEC can be 0, t, a symbol
|
|
|
915 \(naming a function), or a list." nil 'macro)
|
|
|
916
|
|
|
917 (defalias 'edebug-defun 'edebug-eval-top-level-form)
|
|
|
918
|
|
|
919 (autoload 'edebug-eval-top-level-form "edebug" "\
|
|
|
920 Evaluate a top level form, such as a defun or defmacro.
|
|
|
921 This is like `eval-defun', but the code is always instrumented for Edebug.
|
|
|
922 Print its name in the minibuffer and leave point where it is,
|
|
|
923 or if an error occurs, leave point after it with mark at the original point." t nil)
|
|
|
924
|
|
|
925 ;;;***
|
|
|
926
|
|
|
927 ;;;### (autoloads (ediff-show-registry) "ediff-mult" "ediff/ediff-mult.el")
|
|
|
928
|
|
|
929 (autoload 'ediff-show-registry "ediff-mult" "\
|
|
|
930 Display Ediff's registry." t nil)
|
|
|
931
|
|
|
932 (defalias 'eregistry 'ediff-show-registry)
|
|
|
933
|
|
|
934 ;;;***
|
|
|
935
|
|
82
|
936 ;;;### (autoloads (ediff-toggle-use-toolbar ediff-toggle-multiframe) "ediff-util" "ediff/ediff-util.el")
|
|
78
|
937
|
|
|
938 (autoload 'ediff-toggle-multiframe "ediff-util" "\
|
|
82
|
939 Switch from multiframe display to single-frame display and back.
|
|
|
940 To change the default, set the variable `ediff-window-setup-function',
|
|
78
|
941 which see." t nil)
|
|
|
942
|
|
82
|
943 (autoload 'ediff-toggle-use-toolbar "ediff-util" "\
|
|
|
944 Enable or disable Ediff toolbar.
|
|
|
945 Works only in versions of Emacs that support toolbars.
|
|
|
946 To change the default, set the variable `ediff-use-toolbar-p', which see." t nil)
|
|
|
947
|
|
78
|
948 ;;;***
|
|
|
949
|
|
|
950 ;;;### (autoloads (ediff-documentation ediff-version ediff-revision ediff-patch-buffer ediff-patch-file run-ediff-from-cvs-buffer ediff-merge-revisions-with-ancestor ediff-merge-revisions ediff-merge-buffers-with-ancestor ediff-merge-buffers ediff-merge-files-with-ancestor ediff-merge-files ediff-regions-linewise ediff-regions-wordwise ediff-windows-linewise ediff-windows-wordwise ediff-merge-directory-revisions-with-ancestor ediff-merge-directory-revisions ediff-merge-directories-with-ancestor ediff-merge-directories ediff-directories3 ediff-directory-revisions ediff-directories ediff-buffers3 ediff-buffers ediff-files3 ediff-files) "ediff" "ediff/ediff.el")
|
|
|
951
|
|
|
952 (autoload 'ediff-files "ediff" "\
|
|
|
953 Run Ediff on a pair of files, FILE-A and FILE-B." t nil)
|
|
|
954
|
|
|
955 (autoload 'ediff-files3 "ediff" "\
|
|
|
956 Run Ediff on three files, FILE-A, FILE-B, and FILE-C." t nil)
|
|
|
957
|
|
|
958 (defalias 'ediff3 'ediff-files3)
|
|
|
959
|
|
|
960 (defalias 'ediff 'ediff-files)
|
|
|
961
|
|
|
962 (autoload 'ediff-buffers "ediff" "\
|
|
|
963 Run Ediff on a pair of buffers, BUFFER-A and BUFFER-B." t nil)
|
|
|
964
|
|
|
965 (defalias 'ebuffers 'ediff-buffers)
|
|
|
966
|
|
|
967 (autoload 'ediff-buffers3 "ediff" "\
|
|
|
968 Run Ediff on three buffers, BUFFER-A, BUFFER-B, and BUFFER-C." t nil)
|
|
|
969
|
|
|
970 (defalias 'ebuffers3 'ediff-buffers3)
|
|
|
971
|
|
|
972 (autoload 'ediff-directories "ediff" "\
|
|
|
973 Run Ediff on a pair of directories, DIR1 and DIR2, comparing files that have
|
|
|
974 the same name in both. The third argument, REGEXP, is a regular expression that
|
|
|
975 can be used to filter out certain file names." t nil)
|
|
|
976
|
|
|
977 (defalias 'edirs 'ediff-directories)
|
|
|
978
|
|
|
979 (autoload 'ediff-directory-revisions "ediff" "\
|
|
|
980 Run Ediff on a directory, DIR1, comparing its files with their revisions.
|
|
|
981 The second argument, REGEXP, is a regular expression that filters the file
|
|
|
982 names. Only the files that are under revision control are taken into account." t nil)
|
|
|
983
|
|
|
984 (defalias 'edir-revisions 'ediff-directory-revisions)
|
|
|
985
|
|
|
986 (autoload 'ediff-directories3 "ediff" "\
|
|
|
987 Run Ediff on three directories, DIR1, DIR2, and DIR3, comparing files that
|
|
|
988 have the same name in all three. The last argument, REGEXP, is a regular
|
|
|
989 expression that can be used to filter out certain file names." t nil)
|
|
|
990
|
|
|
991 (defalias 'edirs3 'ediff-directories3)
|
|
|
992
|
|
|
993 (autoload 'ediff-merge-directories "ediff" "\
|
|
|
994 Run Ediff on a pair of directories, DIR1 and DIR2, merging files that have
|
|
|
995 the same name in both. The third argument, REGEXP, is a regular expression that
|
|
|
996 can be used to filter out certain file names." t nil)
|
|
|
997
|
|
|
998 (defalias 'edirs-merge 'ediff-merge-directories)
|
|
|
999
|
|
|
1000 (autoload 'ediff-merge-directories-with-ancestor "ediff" "\
|
|
|
1001 Merge files in directories DIR1 and DIR2 using files in ANCESTOR-DIR as ancestors.
|
|
|
1002 Ediff merges files that have identical names in DIR1, DIR2. If a pair of files
|
|
|
1003 in DIR1 and DIR2 doesn't have an ancestor in ANCESTOR-DIR, Ediff will merge
|
|
|
1004 without ancestor. The fourth argument, REGEXP, is a regular expression that
|
|
|
1005 can be used to filter out certain file names." t nil)
|
|
|
1006
|
|
|
1007 (autoload 'ediff-merge-directory-revisions "ediff" "\
|
|
|
1008 Run Ediff on a directory, DIR1, merging its files with their revisions.
|
|
|
1009 The second argument, REGEXP, is a regular expression that filters the file
|
|
|
1010 names. Only the files that are under revision control are taken into account." t nil)
|
|
|
1011
|
|
|
1012 (defalias 'edir-merge-revisions 'ediff-merge-directory-revisions)
|
|
|
1013
|
|
|
1014 (autoload 'ediff-merge-directory-revisions-with-ancestor "ediff" "\
|
|
|
1015 Run Ediff on a directory, DIR1, merging its files with their revisions and ancestors.
|
|
|
1016 The second argument, REGEXP, is a regular expression that filters the file
|
|
|
1017 names. Only the files that are under revision control are taken into account." t nil)
|
|
|
1018
|
|
|
1019 (defalias 'edir-merge-revisions-with-ancestor 'ediff-merge-directory-revisions-with-ancestor)
|
|
|
1020
|
|
|
1021 (defalias 'edirs-merge-with-ancestor 'ediff-merge-directories-with-ancestor)
|
|
|
1022
|
|
|
1023 (autoload 'ediff-windows-wordwise "ediff" "\
|
|
|
1024 Compare WIND-A and WIND-B, which are selected by clicking, wordwise.
|
|
|
1025 With prefix argument, DUMB-MODE, or on a non-windowing display, works as
|
|
|
1026 follows:
|
|
|
1027 If WIND-A is nil, use selected window.
|
|
|
1028 If WIND-B is nil, use window next to WIND-A." t nil)
|
|
|
1029
|
|
|
1030 (autoload 'ediff-windows-linewise "ediff" "\
|
|
|
1031 Compare WIND-A and WIND-B, which are selected by clicking, linewise.
|
|
|
1032 With prefix argument, DUMB-MODE, or on a non-windowing display, works as
|
|
|
1033 follows:
|
|
|
1034 If WIND-A is nil, use selected window.
|
|
|
1035 If WIND-B is nil, use window next to WIND-A." t nil)
|
|
|
1036
|
|
|
1037 (autoload 'ediff-regions-wordwise "ediff" "\
|
|
|
1038 Run Ediff on a pair of regions in two different buffers.
|
|
|
1039 Regions (i.e., point and mark) are assumed to be set in advance.
|
|
|
1040 This function is effective only for relatively small regions, up to 200
|
|
|
1041 lines. For large regions, use `ediff-regions-linewise'." t nil)
|
|
|
1042
|
|
|
1043 (autoload 'ediff-regions-linewise "ediff" "\
|
|
|
1044 Run Ediff on a pair of regions in two different buffers.
|
|
|
1045 Regions (i.e., point and mark) are assumed to be set in advance.
|
|
|
1046 Each region is enlarged to contain full lines.
|
|
|
1047 This function is effective for large regions, over 100-200
|
|
|
1048 lines. For small regions, use `ediff-regions-wordwise'." t nil)
|
|
|
1049
|
|
|
1050 (defalias 'ediff-merge 'ediff-merge-files)
|
|
|
1051
|
|
|
1052 (autoload 'ediff-merge-files "ediff" "\
|
|
|
1053 Merge two files without ancestor." t nil)
|
|
|
1054
|
|
|
1055 (autoload 'ediff-merge-files-with-ancestor "ediff" "\
|
|
|
1056 Merge two files with ancestor." t nil)
|
|
|
1057
|
|
|
1058 (defalias 'ediff-merge-with-ancestor 'ediff-merge-files-with-ancestor)
|
|
|
1059
|
|
|
1060 (autoload 'ediff-merge-buffers "ediff" "\
|
|
|
1061 Merge buffers without ancestor." t nil)
|
|
|
1062
|
|
|
1063 (autoload 'ediff-merge-buffers-with-ancestor "ediff" "\
|
|
|
1064 Merge buffers with ancestor." t nil)
|
|
|
1065
|
|
|
1066 (autoload 'ediff-merge-revisions "ediff" "\
|
|
|
1067 Run Ediff by merging two revisions of a file.
|
|
|
1068 The file is the optional FILE argument or the file visited by the current
|
|
|
1069 buffer." t nil)
|
|
|
1070
|
|
|
1071 (autoload 'ediff-merge-revisions-with-ancestor "ediff" "\
|
|
|
1072 Run Ediff by merging two revisions of a file with a common ancestor.
|
|
80
|
1073 The file is the the optional FILE argument or the file visited by the current
|
|
78
|
1074 buffer." t nil)
|
|
|
1075
|
|
|
1076 (autoload 'run-ediff-from-cvs-buffer "ediff" "\
|
|
|
1077 Run Ediff-merge on appropriate revisions of the selected file.
|
|
146
|
1078 First run after `M-x cvs-update'. Then place the cursor on a line describing a
|
|
78
|
1079 file and then run `run-ediff-from-cvs-buffer'." t nil)
|
|
|
1080
|
|
|
1081 (autoload 'ediff-patch-file "ediff" "\
|
|
|
1082 Run Ediff by patching SOURCE-FILENAME." t nil)
|
|
|
1083
|
|
|
1084 (autoload 'ediff-patch-buffer "ediff" "\
|
|
|
1085 Run Ediff by patching BUFFER-NAME." t nil)
|
|
|
1086
|
|
|
1087 (defalias 'epatch 'ediff-patch-file)
|
|
|
1088
|
|
|
1089 (defalias 'epatch-buffer 'ediff-patch-buffer)
|
|
|
1090
|
|
|
1091 (autoload 'ediff-revision "ediff" "\
|
|
|
1092 Run Ediff by comparing versions of a file.
|
|
|
1093 The file is an optional FILE argument or the file visited by the current
|
|
|
1094 buffer. Use `vc.el' or `rcs.el' depending on `ediff-version-control-package'." t nil)
|
|
|
1095
|
|
|
1096 (autoload 'ediff-version "ediff" "\
|
|
|
1097 Return string describing the version of Ediff.
|
|
|
1098 When called interactively, displays the version." t nil)
|
|
|
1099
|
|
|
1100 (autoload 'ediff-documentation "ediff" "\
|
|
|
1101 Display Ediff's manual.
|
|
|
1102 With optional NODE, goes to that node." t nil)
|
|
|
1103
|
|
|
1104 ;;;***
|
|
|
1105
|
|
98
|
1106 ;;;### (autoloads nil "default-dir" "efs/default-dir.el")
|
|
|
1107
|
|
|
1108 (defvar default-directory-function nil "\
|
|
|
1109 A function to call to compute the default-directory for the current buffer.
|
|
|
1110 If this is nil, the function default-directory will return the value of the
|
|
|
1111 variable default-directory.
|
|
|
1112 Buffer local.")
|
|
|
1113
|
|
|
1114 ;;;***
|
|
|
1115
|
|
|
1116 ;;;### (autoloads (dired-jump-back-other-frame dired-jump-back-other-window dired-jump-back dired-noselect dired-other-frame dired-other-window dired) "dired" "efs/dired.el")
|
|
|
1117
|
|
|
1118 (defvar dired-compression-method 'compress "\
|
|
|
1119 *Type of compression program to use.
|
|
|
1120 Give as a symbol.
|
|
|
1121 Currently-recognized methods are: gzip pack compact compress.
|
|
|
1122 To change this variable use \\[dired-do-compress] with a zero prefix.")
|
|
|
1123
|
|
|
1124 (defvar dired-compression-method-alist '((gzip ".gz" ("gzip") ("gzip" "-d") "-f") (compress ".Z" ("compress" "-f") ("compress" "-d") "-f") (pack ".z" ("pack" "-f") ("unpack")) (compact ".C" ("compact") ("uncompact"))) "\
|
|
|
1125 *Association list of compression method descriptions.
|
|
|
1126 Each element of the table should be a list of the form
|
|
|
1127
|
|
|
1128 (compress-type extension (compress-args) (decompress-args) force-flag)
|
|
|
1129
|
|
|
1130 where
|
|
|
1131 `compress-type' is a unique symbol in the alist to which
|
|
|
1132 `dired-compression-method' can be set;
|
|
|
1133 `extension' is the file extension (as a string) used by files compressed
|
|
|
1134 by this method;
|
|
|
1135 `compress-args' is a list of the path of the compression program and
|
|
|
1136 flags to pass as separate arguments;
|
|
|
1137 `decompress-args' is a list of the path of the decompression
|
|
|
1138 program and flags to pass as separate arguments.
|
|
|
1139 `force-flag' is the switch to pass to the command to force overwriting
|
|
|
1140 of existing files.
|
|
|
1141
|
|
|
1142 For example:
|
|
|
1143
|
|
114
|
1144 (setq dired-compression-method-alist
|
|
98
|
1145 (cons '(frobnicate \".frob\" (\"frob\") (\"frob\" \"-d\") \"-f\")
|
|
|
1146 dired-compression-method-alist))
|
|
|
1147 => ((frobnicate \".frob\" (\"frob\") (\"frob\" \"-d\"))
|
|
|
1148 (gzip \".gz\" (\"gzip\") (\"gunzip\"))
|
|
|
1149 ...)
|
|
|
1150
|
|
|
1151 See also: dired-compression-method <V>")
|
|
|
1152
|
|
|
1153 (defvar dired-ls-program "ls" "\
|
|
|
1154 *Absolute or relative name of the ls program used by dired.")
|
|
|
1155
|
|
|
1156 (defvar dired-listing-switches "-al" "\
|
|
|
1157 *Switches passed to ls for dired. MUST contain the `l' option.
|
|
|
1158 Can contain even `F', `b', `i' and `s'.")
|
|
|
1159
|
|
142
|
1160 (defvar dired-chown-program (if (memq system-type '(hpux dgux usg-unix-v linux)) "chown" "/etc/chown") "\
|
|
114
|
1161 *Name of chown command (usually `chown' or `/etc/chown').")
|
|
98
|
1162
|
|
|
1163 (defvar dired-gnutar-program nil "\
|
|
|
1164 *If non-nil, name of the GNU tar executable (e.g. \"tar\" or \"gnutar\").
|
|
|
1165 GNU tar's `z' switch is used for compressed tar files.
|
|
|
1166 If you don't have GNU tar, set this to nil: a pipe using `zcat' is then used.")
|
|
|
1167
|
|
|
1168 (defvar dired-unshar-program nil "\
|
|
|
1169 *Set to the name of the unshar program, if you have it.")
|
|
|
1170
|
|
|
1171 (defvar dired-local-variables-file ".dired" "\
|
|
|
1172 *If non-nil, filename for local variables for Dired.
|
|
|
1173 If Dired finds a file with that name in the current directory, it will
|
|
|
1174 temporarily insert it into the dired buffer and run `hack-local-variables'.
|
|
|
1175
|
|
|
1176 Type \\[info] and `g' `(emacs)File Variables' `RET' for more info on
|
|
|
1177 local variables.")
|
|
|
1178
|
|
|
1179 (defvar dired-kept-versions 2 "\
|
|
|
1180 *When cleaning directory, number of versions to keep.")
|
|
|
1181
|
|
|
1182 (defvar dired-find-subdir nil "\
|
|
|
1183 *Determines whether dired tries to lookup a subdir in existing buffers.
|
|
|
1184 If non-nil, dired does not make a new buffer for a directory if it can be
|
|
|
1185 found (perhaps as subdir) in some existing dired buffer. If there are several
|
|
|
1186 dired buffers for a directory, then the most recently used one is chosen.
|
|
|
1187
|
|
|
1188 Dired avoids switching to the current buffer, so that if you have
|
|
|
1189 a normal and a wildcard buffer for the same directory, C-x d RET will
|
|
|
1190 toggle between those two.")
|
|
|
1191
|
|
|
1192 (defvar dired-use-file-transformers t "\
|
|
|
1193 *Determines whether dired uses file transformers.
|
|
|
1194 If non-nil `dired-do-shell-command' will apply file transformers to file names.
|
|
|
1195 See \\[describe-function] for dired-do-shell-command for more information.")
|
|
|
1196
|
|
|
1197 (defvar dired-dwim-target nil "\
|
|
|
1198 *If non-nil, dired tries to guess a default target directory.
|
|
|
1199 This means that if there is a dired buffer displayed in the next window,
|
|
|
1200 use its current subdir, instead of the current subdir of this dired buffer.
|
|
|
1201 The target is put in the prompt for file copy, rename, etc.")
|
|
|
1202
|
|
|
1203 (defvar dired-copy-preserve-time nil "\
|
|
|
1204 *If non-nil, Dired preserves the last-modified time in a file copy.
|
|
|
1205 \(This works on only some systems.)\\<dired-mode-map>
|
|
|
1206 Use `\\[dired-do-copy]' with a zero prefix argument to toggle its value.")
|
|
|
1207
|
|
|
1208 (defvar dired-no-confirm nil "\
|
|
|
1209 *If non-nil, a list of symbols for commands dired should not confirm.
|
|
|
1210 It can be a sublist of
|
|
|
1211
|
|
|
1212 '(byte-compile chgrp chmod chown compress copy delete hardlink load
|
|
|
1213 move print shell symlink uncompress recursive-delete kill-file-buffer
|
|
|
1214 kill-dired-buffer patch create-top-dir revert-subdirs)
|
|
|
1215
|
|
|
1216 The meanings of most of the symbols are obvious. A few exceptions:
|
|
|
1217
|
|
|
1218 'compress applies to compression or decompression by any of the
|
|
|
1219 compression program in `dired-compression-method-alist'.
|
|
|
1220
|
|
|
1221 'kill-dired-buffer applies to offering to kill dired buffers for
|
|
|
1222 directories which have been deleted.
|
|
|
1223
|
|
|
1224 'kill-file-buffer applies to offering to kill buffers visiting files
|
|
|
1225 which have been deleted.
|
|
|
1226
|
|
|
1227 'recursive-delete applies to recursively deleting non-empty
|
|
|
1228 directories, and all of their contents.
|
|
|
1229
|
|
|
1230 'create-top-dir applies to `dired-up-directory' creating a new top level
|
|
|
1231 directory for the dired buffer.
|
|
|
1232
|
|
|
1233 'revert-subdirs applies to re-reading subdirectories which have
|
|
|
1234 been modified on disk.
|
|
|
1235
|
|
|
1236 Note that this list also applies to remote files accessed with efs
|
|
|
1237 or ange-ftp.")
|
|
|
1238
|
|
|
1239 (defvar dired-backup-if-overwrite nil "\
|
|
|
1240 *Non-nil if Dired should ask about making backups before overwriting files.
|
|
|
1241 Special value 'always suppresses confirmation.")
|
|
|
1242
|
|
|
1243 (defvar dired-omit-files nil "\
|
|
|
1244 *If non-nil un-interesting files will be omitted from this dired buffer.
|
|
|
1245 Use \\[dired-omit-toggle] to see these files. (buffer local)")
|
|
|
1246
|
|
|
1247 (defvar dired-mail-reader 'rmail "\
|
|
|
1248 *Mail reader used by dired for dired-read-mail (\\[dired-read-mail]).
|
|
|
1249 The symbols 'rmail and 'vm are the only two allowed values.")
|
|
|
1250
|
|
118
|
1251 (defvar dired-refresh-automatically t "\
|
|
|
1252 *If non-nil, refresh dired buffers automatically after file operations.")
|
|
|
1253
|
|
98
|
1254 (define-key ctl-x-map "d" 'dired)
|
|
|
1255
|
|
|
1256 (autoload 'dired "dired" "\
|
|
|
1257 \"Edit\" directory DIRNAME--delete, rename, print, etc. some files in it.
|
|
|
1258 Optional second argument SWITCHES specifies the `ls' options used.
|
|
|
1259 \(Interactively, use a prefix argument to be able to specify SWITCHES.)
|
|
|
1260 Dired displays a list of files in DIRNAME (which may also have
|
|
|
1261 shell wildcards appended to select certain files). If DIRNAME is a cons,
|
|
|
1262 its first element is taken as the directory name and the resr as an explicit
|
|
|
1263 list of files to make directory entries for.
|
|
|
1264 \\<dired-mode-map>You can move around in it with the usual commands.
|
|
|
1265 You can flag files for deletion with \\[dired-flag-file-deletion] and then
|
|
|
1266 delete them by typing \\[dired-expunge-deletions].
|
|
|
1267 Type \\[dired-describe-mode] after entering dired for more info.
|
|
|
1268
|
|
|
1269 If DIRNAME is already in a dired buffer, that buffer is used without refresh." t nil)
|
|
|
1270
|
|
|
1271 (define-key ctl-x-4-map "d" 'dired-other-window)
|
|
|
1272
|
|
|
1273 (autoload 'dired-other-window "dired" "\
|
|
|
1274 \"Edit\" directory DIRNAME. Like `dired' but selects in another window." t nil)
|
|
|
1275
|
|
|
1276 (define-key ctl-x-5-map "d" 'dired-other-frame)
|
|
|
1277
|
|
|
1278 (autoload 'dired-other-frame "dired" "\
|
|
|
1279 \"Edit\" directory DIRNAME. Like `dired' but makes a new frame." t nil)
|
|
|
1280
|
|
|
1281 (autoload 'dired-noselect "dired" "\
|
|
|
1282 Like `dired' but returns the dired buffer as value, does not select it." nil nil)
|
|
|
1283
|
|
|
1284 (define-key ctl-x-map "\C-j" 'dired-jump-back)
|
|
|
1285
|
|
|
1286 (autoload 'dired-jump-back "dired" "\
|
|
|
1287 Jump back to dired.
|
|
|
1288 If in a file, dired the current directory and move to file's line.
|
|
|
1289 If in dired already, pop up a level and goto old directory's line.
|
|
|
1290 In case the proper dired file line cannot be found, refresh the dired
|
|
|
1291 buffer and try again." t nil)
|
|
|
1292
|
|
|
1293 (define-key ctl-x-4-map "\C-j" 'dired-jump-back-other-window)
|
|
|
1294
|
|
|
1295 (autoload 'dired-jump-back-other-window "dired" "\
|
|
|
1296 Like \\[dired-jump-back], but to other window." t nil)
|
|
|
1297
|
|
|
1298 (define-key ctl-x-5-map "\C-j" 'dired-jump-back-other-frame)
|
|
|
1299
|
|
|
1300 (autoload 'dired-jump-back-other-frame "dired" "\
|
|
|
1301 Like \\[dired-jump-back], but in another frame." t nil)
|
|
|
1302
|
|
|
1303 ;;;***
|
|
|
1304
|
|
116
|
1305 ;;;### (autoloads (efs-ftp-path) "efs-cu" "efs/efs-cu.el")
|
|
114
|
1306
|
|
|
1307 (defvar efs-path-root-regexp "^/[^/:]+:" "\
|
|
|
1308 Regexp to match the `/user@host:' root of an efs full path.")
|
|
|
1309
|
|
116
|
1310 (autoload 'efs-ftp-path "efs-cu" "\
|
|
|
1311 Parse PATH according to efs-path-regexp.
|
|
|
1312 Returns a list (HOST USER PATH), or nil if PATH does not match the format." nil nil)
|
|
|
1313
|
|
|
1314 ;;;***
|
|
|
1315
|
|
|
1316 ;;;### (autoloads (remote-path-file-handler-function) "efs-dump" "efs/efs-dump.el")
|
|
|
1317
|
|
|
1318 (or (assoc efs-path-root-regexp file-name-handler-alist) (setq file-name-handler-alist (cons (cons efs-path-root-regexp 'remote-path-file-handler-function) file-name-handler-alist)))
|
|
|
1319
|
|
|
1320 (autoload 'remote-path-file-handler-function "efs-dump" "\
|
|
|
1321 Function to call special file handlers for remote files." nil nil)
|
|
114
|
1322
|
|
|
1323 ;;;***
|
|
|
1324
|
|
118
|
1325 ;;;### (autoloads nil "efs-fnh" "efs/efs-fnh.el")
|
|
|
1326
|
|
|
1327 (defvar allow-remote-paths t "\
|
|
|
1328 *Set this to nil if you don't want remote paths to access
|
|
|
1329 remote files.")
|
|
|
1330
|
|
|
1331 ;;;***
|
|
|
1332
|
|
114
|
1333 ;;;### (autoloads (efs-root-file-name-completion efs-root-file-name-all-completions efs-set-passwd) "efs-netrc" "efs/efs-netrc.el")
|
|
|
1334
|
|
|
1335 (autoload 'efs-set-passwd "efs-netrc" "\
|
|
|
1336 For a given HOST and USER, set or change the associated PASSWORD." t nil)
|
|
|
1337
|
|
|
1338 (autoload 'efs-root-file-name-all-completions "efs-netrc" nil nil nil)
|
|
|
1339
|
|
|
1340 (autoload 'efs-root-file-name-completion "efs-netrc" nil nil nil)
|
|
|
1341
|
|
|
1342 ;;;***
|
|
|
1343
|
|
|
1344 ;;;### (autoloads (efs-report-bug) "efs-report" "efs/efs-report.el")
|
|
|
1345
|
|
|
1346 (autoload 'efs-report-bug "efs-report" "\
|
|
|
1347 Submit a bug report for efs." t nil)
|
|
|
1348
|
|
|
1349 ;;;***
|
|
|
1350
|
|
116
|
1351 ;;;### (autoloads (efs-file-handler-function efs-nslookup-host efs-display-ftp-activity) "efs" "efs/efs.el")
|
|
|
1352
|
|
|
1353 (autoload 'efs-display-ftp-activity "efs" "\
|
|
|
1354 Displays the number of active background ftp sessions in the modeline.
|
|
|
1355 Uses the variable `efs-mode-line-format' to determine how this will be
|
|
|
1356 displayed." t nil)
|
|
114
|
1357
|
|
|
1358 (autoload 'efs-nslookup-host "efs" "\
|
|
|
1359 Attempt to resolve the given HOSTNAME using nslookup if possible." t nil)
|
|
|
1360
|
|
|
1361 (autoload 'efs-file-handler-function "efs" "\
|
|
|
1362 Function to call special file handlers for remote files." nil nil)
|
|
|
1363
|
|
|
1364 ;;;***
|
|
|
1365
|
|
78
|
1366 ;;;### (autoloads (electric-buffer-list) "ebuff-menu" "electric/ebuff-menu.el")
|
|
|
1367
|
|
|
1368 (autoload 'electric-buffer-list "ebuff-menu" "\
|
|
|
1369 Pops up a buffer describing the set of Emacs buffers.
|
|
|
1370 Vaguely like ITS lunar select buffer; combining typeoutoid buffer
|
|
|
1371 listing with menuoid buffer selection.
|
|
|
1372
|
|
|
1373 If the very next character typed is a space then the buffer list
|
|
|
1374 window disappears. Otherwise, one may move around in the buffer list
|
|
|
1375 window, marking buffers to be selected, saved or deleted.
|
|
|
1376
|
|
|
1377 To exit and select a new buffer, type a space when the cursor is on
|
|
|
1378 the appropriate line of the buffer-list window. Other commands are
|
|
|
1379 much like those of buffer-menu-mode.
|
|
|
1380
|
|
|
1381 Calls value of `electric-buffer-menu-mode-hook' on entry if non-nil.
|
|
|
1382
|
|
|
1383 Non-null optional arg FILES-ONLY means mention only file buffers.
|
|
|
1384 When called from Lisp code, FILES-ONLY may be a regular expression,
|
|
|
1385 in which case only buffers whose names match that expression are listed,
|
|
|
1386 or an arbitrary predicate function.
|
|
|
1387
|
|
|
1388 \\{electric-buffer-menu-mode-map}" t nil)
|
|
|
1389
|
|
|
1390 ;;;***
|
|
|
1391
|
|
|
1392 ;;;### (autoloads (electric-command-history Electric-command-history-redo-expression) "echistory" "electric/echistory.el")
|
|
|
1393
|
|
|
1394 (autoload 'Electric-command-history-redo-expression "echistory" "\
|
|
|
1395 Edit current history line in minibuffer and execute result.
|
|
|
1396 With prefix arg NOCONFIRM, execute current line as-is without editing." t nil)
|
|
|
1397
|
|
|
1398 (autoload 'electric-command-history "echistory" "\
|
|
|
1399 \\<electric-history-map>Major mode for examining and redoing commands from `command-history'.
|
|
|
1400 This pops up a window with the Command History listing.
|
|
|
1401 The number of command listed is controlled by `list-command-history-max'.
|
|
|
1402 The command history is filtered by `list-command-history-filter' if non-nil.
|
|
|
1403 Combines typeout Command History list window with menu like selection
|
|
|
1404 of an expression from the history for re-evaluation in the *original* buffer.
|
|
|
1405
|
|
|
1406 The history displayed is filtered by `list-command-history-filter' if non-nil.
|
|
|
1407
|
|
|
1408 Like Emacs-Lisp mode except that characters do not insert themselves and
|
|
|
1409 Tab and Linefeed do not indent. Instead these commands are provided:
|
|
|
1410 \\{electric-history-map}
|
|
|
1411
|
|
|
1412 Calls the value of `electric-command-history-hook' if that is non-nil.
|
|
|
1413 The Command History listing is recomputed each time this mode is invoked." t nil)
|
|
|
1414
|
|
|
1415 ;;;***
|
|
|
1416
|
|
|
1417 ;;;### (autoloads (electric-helpify with-electric-help) "ehelp" "electric/ehelp.el")
|
|
|
1418
|
|
|
1419 (autoload 'with-electric-help "ehelp" "\
|
|
|
1420 Pop up an \"electric\" help buffer.
|
|
|
1421 The arguments are THUNK &optional BUFFER NOERASE MINHEIGHT.
|
|
|
1422 THUNK is a function of no arguments which is called to initialize the
|
|
|
1423 contents of BUFFER. BUFFER defaults to `*Help*'. BUFFER will be
|
|
|
1424 erased before THUNK is called unless NOERASE is non-nil. THUNK will
|
|
|
1425 be called while BUFFER is current and with `standard-output' bound to
|
|
|
1426 the buffer specified by BUFFER.
|
|
|
1427
|
|
|
1428 If THUNK returns nil, we display BUFFER starting at the top, and
|
|
|
1429 shrink the window to fit. If THUNK returns non-nil, we don't do those things.
|
|
|
1430
|
|
|
1431 After THUNK has been called, this function \"electrically\" pops up a window
|
|
|
1432 in which BUFFER is displayed and allows the user to scroll through that buffer
|
|
|
1433 in electric-help-mode. The window's height will be at least MINHEIGHT if
|
|
|
1434 this value is non-nil.
|
|
|
1435
|
|
|
1436 If THUNK returns nil, we display BUFFER starting at the top, and
|
|
|
1437 shrink the window to fit. If THUNK returns non-nil, we don't do those
|
|
|
1438 things.
|
|
|
1439
|
|
|
1440 When the user exits (with `electric-help-exit', or otherwise) the help
|
|
|
1441 buffer's window disappears (i.e., we use `save-window-excursion')
|
|
|
1442 BUFFER is put into `default-major-mode' (or `fundamental-mode') when we exit." nil nil)
|
|
|
1443
|
|
|
1444 (autoload 'electric-helpify "ehelp" nil nil nil)
|
|
|
1445
|
|
|
1446 ;;;***
|
|
|
1447
|
|
|
1448 ;;;### (autoloads (Helper-help Helper-describe-bindings) "helper" "electric/helper.el")
|
|
|
1449
|
|
|
1450 (autoload 'Helper-describe-bindings "helper" "\
|
|
|
1451 Describe local key bindings of current mode." t nil)
|
|
|
1452
|
|
|
1453 (autoload 'Helper-help "helper" "\
|
|
|
1454 Provide help for current mode." t nil)
|
|
|
1455
|
|
|
1456 ;;;***
|
|
|
1457
|
|
|
1458 ;;;### (autoloads (edt-emulation-on) "edt" "emulators/edt.el")
|
|
|
1459
|
|
|
1460 (autoload 'edt-emulation-on "edt" "\
|
|
|
1461 Turn on EDT Emulation." t nil)
|
|
|
1462
|
|
|
1463 ;;;***
|
|
|
1464
|
|
|
1465 ;;;### (autoloads (teco-command) "teco" "emulators/teco.el")
|
|
|
1466
|
|
|
1467 (autoload 'teco-command "teco" "\
|
|
|
1468 Read and execute a Teco command string." t nil)
|
|
|
1469
|
|
|
1470 ;;;***
|
|
|
1471
|
|
|
1472 ;;;### (autoloads (tpu-edt-on) "tpu-edt" "emulators/tpu-edt.el")
|
|
|
1473
|
|
|
1474 (fset 'tpu-edt-mode 'tpu-edt-on)
|
|
|
1475
|
|
|
1476 (fset 'tpu-edt 'tpu-edt-on)
|
|
|
1477
|
|
|
1478 (autoload 'tpu-edt-on "tpu-edt" "\
|
|
|
1479 Turn on TPU/edt emulation." t nil)
|
|
|
1480
|
|
|
1481 ;;;***
|
|
|
1482
|
|
|
1483 ;;;### (autoloads (tpu-set-cursor-bound tpu-set-cursor-free tpu-set-scroll-margins) "tpu-extras" "emulators/tpu-extras.el")
|
|
|
1484
|
|
|
1485 (autoload 'tpu-set-scroll-margins "tpu-extras" "\
|
|
|
1486 Set scroll margins." t nil)
|
|
|
1487
|
|
|
1488 (autoload 'tpu-set-cursor-free "tpu-extras" "\
|
|
|
1489 Allow the cursor to move freely about the screen." t nil)
|
|
|
1490
|
|
|
1491 (autoload 'tpu-set-cursor-bound "tpu-extras" "\
|
|
|
1492 Constrain the cursor to the flow of the text." t nil)
|
|
|
1493
|
|
|
1494 ;;;***
|
|
|
1495
|
|
|
1496 ;;;### (autoloads (wordstar-mode) "ws-mode" "emulators/ws-mode.el")
|
|
|
1497
|
|
|
1498 (autoload 'wordstar-mode "ws-mode" "\
|
|
|
1499 Major mode with WordStar-like key bindings.
|
|
|
1500
|
|
|
1501 BUGS:
|
|
|
1502 - Help menus with WordStar commands (C-j just calls help-for-help)
|
|
|
1503 are not implemented
|
|
|
1504 - Options for search and replace
|
|
|
1505 - Show markers (C-k h) is somewhat strange
|
|
|
1506 - Search and replace (C-q a) is only available in forward direction
|
|
|
1507
|
|
|
1508 No key bindings beginning with ESC are installed, they will work
|
|
|
1509 Emacs-like.
|
|
|
1510
|
|
|
1511 The key bindings are:
|
|
|
1512
|
|
|
1513 C-a backward-word
|
|
|
1514 C-b fill-paragraph
|
|
|
1515 C-c scroll-up-line
|
|
|
1516 C-d forward-char
|
|
|
1517 C-e previous-line
|
|
|
1518 C-f forward-word
|
|
|
1519 C-g delete-char
|
|
|
1520 C-h backward-char
|
|
|
1521 C-i indent-for-tab-command
|
|
|
1522 C-j help-for-help
|
|
|
1523 C-k ordstar-C-k-map
|
|
|
1524 C-l ws-repeat-search
|
|
|
1525 C-n open-line
|
|
|
1526 C-p quoted-insert
|
|
|
1527 C-r scroll-down-line
|
|
|
1528 C-s backward-char
|
|
|
1529 C-t kill-word
|
|
|
1530 C-u keyboard-quit
|
|
|
1531 C-v overwrite-mode
|
|
|
1532 C-w scroll-down
|
|
|
1533 C-x next-line
|
|
|
1534 C-y kill-complete-line
|
|
|
1535 C-z scroll-up
|
|
|
1536
|
|
|
1537 C-k 0 ws-set-marker-0
|
|
|
1538 C-k 1 ws-set-marker-1
|
|
|
1539 C-k 2 ws-set-marker-2
|
|
|
1540 C-k 3 ws-set-marker-3
|
|
|
1541 C-k 4 ws-set-marker-4
|
|
|
1542 C-k 5 ws-set-marker-5
|
|
|
1543 C-k 6 ws-set-marker-6
|
|
|
1544 C-k 7 ws-set-marker-7
|
|
|
1545 C-k 8 ws-set-marker-8
|
|
|
1546 C-k 9 ws-set-marker-9
|
|
|
1547 C-k b ws-begin-block
|
|
|
1548 C-k c ws-copy-block
|
|
|
1549 C-k d save-buffers-kill-emacs
|
|
|
1550 C-k f find-file
|
|
|
1551 C-k h ws-show-markers
|
|
|
1552 C-k i ws-indent-block
|
|
|
1553 C-k k ws-end-block
|
|
|
1554 C-k p ws-print-block
|
|
|
1555 C-k q kill-emacs
|
|
|
1556 C-k r insert-file
|
|
|
1557 C-k s save-some-buffers
|
|
|
1558 C-k t ws-mark-word
|
|
|
1559 C-k u ws-exdent-block
|
|
|
1560 C-k C-u keyboard-quit
|
|
|
1561 C-k v ws-move-block
|
|
|
1562 C-k w ws-write-block
|
|
|
1563 C-k x kill-emacs
|
|
|
1564 C-k y ws-delete-block
|
|
|
1565
|
|
|
1566 C-o c wordstar-center-line
|
|
|
1567 C-o b switch-to-buffer
|
|
|
1568 C-o j justify-current-line
|
|
|
1569 C-o k kill-buffer
|
|
|
1570 C-o l list-buffers
|
|
|
1571 C-o m auto-fill-mode
|
|
|
1572 C-o r set-fill-column
|
|
|
1573 C-o C-u keyboard-quit
|
|
|
1574 C-o wd delete-other-windows
|
|
|
1575 C-o wh split-window-horizontally
|
|
|
1576 C-o wo other-window
|
|
|
1577 C-o wv split-window-vertically
|
|
|
1578
|
|
|
1579 C-q 0 ws-find-marker-0
|
|
|
1580 C-q 1 ws-find-marker-1
|
|
|
1581 C-q 2 ws-find-marker-2
|
|
|
1582 C-q 3 ws-find-marker-3
|
|
|
1583 C-q 4 ws-find-marker-4
|
|
|
1584 C-q 5 ws-find-marker-5
|
|
|
1585 C-q 6 ws-find-marker-6
|
|
|
1586 C-q 7 ws-find-marker-7
|
|
|
1587 C-q 8 ws-find-marker-8
|
|
|
1588 C-q 9 ws-find-marker-9
|
|
|
1589 C-q a ws-query-replace
|
|
|
1590 C-q b ws-to-block-begin
|
|
|
1591 C-q c end-of-buffer
|
|
|
1592 C-q d end-of-line
|
|
|
1593 C-q f ws-search
|
|
|
1594 C-q k ws-to-block-end
|
|
|
1595 C-q l ws-undo
|
|
|
1596 C-q p ws-last-cursorp
|
|
|
1597 C-q r beginning-of-buffer
|
|
|
1598 C-q C-u keyboard-quit
|
|
|
1599 C-q w ws-last-error
|
|
|
1600 C-q y ws-kill-eol
|
|
|
1601 C-q DEL ws-kill-bol
|
|
|
1602 " t nil)
|
|
|
1603
|
|
|
1604 ;;;***
|
|
|
1605
|
|
151
|
1606 ;;;### (autoloads (term make-term) "term" "eterm/term.el")
|
|
|
1607
|
|
|
1608 (autoload 'make-term "term" "\
|
|
|
1609 Make a term process NAME in a buffer, running PROGRAM.
|
|
|
1610 The name of the buffer is made by surrounding NAME with `*'s.
|
|
|
1611 If there is already a running process in that buffer, it is not restarted.
|
|
|
1612 Optional third arg STARTFILE is the name of a file to send the contents of to
|
|
|
1613 the process. Any more args are arguments to PROGRAM." nil nil)
|
|
|
1614
|
|
|
1615 (autoload 'term "term" "\
|
|
|
1616 Start a terminal-emulator in a new buffer." t nil)
|
|
|
1617
|
|
|
1618 ;;;***
|
|
|
1619
|
|
|
1620 ;;;### (autoloads (tperldb txdb tdbx tsdb tgdb) "tgud" "eterm/tgud.el")
|
|
|
1621
|
|
|
1622 (autoload 'tgdb "tgud" "\
|
|
|
1623 Run gdb on program FILE in buffer *tgud-FILE*.
|
|
|
1624 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
|
|
|
1625 and source-file directory for your debugger." t nil)
|
|
|
1626
|
|
|
1627 (autoload 'tsdb "tgud" "\
|
|
|
1628 Run sdb on program FILE in buffer *tgud-FILE*.
|
|
|
1629 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
|
|
|
1630 and source-file directory for your debugger." t nil)
|
|
|
1631
|
|
|
1632 (autoload 'tdbx "tgud" "\
|
|
|
1633 Run dbx on program FILE in buffer *tgud-FILE*.
|
|
|
1634 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
|
|
|
1635 and source-file directory for your debugger." t nil)
|
|
|
1636
|
|
|
1637 (autoload 'txdb "tgud" "\
|
|
|
1638 Run xdb on program FILE in buffer *tgud-FILE*.
|
|
|
1639 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
|
|
|
1640 and source-file directory for your debugger.
|
|
|
1641
|
|
|
1642 You can set the variable 'tgud-xdb-directories' to a list of program source
|
|
|
1643 directories if your program contains sources from more than one directory." t nil)
|
|
|
1644
|
|
|
1645 (autoload 'tperldb "tgud" "\
|
|
|
1646 Run perldb on program FILE in buffer *tgud-FILE*.
|
|
|
1647 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
|
|
|
1648 and source-file directory for your debugger." t nil)
|
|
|
1649
|
|
|
1650 ;;;***
|
|
|
1651
|
|
|
1652 ;;;### (autoloads (tshell) "tshell" "eterm/tshell.el")
|
|
|
1653
|
|
|
1654 (defvar tshell-prompt-pattern "^[^#$%>\n]*[#$%>] *" "\
|
|
|
1655 Regexp to match prompts in the inferior shell.
|
|
|
1656 Defaults to \"^[^#$%>\\n]*[#$%>] *\", which works pretty well.
|
|
|
1657 This variable is used to initialise `term-prompt-regexp' in the
|
|
|
1658 shell buffer.
|
|
|
1659
|
|
|
1660 The pattern should probably not match more than one line. If it does,
|
|
|
1661 tshell-mode may become confused trying to distinguish prompt from input
|
|
|
1662 on lines which don't start with a prompt.
|
|
|
1663
|
|
|
1664 This is a fine thing to set in your `.emacs' file.")
|
|
|
1665
|
|
|
1666 (autoload 'tshell "tshell" "\
|
|
|
1667 Run an inferior shell, with I/O through buffer *shell*.
|
|
|
1668 If buffer exists but shell process is not running, make new shell.
|
|
|
1669 If buffer exists and shell process is running, just switch to buffer `*shell*'.
|
|
|
1670 Program used comes from variable `explicit-shell-file-name',
|
|
|
1671 or (if that is nil) from the ESHELL environment variable,
|
|
|
1672 or else from SHELL if there is no ESHELL.
|
|
|
1673 If a file `~/.emacs_SHELLNAME' exists, it is given as initial input
|
|
|
1674 (Note that this may lose due to a timing error if the shell
|
|
|
1675 discards input when it starts up.)
|
|
|
1676 The buffer is put in Tshell mode, giving commands for sending input
|
|
|
1677 and controlling the subjobs of the shell. See `tshell-mode'.
|
|
|
1678 See also the variable `tshell-prompt-pattern'.
|
|
|
1679
|
|
|
1680 The shell file name (sans directories) is used to make a symbol name
|
|
|
1681 such as `explicit-csh-args'. If that symbol is a variable,
|
|
|
1682 its value is used as a list of arguments when invoking the shell.
|
|
|
1683 Otherwise, one argument `-i' is passed to the shell.
|
|
|
1684
|
|
|
1685 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the shell buffer for a list of commands.)" t nil)
|
|
|
1686
|
|
|
1687 ;;;***
|
|
|
1688
|
|
78
|
1689 ;;;### (autoloads (blackbox) "blackbox" "games/blackbox.el")
|
|
|
1690
|
|
|
1691 (autoload 'blackbox "blackbox" "\
|
|
|
1692 Play blackbox. Optional prefix argument is the number of balls;
|
|
|
1693 the default is 4.
|
|
|
1694
|
|
|
1695 What is blackbox?
|
|
|
1696
|
|
|
1697 Blackbox is a game of hide and seek played on an 8 by 8 grid (the
|
|
|
1698 Blackbox). Your opponent (Emacs, in this case) has hidden several
|
|
|
1699 balls (usually 4) within this box. By shooting rays into the box and
|
|
|
1700 observing where they emerge it is possible to deduce the positions of
|
|
|
1701 the hidden balls. The fewer rays you use to find the balls, the lower
|
|
|
1702 your score.
|
|
|
1703
|
|
|
1704 Overview of play:
|
|
|
1705
|
|
|
1706 \\<blackbox-mode-map>To play blackbox, type \\[blackbox]. An optional prefix argument
|
|
|
1707 specifies the number of balls to be hidden in the box; the default is
|
|
|
1708 four.
|
|
|
1709
|
|
|
1710 The cursor can be moved around the box with the standard cursor
|
|
|
1711 movement keys.
|
|
|
1712
|
|
|
1713 To shoot a ray, move the cursor to the edge of the box and press SPC.
|
|
|
1714 The result will be determined and the playfield updated.
|
|
|
1715
|
|
|
1716 You may place or remove balls in the box by moving the cursor into the
|
|
|
1717 box and pressing \\[bb-romp].
|
|
|
1718
|
|
|
1719 When you think the configuration of balls you have placed is correct,
|
|
|
1720 press \\[bb-done]. You will be informed whether you are correct or
|
|
|
1721 not, and be given your score. Your score is the number of letters and
|
|
|
1722 numbers around the outside of the box plus five for each incorrectly
|
|
|
1723 placed ball. If you placed any balls incorrectly, they will be
|
|
|
1724 indicated with `x', and their actual positions indicated with `o'.
|
|
|
1725
|
|
|
1726 Details:
|
|
|
1727
|
|
|
1728 There are three possible outcomes for each ray you send into the box:
|
|
|
1729
|
|
|
1730 Detour: the ray is deflected and emerges somewhere other than
|
|
|
1731 where you sent it in. On the playfield, detours are
|
|
|
1732 denoted by matching pairs of numbers -- one where the
|
|
|
1733 ray went in, and the other where it came out.
|
|
|
1734
|
|
|
1735 Reflection: the ray is reflected and emerges in the same place
|
|
|
1736 it was sent in. On the playfield, reflections are
|
|
|
1737 denoted by the letter `R'.
|
|
|
1738
|
|
|
1739 Hit: the ray strikes a ball directly and is absorbed. It does
|
|
|
1740 not emerge from the box. On the playfield, hits are
|
|
|
1741 denoted by the letter `H'.
|
|
|
1742
|
|
|
1743 The rules for how balls deflect rays are simple and are best shown by
|
|
|
1744 example.
|
|
|
1745
|
|
|
1746 As a ray approaches a ball it is deflected ninety degrees. Rays can
|
|
|
1747 be deflected multiple times. In the diagrams below, the dashes
|
|
|
1748 represent empty box locations and the letter `O' represents a ball.
|
|
|
1749 The entrance and exit points of each ray are marked with numbers as
|
|
|
1750 described under \"Detour\" above. Note that the entrance and exit
|
|
|
1751 points are always interchangeable. `*' denotes the path taken by the
|
|
|
1752 ray.
|
|
|
1753
|
|
|
1754 Note carefully the relative positions of the ball and the ninety
|
|
|
1755 degree deflection it causes.
|
|
|
1756
|
|
|
1757 1
|
|
|
1758 - * - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
|
|
|
1759 - * - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
|
|
|
1760 1 * * - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - O - - - - O -
|
|
|
1761 - - O - - - - - - - O - - - - - - - * * * * - -
|
|
|
1762 - - - - - - - - - - - * * * * * 2 3 * * * - - * - -
|
|
|
1763 - - - - - - - - - - - * - - - - - - - O - * - -
|
|
|
1764 - - - - - - - - - - - * - - - - - - - - * * - -
|
|
|
1765 - - - - - - - - - - - * - - - - - - - - * - O -
|
|
|
1766 2 3
|
|
|
1767
|
|
|
1768 As mentioned above, a reflection occurs when a ray emerges from the same point
|
|
|
1769 it was sent in. This can happen in several ways:
|
|
|
1770
|
|
|
1771
|
|
|
1772 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
|
|
|
1773 - - - - O - - - - - O - O - - - - - - - - - - -
|
|
|
1774 R * * * * - - - - - - - * - - - - O - - - - - - -
|
|
|
1775 - - - - O - - - - - - * - - - - R - - - - - - - -
|
|
|
1776 - - - - - - - - - - - * - - - - - - - - - - - -
|
|
|
1777 - - - - - - - - - - - * - - - - - - - - - - - -
|
|
|
1778 - - - - - - - - R * * * * - - - - - - - - - - - -
|
|
|
1779 - - - - - - - - - - - - O - - - - - - - - - - -
|
|
|
1780
|
|
|
1781 In the first example, the ray is deflected downwards by the upper
|
|
|
1782 ball, then left by the lower ball, and finally retraces its path to
|
|
|
1783 its point of origin. The second example is similar. The third
|
|
|
1784 example is a bit anomalous but can be rationalized by realizing the
|
|
|
1785 ray never gets a chance to get into the box. Alternatively, the ray
|
|
|
1786 can be thought of as being deflected downwards and immediately
|
|
|
1787 emerging from the box.
|
|
|
1788
|
|
|
1789 A hit occurs when a ray runs straight into a ball:
|
|
|
1790
|
|
|
1791 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
|
|
|
1792 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - O - - -
|
|
|
1793 - - - - - - - - - - - - O - - - H * * * * - - - -
|
|
|
1794 - - - - - - - - H * * * * O - - - - - - * - - - -
|
|
|
1795 - - - - - - - - - - - - O - - - - - - O - - - -
|
|
|
1796 H * * * O - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
|
|
|
1797 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
|
|
|
1798 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
|
|
|
1799
|
|
|
1800 Be sure to compare the second example of a hit with the first example of
|
|
|
1801 a reflection." t nil)
|
|
|
1802
|
|
|
1803 ;;;***
|
|
|
1804
|
|
|
1805 ;;;### (autoloads (conx-load conx conx-region conx-buffer) "conx" "games/conx.el")
|
|
|
1806
|
|
|
1807 (autoload 'conx-buffer "conx" "\
|
|
|
1808 Absorb the text in the current buffer into the tree." t nil)
|
|
|
1809
|
|
|
1810 (autoload 'conx-region "conx" "\
|
|
|
1811 Absorb the text in the current region into the tree." t nil)
|
|
|
1812
|
|
|
1813 (autoload 'conx "conx" "\
|
|
|
1814 Generate some random sentences in the *conx* buffer." t nil)
|
|
|
1815
|
|
|
1816 (autoload 'conx-load "conx" "\
|
|
|
1817 Load in a CONX database written by the \\[conx-save] command.
|
|
|
1818 This clears the database currently in memory." t nil)
|
|
|
1819
|
|
|
1820 ;;;***
|
|
|
1821
|
|
|
1822 ;;;### (autoloads (shuffle-vector cookie-snarf cookie-insert cookie) "cookie1" "games/cookie1.el")
|
|
|
1823
|
|
|
1824 (autoload 'cookie "cookie1" "\
|
|
|
1825 Return a random phrase from PHRASE-FILE. When the phrase file
|
|
|
1826 is read in, display STARTMSG at beginning of load, ENDMSG at end." nil nil)
|
|
|
1827
|
|
|
1828 (autoload 'cookie-insert "cookie1" "\
|
|
|
1829 Insert random phrases from PHRASE-FILE; COUNT of them. When the phrase file
|
|
|
1830 is read in, display STARTMSG at beginning of load, ENDMSG at end." nil nil)
|
|
|
1831
|
|
|
1832 (autoload 'cookie-snarf "cookie1" "\
|
|
|
1833 Reads in the PHRASE-FILE, returns it as a vector of strings.
|
|
|
1834 Emit STARTMSG and ENDMSG before and after. Caches the result; second
|
|
|
1835 and subsequent calls on the same file won't go to disk." nil nil)
|
|
|
1836
|
|
|
1837 (autoload 'shuffle-vector "cookie1" "\
|
|
|
1838 Randomly permute the elements of VECTOR (all permutations equally likely)" nil nil)
|
|
|
1839
|
|
|
1840 ;;;***
|
|
|
1841
|
|
80
|
1842 ;;;### (autoloads (decipher-mode decipher) "decipher" "games/decipher.el")
|
|
|
1843
|
|
|
1844 (autoload 'decipher "decipher" "\
|
|
|
1845 Format a buffer of ciphertext for cryptanalysis and enter Decipher mode." t nil)
|
|
|
1846
|
|
|
1847 (autoload 'decipher-mode "decipher" "\
|
|
|
1848 Major mode for decrypting monoalphabetic substitution ciphers.
|
|
|
1849 Lower-case letters enter plaintext.
|
|
|
1850 Upper-case letters are commands.
|
|
|
1851
|
|
|
1852 The buffer is made read-only so that normal Emacs commands cannot
|
|
|
1853 modify it.
|
|
|
1854
|
|
|
1855 The most useful commands are:
|
|
|
1856 \\<decipher-mode-map>
|
|
|
1857 \\[decipher-digram-list] Display a list of all digrams & their frequency
|
|
|
1858 \\[decipher-frequency-count] Display the frequency of each ciphertext letter
|
|
|
1859 \\[decipher-adjacency-list] Show adjacency list for current letter (lists letters appearing next to it)
|
|
|
1860 \\[decipher-make-checkpoint] Save the current cipher alphabet (checkpoint)
|
|
|
1861 \\[decipher-restore-checkpoint] Restore a saved cipher alphabet (checkpoint)" t nil)
|
|
|
1862
|
|
|
1863 ;;;***
|
|
|
1864
|
|
78
|
1865 ;;;### (autoloads (dissociated-press) "dissociate" "games/dissociate.el")
|
|
|
1866
|
|
|
1867 (autoload 'dissociated-press "dissociate" "\
|
|
|
1868 Dissociate the text of the current buffer.
|
|
|
1869 Output goes in buffer named *Dissociation*,
|
|
|
1870 which is redisplayed each time text is added to it.
|
|
|
1871 Every so often the user must say whether to continue.
|
|
|
1872 If ARG is positive, require ARG chars of continuity.
|
|
|
1873 If ARG is negative, require -ARG words of continuity.
|
|
|
1874 Default is 2." t nil)
|
|
|
1875
|
|
|
1876 ;;;***
|
|
|
1877
|
|
|
1878 ;;;### (autoloads (doctor) "doctor" "games/doctor.el")
|
|
|
1879
|
|
|
1880 (autoload 'doctor "doctor" "\
|
|
|
1881 Switch to *doctor* buffer and start giving psychotherapy." t nil)
|
|
|
1882
|
|
|
1883 ;;;***
|
|
|
1884
|
|
|
1885 ;;;### (autoloads (dunnet) "dunnet" "games/dunnet.el")
|
|
|
1886
|
|
|
1887 (autoload 'dunnet "dunnet" "\
|
|
|
1888 Switch to *dungeon* buffer and start game." t nil)
|
|
|
1889
|
|
|
1890 ;;;***
|
|
|
1891
|
|
|
1892 ;;;### (autoloads (flame) "flame" "games/flame.el")
|
|
|
1893
|
|
|
1894 (autoload 'flame "flame" "\
|
|
|
1895 Generate ARG (default 1) sentences of half-crazed gibberish." t nil)
|
|
|
1896
|
|
|
1897 ;;;***
|
|
|
1898
|
|
|
1899 ;;;### (autoloads (gomoku) "gomoku" "games/gomoku.el")
|
|
|
1900
|
|
|
1901 (autoload 'gomoku "gomoku" "\
|
|
|
1902 Start a Gomoku game between you and Emacs.
|
|
|
1903 If a game is in progress, this command allow you to resume it.
|
|
|
1904 If optional arguments N and M are given, an N by M board is used.
|
|
|
1905
|
|
|
1906 You and Emacs play in turn by marking a free square. You mark it with X
|
|
|
1907 and Emacs marks it with O. The winner is the first to get five contiguous
|
|
|
1908 marks horizontally, vertically or in diagonal.
|
|
|
1909 You play by moving the cursor over the square you choose and hitting
|
|
|
1910 \\<gomoku-mode-map>\\[gomoku-human-plays].
|
|
|
1911 Use \\[describe-mode] for more info." t nil)
|
|
|
1912
|
|
|
1913 ;;;***
|
|
|
1914
|
|
|
1915 ;;;### (autoloads (hanoi) "hanoi" "games/hanoi.el")
|
|
|
1916
|
|
|
1917 (autoload 'hanoi "hanoi" "\
|
|
|
1918 Towers of Hanoi diversion. Argument is number of rings." t nil)
|
|
|
1919
|
|
|
1920 ;;;***
|
|
|
1921
|
|
|
1922 ;;;### (autoloads (life) "life" "games/life.el")
|
|
|
1923
|
|
|
1924 (autoload 'life "life" "\
|
|
|
1925 Run Conway's Life simulation.
|
|
|
1926 The starting pattern is randomly selected. Prefix arg (optional first
|
|
|
1927 arg non-nil from a program) is the number of seconds to sleep between
|
|
|
1928 generations (this defaults to 1)." t nil)
|
|
|
1929
|
|
|
1930 ;;;***
|
|
|
1931
|
|
|
1932 ;;;### (autoloads (mpuz) "mpuz" "games/mpuz.el")
|
|
|
1933
|
|
|
1934 (autoload 'mpuz "mpuz" "\
|
|
|
1935 Multiplication puzzle with GNU Emacs." t nil)
|
|
|
1936
|
|
|
1937 ;;;***
|
|
|
1938
|
|
|
1939 ;;;### (autoloads (snarf-spooks spook) "spook" "games/spook.el")
|
|
|
1940
|
|
|
1941 (autoload 'spook "spook" "\
|
|
|
1942 Adds that special touch of class to your outgoing mail." t nil)
|
|
|
1943
|
|
|
1944 (autoload 'snarf-spooks "spook" "\
|
|
|
1945 Return a vector containing the lines from `spook-phrases-file'." nil nil)
|
|
|
1946
|
|
|
1947 ;;;***
|
|
|
1948
|
|
120
|
1949 ;;;### (autoloads (xmine-mode) "xmine" "games/xmine.el")
|
|
|
1950
|
|
|
1951 (autoload 'xmine-mode "xmine" "\
|
|
|
1952 A mode for playing the well known mine searching game.
|
|
|
1953
|
|
|
1954 `\\<annotation-local-map-default>\\[xmine-activate-function-button1]' or `\\<xmine-keymap>\\[xmine-key-action1]' unhides a tile,
|
|
|
1955 `\\<annotation-local-map-default>\\[xmine-activate-function-button2]' or `\\<xmine-keymap>\\[xmine-key-action2]' unhides all neighbours of a tile,
|
|
|
1956 `\\<annotation-local-map-default>\\[xmine-activate-function-button3]' or `\\<xmine-keymap>\\[xmine-key-action3]' (un)flagges a tile to hold a mine.
|
|
|
1957
|
|
|
1958 `\\[xmine-key-new]' starts a new game.
|
|
|
1959 `\\[xmine-key-quit]' ends a game.
|
|
|
1960
|
|
|
1961 All keybindings (with alternatives) currently in effect:
|
|
|
1962 \\{xmine-keymap}
|
|
|
1963
|
|
|
1964 The rules are quite easy: You start by unhiding (random) tiles. An unhidden
|
|
|
1965 tile showing a number tells you something about the number of mines in it's
|
|
|
1966 neighborhood, where the neighborhood are all 8 tiles (or less if it's
|
|
|
1967 at a border) around the tile.
|
|
|
1968
|
|
|
1969 E.g. a \"1\" shows you that there is only one mine in the neighborhood of
|
|
|
1970 this tile. Empty tiles have no mines around them, and empty tiles in
|
|
|
1971 the neighborhood of another empty tile are all automatically unhidden
|
|
|
1972 if you unhide one of them. You need to find a strategy to use the
|
|
|
1973 information you have from the numbers to \"flag\" the tiles with mines
|
|
|
1974 under them and unhide all other tiles. If you correctly made this
|
|
|
1975 without accidently unhiding a mine, you've won.
|
|
|
1976
|
|
|
1977 If you are sure you have correctly flagged all mines around a unhidden tile,
|
|
|
1978 you can use Button-2 or \\[xmine-key-action2] on it to unhide all it's
|
|
|
1979 neighbors. But beware: If you made a mistake by flagging the wrong mines,
|
|
|
1980 you'll blow up!
|
|
|
1981
|
|
|
1982 Have Fun." t nil)
|
|
|
1983
|
|
|
1984 (fset 'xmine 'xmine-mode)
|
|
|
1985
|
|
|
1986 ;;;***
|
|
|
1987
|
|
78
|
1988 ;;;### (autoloads (psychoanalyze-pinhead apropos-zippy insert-zippyism yow) "yow" "games/yow.el")
|
|
|
1989
|
|
|
1990 (autoload 'yow "yow" "\
|
|
|
1991 Return or display a random Zippy quotation. With prefix arg, insert it." t nil)
|
|
|
1992
|
|
|
1993 (autoload 'insert-zippyism "yow" "\
|
|
|
1994 Prompt with completion for a known Zippy quotation, and insert it at point." t nil)
|
|
|
1995
|
|
|
1996 (autoload 'apropos-zippy "yow" "\
|
|
|
1997 Return a list of all Zippy quotes matching REGEXP.
|
|
|
1998 If called interactively, display a list of matches." t nil)
|
|
|
1999
|
|
|
2000 (autoload 'psychoanalyze-pinhead "yow" "\
|
|
|
2001 Zippy goes to the analyst." t nil)
|
|
|
2002
|
|
|
2003 ;;;***
|
|
|
2004
|
|
110
|
2005 ;;;### (autoloads (gnats:summ-pr gnats:query-pr gnats:edit-pr gnats:view-pr gnats:gnats-mode) "gnats" "gnats/gnats.el")
|
|
|
2006
|
|
|
2007 (defvar gnats::mode-name nil "\
|
|
|
2008 Name of the GNATS mode.")
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
2010 (setq gnats::mode-name 'gnats:gnats-mode)
|
|
|
2011
|
|
|
2012 (fset 'gnats-mode gnats::mode-name)
|
|
|
2013
|
|
|
2014 (autoload 'gnats:gnats-mode "gnats" "\
|
|
|
2015 Major mode for editing problem reports.
|
|
|
2016 For information about the form see gnats(1) and pr_form(5).
|
|
|
2017
|
|
|
2018 When you are finished editing the buffer, type \\[gnats:submit-pr] to commit
|
|
|
2019 your changes to the PR database. To abort the edit, type
|
|
|
2020 \\[gnats:unlock-buffer].
|
|
|
2021
|
|
|
2022 Special commands:
|
|
|
2023 \\{gnats-mode-map}
|
|
|
2024 Turning on gnats-mode calls the value of the variable gnats-mode-hook,
|
|
|
2025 if it is not nil." nil nil)
|
|
|
2026
|
|
|
2027 (fset 'view-pr 'gnats:view-pr)
|
|
|
2028
|
|
|
2029 (autoload 'gnats:view-pr "gnats" "\
|
|
|
2030 Visit the problem report named by the string ID. While viewing, press
|
|
|
2031 'e' to edit the currently viewed PR." t nil)
|
|
|
2032
|
|
|
2033 (fset 'edit-pr 'gnats:edit-pr)
|
|
|
2034
|
|
|
2035 (autoload 'gnats:edit-pr "gnats" "\
|
|
|
2036 Edit the problem report named by the string ID." t nil)
|
|
|
2037
|
|
|
2038 (fset 'query-pr 'gnats:query-pr)
|
|
|
2039
|
|
|
2040 (autoload 'gnats:query-pr "gnats" "\
|
|
|
2041 Run query-pr, with user-specified args, and collect output in a buffer.
|
|
|
2042 While query-pr runs asynchronously, you can use the \\[next-error] command
|
|
|
2043 to find the text that the hits refer to." t nil)
|
|
|
2044
|
|
|
2045 (fset 'summ-pr 'gnats:summ-pr)
|
|
|
2046
|
|
|
2047 (autoload 'gnats:summ-pr "gnats" "\
|
|
|
2048 Run query-pr, with user-specified args, and display a pretty summary.
|
|
|
2049 Well, display a summary, at least." t nil)
|
|
|
2050
|
|
|
2051 ;;;***
|
|
|
2052
|
|
|
2053 ;;;### (autoloads (send-pr:send-pr-mode send-pr:send-pr) "send-pr" "gnats/send-pr.el")
|
|
|
2054
|
|
|
2055 (fset 'send-pr 'send-pr:send-pr)
|
|
|
2056
|
|
|
2057 (autoload 'send-pr:send-pr "send-pr" "\
|
|
|
2058 Create a buffer and read in the result of `send-pr -P'.
|
|
|
2059 When finished with editing the problem report use \\[send-pr:submit-pr]
|
|
|
2060 to send the PR with `send-pr -b -f -'." t nil)
|
|
|
2061
|
|
|
2062 (fset 'send-pr-mode 'send-pr:send-pr-mode)
|
|
|
2063
|
|
|
2064 (autoload 'send-pr:send-pr-mode "send-pr" "\
|
|
|
2065 Major mode for submitting problem reports.
|
|
|
2066 For information about the form see gnats(1) and send-pr(1).
|
|
|
2067 Special commands: \\{send-pr-mode-map}
|
|
|
2068 Turning on send-pr-mode calls the value of the variable send-pr-mode-hook,
|
|
|
2069 if it is not nil." t nil)
|
|
|
2070
|
|
|
2071 ;;;***
|
|
|
2072
|
|
78
|
2073 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-earcon-display) "earcon" "gnus/earcon.el")
|
|
|
2074
|
|
|
2075 (autoload 'gnus-earcon-display "earcon" "\
|
|
|
2076 Play sounds in message buffers." t nil)
|
|
|
2077
|
|
|
2078 ;;;***
|
|
|
2079
|
|
98
|
2080 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-audio-play) "gnus-audio" "gnus/gnus-audio.el")
|
|
|
2081
|
|
|
2082 (autoload 'gnus-audio-play "gnus-audio" "\
|
|
|
2083 Play a sound through the speaker." t nil)
|
|
|
2084
|
|
|
2085 ;;;***
|
|
|
2086
|
|
78
|
2087 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-cache-generate-nov-databases gnus-cache-generate-active gnus-jog-cache) "gnus-cache" "gnus/gnus-cache.el")
|
|
|
2088
|
|
|
2089 (autoload 'gnus-jog-cache "gnus-cache" "\
|
|
98
|
2090 Go through all groups and put the articles into the cache.
|
|
|
2091
|
|
|
2092 Usage:
|
|
|
2093 $ emacs -batch -l ~/.emacs -l gnus -f gnus-jog-cache" t nil)
|
|
78
|
2094
|
|
|
2095 (autoload 'gnus-cache-generate-active "gnus-cache" "\
|
|
|
2096 Generate the cache active file." t nil)
|
|
|
2097
|
|
|
2098 (autoload 'gnus-cache-generate-nov-databases "gnus-cache" "\
|
|
|
2099 Generate NOV files recursively starting in DIR." t nil)
|
|
|
2100
|
|
|
2101 ;;;***
|
|
|
2102
|
|
98
|
2103 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-fetch-group) "gnus-group" "gnus/gnus-group.el")
|
|
|
2104
|
|
|
2105 (autoload 'gnus-fetch-group "gnus-group" "\
|
|
|
2106 Start Gnus if necessary and enter GROUP.
|
|
|
2107 Returns whether the fetching was successful or not." t nil)
|
|
|
2108
|
|
|
2109 ;;;***
|
|
|
2110
|
|
|
2111 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-batch-score) "gnus-kill" "gnus/gnus-kill.el")
|
|
|
2112
|
|
|
2113 (defalias 'gnus-batch-kill 'gnus-batch-score)
|
|
|
2114
|
|
|
2115 (autoload 'gnus-batch-score "gnus-kill" "\
|
|
|
2116 Run batched scoring.
|
|
|
2117 Usage: emacs -batch -l gnus -f gnus-batch-score <newsgroups> ...
|
|
|
2118 Newsgroups is a list of strings in Bnews format. If you want to score
|
|
|
2119 the comp hierarchy, you'd say \"comp.all\". If you would not like to
|
|
|
2120 score the alt hierarchy, you'd say \"!alt.all\"." t nil)
|
|
|
2121
|
|
|
2122 ;;;***
|
|
|
2123
|
|
|
2124 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-change-server) "gnus-move" "gnus/gnus-move.el")
|
|
|
2125
|
|
|
2126 (autoload 'gnus-change-server "gnus-move" "\
|
|
|
2127 Move from FROM-SERVER to TO-SERVER.
|
|
|
2128 Update the .newsrc.eld file to reflect the change of nntp server." t nil)
|
|
78
|
2129
|
|
|
2130 ;;;***
|
|
|
2131
|
|
|
2132 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-batch-brew-soup) "gnus-soup" "gnus/gnus-soup.el")
|
|
|
2133
|
|
|
2134 (autoload 'gnus-batch-brew-soup "gnus-soup" "\
|
|
|
2135 Brew a SOUP packet from groups mention on the command line.
|
|
|
2136 Will use the remaining command line arguments as regular expressions
|
|
|
2137 for matching on group names.
|
|
|
2138
|
|
|
2139 For instance, if you want to brew on all the nnml groups, as well as
|
|
|
2140 groups with \"emacs\" in the name, you could say something like:
|
|
|
2141
|
|
|
2142 $ emacs -batch -f gnus-batch-brew-soup ^nnml \".*emacs.*\"" t nil)
|
|
|
2143
|
|
|
2144 ;;;***
|
|
|
2145
|
|
98
|
2146 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-update-format) "gnus-spec" "gnus/gnus-spec.el")
|
|
|
2147
|
|
|
2148 (autoload 'gnus-update-format "gnus-spec" "\
|
|
78
|
2149 Update the format specification near point." t nil)
|
|
|
2150
|
|
98
|
2151 ;;;***
|
|
|
2152
|
|
|
2153 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-declare-backend gnus-unload) "gnus-start" "gnus/gnus-start.el")
|
|
|
2154
|
|
|
2155 (autoload 'gnus-unload "gnus-start" "\
|
|
|
2156 Unload all Gnus features." t nil)
|
|
|
2157
|
|
|
2158 (autoload 'gnus-declare-backend "gnus-start" "\
|
|
|
2159 Declare backend NAME with ABILITIES as a Gnus backend." nil nil)
|
|
|
2160
|
|
|
2161 ;;;***
|
|
|
2162
|
|
|
2163 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-add-configuration) "gnus-win" "gnus/gnus-win.el")
|
|
|
2164
|
|
|
2165 (autoload 'gnus-add-configuration "gnus-win" "\
|
|
78
|
2166 Add the window configuration CONF to `gnus-buffer-configuration'." nil nil)
|
|
|
2167
|
|
98
|
2168 ;;;***
|
|
|
2169
|
|
|
2170 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus gnus-other-frame gnus-slave gnus-no-server gnus-slave-no-server) "gnus" "gnus/gnus.el")
|
|
|
2171
|
|
78
|
2172 (autoload 'gnus-slave-no-server "gnus" "\
|
|
|
2173 Read network news as a slave, without connecting to local server" t nil)
|
|
|
2174
|
|
|
2175 (autoload 'gnus-no-server "gnus" "\
|
|
|
2176 Read network news.
|
|
|
2177 If ARG is a positive number, Gnus will use that as the
|
|
|
2178 startup level. If ARG is nil, Gnus will be started at level 2.
|
|
|
2179 If ARG is non-nil and not a positive number, Gnus will
|
|
|
2180 prompt the user for the name of an NNTP server to use.
|
|
|
2181 As opposed to `gnus', this command will not connect to the local server." t nil)
|
|
|
2182
|
|
|
2183 (autoload 'gnus-slave "gnus" "\
|
|
|
2184 Read news as a slave." t nil)
|
|
|
2185
|
|
|
2186 (autoload 'gnus-other-frame "gnus" "\
|
|
|
2187 Pop up a frame to read news." t nil)
|
|
|
2188
|
|
|
2189 (autoload 'gnus "gnus" "\
|
|
|
2190 Read network news.
|
|
|
2191 If ARG is non-nil and a positive number, Gnus will use that as the
|
|
|
2192 startup level. If ARG is non-nil and not a positive number, Gnus will
|
|
|
2193 prompt the user for the name of an NNTP server to use." t nil)
|
|
|
2194
|
|
|
2195 ;;;***
|
|
|
2196
|
|
|
2197 ;;;### (autoloads (unbold-region bold-region message-news-other-frame message-news-other-window message-mail-other-frame message-mail-other-window message-bounce message-resend message-forward message-recover message-supersede message-cancel-news message-followup message-wide-reply message-reply message-news message-mail message-mode) "message" "gnus/message.el")
|
|
|
2198
|
|
98
|
2199 (defcustom message-from-style 'default "*Specifies how \"From\" headers look.\n\nIf `nil', they contain just the return address like:\n king@grassland.com\nIf `parens', they look like:\n king@grassland.com (Elvis Parsley)\nIf `angles', they look like:\n Elvis Parsley <king@grassland.com>\n\nOtherwise, most addresses look like `angles', but they look like\n`parens' if `angles' would need quoting and `parens' would not." :type '(choice (const :tag "simple" nil) (const parens) (const angles) (const default)) :group 'message-headers)
|
|
|
2200
|
|
|
2201 (defcustom message-signature-separator "^-- *$" "Regexp matching the signature separator." :type 'regexp :group 'message-various)
|
|
|
2202
|
|
|
2203 (defcustom message-user-organization-file "/usr/lib/news/organization" "*Local news organization file." :type 'file :group 'message-headers)
|
|
|
2204
|
|
|
2205 (defcustom message-send-mail-function 'message-send-mail-with-sendmail "Function to call to send the current buffer as mail.\nThe headers should be delimited by a line whose contents match the\nvariable `mail-header-separator'.\n\nLegal values include `message-send-mail-with-sendmail' (the default),\n`message-send-mail-with-mh' and `message-send-mail-with-qmail'." :type '(radio (function-item message-send-mail-with-sendmail) (function-item message-send-mail-with-mh) (function-item message-send-mail-with-qmail) (function :tag "Other")) :group 'message-sending :group 'message-mail)
|
|
|
2206
|
|
|
2207 (defcustom message-citation-line-function 'message-insert-citation-line "*Function called to insert the \"Whomever writes:\" line." :type 'function :group 'message-insertion)
|
|
|
2208
|
|
|
2209 (defcustom message-yank-prefix "> " "*Prefix inserted on the lines of yanked messages.\nnil means use indentation." :type 'string :group 'message-insertion)
|
|
|
2210
|
|
|
2211 (defcustom message-cite-function (if (and (boundp 'mail-citation-hook) mail-citation-hook) mail-citation-hook 'message-cite-original) "*Function for citing an original message." :type '(radio (function-item message-cite-original) (function-item sc-cite-original) (function :tag "Other")) :group 'message-insertion)
|
|
|
2212
|
|
|
2213 (defcustom message-indent-citation-function 'message-indent-citation "*Function for modifying a citation just inserted in the mail buffer.\nThis can also be a list of functions. Each function can find the\ncitation between (point) and (mark t). And each function should leave\npoint and mark around the citation text as modified." :type 'function :group 'message-insertion)
|
|
|
2214
|
|
|
2215 (defcustom message-signature t "*String to be inserted at the end of the message buffer.\nIf t, the `message-signature-file' file will be inserted instead.\nIf a function, the result from the function will be used instead.\nIf a form, the result from the form will be used instead." :type 'sexp :group 'message-insertion)
|
|
|
2216
|
|
|
2217 (defcustom message-signature-file "~/.signature" "*File containing the text inserted at end of message buffer." :type 'file :group 'message-insertion)
|
|
78
|
2218
|
|
|
2219 (autoload 'message-mode "message" "\
|
|
|
2220 Major mode for editing mail and news to be sent.
|
|
|
2221 Like Text Mode but with these additional commands:
|
|
|
2222 C-c C-s message-send (send the message) C-c C-c message-send-and-exit
|
|
|
2223 C-c C-f move to a header field (and create it if there isn't):
|
|
|
2224 C-c C-f C-t move to To C-c C-f C-s move to Subject
|
|
|
2225 C-c C-f C-c move to Cc C-c C-f C-b move to Bcc
|
|
98
|
2226 C-c C-f C-w move to Fcc C-c C-f C-r move to Reply-To
|
|
78
|
2227 C-c C-f C-u move to Summary C-c C-f C-n move to Newsgroups
|
|
|
2228 C-c C-f C-k move to Keywords C-c C-f C-d move to Distribution
|
|
98
|
2229 C-c C-f C-f move to Followup-To
|
|
78
|
2230 C-c C-t message-insert-to (add a To header to a news followup)
|
|
|
2231 C-c C-n message-insert-newsgroups (add a Newsgroup header to a news reply)
|
|
|
2232 C-c C-b message-goto-body (move to beginning of message text).
|
|
|
2233 C-c C-i message-goto-signature (move to the beginning of the signature).
|
|
|
2234 C-c C-w message-insert-signature (insert `message-signature-file' file).
|
|
|
2235 C-c C-y message-yank-original (insert current message, if any).
|
|
|
2236 C-c C-q message-fill-yanked-message (fill what was yanked).
|
|
98
|
2237 C-c C-e message-elide-region (elide the text between point and mark).
|
|
|
2238 C-c C-r message-caesar-buffer-body (rot13 the message body)." t nil)
|
|
78
|
2239
|
|
|
2240 (autoload 'message-mail "message" "\
|
|
|
2241 Start editing a mail message to be sent." t nil)
|
|
|
2242
|
|
|
2243 (autoload 'message-news "message" "\
|
|
|
2244 Start editing a news article to be sent." t nil)
|
|
|
2245
|
|
|
2246 (autoload 'message-reply "message" "\
|
|
|
2247 Start editing a reply to the article in the current buffer." t nil)
|
|
|
2248
|
|
98
|
2249 (autoload 'message-wide-reply "message" "\
|
|
|
2250 Make a \"wide\" reply to the message in the current buffer." t nil)
|
|
|
2251
|
|
|
2252 (autoload 'message-followup "message" "\
|
|
|
2253 Follow up to the message in the current buffer.
|
|
|
2254 If TO-NEWSGROUPS, use that as the new Newsgroups line." t nil)
|
|
78
|
2255
|
|
|
2256 (autoload 'message-cancel-news "message" "\
|
|
|
2257 Cancel an article you posted." t nil)
|
|
|
2258
|
|
|
2259 (autoload 'message-supersede "message" "\
|
|
|
2260 Start composing a message to supersede the current message.
|
|
|
2261 This is done simply by taking the old article and adding a Supersedes
|
|
|
2262 header line with the old Message-ID." t nil)
|
|
|
2263
|
|
|
2264 (autoload 'message-recover "message" "\
|
|
|
2265 Reread contents of current buffer from its last auto-save file." t nil)
|
|
|
2266
|
|
|
2267 (autoload 'message-forward "message" "\
|
|
108
|
2268 Forward the current message via mail.
|
|
78
|
2269 Optional NEWS will use news to forward instead of mail." t nil)
|
|
|
2270
|
|
|
2271 (autoload 'message-resend "message" "\
|
|
|
2272 Resend the current article to ADDRESS." t nil)
|
|
|
2273
|
|
|
2274 (autoload 'message-bounce "message" "\
|
|
|
2275 Re-mail the current message.
|
|
|
2276 This only makes sense if the current message is a bounce message than
|
|
|
2277 contains some mail you have written which has been bounced back to
|
|
|
2278 you." t nil)
|
|
|
2279
|
|
|
2280 (autoload 'message-mail-other-window "message" "\
|
|
|
2281 Like `message-mail' command, but display mail buffer in another window." t nil)
|
|
|
2282
|
|
|
2283 (autoload 'message-mail-other-frame "message" "\
|
|
|
2284 Like `message-mail' command, but display mail buffer in another frame." t nil)
|
|
|
2285
|
|
|
2286 (autoload 'message-news-other-window "message" "\
|
|
|
2287 Start editing a news article to be sent." t nil)
|
|
|
2288
|
|
|
2289 (autoload 'message-news-other-frame "message" "\
|
|
|
2290 Start editing a news article to be sent." t nil)
|
|
|
2291
|
|
|
2292 (autoload 'bold-region "message" "\
|
|
|
2293 Bold all nonblank characters in the region.
|
|
|
2294 Works by overstriking characters.
|
|
|
2295 Called from program, takes two arguments START and END
|
|
|
2296 which specify the range to operate on." t nil)
|
|
|
2297
|
|
|
2298 (autoload 'unbold-region "message" "\
|
|
|
2299 Remove all boldness (overstruck characters) in the region.
|
|
|
2300 Called from program, takes two arguments START and END
|
|
|
2301 which specify the range to operate on." t nil)
|
|
|
2302
|
|
|
2303 ;;;***
|
|
|
2304
|
|
98
|
2305 ;;;### (autoloads nil "messcompat" "gnus/messcompat.el")
|
|
|
2306
|
|
|
2307 (defvar message-signature-file mail-signature-file "\
|
|
|
2308 *File containing the text inserted at end of message. buffer.")
|
|
|
2309
|
|
|
2310 ;;;***
|
|
|
2311
|
|
|
2312 ;;;### (autoloads (nndoc-add-type) "nndoc" "gnus/nndoc.el")
|
|
|
2313
|
|
|
2314 (autoload 'nndoc-add-type "nndoc" "\
|
|
|
2315 Add document DEFINITION to the list of nndoc document definitions.
|
|
|
2316 If POSITION is nil or `last', the definition will be added
|
|
|
2317 as the last checked definition, if t or `first', add as the
|
|
|
2318 first definition, and if any other symbol, add after that
|
|
|
2319 symbol in the alist." nil nil)
|
|
|
2320
|
|
|
2321 ;;;***
|
|
|
2322
|
|
78
|
2323 ;;;### (autoloads (nnfolder-generate-active-file) "nnfolder" "gnus/nnfolder.el")
|
|
|
2324
|
|
|
2325 (autoload 'nnfolder-generate-active-file "nnfolder" "\
|
|
|
2326 Look for mbox folders in the nnfolder directory and make them into groups." t nil)
|
|
|
2327
|
|
|
2328 ;;;***
|
|
|
2329
|
|
|
2330 ;;;### (autoloads (nnkiboze-generate-groups) "nnkiboze" "gnus/nnkiboze.el")
|
|
|
2331
|
|
|
2332 (autoload 'nnkiboze-generate-groups "nnkiboze" "\
|
|
|
2333 Usage: emacs -batch -l nnkiboze -f nnkiboze-generate-groups
|
|
|
2334 Finds out what articles are to be part of the nnkiboze groups." t nil)
|
|
|
2335
|
|
|
2336 ;;;***
|
|
|
2337
|
|
|
2338 ;;;### (autoloads (nnml-generate-nov-databases) "nnml" "gnus/nnml.el")
|
|
|
2339
|
|
|
2340 (autoload 'nnml-generate-nov-databases "nnml" "\
|
|
112
|
2341 Generate NOV databases in all nnml directories." t nil)
|
|
78
|
2342
|
|
|
2343 ;;;***
|
|
|
2344
|
|
|
2345 ;;;### (autoloads (nnsoup-revert-variables nnsoup-set-variables nnsoup-pack-replies) "nnsoup" "gnus/nnsoup.el")
|
|
|
2346
|
|
|
2347 (autoload 'nnsoup-pack-replies "nnsoup" "\
|
|
|
2348 Make an outbound package of SOUP replies." t nil)
|
|
|
2349
|
|
|
2350 (autoload 'nnsoup-set-variables "nnsoup" "\
|
|
|
2351 Use the SOUP methods for posting news and mailing mail." t nil)
|
|
|
2352
|
|
|
2353 (autoload 'nnsoup-revert-variables "nnsoup" "\
|
|
|
2354 Revert posting and mailing methods to the standard Emacs methods." t nil)
|
|
|
2355
|
|
|
2356 ;;;***
|
|
|
2357
|
|
|
2358 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-score-mode) "score-mode" "gnus/score-mode.el")
|
|
|
2359
|
|
|
2360 (autoload 'gnus-score-mode "score-mode" "\
|
|
|
2361 Mode for editing Gnus score files.
|
|
|
2362 This mode is an extended emacs-lisp mode.
|
|
|
2363
|
|
|
2364 \\{gnus-score-mode-map}" t nil)
|
|
|
2365
|
|
|
2366 ;;;***
|
|
|
2367
|
|
|
2368 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-smiley-display smiley-buffer smiley-region) "smiley" "gnus/smiley.el")
|
|
|
2369
|
|
|
2370 (autoload 'smiley-region "smiley" "\
|
|
|
2371 Smilify the region between point and mark." t nil)
|
|
|
2372
|
|
|
2373 (autoload 'smiley-buffer "smiley" nil t nil)
|
|
|
2374
|
|
136
|
2375 (autoload 'gnus-smiley-display "smiley" "\
|
|
|
2376 Display \"smileys\" as small graphical icons." t nil)
|
|
78
|
2377
|
|
|
2378 ;;;***
|
|
|
2379
|
|
|
2380 ;;;### (autoloads (hm--html-minor-mode hm--html-mode) "hm--html-mode" "hm--html-menus/hm--html-mode.el")
|
|
|
2381
|
|
|
2382 (autoload 'hm--html-mode "hm--html-mode" "\
|
|
|
2383 Major mode for editing HTML hypertext documents.
|
|
|
2384 Special commands:\\{hm--html-mode-map}
|
|
|
2385 Turning on hm--html-mode calls the value of the variable hm--html-mode-hook,
|
|
|
2386 if that value is non-nil." t nil)
|
|
|
2387
|
|
|
2388 (autoload 'hm--html-minor-mode "hm--html-mode" "\
|
|
|
2389 Toggle hm--html-minor-mode.
|
|
|
2390 With arg, turn hm--html-minor-mode on iff arg is positive." t nil)
|
|
|
2391
|
|
|
2392 ;;;***
|
|
|
2393
|
|
|
2394 ;;;### (autoloads (html-view-get-display html-view-goto-url html-view-view-buffer html-view-view-file html-view-start-mosaic) "html-view" "hm--html-menus/html-view.el")
|
|
|
2395
|
|
|
2396 (autoload 'html-view-start-mosaic "html-view" "\
|
|
|
2397 Start Mosaic." t nil)
|
|
|
2398
|
|
|
2399 (autoload 'html-view-view-file "html-view" "\
|
|
|
2400 View an html file with Mosaic." t nil)
|
|
|
2401
|
|
|
2402 (autoload 'html-view-view-buffer "html-view" "\
|
|
|
2403 View html buffer with Mosaic.
|
|
|
2404 If BUFFER-TO-VIEW is nil, then the current buffer is used." t nil)
|
|
|
2405
|
|
|
2406 (autoload 'html-view-goto-url "html-view" "\
|
|
|
2407 Goto an URL in Mosaic." t nil)
|
|
|
2408
|
|
|
2409 (autoload 'html-view-get-display "html-view" "\
|
|
|
2410 Get the display for Mosaic." t nil)
|
|
|
2411
|
|
|
2412 ;;;***
|
|
|
2413
|
|
98
|
2414 ;;;### (autoloads (tmpl-insert-template-file tmpl-insert-template-file-from-fixed-dirs tmpl-expand-templates-in-buffer tmpl-expand-templates-in-region) "tmpl-minor-mode" "hm--html-menus/tmpl-minor-mode.el")
|
|
|
2415
|
|
|
2416 (autoload 'tmpl-expand-templates-in-region "tmpl-minor-mode" "\
|
|
116
|
2417 Expands the templates in the region from BEGIN to END.
|
|
|
2418 If BEGIN and END are nil, then the current region is used." t nil)
|
|
98
|
2419
|
|
|
2420 (autoload 'tmpl-expand-templates-in-buffer "tmpl-minor-mode" "\
|
|
116
|
2421 Expands all templates in the current buffer." t nil)
|
|
98
|
2422
|
|
|
2423 (autoload 'tmpl-insert-template-file-from-fixed-dirs "tmpl-minor-mode" "\
|
|
|
2424 Inserts a template FILE and expands it, if `tmpl-automatic-expand' is t.
|
|
|
2425 This command tries to read the template file from a list of
|
|
116
|
2426 predefined directories (look at `tmpl-template-dir-list') and it filters
|
|
|
2427 the contents of these directories with the regular expression
|
|
98
|
2428 `tmpl-filter-regexp' (look also at this variable).
|
|
|
2429 The command uses a history variable, which could be changed with the
|
|
|
2430 variable `tmpl-history-variable-name'.
|
|
|
2431
|
|
116
|
2432 The user of the command is able to change interactively to another
|
|
98
|
2433 directory by entering at first the string \"Change the directory\".
|
|
116
|
2434 This may be too difficult for the user. Therefore another command
|
|
98
|
2435 called `tmpl-insert-template-file' exist, which doesn't use fixed
|
|
|
2436 directories and filters." t nil)
|
|
|
2437
|
|
|
2438 (autoload 'tmpl-insert-template-file "tmpl-minor-mode" "\
|
|
116
|
2439 Inserts a template FILE and expand it, if `tmpl-automatic-expand' is t.
|
|
98
|
2440 Look also at `tmpl-template-dir-list', to specify a default template directory.
|
|
|
2441 You should also take a look at `tmpl-insert-template-file-from-fixed-dirs'
|
|
|
2442 which has additional advantages (and disadvantages :-).
|
|
|
2443
|
|
|
2444 ATTENTION: The interface of this function has changed. The old
|
|
|
2445 function had the argument list (&optional TEMPLATE-DIR AUTOMATIC-EXPAND).
|
|
|
2446 The variables `tmpl-template-dir-list' and `tmpl-automatic-expand' must
|
|
|
2447 now be used instead of the args TEMPLATE-DIR and AUTOMATIC-EXPAND." t nil)
|
|
|
2448
|
|
|
2449 ;;;***
|
|
|
2450
|
|
78
|
2451 ;;;### (autoloads (hmail:compose) "hmail" "hyperbole/hmail.el")
|
|
|
2452
|
|
|
2453 (autoload 'hmail:compose "hmail" "\
|
|
|
2454 Compose mail with ADDRESS and evaluation of EXPR.
|
|
|
2455 Optional SUBJECT and HELP message may also be given." t nil)
|
|
|
2456
|
|
|
2457 ;;;***
|
|
|
2458
|
|
|
2459 ;;;### (autoloads (Info-handle-in-note smart-info-assist smart-info) "hmous-info" "hyperbole/hmous-info.el")
|
|
|
2460
|
|
|
2461 (autoload 'smart-info "hmous-info" "\
|
|
|
2462 Walks through Info documentation networks using one key or mouse key.
|
|
|
2463
|
|
|
2464 If key is pressed within:
|
|
|
2465 (1) the first line of an Info Menu Entry or Cross Reference, the desired node
|
|
|
2466 is found;
|
|
|
2467 (2) the Up, Next, or Previous entries of a Node Header (first line),
|
|
|
2468 the desired node is found;
|
|
|
2469 (3) the File entry of a Node Header (first line),
|
|
|
2470 the 'Top' node within that file is found;
|
|
|
2471 (4) at the end of the current node, the Next node is found (this will
|
|
|
2472 descend subtrees if the function 'Info-global-next' is bound);
|
|
|
2473 (5) anywhere else (e.g. at the end of a line), the current node entry is
|
|
|
2474 scrolled up one windowful.
|
|
|
2475
|
|
|
2476 Returns t if key is pressed within an Info Node Header, Cross Reference,
|
|
|
2477 or a Menu; otherwise returns nil." t nil)
|
|
|
2478
|
|
|
2479 (autoload 'smart-info-assist "hmous-info" "\
|
|
|
2480 Walks through Info documentation networks using one assist-key or mouse assist-key.
|
|
|
2481
|
|
|
2482 If assist-key is pressed within:
|
|
|
2483 (1) the first line of an Info Menu Entry or Cross Reference, the desired node
|
|
|
2484 is found;
|
|
|
2485 (2) the Up, Next, or Previous entries of a Node Header (first line),
|
|
|
2486 the last node in the history list is found;
|
|
|
2487 (3) the File entry of a Node Header (first line),
|
|
|
2488 the 'DIR' root-level node is found;
|
|
|
2489 (4) at the end of the current node, the Previous node is found (this will
|
|
|
2490 return from subtrees if the function 'Info-global-prev is bound);
|
|
|
2491 (5) anywhere else (e.g. at the end of a line), the current node entry is
|
|
|
2492 scrolled down one windowful.
|
|
|
2493
|
|
|
2494 Returns t if assist-key is pressed within an Info Node Header, Cross Reference,
|
|
|
2495 or a Menu; otherwise returns nil." t nil)
|
|
|
2496
|
|
|
2497 (autoload 'Info-handle-in-note "hmous-info" "\
|
|
|
2498 Follows an Info cross-reference.
|
|
|
2499 If point is within the first line of an Info note (cross-reference), follows
|
|
|
2500 cross-reference and returns t; otherwise returns nil." nil nil)
|
|
|
2501
|
|
|
2502 ;;;***
|
|
|
2503
|
|
100
|
2504 ;;;### (autoloads (hkey-help-show) "hmouse-drv" "hyperbole/hmouse-drv.el")
|
|
|
2505
|
|
|
2506 (autoload 'hkey-help-show "hmouse-drv" "\
|
|
|
2507 Saves prior frame configuration if BUFFER displays help. Displays BUFFER.
|
|
|
2508
|
|
|
2509 Optional second arg CURRENT-WINDOW non-nil forces display of buffer within
|
|
|
2510 the current window. By default, it is displayed in another window." nil nil)
|
|
|
2511
|
|
|
2512 ;;;***
|
|
|
2513
|
|
|
2514 ;;;### (autoloads (smart-tags-file smart-tags-file-path smart-objc smart-lisp-mode-p smart-java-at-tag-p smart-java smart-fortran-at-tag-p smart-c++ smart-c-at-tag-p smart-asm-at-tag-p) "hmouse-tag" "hyperbole/hmouse-tag.el")
|
|
78
|
2515
|
|
|
2516 (autoload 'smart-asm-at-tag-p "hmouse-tag" "\
|
|
|
2517 Return assembly tag name that point is within, else nil." nil nil)
|
|
|
2518
|
|
|
2519 (autoload 'smart-c-at-tag-p "hmouse-tag" "\
|
|
|
2520 Return C tag name that point is within, else nil." nil nil)
|
|
|
2521
|
|
|
2522 (autoload 'smart-c++ "hmouse-tag" "\
|
|
|
2523 Jumps to the definition of optional C++ IDENTIFIER or the one at point.
|
|
|
2524 Optional second arg NEXT means jump to next matching C++ tag.
|
|
|
2525
|
|
|
2526 It assumes that its caller has already checked that the key was pressed in an
|
|
|
2527 appropriate buffer and has moved the cursor to the selected buffer.
|
|
|
2528
|
|
|
2529 If:
|
|
100
|
2530 (1) on a `#include' statement, the include file is displayed;
|
|
|
2531 Look for include file in directory lists `smart-c-cpp-include-dirs'
|
|
|
2532 and `smart-c-include-dirs'.
|
|
78
|
2533 (2) on a C++ identifier, the identifier definition is displayed,
|
|
100
|
2534 assuming the identifier is found within an `etags' generated tag file
|
|
78
|
2535 in the current directory or any of its ancestor directories.
|
|
100
|
2536 (3) if `smart-c-use-lib-man' is non-nil, the C++ identifier is
|
|
78
|
2537 recognized as a library symbol, and a man page is found for the
|
|
|
2538 identifier, then the man page is displayed." t nil)
|
|
|
2539
|
|
100
|
2540 (autoload 'smart-fortran-at-tag-p "hmouse-tag" "\
|
|
|
2541 Return Fortran tag name that point is within, else nil." nil nil)
|
|
|
2542
|
|
|
2543 (autoload 'smart-java "hmouse-tag" "\
|
|
|
2544 Jumps to the definition of optional Java IDENTIFIER or the one at point.
|
|
|
2545 Optional second arg NEXT means jump to next matching Java tag.
|
|
78
|
2546
|
|
|
2547 It assumes that its caller has already checked that the key was pressed in an
|
|
|
2548 appropriate buffer and has moved the cursor to the selected buffer.
|
|
|
2549
|
|
100
|
2550 If:
|
|
|
2551 (1) within a commented @see cross-reference, the referent is displayed;
|
|
|
2552 (2) on a `package' or `import' statement, the referent is displayed;
|
|
|
2553 Look for referent files in the directory list `smart-java-package-dirs'.
|
|
|
2554 (3) on an Java identifier, the identifier definition is displayed,
|
|
|
2555 assuming the identifier is found within an `etags' generated tag file
|
|
|
2556 in the current directory or any of its ancestor directories." t nil)
|
|
|
2557
|
|
|
2558 (autoload 'smart-java-at-tag-p "hmouse-tag" "\
|
|
|
2559 Return Java tag name that point is within, else nil." nil nil)
|
|
|
2560
|
|
|
2561 (autoload 'smart-lisp-mode-p "hmouse-tag" "\
|
|
|
2562 Return t if in a mode which uses Lisp symbols." nil nil)
|
|
78
|
2563
|
|
|
2564 (autoload 'smart-objc "hmouse-tag" "\
|
|
|
2565 Jumps to the definition of optional Objective-C IDENTIFIER or the one at point.
|
|
|
2566 Optional second arg NEXT means jump to next matching Objective-C tag.
|
|
|
2567
|
|
|
2568 It assumes that its caller has already checked that the key was pressed in an
|
|
|
2569 appropriate buffer and has moved the cursor to the selected buffer.
|
|
|
2570
|
|
|
2571 If:
|
|
100
|
2572 (1) on a `#include' statement, the include file is displayed;
|
|
|
2573 Look for include file in directory lists `smart-c-cpp-include-dirs'
|
|
|
2574 and `smart-c-include-dirs'.
|
|
78
|
2575 (2) on an Objective-C identifier, the identifier definition is displayed,
|
|
100
|
2576 assuming the identifier is found within an `etags' generated tag file
|
|
78
|
2577 in the current directory or any of its ancestor directories.
|
|
100
|
2578 (3) if `smart-c-use-lib-man' is non-nil, the Objective-C identifier is
|
|
78
|
2579 recognized as a library symbol, and a man page is found for the
|
|
|
2580 identifier, then the man page is displayed." t nil)
|
|
|
2581
|
|
|
2582 (autoload 'smart-tags-file-path "hmouse-tag" "\
|
|
|
2583 Expand relative FILE name by looking it up in the nearest tags file.
|
|
|
2584 Return FILE unchanged if it exists relative to the current directory or
|
|
|
2585 cannot be expanded via a tags file." nil nil)
|
|
|
2586
|
|
|
2587 (autoload 'smart-tags-file "hmouse-tag" "\
|
|
100
|
2588 Return appropriate tags file name for CURR-FILENAME or `tags-file-name'.
|
|
|
2589 Optional NAME-OF-TAGS-FILE is the literal filename for which to look." nil nil)
|
|
78
|
2590
|
|
|
2591 ;;;***
|
|
|
2592
|
|
108
|
2593 ;;;### (autoloads (hyperbole) "hui-mini" "hyperbole/hui-mini.el")
|
|
|
2594
|
|
|
2595 (autoload 'hyperbole "hui-mini" "\
|
|
|
2596 Invokes default Hyperbole menu user interface when not already active.
|
|
|
2597 Suitable for binding to a key, e.g. {C-h h}.
|
|
|
2598 Non-interactively, returns t if menu is actually invoked by call, else nil.
|
|
|
2599
|
|
|
2600 Two optional arguments may be given to invoke alternative menus.
|
|
|
2601 MENU (a symbol) specifies the menu to invoke from MENU-LIST, (a
|
|
|
2602 Hyperbole menu list structure). MENU defaults to 'hyperbole and MENU-LIST
|
|
|
2603 to `hui:menus'. See `hui:menus' definition for the format of the menu list
|
|
|
2604 structure." t nil)
|
|
|
2605
|
|
|
2606 ;;;***
|
|
|
2607
|
|
78
|
2608 ;;;### (autoloads (var:append) "hvar" "hyperbole/hvar.el")
|
|
|
2609
|
|
|
2610 (autoload 'var:append "hvar" "\
|
|
|
2611 Appends to value held by VAR-SYMBOL-NAME, LIST-TO-ADD. Returns new value.
|
|
|
2612 If VAR-SYMBOL-NAME is unbound, it is set to LIST-TO-ADD.
|
|
|
2613 Often used to append to 'hook' variables." nil nil)
|
|
|
2614
|
|
|
2615 ;;;***
|
|
|
2616
|
|
100
|
2617 ;;;### (autoloads (hypb:display-file-with-logo hypb:configuration) "hypb" "hyperbole/hypb.el")
|
|
78
|
2618
|
|
|
2619 (autoload 'hypb:configuration "hypb" "\
|
|
|
2620 Insert Emacs configuration information at the end of optional OUT-BUF or the current buffer." nil nil)
|
|
|
2621
|
|
100
|
2622 (autoload 'hypb:display-file-with-logo "hypb" "\
|
|
|
2623 Display an optional text FILE with the InfoDock Associates logo prepended.
|
|
|
2624 Without file, logo is prepended to the current buffer." nil nil)
|
|
|
2625
|
|
78
|
2626 ;;;***
|
|
|
2627
|
|
|
2628 ;;;### (autoloads nil "hyperbole" "hyperbole/hyperbole.el")
|
|
|
2629
|
|
|
2630 (defvar action-key-url-function 'w3-fetch "\
|
|
|
2631 Value is a function of one argument, a url, which displays the url referent.
|
|
|
2632 Possible values are:
|
|
|
2633 w3-fetch - display using the W3 Emacs web browser;
|
|
|
2634 highlight-headers-follow-url-netscape - display in Netscape;
|
|
|
2635 highlight-headers-follow-url-mosaic - display in Mosaic.")
|
|
|
2636
|
|
|
2637 (defvar kimport:mode-alist '((t . kimport:text) (outline-mode . kimport:star-outline)) "\
|
|
|
2638 Alist of (major-mode . importation-function) elements.
|
|
|
2639 This determines the type of importation done on a file when `kimport:file' is
|
|
|
2640 called if the major mode of the import file matches the car of an element in
|
|
|
2641 this list. If there is no match, then `kimport:suffix-alist' is checked. If
|
|
|
2642 that yields no match, the element in this list whose car is 't is used. It
|
|
|
2643 normally does an import of a koutline or text file.
|
|
|
2644
|
|
|
2645 Each importation-function must take two arguments, a buffer/file to import
|
|
|
2646 and a buffer/file into which to insert the imported elements and a third
|
|
|
2647 optional argument, CHILDREN-P, which when non-nil means insert imported cells
|
|
|
2648 as the initial set of children of the current cell, if any.
|
|
|
2649
|
|
|
2650 outline-mode - imported as an Emacs outline whose entries begin with
|
|
|
2651 asterisks;
|
|
|
2652 .kot
|
|
|
2653 .kotl - imported as a structured koutline
|
|
|
2654
|
|
|
2655 all others - imported as text.")
|
|
|
2656
|
|
|
2657 (defvar kimport:suffix-alist '(("\\.otl$" . kimport:star-outline) ("\\.aug$" . kimport:aug-post-outline)) "\
|
|
|
2658 Alist of (buffer-name-suffix-regexp . importation-function) elements.
|
|
|
2659 This determines the type of importation done on a file when `kimport:file' is
|
|
|
2660 called. Each importation-function must take two arguments, a buffer/file to
|
|
|
2661 import and a buffer/file into which to insert the imported elements and a
|
|
|
2662 third optional argument, CHILDREN-P, which when non-nil means insert imported
|
|
|
2663 cells as the initial set of children of the current cell, if any.
|
|
|
2664
|
|
|
2665 .otl - imported as an Emacs outline whose entries begin with asterisks;
|
|
|
2666 .kot
|
|
|
2667 .kotl - imported as a structured koutline
|
|
|
2668 .aug - imported as an Augment post-numbered outline.")
|
|
|
2669
|
|
|
2670 ;;;***
|
|
|
2671
|
|
|
2672 ;;;### (autoloads (wconfig-yank-pop wconfig-ring-save wconfig-delete-pop wconfig-restore-by-name wconfig-delete-by-name wconfig-add-by-name) "wconfig" "hyperbole/wconfig.el")
|
|
|
2673
|
|
|
2674 (autoload 'wconfig-add-by-name "wconfig" "\
|
|
|
2675 Saves the current window configuration under the string NAME.
|
|
|
2676 When called interactively and a window configuration already exists under
|
|
|
2677 NAME, confirms whether or not to replace it." t nil)
|
|
|
2678
|
|
|
2679 (autoload 'wconfig-delete-by-name "wconfig" "\
|
|
|
2680 Deletes window configuration saved under NAME." t nil)
|
|
|
2681
|
|
|
2682 (autoload 'wconfig-restore-by-name "wconfig" "\
|
|
|
2683 Restores window configuration saved under NAME." t nil)
|
|
|
2684
|
|
|
2685 (autoload 'wconfig-delete-pop "wconfig" "\
|
|
|
2686 Replaces current window config with most recently saved config in ring.
|
|
|
2687 Then deletes this new configuration from the ring." t nil)
|
|
|
2688
|
|
|
2689 (autoload 'wconfig-ring-save "wconfig" "\
|
|
|
2690 Saves the current window configuration onto the save ring.
|
|
|
2691 Use {\\[wconfig-yank-pop]} to restore it at a later time." t nil)
|
|
|
2692
|
|
|
2693 (autoload 'wconfig-yank-pop "wconfig" "\
|
|
|
2694 Replaces current window config with prefix arg Nth prior one in save ring.
|
|
|
2695 Interactively, default value of N = 1, meaning the last saved window
|
|
|
2696 configuration is displayed.
|
|
|
2697
|
|
|
2698 The sequence of window configurations wraps around, so that after the oldest
|
|
|
2699 one comes the newest one." t nil)
|
|
|
2700
|
|
|
2701 ;;;***
|
|
|
2702
|
|
|
2703 ;;;### (autoloads (rolo-logic) "wrolo-logic" "hyperbole/wrolo-logic.el")
|
|
|
2704
|
|
|
2705 (autoload 'rolo-logic "wrolo-logic" "\
|
|
|
2706 Apply FUNC to all entries in optional IN-BUFS, display entries where FUNC is non-nil.
|
|
|
2707 If IN-BUFS is nil, 'rolo-file-list' is used. If optional COUNT-ONLY is
|
|
|
2708 non-nil, don't display entries, return count of matching entries only. If
|
|
|
2709 optional INCLUDE-SUB-ENTRIES flag is non-nil, FUNC will be applied across all
|
|
|
2710 sub-entries at once. Default is to apply FUNC to each entry and sub-entry
|
|
|
2711 separately. Entries are displayed with all of their sub-entries unless
|
|
|
2712 INCLUDE-SUB-ENTRIES is nil and optional NO-SUB-ENTRIES-OUT flag is non-nil.
|
|
|
2713 FUNC should use the free variables 'start' and 'end' which contain the limits
|
|
|
2714 of the region on which it should operate. Returns number of applications of
|
|
|
2715 FUNC that return non-nil." t nil)
|
|
|
2716
|
|
|
2717 ;;;***
|
|
|
2718
|
|
114
|
2719 ;;;### (autoloads (rolo-yank rolo-toggle-datestamps rolo-sort rolo-kill rolo-grep rolo-fgrep rolo-edit rolo-display-matches rolo-add) "wrolo" "hyperbole/wrolo.el")
|
|
78
|
2720
|
|
|
2721 (autoload 'rolo-add "wrolo" "\
|
|
|
2722 Adds a new entry in personal rolodex for NAME.
|
|
|
2723 Last name first is best, e.g. \"Smith, John\".
|
|
|
2724 With prefix argument, prompts for optional FILE to add entry within.
|
|
|
2725 NAME may be of the form: parent/child to insert child below a parent
|
|
|
2726 entry which begins with the parent string." t nil)
|
|
|
2727
|
|
|
2728 (autoload 'rolo-display-matches "wrolo" "\
|
|
|
2729 Display optional DISPLAY-BUF buffer of previously found rolodex matches.
|
|
114
|
2730 If DISPLAY-BUF is nil, use the value in `rolo-display-buffer'.
|
|
78
|
2731 Second arg RETURN-TO-BUFFER is the buffer to leave point within after the display." t nil)
|
|
|
2732
|
|
|
2733 (autoload 'rolo-edit "wrolo" "\
|
|
114
|
2734 Edits a rolodex entry given by optional NAME within `rolo-file-list'.
|
|
78
|
2735 With prefix argument, prompts for optional FILE to locate entry within.
|
|
114
|
2736 With no NAME arg, simply displays FILE or first entry in `rolo-file-list' in an
|
|
78
|
2737 editable mode. NAME may be of the form: parent/child to edit child below a
|
|
|
2738 parent entry which begins with the parent string." t nil)
|
|
|
2739
|
|
|
2740 (autoload 'rolo-fgrep "wrolo" "\
|
|
|
2741 Display rolodex entries matching STRING.
|
|
|
2742 To a maximum of optional prefix arg MAX-MATCHES, in file(s) from optional
|
|
|
2743 ROLO-FILE or rolo-file-list. Default is to find all matching entries. Each
|
|
|
2744 entry is displayed with all of its sub-entries. Optional COUNT-ONLY non-nil
|
|
|
2745 means don't retrieve and don't display matching entries. Optional NO-DISPLAY
|
|
|
2746 non-nil means retrieve entries but don't display.
|
|
|
2747
|
|
|
2748 Nil value of MAX-MATCHES means find all matches, t value means find all matches
|
|
|
2749 but omit file headers, negative values mean find up to the inverse of that
|
|
|
2750 number of entries and omit file headers.
|
|
|
2751
|
|
|
2752 Returns number of entries matched. See also documentation for the variable
|
|
|
2753 rolo-file-list." t nil)
|
|
|
2754
|
|
|
2755 (autoload 'rolo-grep "wrolo" "\
|
|
|
2756 Display rolodex entries matching REGEXP.
|
|
|
2757 To a maximum of prefix arg MAX-MATCHES, in buffer(s) from optional ROLO-BUFS or
|
|
|
2758 rolo-file-list. Default is to find all matching entries. Each entry is
|
|
|
2759 displayed with all of its sub-entries. Optional COUNT-ONLY non-nil means don't
|
|
|
2760 retrieve and don't display matching entries. Optional NO-DISPLAY non-nil
|
|
|
2761 means retrieve entries but don't display.
|
|
|
2762
|
|
|
2763 Nil value of MAX-MATCHES means find all matches, t value means find all matches
|
|
|
2764 but omit file headers, negative values mean find up to the inverse of that
|
|
|
2765 number of entries and omit file headers.
|
|
|
2766
|
|
|
2767 Returns number of entries matched. See also documentation for the variable
|
|
|
2768 rolo-file-list." t nil)
|
|
|
2769
|
|
|
2770 (autoload 'rolo-kill "wrolo" "\
|
|
114
|
2771 Kills a rolodex entry given by NAME within `rolo-file-list'.
|
|
78
|
2772 With prefix argument, prompts for optional FILE to locate entry within.
|
|
|
2773 NAME may be of the form: parent/child to kill child below a parent entry
|
|
|
2774 which begins with the parent string.
|
|
|
2775 Returns t if entry is killed, nil otherwise." t nil)
|
|
|
2776
|
|
|
2777 (autoload 'rolo-sort "wrolo" "\
|
|
|
2778 Sorts up to 14 levels of entries in ROLO-FILE (default is personal rolo).
|
|
114
|
2779 Assumes entries are delimited by one or more `*'characters.
|
|
78
|
2780 Returns list of number of groupings at each entry level." t nil)
|
|
|
2781
|
|
114
|
2782 (autoload 'rolo-toggle-datestamps "wrolo" "\
|
|
|
2783 Toggle whether datestamps are updated when rolodex entries are modified.
|
|
|
2784 With optional ARG, turn them on iff ARG is positive." t nil)
|
|
|
2785
|
|
78
|
2786 (autoload 'rolo-yank "wrolo" "\
|
|
|
2787 Inserts at point the first rolodex entry matching NAME.
|
|
|
2788 With optional prefix arg, REGEXP-P, treats NAME as a regular expression instead
|
|
|
2789 of a string." t nil)
|
|
|
2790
|
|
|
2791 ;;;***
|
|
|
2792
|
|
|
2793 ;;;### (autoloads (iso-accents-mode) "iso-acc" "iso/iso-acc.el")
|
|
|
2794
|
|
|
2795 (autoload 'iso-accents-mode "iso-acc" "\
|
|
|
2796 Toggle ISO Accents mode, in which accents modify the following letter.
|
|
|
2797 This permits easy insertion of accented characters according to ISO-8859-1.
|
|
|
2798 When Iso-accents mode is enabled, accent character keys
|
|
|
2799 \(`, ', \", ^, / and ~) do not self-insert; instead, they modify the following
|
|
|
2800 letter key so that it inserts an ISO accented letter.
|
|
|
2801
|
|
|
2802 You can customize ISO Accents mode to a particular language
|
|
|
2803 with the command `iso-accents-customize'.
|
|
|
2804
|
|
|
2805 Special combinations: ~c gives a c with cedilla,
|
|
|
2806 ~d gives an Icelandic eth (d with dash).
|
|
|
2807 ~t gives an Icelandic thorn.
|
|
|
2808 \"s gives German sharp s.
|
|
|
2809 /a gives a with ring.
|
|
|
2810 /e gives an a-e ligature.
|
|
|
2811 ~< and ~> give guillemots.
|
|
|
2812 ~! gives an inverted exclamation mark.
|
|
|
2813 ~? gives an inverted question mark.
|
|
|
2814
|
|
|
2815 With an argument, a positive argument enables ISO Accents mode,
|
|
|
2816 and a negative argument disables it." t nil)
|
|
|
2817
|
|
|
2818 ;;;***
|
|
|
2819
|
|
|
2820 ;;;### (autoloads (mc-deactivate-passwd mc-install-write-mode mc-install-read-mode) "mailcrypt" "mailcrypt/mailcrypt.el")
|
|
|
2821
|
|
|
2822 (autoload 'mc-install-read-mode "mailcrypt" nil t nil)
|
|
|
2823
|
|
|
2824 (autoload 'mc-install-write-mode "mailcrypt" nil t nil)
|
|
|
2825
|
|
|
2826 (autoload 'mc-deactivate-passwd "mailcrypt" "\
|
|
|
2827 *Deactivate the passphrase cache." t nil)
|
|
|
2828
|
|
|
2829 ;;;***
|
|
|
2830
|
|
|
2831 ;;;### (autoloads (mc-pgp-fetch-key mc-scheme-pgp) "mc-pgp" "mailcrypt/mc-pgp.el")
|
|
|
2832
|
|
|
2833 (autoload 'mc-scheme-pgp "mc-pgp" nil nil nil)
|
|
|
2834
|
|
|
2835 (autoload 'mc-pgp-fetch-key "mc-pgp" "\
|
|
|
2836 Attempt to fetch a key for addition to PGP keyring. Interactively,
|
|
|
2837 prompt for string matching key to fetch.
|
|
|
2838
|
|
|
2839 Non-interactively, ID must be a pair. The CAR must be a bare Email
|
|
|
2840 address and the CDR a keyID (with \"0x\" prefix). Either, but not
|
|
|
2841 both, may be nil.
|
|
|
2842
|
|
|
2843 Return t if we think we were successful; nil otherwise. Note that nil
|
|
|
2844 is not necessarily an error, since we may have merely fired off an Email
|
|
|
2845 request for the key." t nil)
|
|
|
2846
|
|
|
2847 ;;;***
|
|
|
2848
|
|
|
2849 ;;;### (autoloads (mc-remailer-insert-response-block mc-remailer-encrypt-for-chain mc-remailer-insert-pseudonym) "mc-remail" "mailcrypt/mc-remail.el")
|
|
|
2850
|
|
|
2851 (autoload 'mc-remailer-insert-pseudonym "mc-remail" "\
|
|
|
2852 Insert pseudonym as a From field in the hash-mark header.
|
|
|
2853
|
|
|
2854 See the documentation for the variable `mc-remailer-pseudonyms' for
|
|
|
2855 more information." t nil)
|
|
|
2856
|
|
|
2857 (autoload 'mc-remailer-encrypt-for-chain "mc-remail" "\
|
|
|
2858 Encrypt message for a remailer chain, prompting for chain to use.
|
|
|
2859
|
|
|
2860 With \\[universal-argument], pause before each encryption." t nil)
|
|
|
2861
|
|
|
2862 (autoload 'mc-remailer-insert-response-block "mc-remail" "\
|
|
|
2863 Insert response block at point, prompting for chain to use.
|
|
|
2864
|
|
|
2865 With \\[universal-argument], enter a recursive edit of the innermost
|
|
|
2866 layer of the block before encrypting it." t nil)
|
|
|
2867
|
|
|
2868 ;;;***
|
|
|
2869
|
|
|
2870 ;;;### (autoloads (mc-mh-snarf-keys mc-mh-verify-signature mc-mh-decrypt-message mc-gnus-decrypt-message mc-gnus-snarf-keys mc-gnus-verify-signature mc-vm-snarf-keys mc-vm-decrypt-message mc-vm-verify-signature mc-rmail-decrypt-message mc-rmail-verify-signature mc-rmail-summary-snarf-keys mc-rmail-summary-decrypt-message mc-rmail-summary-verify-signature mc-snarf-keys mc-snarf mc-insert-public-key mc-verify-signature mc-verify mc-sign-message mc-sign mc-decrypt-message mc-decrypt mc-encrypt-message mc-encrypt mc-cleanup-recipient-headers) "mc-toplev" "mailcrypt/mc-toplev.el")
|
|
|
2871
|
|
|
2872 (autoload 'mc-cleanup-recipient-headers "mc-toplev" nil nil nil)
|
|
|
2873
|
|
|
2874 (autoload 'mc-encrypt "mc-toplev" "\
|
|
|
2875 *Encrypt the current buffer.
|
|
|
2876
|
|
|
2877 Exact behavior depends on current major mode.
|
|
|
2878
|
|
|
2879 With \\[universal-argument], prompt for User ID to sign as.
|
|
|
2880
|
|
|
2881 With \\[universal-argument] \\[universal-argument], prompt for encryption scheme to use." t nil)
|
|
|
2882
|
|
|
2883 (autoload 'mc-encrypt-message "mc-toplev" "\
|
|
|
2884 *Encrypt a message for RECIPIENTS using the given encryption SCHEME.
|
|
|
2885 RECIPIENTS is a comma separated string. If SCHEME is nil, use the value
|
|
|
2886 of `mc-default-scheme'. Returns t on success, nil otherwise." nil nil)
|
|
|
2887
|
|
|
2888 (autoload 'mc-decrypt "mc-toplev" "\
|
|
|
2889 *Decrypt a message in the current buffer.
|
|
|
2890
|
|
|
2891 Exact behavior depends on current major mode." t nil)
|
|
|
2892
|
|
|
2893 (autoload 'mc-decrypt-message "mc-toplev" "\
|
|
|
2894 Decrypt whatever message is in the current buffer.
|
|
|
2895 Returns a pair (SUCCEEDED . VERIFIED) where SUCCEEDED is t if the encryption
|
|
|
2896 succeeded and VERIFIED is t if it had a valid signature." nil nil)
|
|
|
2897
|
|
|
2898 (autoload 'mc-sign "mc-toplev" "\
|
|
|
2899 *Sign a message in the current buffer.
|
|
|
2900
|
|
|
2901 Exact behavior depends on current major mode.
|
|
|
2902
|
|
|
2903 With one prefix arg, prompts for private key to use, with two prefix args,
|
|
|
2904 also prompts for encryption scheme to use. With negative prefix arg,
|
|
|
2905 inhibits clearsigning (pgp)." t nil)
|
|
|
2906
|
|
|
2907 (autoload 'mc-sign-message "mc-toplev" "\
|
|
|
2908 Clear sign the message." nil nil)
|
|
|
2909
|
|
|
2910 (autoload 'mc-verify "mc-toplev" "\
|
|
|
2911 *Verify a message in the current buffer.
|
|
|
2912
|
|
|
2913 Exact behavior depends on current major mode." t nil)
|
|
|
2914
|
|
|
2915 (autoload 'mc-verify-signature "mc-toplev" "\
|
|
|
2916 *Verify the signature of the signed message in the current buffer.
|
|
|
2917 Show the result as a message in the minibuffer. Returns t if the signature
|
|
|
2918 is verified." nil nil)
|
|
|
2919
|
|
|
2920 (autoload 'mc-insert-public-key "mc-toplev" "\
|
|
|
2921 *Insert your public key at point.
|
|
|
2922 With one prefix arg, prompts for user id to use. With two prefix
|
|
|
2923 args, prompts for encryption scheme." t nil)
|
|
|
2924
|
|
|
2925 (autoload 'mc-snarf "mc-toplev" "\
|
|
|
2926 *Add all public keys in the buffer to your keyring.
|
|
|
2927
|
|
|
2928 Exact behavior depends on current major mode." t nil)
|
|
|
2929
|
|
|
2930 (autoload 'mc-snarf-keys "mc-toplev" "\
|
|
|
2931 *Add all public keys in the buffer to your keyring." t nil)
|
|
|
2932
|
|
|
2933 (autoload 'mc-rmail-summary-verify-signature "mc-toplev" "\
|
|
|
2934 *Verify the signature in the current message." t nil)
|
|
|
2935
|
|
|
2936 (autoload 'mc-rmail-summary-decrypt-message "mc-toplev" "\
|
|
|
2937 *Decrypt the contents of this message" t nil)
|
|
|
2938
|
|
|
2939 (autoload 'mc-rmail-summary-snarf-keys "mc-toplev" "\
|
|
|
2940 *Adds keys from current message to public key ring" t nil)
|
|
|
2941
|
|
|
2942 (autoload 'mc-rmail-verify-signature "mc-toplev" "\
|
|
|
2943 *Verify the signature in the current message." t nil)
|
|
|
2944
|
|
|
2945 (autoload 'mc-rmail-decrypt-message "mc-toplev" "\
|
|
|
2946 *Decrypt the contents of this message" t nil)
|
|
|
2947
|
|
|
2948 (autoload 'mc-vm-verify-signature "mc-toplev" "\
|
|
|
2949 *Verify the signature in the current VM message" t nil)
|
|
|
2950
|
|
|
2951 (autoload 'mc-vm-decrypt-message "mc-toplev" "\
|
|
|
2952 *Decrypt the contents of the current VM message" t nil)
|
|
|
2953
|
|
|
2954 (autoload 'mc-vm-snarf-keys "mc-toplev" "\
|
|
|
2955 *Snarf public key from the contents of the current VM message" t nil)
|
|
|
2956
|
|
|
2957 (autoload 'mc-gnus-verify-signature "mc-toplev" nil t nil)
|
|
|
2958
|
|
|
2959 (autoload 'mc-gnus-snarf-keys "mc-toplev" nil t nil)
|
|
|
2960
|
|
|
2961 (autoload 'mc-gnus-decrypt-message "mc-toplev" nil t nil)
|
|
|
2962
|
|
|
2963 (autoload 'mc-mh-decrypt-message "mc-toplev" "\
|
|
|
2964 Decrypt the contents of the current MH message in the show buffer." t nil)
|
|
|
2965
|
|
|
2966 (autoload 'mc-mh-verify-signature "mc-toplev" "\
|
|
|
2967 *Verify the signature in the current MH message." t nil)
|
|
|
2968
|
|
|
2969 (autoload 'mc-mh-snarf-keys "mc-toplev" nil t nil)
|
|
|
2970
|
|
|
2971 ;;;***
|
|
|
2972
|
|
|
2973 ;;;### (autoloads (mh-letter-mode mh-smail-other-window mh-smail-batch mh-smail) "mh-comp" "mh-e/mh-comp.el")
|
|
|
2974
|
|
|
2975 (autoload 'mh-smail "mh-comp" "\
|
|
|
2976 Compose and send mail with the MH mail system.
|
|
|
2977 This function is an entry point to mh-e, the Emacs front end
|
|
|
2978 to the MH mail system.
|
|
|
2979
|
|
|
2980 See documentation of `\\[mh-send]' for more details on composing mail." t nil)
|
|
|
2981
|
|
|
2982 (autoload 'mh-smail-batch "mh-comp" "\
|
|
|
2983 Set up a mail composition draft with the MH mail system.
|
|
|
2984 This function is an entry point to mh-e, the Emacs front end
|
|
|
2985 to the MH mail system. This function does not prompt the user
|
|
|
2986 for any header fields, and thus is suitable for use by programs
|
|
|
2987 that want to create a mail buffer.
|
|
|
2988 Users should use `\\[mh-smail]' to compose mail." nil nil)
|
|
|
2989
|
|
|
2990 (autoload 'mh-smail-other-window "mh-comp" "\
|
|
|
2991 Compose and send mail in other window with the MH mail system.
|
|
|
2992 This function is an entry point to mh-e, the Emacs front end
|
|
|
2993 to the MH mail system.
|
|
|
2994
|
|
|
2995 See documentation of `\\[mh-send]' for more details on composing mail." t nil)
|
|
|
2996
|
|
|
2997 (autoload 'mh-letter-mode "mh-comp" "\
|
|
|
2998 Mode for composing letters in mh-e.\\<mh-letter-mode-map>
|
|
|
2999 When you have finished composing, type \\[mh-send-letter] to send the message
|
|
|
3000 using the MH mail handling system.
|
|
|
3001 See the documentation for \\[mh-edit-mhn] for information on composing MIME
|
|
|
3002 messages.
|
|
|
3003
|
|
|
3004 \\{mh-letter-mode-map}
|
|
|
3005
|
|
|
3006 Variables controlling this mode (defaults in parentheses):
|
|
|
3007
|
|
|
3008 mh-delete-yanked-msg-window (nil)
|
|
|
3009 If non-nil, \\[mh-yank-cur-msg] will delete any windows displaying
|
|
|
3010 the yanked message.
|
|
|
3011
|
|
|
3012 mh-yank-from-start-of-msg (t)
|
|
|
3013 If non-nil, \\[mh-yank-cur-msg] will include the entire message.
|
|
|
3014 If `body', just yank the body (no header).
|
|
|
3015 If nil, only the portion of the message following the point will be yanked.
|
|
|
3016 If there is a region, this variable is ignored.
|
|
|
3017
|
|
|
3018 mh-ins-buf-prefix (\"> \")
|
|
|
3019 String to insert before each non-blank line of a message as it is
|
|
|
3020 inserted in a draft letter.
|
|
|
3021
|
|
|
3022 mh-signature-file-name (\"~/.signature\")
|
|
|
3023 File to be inserted into message by \\[mh-insert-signature].
|
|
|
3024
|
|
|
3025 Upon invoking mh-letter-mode, text-mode-hook and mh-letter-mode-hook are
|
|
|
3026 invoked with no args, if those values are non-nil." t nil)
|
|
|
3027
|
|
|
3028 ;;;***
|
|
|
3029
|
|
|
3030 ;;;### (autoloads (mh-version mh-rmail) "mh-e" "mh-e/mh-e.el")
|
|
|
3031
|
|
|
3032 (autoload 'mh-rmail "mh-e" "\
|
|
|
3033 Inc(orporate) new mail with MH, or, with arg, scan an MH mail folder.
|
|
|
3034 This function is an entry point to mh-e, the Emacs front end
|
|
|
3035 to the MH mail system." t nil)
|
|
|
3036
|
|
|
3037 (autoload 'mh-version "mh-e" "\
|
|
|
3038 Display version information about mh-e and the MH mail handling system." t nil)
|
|
|
3039
|
|
|
3040 ;;;***
|
|
|
3041
|
|
|
3042 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mh-mime" "mh-e/mh-mime.el")
|
|
|
3043
|
|
|
3044 (defvar mh-mime-content-types '(("text/plain") ("text/richtext") ("multipart/mixed") ("multipart/alternative") ("multipart/digest") ("multipart/parallel") ("message/rfc822") ("message/partial") ("message/external-body") ("application/octet-stream") ("application/postscript") ("image/jpeg") ("image/gif") ("audio/basic") ("video/mpeg")) "\
|
|
|
3045 Legal MIME content types. See documentation for \\[mh-edit-mhn].")
|
|
|
3046
|
|
|
3047 ;;;***
|
|
|
3048
|
|
|
3049 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mh-utils" "mh-e/mh-utils.el")
|
|
|
3050
|
|
|
3051 (put 'mh-progs 'risky-local-variable t)
|
|
|
3052
|
|
|
3053 (put 'mh-lib 'risky-local-variable t)
|
|
|
3054
|
|
|
3055 ;;;***
|
|
|
3056
|
|
|
3057 ;;;### (autoloads nil "abbrev" "modes/abbrev.el")
|
|
|
3058
|
|
|
3059 ;;;***
|
|
|
3060
|
|
|
3061 ;;;### (autoloads (ada-make-filename-from-adaname ada-mode) "ada-mode" "modes/ada-mode.el")
|
|
|
3062
|
|
|
3063 (autoload 'ada-mode "ada-mode" "\
|
|
|
3064 Ada Mode is the major mode for editing Ada code.
|
|
|
3065
|
|
|
3066 Bindings are as follows: (Note: 'LFD' is control-j.)
|
|
|
3067
|
|
|
3068 Indent line '\\[ada-tab]'
|
|
|
3069 Indent line, insert newline and indent the new line. '\\[newline-and-indent]'
|
|
|
3070
|
|
|
3071 Re-format the parameter-list point is in '\\[ada-format-paramlist]'
|
|
|
3072 Indent all lines in region '\\[ada-indent-region]'
|
|
|
3073 Call external pretty printer program '\\[ada-call-pretty-printer]'
|
|
|
3074
|
|
|
3075 Adjust case of identifiers and keywords in region '\\[ada-adjust-case-region]'
|
|
|
3076 Adjust case of identifiers and keywords in buffer '\\[ada-adjust-case-buffer]'
|
|
|
3077
|
|
|
3078 Call EXTERNAL pretty printer (if you have one) '\\[ada-call-pretty-printer]'
|
|
|
3079
|
|
|
3080 Fill comment paragraph '\\[ada-fill-comment-paragraph]'
|
|
|
3081 Fill comment paragraph and justify each line '\\[ada-fill-comment-paragraph-justify]'
|
|
|
3082 Fill comment paragraph, justify and append postfix '\\[ada-fill-comment-paragraph-postfix]'
|
|
|
3083
|
|
|
3084 Next func/proc/task '\\[ada-next-procedure]' Previous func/proc/task '\\[ada-previous-procedure]'
|
|
|
3085 Next package '\\[ada-next-package]' Previous package '\\[ada-previous-package]'
|
|
|
3086
|
|
|
3087 Goto matching start of current 'end ...;' '\\[ada-move-to-start]'
|
|
|
3088 Goto end of current block '\\[ada-move-to-end]'
|
|
|
3089
|
|
|
3090 Comments are handled using standard GNU Emacs conventions, including:
|
|
|
3091 Start a comment '\\[indent-for-comment]'
|
|
|
3092 Comment region '\\[comment-region]'
|
|
|
3093 Uncomment region '\\[ada-uncomment-region]'
|
|
|
3094 Continue comment on next line '\\[indent-new-comment-line]'
|
|
|
3095
|
|
|
3096 If you use imenu.el:
|
|
|
3097 Display index-menu of functions & procedures '\\[imenu]'
|
|
|
3098
|
|
|
3099 If you use find-file.el:
|
|
|
3100 Switch to other file (Body <-> Spec) '\\[ff-find-other-file]'
|
|
|
3101 or '\\[ff-mouse-find-other-file]
|
|
|
3102 Switch to other file in other window '\\[ada-ff-other-window]'
|
|
|
3103 or '\\[ff-mouse-find-other-file-other-window]
|
|
|
3104 If you use this function in a spec and no body is available, it gets created
|
|
|
3105 with body stubs.
|
|
|
3106
|
|
|
3107 If you use ada-xref.el:
|
|
|
3108 Goto declaration: '\\[ada-point-and-xref]' on the identifier
|
|
|
3109 or '\\[ada-goto-declaration]' with point on the identifier
|
|
|
3110 Complete identifier: '\\[ada-complete-identifier]'
|
|
|
3111 Execute Gnatf: '\\[ada-gnatf-current]'" t nil)
|
|
|
3112
|
|
|
3113 (autoload 'ada-make-filename-from-adaname "ada-mode" "\
|
|
|
3114 Determine the filename of a package/procedure from its own Ada name." t nil)
|
|
|
3115
|
|
|
3116 ;;;***
|
|
|
3117
|
|
|
3118 ;;;### (autoloads (archive-mode) "arc-mode" "modes/arc-mode.el")
|
|
|
3119
|
|
|
3120 (autoload 'archive-mode "arc-mode" "\
|
|
|
3121 Major mode for viewing an archive file in a dired-like way.
|
|
|
3122 You can move around using the usual cursor motion commands.
|
|
|
3123 Letters no longer insert themselves.
|
|
|
3124 Type `e' to pull a file out of the archive and into its own buffer;
|
|
|
3125 or click mouse-2 on the file's line in the archive mode buffer.
|
|
|
3126
|
|
|
3127 If you edit a sub-file of this archive (as with the `e' command) and
|
|
|
3128 save it, the contents of that buffer will be saved back into the
|
|
|
3129 archive.
|
|
|
3130
|
|
|
3131 \\{archive-mode-map}" nil nil)
|
|
|
3132
|
|
|
3133 ;;;***
|
|
|
3134
|
|
|
3135 ;;;### (autoloads (asm-mode) "asm-mode" "modes/asm-mode.el")
|
|
|
3136
|
|
|
3137 (autoload 'asm-mode "asm-mode" "\
|
|
|
3138 Major mode for editing typical assembler code.
|
|
|
3139 Features a private abbrev table and the following bindings:
|
|
|
3140
|
|
|
3141 \\[asm-colon] outdent a preceding label, tab to next tab stop.
|
|
|
3142 \\[tab-to-tab-stop] tab to next tab stop.
|
|
|
3143 \\[asm-newline] newline, then tab to next tab stop.
|
|
|
3144 \\[asm-comment] smart placement of assembler comments.
|
|
|
3145
|
|
|
3146 The character used for making comments is set by the variable
|
|
|
3147 `asm-comment-char' (which defaults to `?;').
|
|
|
3148
|
|
|
3149 Alternatively, you may set this variable in `asm-mode-set-comment-hook',
|
|
|
3150 which is called near the beginning of mode initialization.
|
|
|
3151
|
|
|
3152 Turning on Asm mode runs the hook `asm-mode-hook' at the end of initialization.
|
|
|
3153
|
|
|
3154 Special commands:
|
|
|
3155 \\{asm-mode-map}
|
|
|
3156 " t nil)
|
|
|
3157
|
|
|
3158 ;;;***
|
|
|
3159
|
|
149
|
3160 ;;;### (autoloads (autoconf-mode) "autoconf-mode" "modes/autoconf-mode.el")
|
|
|
3161
|
|
|
3162 (autoload 'autoconf-mode "autoconf-mode" "\
|
|
|
3163 A major-mode to edit autoconf input files like configure.in
|
|
|
3164 \\{autoconf-mode-map}
|
|
|
3165 " t nil)
|
|
|
3166
|
|
|
3167 ;;;***
|
|
|
3168
|
|
78
|
3169 ;;;### (autoloads (awk-mode) "awk-mode" "modes/awk-mode.el")
|
|
|
3170
|
|
|
3171 (autoload 'awk-mode "awk-mode" "\
|
|
|
3172 Major mode for editing AWK code.
|
|
|
3173 This is much like C mode except for the syntax of comments. It uses
|
|
|
3174 the same keymap as C mode and has the same variables for customizing
|
|
|
3175 indentation. It has its own abbrev table and its own syntax table.
|
|
|
3176
|
|
|
3177 Turning on AWK mode calls the value of the variable `awk-mode-hook'
|
|
|
3178 with no args, if that value is non-nil." t nil)
|
|
|
3179
|
|
|
3180 ;;;***
|
|
|
3181
|
|
|
3182 ;;;### (autoloads (bibtex-mode) "bibtex" "modes/bibtex.el")
|
|
|
3183
|
|
|
3184 (autoload 'bibtex-mode "bibtex" "\
|
|
|
3185 Major mode for editing bibtex files.
|
|
|
3186
|
|
|
3187 \\{bibtex-mode-map}
|
|
|
3188
|
|
|
3189 A command such as \\[bibtex-Book] will outline the fields for a BibTeX book entry.
|
|
|
3190
|
|
|
3191 The optional fields start with the string OPT, and thus ignored by BibTeX.
|
|
|
3192 The OPT string may be removed from a field with \\[bibtex-remove-OPT].
|
|
|
3193 \\[bibtex-kill-optional-field] kills the current optional field entirely.
|
|
|
3194 \\[bibtex-remove-double-quotes] removes the double-quotes around the text of
|
|
|
3195 the current field. \\[bibtex-empty-field] replaces the text of the current
|
|
|
3196 field with the default \"\".
|
|
|
3197
|
|
|
3198 The command \\[bibtex-clean-entry] cleans the current entry, i.e. (i) removes
|
|
|
3199 double-quotes from entirely numerical fields, (ii) removes OPT from all
|
|
|
3200 non-empty optional fields, (iii) removes all empty optional fields, and (iv)
|
|
|
3201 checks that no non-optional fields are empty.
|
|
|
3202
|
|
|
3203 Use \\[bibtex-find-text] to position the dot at the end of the current field.
|
|
|
3204 Use \\[bibtex-next-field] to move to end of the next field.
|
|
|
3205
|
|
|
3206 The following may be of interest as well:
|
|
|
3207
|
|
|
3208 Functions:
|
|
|
3209 find-bibtex-duplicates
|
|
|
3210 find-bibtex-entry-location
|
|
|
3211 hide-bibtex-entry-bodies
|
|
|
3212 sort-bibtex-entries
|
|
|
3213 validate-bibtex-buffer
|
|
|
3214
|
|
|
3215 Variables:
|
|
|
3216 bibtex-clean-entry-zap-empty-opts
|
|
|
3217 bibtex-entry-field-alist
|
|
|
3218 bibtex-include-OPTannote
|
|
|
3219 bibtex-include-OPTcrossref
|
|
|
3220 bibtex-include-OPTkey
|
|
|
3221 bibtex-maintain-sorted-entries
|
|
|
3222 bibtex-mode-user-optional-fields
|
|
|
3223
|
|
|
3224 Fields:
|
|
|
3225 address
|
|
|
3226 Publisher's address
|
|
|
3227 annote
|
|
|
3228 Long annotation used for annotated bibliographies (begins sentence)
|
|
|
3229 author
|
|
|
3230 Name(s) of author(s), in BibTeX name format
|
|
|
3231 booktitle
|
|
|
3232 Book title when the thing being referenced isn't the whole book.
|
|
|
3233 For book entries, the title field should be used instead.
|
|
|
3234 chapter
|
|
|
3235 Chapter number
|
|
|
3236 crossref
|
|
|
3237 The database key of the entry being cross referenced.
|
|
|
3238 edition
|
|
|
3239 Edition of a book (e.g., \"second\")
|
|
|
3240 editor
|
|
|
3241 Name(s) of editor(s), in BibTeX name format.
|
|
|
3242 If there is also an author field, then the editor field should be
|
|
|
3243 for the book or collection that the work appears in
|
|
|
3244 howpublished
|
|
|
3245 How something strange has been published (begins sentence)
|
|
|
3246 institution
|
|
|
3247 Sponsoring institution
|
|
|
3248 journal
|
|
|
3249 Journal name (macros are provided for many)
|
|
|
3250 key
|
|
|
3251 Alphabetizing and labeling key (needed when no author or editor)
|
|
|
3252 month
|
|
|
3253 Month (macros are provided)
|
|
|
3254 note
|
|
|
3255 To help the reader find a reference (begins sentence)
|
|
|
3256 number
|
|
|
3257 Number of a journal or technical report
|
|
|
3258 organization
|
|
|
3259 Organization (sponsoring a conference)
|
|
|
3260 pages
|
|
|
3261 Page number or numbers (use `--' to separate a range)
|
|
|
3262 publisher
|
|
|
3263 Publisher name
|
|
|
3264 school
|
|
|
3265 School name (for theses)
|
|
|
3266 series
|
|
|
3267 The name of a series or set of books.
|
|
|
3268 An individual book will also have its own title
|
|
|
3269 title
|
|
|
3270 The title of the thing being referenced
|
|
|
3271 type
|
|
|
3272 Type of a technical report (e.g., \"Research Note\") to be used
|
|
|
3273 instead of the default \"Technical Report\"
|
|
|
3274 volume
|
|
|
3275 Volume of a journal or multivolume work
|
|
|
3276 year
|
|
|
3277 Year---should contain only numerals
|
|
|
3278 ---------------------------------------------------------
|
|
|
3279 Entry to this mode calls the value of bibtex-mode-hook if that value is
|
|
|
3280 non-nil." t nil)
|
|
|
3281
|
|
|
3282 ;;;***
|
|
|
3283
|
|
118
|
3284 ;;;### (autoloads (c-add-style c-set-style java-mode objc-mode c++-mode c-mode) "cc-mode" "modes/cc-mode.el")
|
|
78
|
3285
|
|
|
3286 (autoload 'c-mode "cc-mode" "\
|
|
|
3287 Major mode for editing K&R and ANSI C code.
|
|
|
3288 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from a
|
|
|
3289 c-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with version
|
|
|
3290 information already added. You just need to add a description of the
|
|
|
3291 problem, including a reproducible test case and send the message.
|
|
|
3292
|
|
110
|
3293 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
|
|
78
|
3294
|
|
|
3295 The hook variable `c-mode-hook' is run with no args, if that value is
|
|
|
3296 bound and has a non-nil value. Also the hook `c-mode-common-hook' is
|
|
|
3297 run first.
|
|
|
3298
|
|
|
3299 Key bindings:
|
|
|
3300 \\{c-mode-map}" t nil)
|
|
|
3301
|
|
|
3302 (autoload 'c++-mode "cc-mode" "\
|
|
|
3303 Major mode for editing C++ code.
|
|
|
3304 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from a
|
|
|
3305 c++-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with
|
|
|
3306 version information already added. You just need to add a description
|
|
|
3307 of the problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the
|
|
|
3308 message.
|
|
|
3309
|
|
110
|
3310 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
|
|
78
|
3311
|
|
|
3312 The hook variable `c++-mode-hook' is run with no args, if that
|
|
|
3313 variable is bound and has a non-nil value. Also the hook
|
|
|
3314 `c-mode-common-hook' is run first.
|
|
|
3315
|
|
|
3316 Key bindings:
|
|
|
3317 \\{c++-mode-map}" t nil)
|
|
|
3318
|
|
|
3319 (autoload 'objc-mode "cc-mode" "\
|
|
|
3320 Major mode for editing Objective C code.
|
|
|
3321 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from an
|
|
|
3322 objc-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with
|
|
|
3323 version information already added. You just need to add a description
|
|
|
3324 of the problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the
|
|
|
3325 message.
|
|
|
3326
|
|
110
|
3327 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
|
|
78
|
3328
|
|
|
3329 The hook variable `objc-mode-hook' is run with no args, if that value
|
|
|
3330 is bound and has a non-nil value. Also the hook `c-mode-common-hook'
|
|
|
3331 is run first.
|
|
|
3332
|
|
|
3333 Key bindings:
|
|
|
3334 \\{objc-mode-map}" t nil)
|
|
|
3335
|
|
|
3336 (autoload 'java-mode "cc-mode" "\
|
|
|
3337 Major mode for editing Java code.
|
|
|
3338 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from an
|
|
|
3339 java-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with
|
|
|
3340 version information already added. You just need to add a description
|
|
|
3341 of the problem, including a reproducible test case and send the
|
|
|
3342 message.
|
|
|
3343
|
|
110
|
3344 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
|
|
78
|
3345
|
|
|
3346 The hook variable `java-mode-hook' is run with no args, if that value
|
|
|
3347 is bound and has a non-nil value. Also the common hook
|
|
|
3348 `c-mode-common-hook' is run first. Note that this mode automatically
|
|
|
3349 sets the \"java\" style before calling any hooks so be careful if you
|
|
|
3350 set styles in `c-mode-common-hook'.
|
|
|
3351
|
|
|
3352 Key bindings:
|
|
|
3353 \\{java-mode-map}" t nil)
|
|
|
3354
|
|
|
3355 (autoload 'c-set-style "cc-mode" "\
|
|
110
|
3356 Set CC Mode variables to use one of several different indentation styles.
|
|
78
|
3357 STYLENAME is a string representing the desired style from the list of
|
|
|
3358 styles described in the variable `c-style-alist'. See that variable
|
|
110
|
3359 for details of setting up styles.
|
|
|
3360
|
|
|
3361 The variable `c-indentation-style' always contains the buffer's current
|
|
|
3362 style name." t nil)
|
|
78
|
3363
|
|
118
|
3364 (autoload 'c-add-style "cc-mode" "\
|
|
|
3365 Adds a style to `c-style-alist', or updates an existing one.
|
|
|
3366 STYLE is a string identifying the style to add or update. DESCRIP is
|
|
|
3367 an association list describing the style and must be of the form:
|
|
|
3368
|
|
|
3369 ((VARIABLE . VALUE) [(VARIABLE . VALUE) ...])
|
|
|
3370
|
|
|
3371 See the variable `c-style-alist' for the semantics of VARIABLE and
|
|
|
3372 VALUE. This function also sets the current style to STYLE using
|
|
|
3373 `c-set-style' if the optional SET-P flag is non-nil." t nil)
|
|
|
3374
|
|
78
|
3375 (fset 'set-c-style 'c-set-style)
|
|
|
3376
|
|
|
3377 ;;;***
|
|
|
3378
|
|
|
3379 ;;;### (autoloads (common-lisp-indent-function) "cl-indent" "modes/cl-indent.el")
|
|
|
3380
|
|
|
3381 (autoload 'common-lisp-indent-function "cl-indent" nil nil nil)
|
|
|
3382
|
|
|
3383 ;;;***
|
|
|
3384
|
|
|
3385 ;;;### (autoloads (c-macro-expand) "cmacexp" "modes/cmacexp.el")
|
|
|
3386
|
|
|
3387 (autoload 'c-macro-expand "cmacexp" "\
|
|
|
3388 Expand C macros in the region, using the C preprocessor.
|
|
|
3389 Normally display output in temp buffer, but
|
|
|
3390 prefix arg means replace the region with it.
|
|
|
3391
|
|
|
3392 `c-macro-preprocessor' specifies the preprocessor to use.
|
|
|
3393 Prompt for arguments to the preprocessor (e.g. `-DDEBUG -I ./include')
|
|
|
3394 if the user option `c-macro-prompt-flag' is non-nil.
|
|
|
3395
|
|
|
3396 Noninteractive args are START, END, SUBST.
|
|
|
3397 For use inside Lisp programs, see also `c-macro-expansion'." t nil)
|
|
|
3398
|
|
|
3399 ;;;***
|
|
|
3400
|
|
|
3401 ;;;### (autoloads (eiffel-mode) "eiffel3" "modes/eiffel3.el")
|
|
|
3402
|
|
|
3403 (autoload 'eiffel-mode "eiffel3" "\
|
|
|
3404 Major mode for editing Eiffel programs." t nil)
|
|
|
3405
|
|
|
3406 ;;;***
|
|
|
3407
|
|
|
3408 ;;;### (autoloads (enriched-decode enriched-encode enriched-mode) "enriched" "modes/enriched.el")
|
|
|
3409
|
|
|
3410 (autoload 'enriched-mode "enriched" "\
|
|
|
3411 Minor mode for editing text/enriched files.
|
|
|
3412 These are files with embedded formatting information in the MIME standard
|
|
|
3413 text/enriched format.
|
|
|
3414 Turning the mode on runs `enriched-mode-hook'.
|
|
|
3415
|
|
|
3416 More information about Enriched mode is available in the file
|
|
|
3417 etc/enriched.doc in the Emacs distribution directory.
|
|
|
3418
|
|
|
3419 Commands:
|
|
|
3420
|
|
|
3421 \\<enriched-mode-map>\\{enriched-mode-map}" t nil)
|
|
|
3422
|
|
|
3423 (autoload 'enriched-encode "enriched" nil nil nil)
|
|
|
3424
|
|
|
3425 (autoload 'enriched-decode "enriched" nil nil nil)
|
|
|
3426
|
|
|
3427 ;;;***
|
|
|
3428
|
|
|
3429 ;;;### (autoloads (executable-self-display executable-set-magic) "executable" "modes/executable.el")
|
|
|
3430
|
|
|
3431 (autoload 'executable-set-magic "executable" "\
|
|
|
3432 Set this buffer's interpreter to INTERPRETER with optional ARGUMENT.
|
|
|
3433 The variables `executable-magicless-file-regexp', `executable-prefix',
|
|
|
3434 `executable-insert', `executable-query' and `executable-chmod' control
|
|
|
3435 when and how magic numbers are inserted or replaced and scripts made
|
|
|
3436 executable." t nil)
|
|
|
3437
|
|
|
3438 (autoload 'executable-self-display "executable" "\
|
|
|
3439 Turn a text file into a self-displaying Un*x command.
|
|
|
3440 The magic number of such a command displays all lines but itself." t nil)
|
|
|
3441
|
|
|
3442 ;;;***
|
|
|
3443
|
|
|
3444 ;;;### (autoloads (f90-mode) "f90" "modes/f90.el")
|
|
|
3445
|
|
|
3446 (autoload 'f90-mode "f90" "\
|
|
|
3447 Major mode for editing Fortran 90 code in free format.
|
|
|
3448
|
|
|
3449 \\[f90-indent-new-line] corrects current indentation and creates new indented line.
|
|
|
3450 \\[f90-indent-line] indents the current line correctly.
|
|
|
3451 \\[f90-indent-subprogram] indents the current subprogram.
|
|
|
3452
|
|
|
3453 Type `? or `\\[help-command] to display a list of built-in abbrevs for F90 keywords.
|
|
|
3454
|
|
|
3455 Key definitions:
|
|
|
3456 \\{f90-mode-map}
|
|
|
3457
|
|
|
3458 Variables controlling indentation style and extra features:
|
|
|
3459
|
|
|
3460 f90-do-indent
|
|
|
3461 Extra indentation within do blocks. (default 3)
|
|
|
3462 f90-if-indent
|
|
|
3463 Extra indentation within if/select case/where/forall blocks. (default 3)
|
|
|
3464 f90-type-indent
|
|
|
3465 Extra indentation within type/interface/block-data blocks. (default 3)
|
|
|
3466 f90-program-indent
|
|
|
3467 Extra indentation within program/module/subroutine/function blocks.
|
|
|
3468 (default 2)
|
|
|
3469 f90-continuation-indent
|
|
|
3470 Extra indentation applied to continuation lines. (default 5)
|
|
|
3471 f90-comment-region
|
|
|
3472 String inserted by \\[f90-comment-region] at start of each line in
|
|
|
3473 region. (default \"!!!$\")
|
|
|
3474 f90-indented-comment-re
|
|
|
3475 Regexp determining the type of comment to be intended like code.
|
|
|
3476 (default \"!\")
|
|
|
3477 f90-directive-comment-re
|
|
|
3478 Regexp of comment-like directive like \"!HPF\\\\$\", not to be indented.
|
|
|
3479 (default \"!hpf\\\\$\")
|
|
|
3480 f90-break-delimiters
|
|
|
3481 Regexp holding list of delimiters at which lines may be broken.
|
|
|
3482 (default \"[-+*/><=,% \\t]\")
|
|
|
3483 f90-break-before-delimiters
|
|
|
3484 Non-nil causes `f90-do-auto-fill' to break lines before delimiters.
|
|
|
3485 (default t)
|
|
|
3486 f90-beginning-ampersand
|
|
|
3487 Automatic insertion of & at beginning of continuation lines. (default t)
|
|
|
3488 f90-smart-end
|
|
|
3489 From an END statement, check and fill the end using matching block start.
|
|
|
3490 Allowed values are 'blink, 'no-blink, and nil, which determine
|
|
|
3491 whether to blink the matching beginning.) (default 'blink)
|
|
|
3492 f90-auto-keyword-case
|
|
|
3493 Automatic change of case of keywords. (default nil)
|
|
|
3494 The possibilities are 'downcase-word, 'upcase-word, 'capitalize-word.
|
|
|
3495 f90-leave-line-no
|
|
|
3496 Do not left-justify line numbers. (default nil)
|
|
|
3497 f90-startup-message
|
|
|
3498 Set to nil to inhibit message first time F90 mode is used. (default t)
|
|
|
3499 f90-keywords-re
|
|
|
3500 List of keywords used for highlighting/upcase-keywords etc.
|
|
|
3501
|
|
|
3502 Turning on F90 mode calls the value of the variable `f90-mode-hook'
|
|
|
3503 with no args, if that value is non-nil." t nil)
|
|
|
3504
|
|
|
3505 ;;;***
|
|
|
3506
|
|
|
3507 ;;;### (autoloads (follow-delete-other-windows-and-split follow-mode turn-off-follow-mode turn-on-follow-mode) "follow" "modes/follow.el")
|
|
|
3508
|
|
|
3509 (add-minor-mode 'follow-mode nil 'follow-mode-map)
|
|
|
3510
|
|
|
3511 (autoload 'turn-on-follow-mode "follow" "\
|
|
|
3512 Turn on Follow mode. Please see the function `follow-mode'." t nil)
|
|
|
3513
|
|
|
3514 (autoload 'turn-off-follow-mode "follow" "\
|
|
|
3515 Turn off Follow mode. Please see the function `follow-mode'." t nil)
|
|
|
3516
|
|
|
3517 (autoload 'follow-mode "follow" "\
|
|
|
3518 Minor mode which combines windows into one tall virtual window.
|
|
|
3519
|
|
|
3520 The feeling of a \"virtual window\" has been accomplished by the use
|
|
|
3521 of two major techniques:
|
|
|
3522
|
|
|
3523 * The windows always displays adjacent sections of the buffer.
|
|
|
3524 This means that whenever one window is moved, all the
|
|
|
3525 others will follow. (Hence the name Follow Mode.)
|
|
|
3526
|
|
|
3527 * Should the point (cursor) end up outside a window, another
|
|
|
3528 window displaying that point is selected, if possible. This
|
|
|
3529 makes it possible to walk between windows using normal cursor
|
|
|
3530 movement commands.
|
|
|
3531
|
|
|
3532 Follow mode comes to its prime when used on a large screen and two
|
|
|
3533 side-by-side window are used. The user can, with the help of Follow
|
|
|
3534 mode, use two full-height windows as though they would have been
|
|
|
3535 one. Imagine yourself editing a large function, or section of text,
|
|
108
|
3536 and being able to use 144 lines instead of the normal 72... (your
|
|
78
|
3537 mileage may vary).
|
|
|
3538
|
|
|
3539 To split one large window into two side-by-side windows, the commands
|
|
|
3540 `\\[split-window-horizontally]' or `M-x follow-delete-other-windows-and-split' can be used.
|
|
|
3541
|
|
|
3542 Only windows displayed in the same frame follow each-other.
|
|
|
3543
|
|
|
3544 If the variable `follow-intercept-processes' is non-nil, Follow mode
|
|
|
3545 will listen to the output of processes and redisplay accordingly.
|
|
|
3546 \(This is the default.)
|
|
|
3547
|
|
|
3548 When Follow mode is switched on, the hook `follow-mode-hook'
|
|
|
3549 is called. When turned off, `follow-mode-off-hook' is called.
|
|
|
3550
|
|
|
3551 Keys specific to Follow mode:
|
|
|
3552 \\{follow-mode-map}" t nil)
|
|
|
3553
|
|
|
3554 (autoload 'follow-delete-other-windows-and-split "follow" "\
|
|
|
3555 Create two side by side windows and enter Follow Mode.
|
|
|
3556
|
|
|
3557 Execute this command to display as much as possible of the text
|
|
|
3558 in the selected window. All other windows, in the current
|
|
|
3559 frame, are deleted and the selected window is split in two
|
|
|
3560 side-by-side windows. Follow Mode is activated, hence the
|
|
|
3561 two windows always will display two successive pages.
|
|
|
3562 \(If one window is moved, the other one will follow.)
|
|
|
3563
|
|
|
3564 If ARG is positive, the leftmost window is selected. If it negative,
|
|
|
3565 the rightmost is selected. If ARG is nil, the leftmost window is
|
|
|
3566 selected if the original window is the first one in the frame.
|
|
|
3567
|
|
|
3568 To bind this command to a hotkey, place the following line
|
|
|
3569 in your `~/.emacs' file, replacing [f7] by your favourite key:
|
|
|
3570 (global-set-key [f7] 'follow-delete-other-windows-and-split)" t nil)
|
|
|
3571
|
|
|
3572 ;;;***
|
|
|
3573
|
|
|
3574 ;;;### (autoloads (fortran-mode) "fortran" "modes/fortran.el")
|
|
|
3575
|
|
134
|
3576 (defcustom fortran-tab-mode-default nil "*Default tabbing/carriage control style for empty files in Fortran mode.\nA value of t specifies tab-digit style of continuation control.\nA value of nil specifies that continuation lines are marked\nwith a character in column 6." :type 'boolean :group 'fortran-indent)
|
|
78
|
3577
|
|
|
3578 (autoload 'fortran-mode "fortran" "\
|
|
|
3579 Major mode for editing Fortran code.
|
|
|
3580 \\[fortran-indent-line] indents the current Fortran line correctly.
|
|
|
3581 DO statements must not share a common CONTINUE.
|
|
|
3582
|
|
|
3583 Type ;? or ;\\[help-command] to display a list of built-in abbrevs for Fortran keywords.
|
|
|
3584
|
|
|
3585 Key definitions:
|
|
|
3586 \\{fortran-mode-map}
|
|
|
3587
|
|
|
3588 Variables controlling indentation style and extra features:
|
|
|
3589
|
|
|
3590 comment-start
|
|
|
3591 Normally nil in Fortran mode. If you want to use comments
|
|
|
3592 starting with `!', set this to the string \"!\".
|
|
|
3593 fortran-do-indent
|
|
|
3594 Extra indentation within do blocks. (default 3)
|
|
|
3595 fortran-if-indent
|
|
|
3596 Extra indentation within if blocks. (default 3)
|
|
|
3597 fortran-structure-indent
|
|
|
3598 Extra indentation within structure, union, map and interface blocks.
|
|
|
3599 (default 3)
|
|
|
3600 fortran-continuation-indent
|
|
|
3601 Extra indentation applied to continuation statements. (default 5)
|
|
|
3602 fortran-comment-line-extra-indent
|
|
|
3603 Amount of extra indentation for text within full-line comments. (default 0)
|
|
|
3604 fortran-comment-indent-style
|
|
|
3605 nil means don't change indentation of text in full-line comments,
|
|
|
3606 fixed means indent that text at `fortran-comment-line-extra-indent' beyond
|
|
|
3607 the value of `fortran-minimum-statement-indent-fixed' (for fixed
|
|
|
3608 format continuation style) or `fortran-minimum-statement-indent-tab'
|
|
|
3609 (for TAB format continuation style).
|
|
|
3610 relative means indent at `fortran-comment-line-extra-indent' beyond the
|
|
|
3611 indentation for a line of code.
|
|
|
3612 (default 'fixed)
|
|
|
3613 fortran-comment-indent-char
|
|
|
3614 Single-character string to be inserted instead of space for
|
|
|
3615 full-line comment indentation. (default \" \")
|
|
|
3616 fortran-minimum-statement-indent-fixed
|
|
|
3617 Minimum indentation for Fortran statements in fixed format mode. (def.6)
|
|
|
3618 fortran-minimum-statement-indent-tab
|
|
|
3619 Minimum indentation for Fortran statements in TAB format mode. (default 9)
|
|
|
3620 fortran-line-number-indent
|
|
|
3621 Maximum indentation for line numbers. A line number will get
|
|
|
3622 less than this much indentation if necessary to avoid reaching
|
|
|
3623 column 5. (default 1)
|
|
|
3624 fortran-check-all-num-for-matching-do
|
|
|
3625 Non-nil causes all numbered lines to be treated as possible \"continue\"
|
|
|
3626 statements. (default nil)
|
|
|
3627 fortran-blink-matching-if
|
|
|
3628 Non-nil causes \\[fortran-indent-line] on an ENDIF statement to blink on
|
|
|
3629 matching IF. Also, from an ENDDO statement, blink on matching DO [WHILE]
|
|
|
3630 statement. (default nil)
|
|
|
3631 fortran-continuation-string
|
|
|
3632 Single-character string to be inserted in column 5 of a continuation
|
|
|
3633 line. (default \"$\")
|
|
|
3634 fortran-comment-region
|
|
|
3635 String inserted by \\[fortran-comment-region] at start of each line in
|
|
|
3636 region. (default \"c$$$\")
|
|
|
3637 fortran-electric-line-number
|
|
|
3638 Non-nil causes line number digits to be moved to the correct column
|
|
|
3639 as typed. (default t)
|
|
|
3640 fortran-break-before-delimiters
|
|
|
3641 Non-nil causes `fortran-fill' breaks lines before delimiters.
|
|
|
3642 (default t)
|
|
|
3643 fortran-startup-message
|
|
|
3644 Set to nil to inhibit message first time Fortran mode is used.
|
|
|
3645
|
|
|
3646 Turning on Fortran mode calls the value of the variable `fortran-mode-hook'
|
|
|
3647 with no args, if that value is non-nil." t nil)
|
|
|
3648
|
|
|
3649 ;;;***
|
|
|
3650
|
|
|
3651 ;;;### (autoloads (hide-ifdef-mode) "hideif" "modes/hideif.el")
|
|
|
3652
|
|
|
3653 (add-minor-mode 'hide-ifdef-mode " Ifdef")
|
|
|
3654
|
|
|
3655 (autoload 'hide-ifdef-mode "hideif" "\
|
|
|
3656 Toggle Hide-Ifdef mode. This is a minor mode, albeit a large one.
|
|
|
3657 With ARG, turn Hide-Ifdef mode on if arg is positive, off otherwise.
|
|
|
3658 In Hide-Ifdef mode, code within #ifdef constructs that the C preprocessor
|
|
|
3659 would eliminate may be hidden from view. Several variables affect
|
|
|
3660 how the hiding is done:
|
|
|
3661
|
|
|
3662 hide-ifdef-env
|
|
|
3663 An association list of defined and undefined symbols for the
|
|
|
3664 current buffer. Initially, the global value of `hide-ifdef-env'
|
|
|
3665 is used.
|
|
|
3666
|
|
|
3667 hide-ifdef-define-alist
|
|
|
3668 An association list of defined symbol lists.
|
|
|
3669 Use `hide-ifdef-set-define-alist' to save the current `hide-ifdef-env'
|
|
|
3670 and `hide-ifdef-use-define-alist' to set the current `hide-ifdef-env'
|
|
|
3671 from one of the lists in `hide-ifdef-define-alist'.
|
|
|
3672
|
|
|
3673 hide-ifdef-lines
|
|
|
3674 Set to non-nil to not show #if, #ifdef, #ifndef, #else, and
|
|
|
3675 #endif lines when hiding.
|
|
|
3676
|
|
|
3677 hide-ifdef-initially
|
|
|
3678 Indicates whether `hide-ifdefs' should be called when Hide-Ifdef mode
|
|
|
3679 is activated.
|
|
|
3680
|
|
|
3681 hide-ifdef-read-only
|
|
|
3682 Set to non-nil if you want to make buffers read only while hiding.
|
|
|
3683 After `show-ifdefs', read-only status is restored to previous value.
|
|
|
3684
|
|
|
3685 \\{hide-ifdef-mode-map}" t nil)
|
|
|
3686
|
|
|
3687 (defvar hide-ifdef-initially nil "\
|
|
|
3688 *Non-nil means call `hide-ifdefs' when Hide-Ifdef mode is first activated.")
|
|
|
3689
|
|
|
3690 (defvar hide-ifdef-read-only nil "\
|
|
|
3691 *Set to non-nil if you want buffer to be read-only while hiding text.")
|
|
|
3692
|
|
|
3693 (defvar hide-ifdef-lines nil "\
|
|
|
3694 *Non-nil means hide the #ifX, #else, and #endif lines.")
|
|
|
3695
|
|
|
3696 ;;;***
|
|
|
3697
|
|
|
3698 ;;;### (autoloads (hs-minor-mode hs-hide-block hs-hide-all) "hideshow" "modes/hideshow.el")
|
|
|
3699
|
|
|
3700 (defvar hs-minor-mode nil "\
|
|
|
3701 Non-nil if using hideshow mode as a minor mode of some other mode.
|
|
|
3702 Use the command `hs-minor-mode' to toggle this variable.")
|
|
|
3703
|
|
|
3704 (autoload 'hs-hide-all "hideshow" "\
|
|
|
3705 Hides all top-level blocks, displaying only first and last lines.
|
|
|
3706 It moves point to the beginning of the line, and it runs the normal hook
|
|
|
3707 `hs-hide-hook'. See documentation for `run-hooks'." t nil)
|
|
|
3708
|
|
|
3709 (autoload 'hs-hide-block "hideshow" "\
|
|
|
3710 Selects a block and hides it. With prefix arg, reposition at end.
|
|
|
3711 Block is defined as a sexp for lispish modes, mode-specific otherwise.
|
|
|
3712 Comments are blocks, too. Upon completion, point is at repositioned and
|
|
|
3713 the normal hook `hs-hide-hook' is run. See documentation for `run-hooks'." t nil)
|
|
|
3714
|
|
|
3715 (autoload 'hs-minor-mode "hideshow" "\
|
|
|
3716 Toggle hideshow minor mode.
|
|
|
3717 With ARG, turn hideshow minor mode on if ARG is positive, off otherwise.
|
|
|
3718 When hideshow minor mode is on, the menu bar is augmented with hideshow
|
|
|
3719 commands and the hideshow commands are enabled. The variables
|
|
|
3720 `selective-display' and `selective-display-ellipses' are set to t.
|
|
|
3721 Last, the normal hook `hs-minor-mode-hook' is run; see the doc for `run-hooks'.
|
|
|
3722
|
|
|
3723 Turning hideshow minor mode off reverts the menu bar and the
|
|
|
3724 variables to default values and disables the hideshow commands." t nil)
|
|
|
3725
|
|
|
3726 (add-minor-mode 'hs-minor-mode " hs" 'hs-minor-mode-map)
|
|
|
3727
|
|
|
3728 ;;;***
|
|
|
3729
|
|
|
3730 ;;;### (autoloads (icon-mode) "icon" "modes/icon.el")
|
|
|
3731
|
|
|
3732 (autoload 'icon-mode "icon" "\
|
|
|
3733 Major mode for editing Icon code.
|
|
|
3734 Expression and list commands understand all Icon brackets.
|
|
|
3735 Tab indents for Icon code.
|
|
|
3736 Paragraphs are separated by blank lines only.
|
|
|
3737 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
|
|
|
3738 \\{icon-mode-map}
|
|
|
3739 Variables controlling indentation style:
|
|
|
3740 icon-tab-always-indent
|
|
|
3741 Non-nil means TAB in Icon mode should always reindent the current line,
|
|
|
3742 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
|
|
|
3743 icon-auto-newline
|
|
|
3744 Non-nil means automatically newline before and after braces
|
|
|
3745 inserted in Icon code.
|
|
|
3746 icon-indent-level
|
|
|
3747 Indentation of Icon statements within surrounding block.
|
|
|
3748 The surrounding block's indentation is the indentation
|
|
|
3749 of the line on which the open-brace appears.
|
|
|
3750 icon-continued-statement-offset
|
|
|
3751 Extra indentation given to a substatement, such as the
|
|
|
3752 then-clause of an if or body of a while.
|
|
|
3753 icon-continued-brace-offset
|
|
|
3754 Extra indentation given to a brace that starts a substatement.
|
|
|
3755 This is in addition to `icon-continued-statement-offset'.
|
|
|
3756 icon-brace-offset
|
|
|
3757 Extra indentation for line if it starts with an open brace.
|
|
|
3758 icon-brace-imaginary-offset
|
|
|
3759 An open brace following other text is treated as if it were
|
|
|
3760 this far to the right of the start of its line.
|
|
|
3761
|
|
|
3762 Turning on Icon mode calls the value of the variable `icon-mode-hook'
|
|
|
3763 with no args, if that value is non-nil." t nil)
|
|
|
3764
|
|
|
3765 ;;;***
|
|
|
3766
|
|
|
3767 ;;;### (autoloads (imenu imenu-add-to-menubar) "imenu" "modes/imenu.el")
|
|
|
3768
|
|
|
3769 (defvar imenu-generic-expression nil "\
|
|
|
3770 The regex pattern to use for creating a buffer index.
|
|
|
3771
|
|
|
3772 If non-nil this pattern is passed to `imenu-create-index-with-pattern'
|
|
|
3773 to create a buffer index.
|
|
|
3774
|
|
|
3775 It is an alist with elements that look like this: (MENU-TITLE
|
|
|
3776 REGEXP INDEX).
|
|
|
3777
|
|
|
3778 MENU-TITLE is a string used as the title for the submenu or nil if the
|
|
|
3779 entries are not nested.
|
|
|
3780
|
|
|
3781 REGEXP is a regexp that should match a construct in the buffer that is
|
|
|
3782 to be displayed in the menu; i.e., function or variable definitions,
|
|
|
3783 etc. It contains a substring which is the name to appear in the
|
|
|
3784 menu. See the info section on Regexps for more information.
|
|
|
3785
|
|
|
3786 INDEX points to the substring in REGEXP that contains the name (of the
|
|
|
3787 function, variable or type) that is to appear in the menu.
|
|
|
3788
|
|
|
3789 For emacs-lisp-mode for example PATTERN would look like:
|
|
|
3790
|
|
|
3791 '((nil \"^\\\\s-*(def\\\\(un\\\\|subst\\\\|macro\\\\|advice\\\\)\\\\s-+\\\\([-A-Za-z0-9+]+\\\\)\" 2)
|
|
|
3792 (\"*Vars*\" \"^\\\\s-*(def\\\\(var\\\\|const\\\\)\\\\s-+\\\\([-A-Za-z0-9+]+\\\\)\" 2)
|
|
|
3793 (\"*Types*\" \"^\\\\s-*(def\\\\(type\\\\|struct\\\\|class\\\\|ine-condition\\\\)\\\\s-+\\\\([-A-Za-z0-9+]+\\\\)\" 2))
|
|
|
3794
|
|
|
3795 The variable is buffer-local.")
|
|
|
3796
|
|
|
3797 (make-variable-buffer-local 'imenu-generic-expression)
|
|
|
3798
|
|
|
3799 (autoload 'imenu-add-to-menubar "imenu" "\
|
|
|
3800 Adds an `imenu' entry to the menu bar for the current buffer.
|
|
|
3801 NAME is a string used to name the menu bar item.
|
|
|
3802 See the command `imenu' for more information." t nil)
|
|
|
3803
|
|
|
3804 (autoload 'imenu "imenu" "\
|
|
|
3805 Jump to a place in the buffer chosen using a buffer menu or mouse menu.
|
|
|
3806 See `imenu-choose-buffer-index' for more information." t nil)
|
|
|
3807
|
|
|
3808 ;;;***
|
|
|
3809
|
|
|
3810 ;;;### (autoloads (ksh-mode) "ksh-mode" "modes/ksh-mode.el")
|
|
|
3811
|
|
|
3812 (autoload 'ksh-mode "ksh-mode" "\
|
|
153
|
3813 ksh-mode $Revision: 1.30 $ - Major mode for editing (Bourne, Korn or Bourne again)
|
|
78
|
3814 shell scripts.
|
|
|
3815 Special key bindings and commands:
|
|
|
3816 \\{ksh-mode-map}
|
|
|
3817 Variables controlling indentation style:
|
|
|
3818 ksh-indent
|
|
|
3819 Indentation of ksh statements with respect to containing block.
|
|
|
3820 Default value is 2.
|
|
|
3821 ksh-case-indent
|
|
|
3822 Additional indentation for statements under case items.
|
|
|
3823 Default value is nil which will align the statements one position
|
|
|
3824 past the \")\" of the pattern.
|
|
|
3825 ksh-case-item-offset
|
|
|
3826 Additional indentation for case items within a case statement.
|
|
|
3827 Default value is 2.
|
|
|
3828 ksh-group-offset
|
|
|
3829 Additional indentation for keywords \"do\" and \"then\".
|
|
|
3830 Default value is -2.
|
|
|
3831 ksh-brace-offset
|
|
|
3832 Additional indentation of \"{\" under functions or brace groupings.
|
|
|
3833 Default value is 0.
|
|
|
3834 ksh-multiline-offset
|
|
|
3835 Additional indentation of line that is preceded of a line ending with a
|
|
|
3836 \\ to make it continue on next line.
|
|
|
3837 ksh-tab-always-indent
|
|
|
3838 Controls the operation of the TAB key. If t (the default), always
|
|
|
3839 reindent the current line. If nil, indent the current line only if
|
|
|
3840 point is at the left margin or in the line's indentation; otherwise
|
|
|
3841 insert a tab.
|
|
|
3842 ksh-match-and-tell
|
|
|
3843 If non-nil echo in the minibuffer the matching compound command
|
|
|
3844 for the \"done\", \"}\", \"fi\", or \"esac\". Default value is t.
|
|
|
3845
|
|
|
3846 ksh-align-to-keyword
|
|
|
3847 Controls whether nested constructs align from the keyword or
|
|
|
3848 the current indentation. If non-nil, indentation will be relative to
|
|
|
3849 the column the keyword starts. If nil, indentation will be relative to
|
|
|
3850 the current indentation of the line the keyword is on.
|
|
|
3851 The default value is non-nil.
|
|
|
3852
|
|
|
3853 ksh-comment-regexp
|
|
|
3854 Regular expression used to recognize comments. Customize to support
|
|
|
3855 ksh-like languages. Default value is \" \\s *#\".
|
|
|
3856
|
|
|
3857 Style Guide.
|
|
|
3858 By setting
|
|
|
3859 (setq ksh-indent default-tab-width)
|
|
|
3860 (setq ksh-group-offset 0)
|
|
|
3861
|
|
|
3862 The following style is obtained:
|
|
|
3863
|
|
|
3864 if [ -z $foo ]
|
|
|
3865 then
|
|
|
3866 bar # <-- ksh-group-offset is additive to ksh-indent
|
|
|
3867 foo
|
|
|
3868 fi
|
|
|
3869
|
|
|
3870 By setting
|
|
|
3871 (setq ksh-indent default-tab-width)
|
|
|
3872 (setq ksh-group-offset (- 0 ksh-indent))
|
|
|
3873
|
|
|
3874 The following style is obtained:
|
|
|
3875
|
|
|
3876 if [ -z $foo ]
|
|
|
3877 then
|
|
|
3878 bar
|
|
|
3879 foo
|
|
|
3880 fi
|
|
|
3881
|
|
|
3882 By setting
|
|
|
3883 (setq ksh-case-item-offset 1)
|
|
|
3884 (setq ksh-case-indent nil)
|
|
|
3885
|
|
|
3886 The following style is obtained:
|
|
|
3887
|
|
|
3888 case x in *
|
|
|
3889 foo) bar # <-- ksh-case-item-offset
|
|
|
3890 baz;; # <-- ksh-case-indent aligns with \")\"
|
|
|
3891 foobar) foo
|
|
|
3892 bar;;
|
|
|
3893 esac
|
|
|
3894
|
|
|
3895 By setting
|
|
|
3896 (setq ksh-case-item-offset 1)
|
|
|
3897 (setq ksh-case-indent 6)
|
|
|
3898
|
|
|
3899 The following style is obtained:
|
|
|
3900
|
|
|
3901 case x in *
|
|
|
3902 foo) bar # <-- ksh-case-item-offset
|
|
|
3903 baz;; # <-- ksh-case-indent
|
|
|
3904 foobar) foo
|
|
|
3905 bar;;
|
|
|
3906 esac
|
|
|
3907
|
|
|
3908
|
|
|
3909 Installation:
|
|
|
3910
|
|
|
3911 (setq ksh-mode-hook
|
|
|
3912 (function (lambda ()
|
|
|
3913 (font-lock-mode 1) ;; font-lock the buffer
|
|
|
3914 (setq ksh-indent 8)
|
|
|
3915 (setq ksh-group-offset -8)
|
|
|
3916 (setq ksh-brace-offset -8)
|
|
|
3917 (setq ksh-tab-always-indent t)
|
|
|
3918 (setq ksh-match-and-tell t)
|
|
|
3919 (setq ksh-align-to-keyword t) ;; Turn on keyword alignment
|
|
|
3920 )))" t nil)
|
|
|
3921
|
|
|
3922 ;;;***
|
|
|
3923
|
|
|
3924 ;;;### (autoloads (define-mail-alias build-mail-aliases mail-aliases-setup) "mail-abbrevs" "modes/mail-abbrevs.el")
|
|
|
3925
|
|
120
|
3926 (defcustom mail-abbrev-mailrc-file nil "Name of file with mail aliases. If nil, ~/.mailrc is used." :type '(choice (const :tag "Default" nil) file) :group 'mail-abbrevs)
|
|
78
|
3927
|
|
|
3928 (defvar mail-aliases nil "\
|
|
|
3929 Word-abbrev table of mail address aliases.
|
|
|
3930 If this is nil, it means the aliases have not yet been initialized and
|
|
|
3931 should be read from the .mailrc file. (This is distinct from there being
|
|
|
3932 no aliases, which is represented by this being a table with no entries.)")
|
|
|
3933
|
|
|
3934 (autoload 'mail-aliases-setup "mail-abbrevs" nil nil nil)
|
|
|
3935
|
|
|
3936 (autoload 'build-mail-aliases "mail-abbrevs" "\
|
|
|
3937 Read mail aliases from .mailrc and set mail-aliases." nil nil)
|
|
|
3938
|
|
|
3939 (autoload 'define-mail-alias "mail-abbrevs" "\
|
|
|
3940 Define NAME as a mail-alias that translates to DEFINITION.
|
|
|
3941 If DEFINITION contains multiple addresses, separate them with commas." t nil)
|
|
|
3942
|
|
|
3943 ;;;***
|
|
|
3944
|
|
|
3945 ;;;### (autoloads (makefile-mode) "make-mode" "modes/make-mode.el")
|
|
|
3946
|
|
|
3947 (autoload 'makefile-mode "make-mode" "\
|
|
|
3948 Major mode for editing Makefiles.
|
|
|
3949 This function ends by invoking the function(s) `makefile-mode-hook'.
|
|
|
3950
|
|
|
3951 \\{makefile-mode-map}
|
|
|
3952
|
|
|
3953 In the browser, use the following keys:
|
|
|
3954
|
|
|
3955 \\{makefile-browser-map}
|
|
|
3956
|
|
|
3957 Makefile mode can be configured by modifying the following variables:
|
|
|
3958
|
|
|
3959 makefile-browser-buffer-name:
|
|
|
3960 Name of the macro- and target browser buffer.
|
|
|
3961
|
|
|
3962 makefile-target-colon:
|
|
|
3963 The string that gets appended to all target names
|
|
|
3964 inserted by `makefile-insert-target'.
|
|
|
3965 \":\" or \"::\" are quite common values.
|
|
|
3966
|
|
|
3967 makefile-macro-assign:
|
|
|
3968 The string that gets appended to all macro names
|
|
|
3969 inserted by `makefile-insert-macro'.
|
|
|
3970 The normal value should be \" = \", since this is what
|
|
|
3971 standard make expects. However, newer makes such as dmake
|
|
|
3972 allow a larger variety of different macro assignments, so you
|
|
|
3973 might prefer to use \" += \" or \" := \" .
|
|
|
3974
|
|
|
3975 makefile-tab-after-target-colon:
|
|
|
3976 If you want a TAB (instead of a space) to be appended after the
|
|
|
3977 target colon, then set this to a non-nil value.
|
|
|
3978
|
|
|
3979 makefile-browser-leftmost-column:
|
|
|
3980 Number of blanks to the left of the browser selection mark.
|
|
|
3981
|
|
|
3982 makefile-browser-cursor-column:
|
|
|
3983 Column in which the cursor is positioned when it moves
|
|
|
3984 up or down in the browser.
|
|
|
3985
|
|
|
3986 makefile-browser-selected-mark:
|
|
|
3987 String used to mark selected entries in the browser.
|
|
|
3988
|
|
|
3989 makefile-browser-unselected-mark:
|
|
|
3990 String used to mark unselected entries in the browser.
|
|
|
3991
|
|
|
3992 makefile-browser-auto-advance-after-selection-p:
|
|
|
3993 If this variable is set to a non-nil value the cursor
|
|
|
3994 will automagically advance to the next line after an item
|
|
|
3995 has been selected in the browser.
|
|
|
3996
|
|
|
3997 makefile-pickup-everything-picks-up-filenames-p:
|
|
|
3998 If this variable is set to a non-nil value then
|
|
|
3999 `makefile-pickup-everything' also picks up filenames as targets
|
|
|
4000 (i.e. it calls `makefile-find-filenames-as-targets'), otherwise
|
|
|
4001 filenames are omitted.
|
|
|
4002
|
|
|
4003 makefile-cleanup-continuations-p:
|
|
|
4004 If this variable is set to a non-nil value then makefile-mode
|
|
|
4005 will assure that no line in the file ends with a backslash
|
|
|
4006 (the continuation character) followed by any whitespace.
|
|
|
4007 This is done by silently removing the trailing whitespace, leaving
|
|
|
4008 the backslash itself intact.
|
|
|
4009 IMPORTANT: Please note that enabling this option causes makefile-mode
|
|
|
4010 to MODIFY A FILE WITHOUT YOUR CONFIRMATION when \"it seems necessary\".
|
|
|
4011
|
|
|
4012 makefile-browser-hook:
|
|
|
4013 A function or list of functions to be called just before the
|
|
|
4014 browser is entered. This is executed in the makefile buffer.
|
|
|
4015
|
|
|
4016 makefile-special-targets-list:
|
|
|
4017 List of special targets. You will be offered to complete
|
|
|
4018 on one of those in the minibuffer whenever you enter a `.'.
|
|
|
4019 at the beginning of a line in Makefile mode." t nil)
|
|
|
4020
|
|
|
4021 ;;;***
|
|
|
4022
|
|
|
4023 ;;;### (autoloads (modula-2-mode) "modula2" "modes/modula2.el")
|
|
|
4024
|
|
|
4025 (autoload 'modula-2-mode "modula2" "\
|
|
|
4026 This is a mode intended to support program development in Modula-2.
|
|
|
4027 All control constructs of Modula-2 can be reached by typing C-c
|
|
|
4028 followed by the first character of the construct.
|
|
|
4029 \\<m2-mode-map>
|
|
|
4030 \\[m2-begin] begin \\[m2-case] case
|
|
|
4031 \\[m2-definition] definition \\[m2-else] else
|
|
|
4032 \\[m2-for] for \\[m2-header] header
|
|
|
4033 \\[m2-if] if \\[m2-module] module
|
|
|
4034 \\[m2-loop] loop \\[m2-or] or
|
|
|
4035 \\[m2-procedure] procedure Control-c Control-w with
|
|
|
4036 \\[m2-record] record \\[m2-stdio] stdio
|
|
|
4037 \\[m2-type] type \\[m2-until] until
|
|
|
4038 \\[m2-var] var \\[m2-while] while
|
|
|
4039 \\[m2-export] export \\[m2-import] import
|
|
|
4040 \\[m2-begin-comment] begin-comment \\[m2-end-comment] end-comment
|
|
|
4041 \\[suspend-emacs] suspend Emacs \\[m2-toggle] toggle
|
|
|
4042 \\[m2-compile] compile \\[m2-next-error] next-error
|
|
|
4043 \\[m2-link] link
|
|
|
4044
|
|
|
4045 `m2-indent' controls the number of spaces for each indentation.
|
|
|
4046 `m2-compile-command' holds the command to compile a Modula-2 program.
|
|
|
4047 `m2-link-command' holds the command to link a Modula-2 program." t nil)
|
|
|
4048
|
|
|
4049 ;;;***
|
|
|
4050
|
|
|
4051 ;;;### (autoloads (electric-nroff-mode nroff-mode) "nroff-mode" "modes/nroff-mode.el")
|
|
|
4052
|
|
|
4053 (autoload 'nroff-mode "nroff-mode" "\
|
|
|
4054 Major mode for editing text intended for nroff to format.
|
|
|
4055 \\{nroff-mode-map}
|
|
|
4056 Turning on Nroff mode runs `text-mode-hook', then `nroff-mode-hook'.
|
|
|
4057 Also, try `nroff-electric-mode', for automatically inserting
|
|
|
4058 closing requests for requests that are used in matched pairs." t nil)
|
|
|
4059
|
|
|
4060 (autoload 'electric-nroff-mode "nroff-mode" "\
|
|
|
4061 Toggle `nroff-electric-newline' minor mode.
|
|
|
4062 `nroff-electric-newline' forces Emacs to check for an nroff request at the
|
|
|
4063 beginning of the line, and insert the matching closing request if necessary.
|
|
|
4064 This command toggles that mode (off->on, on->off), with an argument,
|
|
|
4065 turns it on iff arg is positive, otherwise off." t nil)
|
|
|
4066
|
|
|
4067 (defvar nroff-electric-mode nil "\
|
|
|
4068 Non-nil if in electric-nroff minor mode.")
|
|
|
4069
|
|
|
4070 (add-minor-mode 'nroff-electric-mode " Electric" nil nil 'electric-nroff-mode)
|
|
|
4071
|
|
|
4072 ;;;***
|
|
|
4073
|
|
|
4074 ;;;### (autoloads (outl-mouse-minor-mode outl-mouse-mode) "outl-mouse" "modes/outl-mouse.el")
|
|
|
4075
|
|
|
4076 (autoload 'outl-mouse-mode "outl-mouse" "\
|
|
|
4077 Calls outline-mode, with outl-mouse extensions" t nil)
|
|
|
4078
|
|
|
4079 (autoload 'outl-mouse-minor-mode "outl-mouse" "\
|
|
|
4080 Toggles outline-minor-mode, with outl-mouse extensions" t nil)
|
|
|
4081
|
|
|
4082 ;;;***
|
|
|
4083
|
|
|
4084 ;;;### (autoloads (outline-minor-mode outline-mode) "outline" "modes/outline.el")
|
|
|
4085
|
|
|
4086 (defvar outline-minor-mode nil "\
|
|
|
4087 Non-nil if using Outline mode as a minor mode of some other mode.")
|
|
|
4088
|
|
|
4089 (make-variable-buffer-local 'outline-minor-mode)
|
|
|
4090
|
|
|
4091 (put 'outline-minor-mode 'permanent-local t)
|
|
|
4092
|
|
|
4093 (add-minor-mode 'outline-minor-mode " Outl")
|
|
|
4094
|
|
|
4095 (autoload 'outline-mode "outline" "\
|
|
|
4096 Set major mode for editing outlines with selective display.
|
|
|
4097 Headings are lines which start with asterisks: one for major headings,
|
|
|
4098 two for subheadings, etc. Lines not starting with asterisks are body lines.
|
|
|
4099
|
|
|
4100 Body text or subheadings under a heading can be made temporarily
|
|
|
4101 invisible, or visible again. Invisible lines are attached to the end
|
|
|
4102 of the heading, so they move with it, if the line is killed and yanked
|
|
|
4103 back. A heading with text hidden under it is marked with an ellipsis (...).
|
|
|
4104
|
|
|
4105 Commands:\\<outline-mode-map>
|
|
|
4106 \\[outline-next-visible-heading] outline-next-visible-heading move by visible headings
|
|
|
4107 \\[outline-previous-visible-heading] outline-previous-visible-heading
|
|
|
4108 \\[outline-forward-same-level] outline-forward-same-level similar but skip subheadings
|
|
|
4109 \\[outline-backward-same-level] outline-backward-same-level
|
|
|
4110 \\[outline-up-heading] outline-up-heading move from subheading to heading
|
|
|
4111
|
|
|
4112 \\[hide-body] make all text invisible (not headings).
|
|
|
4113 \\[show-all] make everything in buffer visible.
|
|
|
4114
|
|
|
4115 The remaining commands are used when point is on a heading line.
|
|
|
4116 They apply to some of the body or subheadings of that heading.
|
|
|
4117 \\[hide-subtree] hide-subtree make body and subheadings invisible.
|
|
|
4118 \\[show-subtree] show-subtree make body and subheadings visible.
|
|
|
4119 \\[show-children] show-children make direct subheadings visible.
|
|
|
4120 No effect on body, or subheadings 2 or more levels down.
|
|
|
4121 With arg N, affects subheadings N levels down.
|
|
|
4122 \\[hide-entry] make immediately following body invisible.
|
|
|
4123 \\[show-entry] make it visible.
|
|
|
4124 \\[hide-leaves] make body under heading and under its subheadings invisible.
|
|
|
4125 The subheadings remain visible.
|
|
|
4126 \\[show-branches] make all subheadings at all levels visible.
|
|
|
4127
|
|
|
4128 The variable `outline-regexp' can be changed to control what is a heading.
|
|
|
4129 A line is a heading if `outline-regexp' matches something at the
|
|
|
4130 beginning of the line. The longer the match, the deeper the level.
|
|
|
4131
|
|
|
4132 Turning on outline mode calls the value of `text-mode-hook' and then of
|
|
|
4133 `outline-mode-hook', if they are non-nil." t nil)
|
|
|
4134
|
|
|
4135 (autoload 'outline-minor-mode "outline" "\
|
|
|
4136 Toggle Outline minor mode.
|
|
|
4137 With arg, turn Outline minor mode on if arg is positive, off otherwise.
|
|
|
4138 See the command `outline-mode' for more information on this mode." t nil)
|
|
|
4139
|
|
|
4140 ;;;***
|
|
|
4141
|
|
|
4142 ;;;### (autoloads (pascal-mode) "pascal" "modes/pascal.el")
|
|
|
4143
|
|
|
4144 (autoload 'pascal-mode "pascal" "\
|
|
|
4145 Major mode for editing Pascal code. \\<pascal-mode-map>
|
|
|
4146 TAB indents for Pascal code. Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
|
|
|
4147
|
|
|
4148 \\[pascal-complete-word] completes the word around current point with respect to position in code
|
|
|
4149 \\[pascal-show-completions] shows all possible completions at this point.
|
|
|
4150
|
|
|
4151 Other useful functions are:
|
|
|
4152
|
|
|
4153 \\[pascal-mark-defun] - Mark function.
|
|
|
4154 \\[pascal-insert-block] - insert begin ... end;
|
|
|
4155 \\[pascal-star-comment] - insert (* ... *)
|
|
|
4156 \\[pascal-comment-area] - Put marked area in a comment, fixing nested comments.
|
|
|
4157 \\[pascal-uncomment-area] - Uncomment an area commented with \\[pascal-comment-area].
|
|
|
4158 \\[pascal-beg-of-defun] - Move to beginning of current function.
|
|
|
4159 \\[pascal-end-of-defun] - Move to end of current function.
|
|
|
4160 \\[pascal-goto-defun] - Goto function prompted for in the minibuffer.
|
|
|
4161 \\[pascal-outline] - Enter pascal-outline-mode (see also pascal-outline).
|
|
|
4162
|
|
|
4163 Variables controlling indentation/edit style:
|
|
|
4164
|
|
|
4165 pascal-indent-level (default 3)
|
|
|
4166 Indentation of Pascal statements with respect to containing block.
|
|
|
4167 pascal-case-indent (default 2)
|
|
|
4168 Indentation for case statements.
|
|
|
4169 pascal-auto-newline (default nil)
|
|
110
|
4170 Non-nil means automatically newline after semicolons and the punctuation mark
|
|
78
|
4171 after an end.
|
|
|
4172 pascal-tab-always-indent (default t)
|
|
|
4173 Non-nil means TAB in Pascal mode should always reindent the current line,
|
|
|
4174 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
|
|
|
4175 pascal-auto-endcomments (default t)
|
|
|
4176 Non-nil means a comment { ... } is set after the ends which ends cases and
|
|
|
4177 functions. The name of the function or case will be set between the braces.
|
|
|
4178 pascal-auto-lineup (default t)
|
|
108
|
4179 List of contexts where auto lineup of :'s or ='s should be done.
|
|
78
|
4180
|
|
|
4181 See also the user variables pascal-type-keywords, pascal-start-keywords and
|
|
|
4182 pascal-separator-keywords.
|
|
|
4183
|
|
|
4184 Turning on Pascal mode calls the value of the variable pascal-mode-hook with
|
|
|
4185 no args, if that value is non-nil." t nil)
|
|
|
4186
|
|
|
4187 ;;;***
|
|
|
4188
|
|
|
4189 ;;;### (autoloads (perl-mode) "perl-mode" "modes/perl-mode.el")
|
|
|
4190
|
|
|
4191 (autoload 'perl-mode "perl-mode" "\
|
|
|
4192 Major mode for editing Perl code.
|
|
|
4193 Expression and list commands understand all Perl brackets.
|
|
|
4194 Tab indents for Perl code.
|
|
|
4195 Comments are delimited with # ... \\n.
|
|
|
4196 Paragraphs are separated by blank lines only.
|
|
|
4197 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
|
|
|
4198 \\{perl-mode-map}
|
|
|
4199 Variables controlling indentation style:
|
|
|
4200 perl-tab-always-indent
|
|
|
4201 Non-nil means TAB in Perl mode should always indent the current line,
|
|
|
4202 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
|
|
|
4203 perl-tab-to-comment
|
|
|
4204 Non-nil means that for lines which don't need indenting, TAB will
|
|
|
4205 either delete an empty comment, indent an existing comment, move
|
|
|
4206 to end-of-line, or if at end-of-line already, create a new comment.
|
|
|
4207 perl-nochange
|
|
|
4208 Lines starting with this regular expression are not auto-indented.
|
|
|
4209 perl-indent-level
|
|
|
4210 Indentation of Perl statements within surrounding block.
|
|
|
4211 The surrounding block's indentation is the indentation
|
|
|
4212 of the line on which the open-brace appears.
|
|
|
4213 perl-continued-statement-offset
|
|
|
4214 Extra indentation given to a substatement, such as the
|
|
|
4215 then-clause of an if or body of a while.
|
|
|
4216 perl-continued-brace-offset
|
|
|
4217 Extra indentation given to a brace that starts a substatement.
|
|
|
4218 This is in addition to `perl-continued-statement-offset'.
|
|
|
4219 perl-brace-offset
|
|
|
4220 Extra indentation for line if it starts with an open brace.
|
|
|
4221 perl-brace-imaginary-offset
|
|
|
4222 An open brace following other text is treated as if it were
|
|
|
4223 this far to the right of the start of its line.
|
|
|
4224 perl-label-offset
|
|
|
4225 Extra indentation for line that is a label.
|
|
|
4226
|
|
|
4227 Various indentation styles: K&R BSD BLK GNU LW
|
|
|
4228 perl-indent-level 5 8 0 2 4
|
|
|
4229 perl-continued-statement-offset 5 8 4 2 4
|
|
|
4230 perl-continued-brace-offset 0 0 0 0 -4
|
|
|
4231 perl-brace-offset -5 -8 0 0 0
|
|
|
4232 perl-brace-imaginary-offset 0 0 4 0 0
|
|
|
4233 perl-label-offset -5 -8 -2 -2 -2
|
|
|
4234
|
|
|
4235 Turning on Perl mode runs the normal hook `perl-mode-hook'." t nil)
|
|
|
4236
|
|
|
4237 ;;;***
|
|
|
4238
|
|
|
4239 ;;;### (autoloads (picture-mode) "picture" "modes/picture.el")
|
|
|
4240
|
|
|
4241 (autoload 'picture-mode "picture" "\
|
|
|
4242 Switch to Picture mode, in which a quarter-plane screen model is used.
|
|
|
4243 Printing characters replace instead of inserting themselves with motion
|
|
|
4244 afterwards settable by these commands:
|
|
|
4245 C-c < Move left after insertion.
|
|
|
4246 C-c > Move right after insertion.
|
|
|
4247 C-c ^ Move up after insertion.
|
|
|
4248 C-c . Move down after insertion.
|
|
|
4249 C-c ` Move northwest (nw) after insertion.
|
|
|
4250 C-c ' Move northeast (ne) after insertion.
|
|
|
4251 C-c / Move southwest (sw) after insertion.
|
|
|
4252 C-c \\ Move southeast (se) after insertion.
|
|
|
4253 The current direction is displayed in the modeline. The initial
|
|
|
4254 direction is right. Whitespace is inserted and tabs are changed to
|
|
|
4255 spaces when required by movement. You can move around in the buffer
|
|
|
4256 with these commands:
|
|
|
4257 \\[picture-move-down] Move vertically to SAME column in previous line.
|
|
|
4258 \\[picture-move-up] Move vertically to SAME column in next line.
|
|
|
4259 \\[picture-end-of-line] Move to column following last non-whitespace character.
|
|
|
4260 \\[picture-forward-column] Move right inserting spaces if required.
|
|
|
4261 \\[picture-backward-column] Move left changing tabs to spaces if required.
|
|
|
4262 C-c C-f Move in direction of current picture motion.
|
|
|
4263 C-c C-b Move in opposite direction of current picture motion.
|
|
|
4264 Return Move to beginning of next line.
|
|
|
4265 You can edit tabular text with these commands:
|
|
|
4266 M-Tab Move to column beneath (or at) next interesting character.
|
|
|
4267 `Indents' relative to a previous line.
|
|
|
4268 Tab Move to next stop in tab stop list.
|
|
|
4269 C-c Tab Set tab stops according to context of this line.
|
|
|
4270 With ARG resets tab stops to default (global) value.
|
|
|
4271 See also documentation of variable picture-tab-chars
|
|
|
4272 which defines \"interesting character\". You can manually
|
|
|
4273 change the tab stop list with command \\[edit-tab-stops].
|
|
|
4274 You can manipulate text with these commands:
|
|
|
4275 C-d Clear (replace) ARG columns after point without moving.
|
|
|
4276 C-c C-d Delete char at point - the command normally assigned to C-d.
|
|
|
4277 \\[picture-backward-clear-column] Clear (replace) ARG columns before point, moving back over them.
|
|
|
4278 \\[picture-clear-line] Clear ARG lines, advancing over them. The cleared
|
|
|
4279 text is saved in the kill ring.
|
|
|
4280 \\[picture-open-line] Open blank line(s) beneath current line.
|
|
|
4281 You can manipulate rectangles with these commands:
|
|
|
4282 C-c C-k Clear (or kill) a rectangle and save it.
|
|
|
4283 C-c C-w Like C-c C-k except rectangle is saved in named register.
|
|
|
4284 C-c C-y Overlay (or insert) currently saved rectangle at point.
|
|
|
4285 C-c C-x Like C-c C-y except rectangle is taken from named register.
|
|
|
4286 \\[copy-rectangle-to-register] Copies a rectangle to a register.
|
|
|
4287 \\[advertised-undo] Can undo effects of rectangle overlay commands
|
|
|
4288 commands if invoked soon enough.
|
|
|
4289 You can return to the previous mode with:
|
|
|
4290 C-c C-c Which also strips trailing whitespace from every line.
|
|
|
4291 Stripping is suppressed by supplying an argument.
|
|
|
4292
|
|
|
4293 Entry to this mode calls the value of picture-mode-hook if non-nil.
|
|
|
4294
|
|
|
4295 Note that Picture mode commands will work outside of Picture mode, but
|
|
|
4296 they are not defaultly assigned to keys." t nil)
|
|
|
4297
|
|
|
4298 (defalias 'edit-picture 'picture-mode)
|
|
|
4299
|
|
|
4300 ;;;***
|
|
|
4301
|
|
|
4302 ;;;### (autoloads (postscript-mode) "postscript" "modes/postscript.el")
|
|
|
4303
|
|
|
4304 (autoload 'postscript-mode "postscript" "\
|
|
|
4305 Major mode for editing PostScript files.
|
|
|
4306
|
|
|
4307 \\[ps-execute-buffer] will send the contents of the buffer to the NeWS
|
|
|
4308 server using psh(1). \\[ps-execute-region] sends the current region.
|
|
|
4309 \\[ps-shell] starts an interactive psh(1) window which will be used for
|
|
|
4310 subsequent \\[ps-execute-buffer] or \\[ps-execute-region] commands.
|
|
|
4311
|
|
|
4312 In this mode, TAB and \\[indent-region] attempt to indent code
|
|
|
4313 based on the position of {}, [], and begin/end pairs. The variable
|
|
|
4314 ps-indent-level controls the amount of indentation used inside
|
|
|
4315 arrays and begin/end pairs.
|
|
|
4316
|
|
|
4317 \\{ps-mode-map}
|
|
|
4318
|
|
|
4319 \\[postscript-mode] calls the value of the variable postscript-mode-hook
|
|
|
4320 with no args, if that value is non-nil." t nil)
|
|
|
4321
|
|
|
4322 ;;;***
|
|
|
4323
|
|
|
4324 ;;;### (autoloads (run-prolog inferior-prolog-mode prolog-mode) "prolog" "modes/prolog.el")
|
|
|
4325
|
|
|
4326 (autoload 'prolog-mode "prolog" "\
|
|
|
4327 Major mode for editing Prolog code for Prologs.
|
|
|
4328 Blank lines and `%%...' separate paragraphs. `%'s start comments.
|
|
|
4329 Commands:
|
|
|
4330 \\{prolog-mode-map}
|
|
|
4331 Entry to this mode calls the value of `prolog-mode-hook'
|
|
|
4332 if that value is non-nil." t nil)
|
|
|
4333
|
|
|
4334 (autoload 'inferior-prolog-mode "prolog" "\
|
|
|
4335 Major mode for interacting with an inferior Prolog process.
|
|
|
4336
|
|
|
4337 The following commands are available:
|
|
|
4338 \\{inferior-prolog-mode-map}
|
|
|
4339
|
|
|
4340 Entry to this mode calls the value of `prolog-mode-hook' with no arguments,
|
|
|
4341 if that value is non-nil. Likewise with the value of `comint-mode-hook'.
|
|
|
4342 `prolog-mode-hook' is called after `comint-mode-hook'.
|
|
|
4343
|
|
|
4344 You can send text to the inferior Prolog from other buffers
|
|
|
4345 using the commands `send-region', `send-string' and \\[prolog-consult-region].
|
|
|
4346
|
|
|
4347 Commands:
|
|
|
4348 Tab indents for Prolog; with argument, shifts rest
|
|
|
4349 of expression rigidly with the current line.
|
|
|
4350 Paragraphs are separated only by blank lines and '%%'.
|
|
|
4351 '%'s start comments.
|
|
|
4352
|
|
|
4353 Return at end of buffer sends line as input.
|
|
|
4354 Return not at end copies rest of line to end and sends it.
|
|
|
4355 \\[comint-kill-input] and \\[backward-kill-word] are kill commands, imitating normal Unix input editing.
|
|
|
4356 \\[comint-interrupt-subjob] interrupts the shell or its current subjob if any.
|
|
|
4357 \\[comint-stop-subjob] stops. \\[comint-quit-subjob] sends quit signal." t nil)
|
|
|
4358
|
|
|
4359 (autoload 'run-prolog "prolog" "\
|
|
|
4360 Run an inferior Prolog process, input and output via buffer *prolog*." t nil)
|
|
|
4361
|
|
|
4362 ;;;***
|
|
|
4363
|
|
|
4364 ;;;### (autoloads (py-shell python-mode) "python-mode" "modes/python-mode.el")
|
|
|
4365
|
|
|
4366 (eval-when-compile (condition-case nil (progn (require 'cl) (require 'imenu)) (error nil)))
|
|
|
4367
|
|
|
4368 (autoload 'python-mode "python-mode" "\
|
|
|
4369 Major mode for editing Python files.
|
|
|
4370 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[py-submit-bug-report]' from a
|
|
|
4371 `python-mode' buffer. Do `\\[py-describe-mode]' for detailed
|
|
|
4372 documentation. To see what version of `python-mode' you are running,
|
|
|
4373 enter `\\[py-version]'.
|
|
|
4374
|
|
|
4375 This mode knows about Python indentation, tokens, comments and
|
|
|
4376 continuation lines. Paragraphs are separated by blank lines only.
|
|
|
4377
|
|
|
4378 COMMANDS
|
|
|
4379 \\{py-mode-map}
|
|
|
4380 VARIABLES
|
|
|
4381
|
|
|
4382 py-indent-offset indentation increment
|
|
|
4383 py-block-comment-prefix comment string used by comment-region
|
|
|
4384 py-python-command shell command to invoke Python interpreter
|
|
|
4385 py-scroll-process-buffer always scroll Python process buffer
|
|
|
4386 py-temp-directory directory used for temp files (if needed)
|
|
|
4387 py-beep-if-tab-change ring the bell if tab-width is changed" t nil)
|
|
|
4388
|
|
|
4389 (autoload 'py-shell "python-mode" "\
|
|
|
4390 Start an interactive Python interpreter in another window.
|
|
|
4391 This is like Shell mode, except that Python is running in the window
|
|
|
4392 instead of a shell. See the `Interactive Shell' and `Shell Mode'
|
|
|
4393 sections of the Emacs manual for details, especially for the key
|
|
|
4394 bindings active in the `*Python*' buffer.
|
|
|
4395
|
|
|
4396 See the docs for variable `py-scroll-buffer' for info on scrolling
|
|
|
4397 behavior in the process window.
|
|
|
4398
|
|
|
4399 Warning: Don't use an interactive Python if you change sys.ps1 or
|
|
|
4400 sys.ps2 from their default values, or if you're running code that
|
|
|
4401 prints `>>> ' or `... ' at the start of a line. `python-mode' can't
|
|
|
4402 distinguish your output from Python's output, and assumes that `>>> '
|
|
|
4403 at the start of a line is a prompt from Python. Similarly, the Emacs
|
|
|
4404 Shell mode code assumes that both `>>> ' and `... ' at the start of a
|
|
|
4405 line are Python prompts. Bad things can happen if you fool either
|
|
|
4406 mode.
|
|
|
4407
|
|
|
4408 Warning: If you do any editing *in* the process buffer *while* the
|
|
|
4409 buffer is accepting output from Python, do NOT attempt to `undo' the
|
|
|
4410 changes. Some of the output (nowhere near the parts you changed!) may
|
|
|
4411 be lost if you do. This appears to be an Emacs bug, an unfortunate
|
|
|
4412 interaction between undo and process filters; the same problem exists in
|
|
|
4413 non-Python process buffers using the default (Emacs-supplied) process
|
|
|
4414 filter." t nil)
|
|
|
4415
|
|
|
4416 ;;;***
|
|
|
4417
|
|
|
4418 ;;;### (autoloads (rexx-mode) "rexx-mode" "modes/rexx-mode.el")
|
|
|
4419
|
|
|
4420 (autoload 'rexx-mode "rexx-mode" "\
|
|
|
4421 Major mode for editing REXX code.
|
|
|
4422 \\{rexx-mode-map}
|
|
|
4423
|
|
|
4424 Variables controlling indentation style:
|
|
|
4425 rexx-indent
|
|
|
4426 The basic indentation for do-blocks.
|
|
|
4427 rexx-end-indent
|
|
|
4428 The relative offset of the \"end\" statement. 0 places it in the
|
|
|
4429 same column as the statements of the block. Setting it to the same
|
|
|
4430 value as rexx-indent places the \"end\" under the do-line.
|
|
|
4431 rexx-cont-indent
|
|
|
4432 The indention for lines following \"then\", \"else\" and \",\"
|
|
|
4433 (continued) lines.
|
|
|
4434 rexx-tab-always-indent
|
|
|
4435 Non-nil means TAB in REXX mode should always reindent the current
|
|
|
4436 line, regardless of where in the line the point is when the TAB
|
|
|
4437 command is used.
|
|
|
4438
|
|
|
4439 If you have set rexx-end-indent to a nonzero value, you probably want to
|
|
|
4440 remap RETURN to rexx-indent-newline-indent. It makes sure that lines
|
|
|
4441 indents correctly when you press RETURN.
|
|
|
4442
|
|
108
|
4443 An extensive abbreviation table consisting of all the keywords of REXX are
|
|
78
|
4444 supplied. Expanded keywords are converted into upper case making it
|
|
|
4445 easier to distinguish them. To use this feature the buffer must be in
|
|
|
4446 abbrev-mode. (See example below.)
|
|
|
4447
|
|
|
4448 Turning on REXX mode calls the value of the variable rexx-mode-hook with
|
|
|
4449 no args, if that value is non-nil.
|
|
|
4450
|
|
|
4451 For example:
|
|
|
4452 \(setq rexx-mode-hook '(lambda ()
|
|
|
4453 (setq rexx-indent 4)
|
|
|
4454 (setq rexx-end-indent 4)
|
|
|
4455 (setq rexx-cont-indent 4)
|
|
|
4456 (local-set-key \"\\C-m\" 'rexx-indent-newline-indent)
|
|
|
4457 (abbrev-mode 1)
|
|
|
4458 ))
|
|
|
4459
|
|
|
4460 will make the END aligned with the DO/SELECT. It will indent blocks and
|
|
108
|
4461 IF-statements four steps and make sure that the END jumps into the
|
|
|
4462 correct position when RETURN is pressed. Finally it will use the abbrev
|
|
78
|
4463 table to convert all REXX keywords into upper case." t nil)
|
|
|
4464
|
|
|
4465 ;;;***
|
|
|
4466
|
|
|
4467 ;;;### (autoloads (resize-minibuffer-mode) "rsz-minibuf" "modes/rsz-minibuf.el")
|
|
|
4468
|
|
134
|
4469 (defgroup resize-minibuffer nil "Dynamically resize minibuffer to display entire contents" :group 'frames)
|
|
|
4470
|
|
|
4471 (defcustom resize-minibuffer-window-max-height nil "*Maximum size the minibuffer window is allowed to become.\nIf less than 1 or not a number, the limit is the height of the frame in\nwhich the active minibuffer window resides." :type '(choice (const nil) integer) :group 'resize-minibuffer)
|
|
|
4472
|
|
|
4473 (defcustom resize-minibuffer-window-exactly t "*If non-`nil', make minibuffer exactly the size needed to display all its contents.\nOtherwise, the minibuffer window can temporarily increase in size but\nnever get smaller while it is active." :type 'boolean :group 'resize-minibuffer)
|
|
|
4474
|
|
|
4475 (defcustom resize-minibuffer-frame nil "*If non-`nil' and the active minibuffer is the sole window in its frame, allow changing the frame height." :type 'boolean :group 'resize-minibuffer)
|
|
|
4476
|
|
|
4477 (defcustom resize-minibuffer-frame-max-height nil "*Maximum size the minibuffer frame is allowed to become.\nIf less than 1 or not a number, there is no limit.")
|
|
|
4478
|
|
|
4479 (defcustom resize-minibuffer-frame-exactly nil "*If non-`nil', make minibuffer frame exactly the size needed to display all its contents.\nOtherwise, the minibuffer frame can temporarily increase in size but\nnever get smaller while it is active." :type 'boolean :group 'resize-minibuffer)
|
|
78
|
4480
|
|
|
4481 (autoload 'resize-minibuffer-mode "rsz-minibuf" "\
|
|
|
4482 Enable or disable resize-minibuffer mode.
|
|
|
4483 A negative prefix argument disables this mode. A positive argument or
|
|
|
4484 argument of 0 enables it.
|
|
|
4485
|
|
|
4486 When this minor mode is enabled, the minibuffer is dynamically resized to
|
|
|
4487 contain the entire region of text put in it as you type.
|
|
|
4488
|
|
|
4489 The variable `resize-minibuffer-mode' is set to t or nil depending on
|
|
|
4490 whether this mode is active or not.
|
|
|
4491
|
|
|
4492 The maximum height to which the minibuffer can grow is controlled by the
|
|
|
4493 variable `resize-minibuffer-window-max-height'.
|
|
|
4494
|
|
|
4495 The variable `resize-minibuffer-window-exactly' determines whether the
|
|
|
4496 minibuffer window should ever be shrunk to make it no larger than needed to
|
|
|
4497 display its contents.
|
|
|
4498
|
|
108
|
4499 When using a window system, it is possible for a minibuffer to be the sole
|
|
78
|
4500 window in a frame. Since that window is already its maximum size, the only
|
|
|
4501 way to make more text visible at once is to increase the size of the frame.
|
|
|
4502 The variable `resize-minibuffer-frame' controls whether this should be
|
|
|
4503 done. The variables `resize-minibuffer-frame-max-height' and
|
|
|
4504 `resize-minibuffer-frame-exactly' are analogous to their window
|
|
|
4505 counterparts." t nil)
|
|
|
4506
|
|
|
4507 ;;;***
|
|
|
4508
|
|
|
4509 ;;;### (autoloads (scheme-mode) "scheme" "modes/scheme.el")
|
|
|
4510
|
|
|
4511 (autoload 'scheme-mode "scheme" "\
|
|
|
4512 Major mode for editing Scheme code.
|
|
|
4513 Editing commands are similar to those of lisp-mode.
|
|
|
4514
|
|
|
4515 In addition, if an inferior Scheme process is running, some additional
|
|
|
4516 commands will be defined, for evaluating expressions and controlling
|
|
|
4517 the interpreter, and the state of the process will be displayed in the
|
|
|
4518 modeline of all Scheme buffers. The names of commands that interact
|
|
|
4519 with the Scheme process start with \"xscheme-\". For more information
|
|
|
4520 see the documentation for xscheme-interaction-mode.
|
|
|
4521
|
|
|
4522 Commands:
|
|
|
4523 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
|
|
|
4524 Blank lines separate paragraphs. Semicolons start comments.
|
|
|
4525 \\{scheme-mode-map}
|
|
|
4526 Entry to this mode calls the value of scheme-mode-hook
|
|
|
4527 if that value is non-nil." t nil)
|
|
|
4528
|
|
|
4529 ;;;***
|
|
|
4530
|
|
|
4531 ;;;### (autoloads (scribe-mode) "scribe" "modes/scribe.el")
|
|
|
4532
|
|
|
4533 (autoload 'scribe-mode "scribe" "\
|
|
|
4534 Major mode for editing files of Scribe (a text formatter) source.
|
|
|
4535 Scribe-mode is similar text-mode, with a few extra commands added.
|
|
|
4536 \\{scribe-mode-map}
|
|
|
4537
|
|
|
4538 Interesting variables:
|
|
|
4539
|
|
|
4540 scribe-fancy-paragraphs
|
|
|
4541 Non-nil makes Scribe mode use a different style of paragraph separation.
|
|
|
4542
|
|
|
4543 scribe-electric-quote
|
|
|
4544 Non-nil makes insert of double quote use `` or '' depending on context.
|
|
|
4545
|
|
|
4546 scribe-electric-parenthesis
|
|
|
4547 Non-nil makes an open-parenthesis char (one of `([<{')
|
|
|
4548 automatically insert its close if typed after an @Command form." t nil)
|
|
|
4549
|
|
|
4550 ;;;***
|
|
|
4551
|
|
114
|
4552 ;;;### (autoloads (mail-other-frame mail-other-window mail mail-mode user-mail-address) "sendmail" "modes/sendmail.el")
|
|
78
|
4553
|
|
|
4554 (defvar mail-from-style 'angles "\
|
|
|
4555 *Specifies how \"From:\" fields look.
|
|
|
4556
|
|
|
4557 If `nil', they contain just the return address like:
|
|
|
4558 king@grassland.com
|
|
|
4559 If `parens', they look like:
|
|
|
4560 king@grassland.com (Elvis Parsley)
|
|
|
4561 If `angles', they look like:
|
|
|
4562 Elvis Parsley <king@grassland.com>")
|
|
|
4563
|
|
|
4564 (defvar mail-self-blind nil "\
|
|
|
4565 Non-nil means insert BCC to self in messages to be sent.
|
|
|
4566 This is done when the message is initialized,
|
|
|
4567 so you can remove or alter the BCC field to override the default.")
|
|
|
4568
|
|
|
4569 (defvar mail-interactive nil "\
|
|
|
4570 Non-nil means when sending a message wait for and display errors.
|
|
|
4571 nil means let mailer mail back a message to report errors.")
|
|
|
4572
|
|
|
4573 (defvar mail-dir nil "\
|
|
|
4574 *Default directory for saving messages.")
|
|
|
4575
|
|
|
4576 (defvar rmail-ignored-headers (purecopy (concat "^\\(" (mapconcat 'identity '("Sender:" "References:" "Return-Path:" "Received:" "[^: \n]*Message-ID:" "Errors-To:" "Path:" "Expires:" "Xref:" "Lines:" "Approved:" "Distribution:" "Content-Length:" "Mime-Version:" "Content-Type:" "Content-Transfer-Encoding:" "X400-Received:" "X400-Originator:" "X400-Mts-Identifier:" "X400-Content-Type:" "Content-Identifier:" "Status:" "Summary-Line:" "X-Attribution:" "Via:" "Sent-Via:" "Mail-From:" "Origin:" "Comments:" "Originator:" "NF-ID:" "NF-From:" "Posting-Version:" "Posted:" "Posted-Date:" "Date-Received:" "Relay-Version:" "Article-I\\.D\\.:" "NNTP-Version:" "NNTP-Posting-Host:" "X-Mailer:" "X-Newsreader:" "News-Software:" "X-Received:" "X-References:" "X-Envelope-To:" "X-VMS-" "Remailed-" "X-Plantation:" "X-Windows:" "X-Pgp-") "\\|") "\\)")) "\
|
|
|
4577 *Gubbish header fields one would rather not see.")
|
|
|
4578
|
|
|
4579 (defvar mail-yank-ignored-headers (purecopy (concat rmail-ignored-headers "\\|" "^\\(" (mapconcat 'identity '("Resent-To:" "Resent-By:" "Resent-CC:" "To:" "Subject:" "In-Reply-To:") "\\|") "\\)")) "\
|
|
|
4580 Delete these headers from old message when it's inserted in a reply.")
|
|
|
4581
|
|
|
4582 (defvar send-mail-function 'sendmail-send-it "\
|
|
|
4583 Function to call to send the current buffer as mail.
|
|
|
4584 The headers should be delimited by a line whose contents
|
|
|
4585 match the variable `mail-header-separator'.")
|
|
|
4586
|
|
|
4587 (defvar mail-header-separator (purecopy "--text follows this line--") "\
|
|
|
4588 *Line used to separate headers from text in messages being composed.")
|
|
|
4589
|
|
|
4590 (defvar mail-archive-file-name nil "\
|
|
|
4591 *Name of file to write all outgoing messages in, or nil for none.
|
|
|
4592 This can be an inbox file or an Rmail file.")
|
|
|
4593
|
|
|
4594 (defvar mail-default-reply-to nil "\
|
|
|
4595 *Address to insert as default Reply-to field of outgoing messages.
|
|
|
4596 If nil, it will be initialized from the REPLYTO environment variable
|
|
|
4597 when you first send mail.")
|
|
|
4598
|
|
|
4599 (defvar mail-alias-file nil "\
|
|
|
4600 *If non-nil, the name of a file to use instead of `/usr/lib/aliases'.
|
|
|
4601 This file defines aliases to be expanded by the mailer; this is a different
|
|
|
4602 feature from that of defining aliases in `.mailrc' to be expanded in Emacs.
|
|
|
4603 This variable has no effect unless your system uses sendmail as its mailer.")
|
|
|
4604
|
|
|
4605 (defvar mail-yank-prefix "> " "\
|
|
|
4606 *Prefix insert on lines of yanked message being replied to.
|
|
|
4607 nil means use indentation.")
|
|
|
4608
|
|
|
4609 (defvar mail-signature nil "\
|
|
|
4610 *Text inserted at end of mail buffer when a message is initialized.
|
|
|
4611 If t, it means to insert the contents of the file `mail-signature-file'.")
|
|
|
4612
|
|
114
|
4613 (autoload 'user-mail-address "sendmail" "\
|
|
|
4614 Query the user for his mail address, unless it is already known." t nil)
|
|
|
4615
|
|
78
|
4616 (autoload 'mail-mode "sendmail" "\
|
|
|
4617 Major mode for editing mail to be sent.
|
|
|
4618 Like Text Mode but with these additional commands:
|
|
|
4619 C-c C-s mail-send (send the message) C-c C-c mail-send-and-exit
|
|
|
4620 C-c C-f move to a header field (and create it if there isn't):
|
|
|
4621 C-c C-f C-t move to To: C-c C-f C-s move to Subj:
|
|
|
4622 C-c C-f C-b move to BCC: C-c C-f C-c move to CC:
|
|
|
4623 C-c C-f C-f move to FCC: C-c C-f C-r move to Reply-To:
|
|
|
4624 C-c C-t mail-text (move to beginning of message text).
|
|
|
4625 C-c C-w mail-signature (insert `mail-signature-file' file).
|
|
|
4626 C-c C-y mail-yank-original (insert current message, in Rmail).
|
|
|
4627 C-c C-q mail-fill-yanked-message (fill what was yanked).
|
|
|
4628 C-c C-v mail-sent-via (add a sent-via field for each To or CC)." t nil)
|
|
|
4629
|
|
|
4630 (autoload 'mail "sendmail" "\
|
|
|
4631 Edit a message to be sent. Prefix arg means resume editing (don't erase).
|
|
|
4632 When this function returns, the buffer `*mail*' is selected.
|
|
|
4633 The value is t if the message was newly initialized; otherwise, nil.
|
|
|
4634
|
|
|
4635 Optionally, the signature file `mail-signature-file' can be inserted at the
|
|
|
4636 end; see the variable `mail-signature'.
|
|
|
4637
|
|
|
4638 \\<mail-mode-map>
|
|
|
4639 While editing message, type \\[mail-send-and-exit] to send the message and exit.
|
|
|
4640
|
|
|
4641 Various special commands starting with C-c are available in sendmail mode
|
|
|
4642 to move to message header fields:
|
|
|
4643 \\{mail-mode-map}
|
|
|
4644
|
|
|
4645 The variable `mail-signature' controls whether the signature file
|
|
|
4646 `mail-signature-file' is inserted immediately.
|
|
|
4647
|
|
|
4648 If `mail-signature' is nil, use \\[mail-signature] to insert the
|
|
|
4649 signature in `mail-signature-file'.
|
|
|
4650
|
|
|
4651 If `mail-self-blind' is non-nil, a BCC to yourself is inserted
|
|
|
4652 when the message is initialized.
|
|
|
4653
|
|
|
4654 If `mail-default-reply-to' is non-nil, it should be an address (a string);
|
|
|
4655 a Reply-to: field with that address is inserted.
|
|
|
4656
|
|
|
4657 If `mail-archive-file-name' is non-nil, an FCC field with that file name
|
|
|
4658 is inserted.
|
|
|
4659
|
|
|
4660 The normal hook `mail-setup-hook' is run after the message is
|
|
|
4661 initialized. It can add more default fields to the message.
|
|
|
4662
|
|
|
4663 When calling from a program, the first argument if non-nil says
|
|
|
4664 not to erase the existing contents of the `*mail*' buffer.
|
|
|
4665
|
|
|
4666 The second through fifth arguments,
|
|
|
4667 TO, SUBJECT, IN-REPLY-TO and CC, specify if non-nil
|
|
|
4668 the initial contents of those header fields.
|
|
|
4669 These arguments should not have final newlines.
|
|
|
4670 The sixth argument REPLYBUFFER is a buffer whose contents
|
|
|
4671 should be yanked if the user types C-c C-y.
|
|
|
4672 The seventh argument ACTIONS is a list of actions to take
|
|
|
4673 if/when the message is sent. Each action looks like (FUNCTION . ARGS);
|
|
|
4674 when the message is sent, we apply FUNCTION to ARGS.
|
|
|
4675 This is how Rmail arranges to mark messages `answered'." t nil)
|
|
|
4676
|
|
|
4677 (autoload 'mail-other-window "sendmail" "\
|
|
|
4678 Like `mail' command, but display mail buffer in another window." t nil)
|
|
|
4679
|
|
|
4680 (autoload 'mail-other-frame "sendmail" "\
|
|
|
4681 Like `mail' command, but display mail buffer in another frame." t nil)
|
|
|
4682
|
|
|
4683 (define-key ctl-x-map "m" 'mail)
|
|
|
4684
|
|
|
4685 (define-key ctl-x-4-map "m" 'mail-other-window)
|
|
|
4686
|
|
|
4687 (define-key ctl-x-5-map "m" 'mail-other-frame)
|
|
|
4688
|
|
|
4689 (add-hook 'same-window-buffer-names "*mail*")
|
|
|
4690
|
|
|
4691 ;;;***
|
|
|
4692
|
|
|
4693 ;;;### (autoloads (sh-mode) "sh-script" "modes/sh-script.el")
|
|
|
4694
|
|
|
4695 (put 'sh-mode 'mode-class 'special)
|
|
|
4696
|
|
|
4697 (autoload 'sh-mode "sh-script" "\
|
|
|
4698 Major mode for editing shell scripts.
|
|
|
4699 This mode works for many shells, since they all have roughly the same syntax,
|
|
|
4700 as far as commands, arguments, variables, pipes, comments etc. are concerned.
|
|
|
4701 Unless the file's magic number indicates the shell, your usual shell is
|
|
|
4702 assumed. Since filenames rarely give a clue, they are not further analyzed.
|
|
|
4703
|
|
|
4704 This mode adapts to the variations between shells (see `sh-set-shell') by
|
|
|
4705 means of an inheritance based feature lookup (see `sh-feature'). This
|
|
|
4706 mechanism applies to all variables (including skeletons) that pertain to
|
|
|
4707 shell-specific features.
|
|
|
4708
|
|
|
4709 The default style of this mode is that of Rosenblatt's Korn shell book.
|
|
|
4710 The syntax of the statements varies with the shell being used. The
|
|
|
4711 following commands are available, based on the current shell's syntax:
|
|
|
4712
|
|
|
4713 \\[sh-case] case statement
|
|
|
4714 \\[sh-for] for loop
|
|
|
4715 \\[sh-function] function definition
|
|
|
4716 \\[sh-if] if statement
|
|
|
4717 \\[sh-indexed-loop] indexed loop from 1 to n
|
|
|
4718 \\[sh-while-getopts] while getopts loop
|
|
|
4719 \\[sh-repeat] repeat loop
|
|
|
4720 \\[sh-select] select loop
|
|
|
4721 \\[sh-until] until loop
|
|
|
4722 \\[sh-while] while loop
|
|
|
4723
|
|
|
4724 \\[backward-delete-char-untabify] Delete backward one position, even if it was a tab.
|
|
|
4725 \\[sh-newline-and-indent] Delete unquoted space and indent new line same as this one.
|
|
|
4726 \\[sh-end-of-command] Go to end of successive commands.
|
|
|
4727 \\[sh-beginning-of-command] Go to beginning of successive commands.
|
|
|
4728 \\[sh-set-shell] Set this buffer's shell, and maybe its magic number.
|
|
|
4729 \\[sh-execute-region] Have optional header and region be executed in a subshell.
|
|
|
4730
|
|
|
4731 \\[sh-maybe-here-document] Without prefix, following an unquoted < inserts here document.
|
|
|
4732 {, (, [, ', \", `
|
|
|
4733 Unless quoted with \\, insert the pairs {}, (), [], or '', \"\", ``.
|
|
|
4734
|
|
|
4735 If you generally program a shell different from your login shell you can
|
|
|
4736 set `sh-shell-file' accordingly. If your shell's file name doesn't correctly
|
|
|
4737 indicate what shell it is use `sh-alias-alist' to translate.
|
|
|
4738
|
|
|
4739 If your shell gives error messages with line numbers, you can use \\[executable-interpret]
|
|
|
4740 with your script for an edit-interpret-debug cycle." t nil)
|
|
|
4741
|
|
|
4742 (defalias 'shell-script-mode 'sh-mode)
|
|
|
4743
|
|
|
4744 ;;;***
|
|
|
4745
|
|
153
|
4746 ;;;### (autoloads (strokes-mode strokes-list-strokes strokes-load-user-strokes strokes-help strokes-describe-stroke strokes-do-complex-stroke strokes-do-stroke strokes-read-complex-stroke strokes-read-stroke strokes-global-set-stroke) "strokes" "modes/strokes.el")
|
|
|
4747
|
|
|
4748 (defvar strokes-mode nil "\
|
|
|
4749 Non-nil when `strokes' is globally enabled")
|
|
|
4750
|
|
|
4751 (autoload 'strokes-global-set-stroke "strokes" "\
|
|
|
4752 Interactively give STROKE the global binding as COMMAND.
|
|
|
4753 Operated just like `global-set-key', except for strokes.
|
|
|
4754 COMMAND is a symbol naming an interactively-callable function. STROKE
|
|
|
4755 is a list of sampled positions on the stroke grid as described in the
|
|
|
4756 documentation for the `strokes-define-stroke' function." t nil)
|
|
|
4757
|
|
|
4758 (defalias 'global-set-stroke 'strokes-global-set-stroke)
|
|
|
4759
|
|
|
4760 (autoload 'strokes-read-stroke "strokes" "\
|
|
|
4761 Read a simple stroke (interactively) and return the stroke.
|
|
|
4762 Optional PROMPT in minibuffer displays before and during stroke reading.
|
|
|
4763 This function will display the stroke interactively as it is being
|
|
|
4764 entered in the strokes buffer if the variable
|
|
|
4765 `strokes-use-strokes-buffer' is non-nil.
|
|
|
4766 Optional EVENT is currently not used, but hopefully will be soon." nil nil)
|
|
|
4767
|
|
|
4768 (autoload 'strokes-read-complex-stroke "strokes" "\
|
|
|
4769 Read a complex stroke (interactively) and return the stroke.
|
|
|
4770 Optional PROMPT in minibuffer displays before and during stroke reading.
|
|
|
4771 Note that a complex stroke allows the user to pen-up and pen-down. This
|
|
|
4772 is implemented by allowing the user to paint with button1 or button2 and
|
|
|
4773 then complete the stroke with button3.
|
|
|
4774 Optional EVENT is currently not used, but hopefully will be soon." nil nil)
|
|
|
4775
|
|
|
4776 (autoload 'strokes-do-stroke "strokes" "\
|
|
|
4777 Read a simple stroke from the user and then exectute its comand.
|
|
|
4778 This must be bound to a mouse event." t nil)
|
|
|
4779
|
|
|
4780 (autoload 'strokes-do-complex-stroke "strokes" "\
|
|
|
4781 Read a complex stroke from the user and then exectute its command.
|
|
|
4782 This must be bound to a mouse event." t nil)
|
|
|
4783
|
|
|
4784 (autoload 'strokes-describe-stroke "strokes" "\
|
|
|
4785 Displays the command which STROKE maps to, reading STROKE interactively." t nil)
|
|
|
4786
|
|
|
4787 (defalias 'describe-stroke 'strokes-describe-stroke)
|
|
|
4788
|
|
|
4789 (autoload 'strokes-help "strokes" "\
|
|
|
4790 Get instructional help on using the the `strokes' package." t nil)
|
|
|
4791
|
|
|
4792 (autoload 'strokes-load-user-strokes "strokes" "\
|
|
|
4793 Load user-defined strokes from file named by `strokes-file'." t nil)
|
|
|
4794
|
|
|
4795 (defalias 'load-user-strokes 'strokes-load-user-strokes)
|
|
|
4796
|
|
|
4797 (autoload 'strokes-list-strokes "strokes" "\
|
|
|
4798 Pop up a buffer containing a listing of all strokes defined in STROKE-MAP.
|
|
|
4799 If STROKE-MAP is not given, `strokes-global-map' will be used instead." t nil)
|
|
|
4800
|
|
|
4801 (defalias 'list-strokes 'strokes-list-strokes)
|
|
151
|
4802
|
|
|
4803 (autoload 'strokes-mode "strokes" "\
|
|
|
4804 Toggle strokes being enabled.
|
|
|
4805 With ARG, turn strokes on if and only if ARG is positive or true.
|
|
|
4806 Note that `strokes-mode' is a global mode. Think of it as a minor
|
|
153
|
4807 mode in all buffers when activated.
|
|
|
4808 By default, strokes are invoked with mouse button-2. You can define
|
|
|
4809 new strokes with
|
|
|
4810
|
|
|
4811 > M-x global-set-stroke" t nil)
|
|
151
|
4812
|
|
|
4813 ;;;***
|
|
|
4814
|
|
78
|
4815 ;;;### (autoloads (tcl-help-on-word inferior-tcl tcl-mode) "tcl" "modes/tcl.el")
|
|
|
4816
|
|
|
4817 (autoload 'tcl-mode "tcl" "\
|
|
|
4818 Major mode for editing Tcl code.
|
|
|
4819 Expression and list commands understand all Tcl brackets.
|
|
|
4820 Tab indents for Tcl code.
|
|
|
4821 Paragraphs are separated by blank lines only.
|
|
|
4822 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
|
|
|
4823
|
|
|
4824 Variables controlling indentation style:
|
|
|
4825 tcl-indent-level
|
|
|
4826 Indentation of Tcl statements within surrounding block.
|
|
|
4827 tcl-continued-indent-level
|
|
|
4828 Indentation of continuation line relative to first line of command.
|
|
|
4829
|
|
|
4830 Variables controlling user interaction with mode (see variable
|
|
|
4831 documentation for details):
|
|
|
4832 tcl-tab-always-indent
|
|
|
4833 Controls action of TAB key.
|
|
|
4834 tcl-auto-newline
|
|
|
4835 Non-nil means automatically newline before and after braces, brackets,
|
|
|
4836 and semicolons inserted in Tcl code.
|
|
|
4837 tcl-electric-hash-style
|
|
|
4838 Controls action of `#' key.
|
|
|
4839 tcl-use-hairy-comment-detector
|
|
|
4840 If t, use more complicated, but slower, comment detector.
|
|
|
4841 This variable is only used in GNU Emacs 19.
|
|
|
4842 tcl-use-smart-word-finder
|
|
|
4843 If not nil, use a smarter, Tcl-specific way to find the current
|
|
|
4844 word when looking up help on a Tcl command.
|
|
|
4845
|
|
|
4846 Turning on Tcl mode calls the value of the variable `tcl-mode-hook'
|
|
|
4847 with no args, if that value is non-nil. Read the documentation for
|
|
|
4848 `tcl-mode-hook' to see what kinds of interesting hook functions
|
|
|
4849 already exist.
|
|
|
4850
|
|
|
4851 Commands:
|
|
|
4852 \\{tcl-mode-map}" t nil)
|
|
|
4853
|
|
|
4854 (autoload 'inferior-tcl "tcl" "\
|
|
|
4855 Run inferior Tcl process.
|
|
|
4856 Prefix arg means enter program name interactively.
|
|
|
4857 See documentation for function `inferior-tcl-mode' for more information." t nil)
|
|
|
4858
|
|
|
4859 (autoload 'tcl-help-on-word "tcl" "\
|
|
|
4860 Get help on Tcl command. Default is word at point.
|
|
|
4861 Prefix argument means invert sense of `tcl-use-smart-word-finder'." t nil)
|
|
|
4862
|
|
|
4863 ;;;***
|
|
|
4864
|
|
|
4865 ;;;### (autoloads (latex-mode plain-tex-mode tex-mode) "tex-mode" "modes/tex-mode.el")
|
|
|
4866
|
|
|
4867 (autoload 'tex-mode "tex-mode" "\
|
|
|
4868 Major mode for editing files of input for TeX, LaTeX, or SliTeX.
|
|
|
4869 Tries to determine (by looking at the beginning of the file) whether
|
|
|
4870 this file is for plain TeX, LaTeX, or SliTeX and calls plain-tex-mode,
|
|
|
4871 latex-mode, or slitex-mode, respectively. If it cannot be determined,
|
|
|
4872 such as if there are no commands in the file, the value of tex-default-mode
|
|
|
4873 is used." t nil)
|
|
|
4874
|
|
|
4875 (fset 'TeX-mode 'tex-mode)
|
|
|
4876
|
|
|
4877 (fset 'LaTeX-mode 'latex-mode)
|
|
|
4878
|
|
|
4879 (autoload 'plain-tex-mode "tex-mode" "\
|
|
|
4880 Major mode for editing files of input for plain TeX.
|
|
|
4881 Makes $ and } display the characters they match.
|
|
|
4882 Makes \" insert `` when it seems to be the beginning of a quotation,
|
|
|
4883 and '' when it appears to be the end; it inserts \" only after a \\.
|
|
|
4884
|
|
|
4885 Use \\[tex-region] to run TeX on the current region, plus a \"header\"
|
|
|
4886 copied from the top of the file (containing macro definitions, etc.),
|
|
|
4887 running TeX under a special subshell. \\[tex-buffer] does the whole buffer.
|
|
|
4888 \\[tex-file] saves the buffer and then processes the file.
|
|
|
4889 \\[tex-print] prints the .dvi file made by any of these.
|
|
|
4890 \\[tex-view] previews the .dvi file made by any of these.
|
|
|
4891 \\[tex-bibtex-file] runs bibtex on the file of the current buffer.
|
|
|
4892
|
|
|
4893 Use \\[validate-tex-buffer] to check buffer for paragraphs containing
|
|
|
4894 mismatched $'s or braces.
|
|
|
4895
|
|
|
4896 Special commands:
|
|
|
4897 \\{tex-mode-map}
|
|
|
4898
|
|
|
4899 Mode variables:
|
|
|
4900 tex-run-command
|
|
|
4901 Command string used by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
|
|
|
4902 tex-directory
|
|
|
4903 Directory in which to create temporary files for TeX jobs
|
|
|
4904 run by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
|
|
|
4905 tex-dvi-print-command
|
|
|
4906 Command string used by \\[tex-print] to print a .dvi file.
|
|
|
4907 tex-alt-dvi-print-command
|
|
|
4908 Alternative command string used by \\[tex-print] (when given a prefix
|
|
|
4909 argument) to print a .dvi file.
|
|
|
4910 tex-dvi-view-command
|
|
|
4911 Command string used by \\[tex-view] to preview a .dvi file.
|
|
|
4912 tex-show-queue-command
|
|
|
4913 Command string used by \\[tex-show-print-queue] to show the print
|
|
|
4914 queue that \\[tex-print] put your job on.
|
|
|
4915
|
|
|
4916 Entering Plain-tex mode calls the value of text-mode-hook, then the value of
|
|
|
4917 tex-mode-hook, and then the value of plain-tex-mode-hook. When the special
|
|
|
4918 subshell is initiated, the value of tex-shell-hook is called." t nil)
|
|
|
4919
|
|
|
4920 (fset 'plain-TeX-mode 'plain-tex-mode)
|
|
|
4921
|
|
|
4922 (autoload 'latex-mode "tex-mode" "\
|
|
|
4923 Major mode for editing files of input for LaTeX.
|
|
|
4924 Makes $ and } display the characters they match.
|
|
|
4925 Makes \" insert `` when it seems to be the beginning of a quotation,
|
|
|
4926 and '' when it appears to be the end; it inserts \" only after a \\.
|
|
|
4927
|
|
|
4928 Use \\[tex-region] to run LaTeX on the current region, plus the preamble
|
|
|
4929 copied from the top of the file (containing \\documentstyle, etc.),
|
|
|
4930 running LaTeX under a special subshell. \\[tex-buffer] does the whole buffer.
|
|
|
4931 \\[tex-file] saves the buffer and then processes the file.
|
|
|
4932 \\[tex-print] prints the .dvi file made by any of these.
|
|
|
4933 \\[tex-view] previews the .dvi file made by any of these.
|
|
|
4934 \\[tex-bibtex-file] runs bibtex on the file of the current buffer.
|
|
|
4935
|
|
|
4936 Use \\[validate-tex-buffer] to check buffer for paragraphs containing
|
|
|
4937 mismatched $'s or braces.
|
|
|
4938
|
|
|
4939 Special commands:
|
|
|
4940 \\{tex-mode-map}
|
|
|
4941
|
|
|
4942 Mode variables:
|
|
|
4943 latex-run-command
|
|
|
4944 Command string used by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
|
|
|
4945 tex-directory
|
|
|
4946 Directory in which to create temporary files for LaTeX jobs
|
|
|
4947 run by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
|
|
|
4948 tex-dvi-print-command
|
|
|
4949 Command string used by \\[tex-print] to print a .dvi file.
|
|
|
4950 tex-alt-dvi-print-command
|
|
|
4951 Alternative command string used by \\[tex-print] (when given a prefix
|
|
|
4952 argument) to print a .dvi file.
|
|
|
4953 tex-dvi-view-command
|
|
|
4954 Command string used by \\[tex-view] to preview a .dvi file.
|
|
|
4955 tex-show-queue-command
|
|
|
4956 Command string used by \\[tex-show-print-queue] to show the print
|
|
|
4957 queue that \\[tex-print] put your job on.
|
|
|
4958
|
|
|
4959 Entering Latex mode calls the value of text-mode-hook, then the value of
|
|
|
4960 tex-mode-hook, and then the value of latex-mode-hook. When the special
|
|
|
4961 subshell is initiated, the value of tex-shell-hook is called." t nil)
|
|
|
4962
|
|
|
4963 ;;;***
|
|
|
4964
|
|
|
4965 ;;;### (autoloads (texinfo-mode) "texinfo" "modes/texinfo.el")
|
|
|
4966
|
|
|
4967 (autoload 'texinfo-mode "texinfo" "\
|
|
|
4968 Major mode for editing Texinfo files.
|
|
|
4969
|
|
|
4970 It has these extra commands:
|
|
|
4971 \\{texinfo-mode-map}
|
|
|
4972
|
|
|
4973 These are files that are used as input for TeX to make printed manuals
|
|
|
4974 and also to be turned into Info files with \\[makeinfo-buffer] or
|
|
|
4975 the `makeinfo' program. These files must be written in a very restricted and
|
|
|
4976 modified version of TeX input format.
|
|
|
4977
|
|
|
4978 Editing commands are like text-mode except that the syntax table is
|
|
|
4979 set up so expression commands skip Texinfo bracket groups. To see
|
|
|
4980 what the Info version of a region of the Texinfo file will look like,
|
|
|
4981 use \\[makeinfo-region], which runs `makeinfo' on the current region.
|
|
|
4982
|
|
|
4983 You can show the structure of a Texinfo file with \\[texinfo-show-structure].
|
|
|
4984 This command shows the structure of a Texinfo file by listing the
|
|
|
4985 lines with the @-sign commands for @chapter, @section, and the like.
|
|
|
4986 These lines are displayed in another window called the *Occur* window.
|
|
|
4987 In that window, you can position the cursor over one of the lines and
|
|
|
4988 use \\[occur-mode-goto-occurrence], to jump to the corresponding spot
|
|
|
4989 in the Texinfo file.
|
|
|
4990
|
|
|
4991 In addition, Texinfo mode provides commands that insert various
|
|
|
4992 frequently used @-sign commands into the buffer. You can use these
|
|
|
4993 commands to save keystrokes. And you can insert balanced braces with
|
|
|
4994 \\[texinfo-insert-braces] and later use the command \\[up-list] to
|
|
|
4995 move forward past the closing brace.
|
|
|
4996
|
|
|
4997 Also, Texinfo mode provides functions for automatically creating or
|
|
|
4998 updating menus and node pointers. These functions
|
|
|
4999
|
|
|
5000 * insert the `Next', `Previous' and `Up' pointers of a node,
|
|
|
5001 * insert or update the menu for a section, and
|
|
|
5002 * create a master menu for a Texinfo source file.
|
|
|
5003
|
|
|
5004 Here are the functions:
|
|
|
5005
|
|
|
5006 texinfo-update-node \\[texinfo-update-node]
|
|
|
5007 texinfo-every-node-update \\[texinfo-every-node-update]
|
|
|
5008 texinfo-sequential-node-update
|
|
|
5009
|
|
|
5010 texinfo-make-menu \\[texinfo-make-menu]
|
|
|
5011 texinfo-all-menus-update \\[texinfo-all-menus-update]
|
|
|
5012 texinfo-master-menu
|
|
|
5013
|
|
|
5014 texinfo-indent-menu-description (column &optional region-p)
|
|
|
5015
|
|
|
5016 The `texinfo-column-for-description' variable specifies the column to
|
|
|
5017 which menu descriptions are indented.
|
|
|
5018
|
|
|
5019 Passed an argument (a prefix argument, if interactive), the
|
|
|
5020 `texinfo-update-node' and `texinfo-make-menu' functions do their jobs
|
|
|
5021 in the region.
|
|
|
5022
|
|
|
5023 To use the updating commands, you must structure your Texinfo file
|
|
|
5024 hierarchically, such that each `@node' line, with the exception of the
|
|
|
5025 Top node, is accompanied by some kind of section line, such as an
|
|
|
5026 `@chapter' or `@section' line.
|
|
|
5027
|
|
|
5028 If the file has a `top' node, it must be called `top' or `Top' and
|
|
|
5029 be the first node in the file.
|
|
|
5030
|
|
|
5031 Entering Texinfo mode calls the value of text-mode-hook, and then the
|
|
|
5032 value of texinfo-mode-hook." t nil)
|
|
|
5033
|
|
|
5034 ;;;***
|
|
|
5035
|
|
98
|
5036 ;;;### (autoloads (verilog-mode) "verilog-mode" "modes/verilog-mode.el")
|
|
|
5037
|
|
|
5038 (autoload 'verilog-mode "verilog-mode" "\
|
|
|
5039 Major mode for editing Verilog code. \\<verilog-mode-map>
|
|
|
5040 NEWLINE, TAB indents for Verilog code.
|
|
|
5041 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
|
|
|
5042 Supports highlighting.
|
|
|
5043
|
|
|
5044 Variables controlling indentation/edit style:
|
|
|
5045
|
|
|
5046 verilog-indent-level (default 3)
|
|
|
5047 Indentation of Verilog statements with respect to containing block.
|
|
134
|
5048 verilog-indent-level-module (default 3)
|
|
|
5049 Absolute indentation of Module level Verilog statements.
|
|
|
5050 Set to 0 to get initial and always statements lined up
|
|
|
5051 on the left side of your screen.
|
|
|
5052 verilog-indent-level-declaration (default 3)
|
|
|
5053 Indentation of declarations with respect to containing block.
|
|
|
5054 Set to 0 to get them list right under containing block.
|
|
|
5055 verilog-indent-level-behavorial (default 3)
|
|
|
5056 Indentation of first begin in a task or function block
|
|
|
5057 Set to 0 to get such code to linedup underneath the task or function keyword
|
|
98
|
5058 verilog-cexp-indent (default 1)
|
|
|
5059 Indentation of Verilog statements broken across lines.
|
|
|
5060 verilog-case-indent (default 2)
|
|
|
5061 Indentation for case statements.
|
|
|
5062 verilog-auto-newline (default nil)
|
|
134
|
5063 Non-nil means automatically newline after semicolons and the punctation
|
|
|
5064 mark after an end.
|
|
98
|
5065 verilog-auto-indent-on-newline (default t)
|
|
|
5066 Non-nil means automatically indent line after newline
|
|
|
5067 verilog-tab-always-indent (default t)
|
|
|
5068 Non-nil means TAB in Verilog mode should always reindent the current line,
|
|
|
5069 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
|
|
|
5070 verilog-indent-begin-after-if (default t)
|
|
108
|
5071 Non-nil means to indent begin statements following a preceding
|
|
98
|
5072 if, else, while, for and repeat statements, if any. otherwise,
|
|
108
|
5073 the begin is lined up with the preceding token. If t, you get:
|
|
98
|
5074 if (a)
|
|
|
5075 begin
|
|
|
5076 otherwise you get:
|
|
|
5077 if (a)
|
|
|
5078 begin
|
|
|
5079 verilog-auto-endcomments (default t)
|
|
134
|
5080 Non-nil means a comment /* ... */ is set after the ends which ends
|
|
|
5081 cases, tasks, functions and modules.
|
|
98
|
5082 The type and name of the object will be set between the braces.
|
|
134
|
5083 verilog-minimum-comment-distance (default 40)
|
|
|
5084 Minimum distance between begin and end required before a comment
|
|
|
5085 will be inserted. Setting this variable to zero results in every
|
|
|
5086 end aquiring a comment; the default avoids too many redundanet
|
|
|
5087 comments in tight quarters.
|
|
98
|
5088 verilog-auto-lineup (default `(all))
|
|
|
5089 List of contexts where auto lineup of :'s or ='s should be done.
|
|
|
5090
|
|
|
5091 Turning on Verilog mode calls the value of the variable verilog-mode-hook with
|
|
|
5092 no args, if that value is non-nil.
|
|
|
5093 Other useful functions are:
|
|
134
|
5094 \\[verilog-complete-word] -complete word with appropriate possibilities
|
|
|
5095 (functions, verilog keywords...)
|
|
|
5096 \\[verilog-comment-region] - Put marked area in a comment, fixing
|
|
|
5097 nested comments.
|
|
|
5098 \\[verilog-uncomment-region] - Uncomment an area commented with \\[verilog-comment-region].
|
|
98
|
5099 \\[verilog-insert-block] - insert begin ... end;
|
|
|
5100 \\[verilog-star-comment] - insert /* ... */
|
|
|
5101 \\[verilog-mark-defun] - Mark function.
|
|
|
5102 \\[verilog-beg-of-defun] - Move to beginning of current function.
|
|
|
5103 \\[verilog-end-of-defun] - Move to end of current function.
|
|
134
|
5104 \\[verilog-label-be] - Label matching begin ... end, fork ... join
|
|
|
5105 and case ... endcase statements;
|
|
98
|
5106 " t nil)
|
|
|
5107
|
|
|
5108 ;;;***
|
|
|
5109
|
|
78
|
5110 ;;;### (autoloads (vhdl-mode) "vhdl-mode" "modes/vhdl-mode.el")
|
|
|
5111
|
|
|
5112 (autoload 'vhdl-mode "vhdl-mode" "\
|
|
|
5113 Major mode for editing VHDL code.
|
|
153
|
5114 vhdl-mode $Revision: 1.30 $
|
|
78
|
5115 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[vhdl-submit-bug-report]' from a
|
|
|
5116 vhdl-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with version
|
|
|
5117 information already added. You just need to add a description of the
|
|
108
|
5118 problem, including a reproducible test case and send the message.
|
|
78
|
5119
|
|
|
5120 Note that the details of configuring vhdl-mode will soon be moved to the
|
|
|
5121 accompanying texinfo manual. Until then, please read the README file
|
|
|
5122 that came with the vhdl-mode distribution.
|
|
|
5123
|
|
|
5124 The hook variable `vhdl-mode-hook' is run with no args, if that value is
|
|
|
5125 bound and has a non-nil value.
|
|
|
5126
|
|
|
5127 Key bindings:
|
|
|
5128 \\{vhdl-mode-map}" t nil)
|
|
|
5129
|
|
|
5130 ;;;***
|
|
|
5131
|
|
|
5132 ;;;### (autoloads (auto-view-mode view-major-mode view-mode view-minor-mode view-buffer-other-window view-file-other-window view-buffer view-file) "view-less" "modes/view-less.el")
|
|
|
5133
|
|
153
|
5134 (defvar view-minor-mode-map (let ((map (make-keymap))) (set-keymap-name map 'view-minor-mode-map) (suppress-keymap map) (define-key map "-" 'negative-argument) (define-key map " " 'scroll-up) (define-key map "f" 'scroll-up) (define-key map "b" 'scroll-down) (define-key map 'backspace 'scroll-down) (define-key map "
" 'view-scroll-lines-up) (define-key map "\n" 'view-scroll-lines-up) (define-key map "e" 'view-scroll-lines-up) (define-key map "j" 'view-scroll-lines-up) (define-key map "y" 'view-scroll-lines-down) (define-key map "k" 'view-scroll-lines-down) (define-key map "d" 'view-scroll-some-lines-up) (define-key map "u" 'view-scroll-some-lines-down) (define-key map "r" 'recenter) (define-key map "t" 'toggle-truncate-lines) (define-key map "N" 'view-buffer) (define-key map "E" 'view-file) (define-key map "P" 'view-buffer) (define-key map "!" 'shell-command) (define-key map "|" 'shell-command-on-region) (define-key map "=" 'what-line) (define-key map "?" 'view-search-backward) (define-key map "h" 'view-mode-describe) (define-key map "s" 'view-repeat-search) (define-key map "n" 'view-repeat-search) (define-key map "/" 'view-search-forward) (define-key map "\\" 'view-search-backward) (define-key map "g" 'view-goto-line) (define-key map "G" 'view-last-windowful) (define-key map "%" 'view-goto-percent) (define-key map "p" 'view-goto-percent) (define-key map "m" 'point-to-register) (define-key map "'" 'register-to-point) (define-key map "C" 'view-cleanup-backspaces) (define-key map "" 'view-quit) (define-key map "" 'view-quit-toggle-ro) (define-key map "q" 'view-quit) map))
|
|
116
|
5135
|
|
|
5136 (defvar view-mode-map (let ((map (copy-keymap view-minor-mode-map))) (set-keymap-name map 'view-mode-map) map))
|
|
|
5137
|
|
78
|
5138 (autoload 'view-file "view-less" "\
|
|
|
5139 Find FILE, enter view mode. With prefix arg OTHER-P, use other window." t nil)
|
|
|
5140
|
|
|
5141 (autoload 'view-buffer "view-less" "\
|
|
|
5142 Switch to BUF, enter view mode. With prefix arg use other window." t nil)
|
|
|
5143
|
|
|
5144 (autoload 'view-file-other-window "view-less" "\
|
|
|
5145 Find FILE in other window, and enter view mode." t nil)
|
|
|
5146
|
|
|
5147 (autoload 'view-buffer-other-window "view-less" "\
|
|
|
5148 Switch to BUFFER in another window, and enter view mode." t nil)
|
|
|
5149
|
|
|
5150 (autoload 'view-minor-mode "view-less" "\
|
|
|
5151 Minor mode for viewing text, with bindings like `less'.
|
|
|
5152 Commands are:
|
|
|
5153 \\<view-minor-mode-map>
|
|
|
5154 0..9 prefix args
|
|
|
5155 - prefix minus
|
|
|
5156 \\[scroll-up] page forward
|
|
|
5157 \\[scroll-down] page back
|
|
|
5158 \\[view-scroll-lines-up] scroll prefix-arg lines forward, default 1.
|
|
|
5159 \\[view-scroll-lines-down] scroll prefix-arg lines backward, default 1.
|
|
|
5160 \\[view-scroll-some-lines-down] scroll prefix-arg lines backward, default 10.
|
|
|
5161 \\[view-scroll-some-lines-up] scroll prefix-arg lines forward, default 10.
|
|
|
5162 \\[what-line] print line number
|
|
|
5163 \\[view-mode-describe] print this help message
|
|
|
5164 \\[view-search-forward] regexp search, uses previous string if you just hit RET
|
|
|
5165 \\[view-search-backward] as above but searches backward
|
|
|
5166 \\[view-repeat-search] repeat last search
|
|
|
5167 \\[view-goto-line] goto line prefix-arg, default 1
|
|
|
5168 \\[view-last-windowful] goto line prefix-arg, default last line
|
|
|
5169 \\[view-goto-percent] goto a position by percentage
|
|
|
5170 \\[toggle-truncate-lines] toggle truncate-lines
|
|
|
5171 \\[view-file] view another file
|
|
|
5172 \\[view-buffer] view another buffer
|
|
|
5173 \\[view-cleanup-backspaces] cleanup backspace constructions
|
|
|
5174 \\[shell-command] execute a shell command
|
|
|
5175 \\[shell-command-on-region] execute a shell command with the region as input
|
|
|
5176 \\[view-quit] exit view-mode, and bury the current buffer.
|
|
|
5177
|
|
|
5178 If invoked with the optional (prefix) arg non-nil, view-mode cleans up
|
|
|
5179 backspace constructions.
|
|
|
5180
|
|
|
5181 More precisely:
|
|
|
5182 \\{view-minor-mode-map}" t nil)
|
|
|
5183
|
|
|
5184 (autoload 'view-mode "view-less" "\
|
|
|
5185 View the current buffer using view-minor-mode. This exists to be 99.9%
|
|
|
5186 compatible with the implementations of `view-mode' in view.el and older
|
|
|
5187 versions of view-less.el." t nil)
|
|
|
5188
|
|
|
5189 (autoload 'view-major-mode "view-less" "\
|
|
|
5190 View the current buffer using view-mode, as a major mode.
|
|
|
5191 This function has a nonstandard name because `view-mode' is wrongly
|
|
|
5192 named but is like this for compatibility reasons." t nil)
|
|
|
5193
|
|
|
5194 (autoload 'auto-view-mode "view-less" "\
|
|
|
5195 If the file of the current buffer is not writable, call view-mode.
|
|
|
5196 This is meant to be added to `find-file-hooks'." nil nil)
|
|
|
5197
|
|
|
5198 ;;;***
|
|
|
5199
|
|
|
5200 ;;;### (autoloads (vrml-mode) "vrml-mode" "modes/vrml-mode.el")
|
|
|
5201
|
|
|
5202 (autoload 'vrml-mode "vrml-mode" "\
|
|
|
5203 Major mode for editing VRML code.
|
|
|
5204 Expression and list commands understand all VRML brackets.
|
|
|
5205 Tab indents for VRML code.
|
|
|
5206 Paragraphs are separated by blank lines only.
|
|
|
5207 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
|
|
|
5208
|
|
|
5209 Variables controlling indentation style:
|
|
|
5210 vrml-indent-level
|
|
|
5211 Indentation of VRML statements within surrounding block.
|
|
|
5212
|
|
|
5213 Variables controlling user interaction with mode (see variable
|
|
|
5214 documentation for details):
|
|
|
5215 vrml-tab-always-indent
|
|
|
5216 Controls action of TAB key.
|
|
|
5217 vrml-auto-newline
|
|
|
5218 Non-nil means automatically newline before and after braces
|
|
|
5219 inserted in VRML code.
|
|
|
5220
|
|
|
5221 Turning on VRML mode calls the value of the variable `vrml-mode-hook'
|
|
|
5222 with no args, if that value is non-nil. Read the documentation for
|
|
|
5223 `vrml-mode-hook' to see what kinds of interesting hook functions
|
|
|
5224 already exist.
|
|
|
5225
|
|
|
5226 Commands:
|
|
|
5227 \\{vrml-mode-map}" t nil)
|
|
|
5228
|
|
|
5229 ;;;***
|
|
|
5230
|
|
|
5231 ;;;### (autoloads (xpm-mode) "xpm-mode" "modes/xpm-mode.el")
|
|
|
5232
|
|
|
5233 (autoload 'xpm-mode "xpm-mode" "\
|
|
|
5234 Treat the current buffer as an xpm file and colorize it.
|
|
|
5235
|
|
|
5236 Shift-button-1 lets you paint by dragging the mouse. Shift-button-1 on a
|
|
|
5237 color definition line will change the current painting color to that line's
|
|
|
5238 value.
|
|
|
5239
|
|
|
5240 Characters inserted from the keyboard will NOT be colored properly yet.
|
|
|
5241 Use the mouse, or do xpm-init (\\[xpm-init]) after making changes.
|
|
|
5242
|
|
|
5243 \\[xpm-add-color] Add a new color, prompting for character and value
|
|
|
5244 \\[xpm-show-image] show the current image at the top of the buffer
|
|
|
5245 \\[xpm-parse-color] parse the current line's color definition and add
|
|
|
5246 it to the color table. Provided as a means of changing colors.
|
|
|
5247 XPM minor mode bindings:
|
|
|
5248 \\{xpm-mode-map}" t nil)
|
|
|
5249
|
|
|
5250 ;;;***
|
|
|
5251
|
|
|
5252 ;;;### (autoloads (br-env-load br-env-browse) "br-env" "oobr/br-env.el")
|
|
|
5253
|
|
|
5254 (autoload 'br-env-browse "br-env" "\
|
|
|
5255 Invoke the OO-Browser on an existing or to be created Environment ENV-FILE." t nil)
|
|
|
5256
|
|
|
5257 (autoload 'br-env-load "br-env" "\
|
|
|
5258 Load browser Environment or spec from optional ENV-FILE or 'br-env-file'.
|
|
|
5259 Non-nil PROMPT means prompt user before building tables.
|
|
|
5260 Non-nil NO-BUILD means skip build of Environment entirely.
|
|
|
5261 Return t if load is successful, else nil." t nil)
|
|
|
5262
|
|
|
5263 ;;;***
|
|
|
5264
|
|
|
5265 ;;;### (autoloads (oo-browser) "br-start" "oobr/br-start.el")
|
|
|
5266
|
|
|
5267 (fset 'oobr 'oo-browser)
|
|
|
5268
|
|
|
5269 (autoload 'oo-browser "br-start" "\
|
|
|
5270 Prompt for an Environment and language over which to run the OO-Browser.
|
|
|
5271 Optional prefix argument SAME-ENV-FLAG means browse the current Environment,
|
|
120
|
5272 if any, without prompting. Otherwise, if called interactively, give the user
|
|
|
5273 a choice whether to re-browse the last Environment or to browse a new one." t nil)
|
|
78
|
5274
|
|
|
5275 ;;;***
|
|
|
5276
|
|
|
5277 ;;;### (autoloads (br-to-from-viewer br-add-class-file) "br" "oobr/br.el")
|
|
|
5278
|
|
|
5279 (autoload 'br-add-class-file "br" "\
|
|
|
5280 Add a file of classes to the current Environment.
|
|
|
5281 Interactively or when optional CLASS-PATH is nil, CLASS-PATH defaults to the
|
|
|
5282 current buffer file pathname. If optional LIB-TABLE-P is non-nil, add to
|
|
|
5283 Library Environment, otherwise add to System Environment. If optional
|
|
|
5284 SAVE-FILE is t, the Environment is then stored to the filename given by
|
|
100
|
5285 `br-env-file'. If SAVE-FILE is non-nil and not t, its string value is used
|
|
78
|
5286 as the file to which to save the Environment." t nil)
|
|
|
5287
|
|
|
5288 (autoload 'br-to-from-viewer "br" "\
|
|
|
5289 Move point to viewer window or back to last recorded listing window." t nil)
|
|
|
5290
|
|
|
5291 ;;;***
|
|
|
5292
|
|
|
5293 ;;;### (autoloads (c++-browse) "c++-browse" "oobr/c++-browse.el")
|
|
|
5294
|
|
|
5295 (autoload 'c++-browse "c++-browse" "\
|
|
|
5296 Invoke the C++ OO-Browser.
|
|
|
5297 This allows browsing through C++ library and system class hierarchies. With
|
|
|
5298 an optional non-nil prefix argument ENV-FILE, prompt for Environment file to
|
|
|
5299 use. Alternatively, a string value of ENV-FILE is used as the Environment
|
|
|
5300 file name. See also the file \"br-help\"." t nil)
|
|
|
5301
|
|
|
5302 ;;;***
|
|
|
5303
|
|
|
5304 ;;;### (autoloads (clos-browse) "clos-brows" "oobr/clos-brows.el")
|
|
|
5305
|
|
|
5306 (autoload 'clos-browse "clos-brows" "\
|
|
|
5307 Invoke the CLOS OO-Browser.
|
|
|
5308 This allows browsing through CLOS library and system class hierarchies. With
|
|
|
5309 an optional non-nil prefix argument ENV-FILE, prompt for Environment file
|
|
|
5310 to use. Alternatively, a string value of ENV-FILE is used as the
|
|
|
5311 Environment file name. See also the file \"br-help\"." t nil)
|
|
|
5312
|
|
|
5313 ;;;***
|
|
|
5314
|
|
|
5315 ;;;### (autoloads (eif-browse) "eif-browse" "oobr/eif-browse.el")
|
|
|
5316
|
|
|
5317 (autoload 'eif-browse "eif-browse" "\
|
|
|
5318 Invoke the Eiffel OO-Browser.
|
|
|
5319 This allows browsing through Eiffel library and system class hierarchies.
|
|
|
5320 With an optional prefix arg ENV-FILE equal to t, prompt for Environment file
|
|
|
5321 to use. Alternatively, a string value of ENV-FILE is used as the Environment
|
|
|
5322 file name. See also the file \"br-help\"." t nil)
|
|
|
5323
|
|
|
5324 ;;;***
|
|
|
5325
|
|
|
5326 ;;;### (autoloads (info-browse) "info-brows" "oobr/info-brows.el")
|
|
|
5327
|
|
|
5328 (autoload 'info-browse "info-brows" "\
|
|
|
5329 Invoke the Info OO-Browser.
|
|
|
5330 This allows browsing through Info library and system class hierarchies. With
|
|
|
5331 an optional non-nil prefix argument ENV-FILE, prompt for Environment file to
|
|
|
5332 use. Alternatively, a string value of ENV-FILE is used as the Environment
|
|
|
5333 file name. See also the file \"br-help\"." t nil)
|
|
|
5334
|
|
|
5335 ;;;***
|
|
|
5336
|
|
|
5337 ;;;### (autoloads (java-browse) "java-brows" "oobr/java-brows.el")
|
|
|
5338
|
|
|
5339 (autoload 'java-browse "java-brows" "\
|
|
|
5340 Invoke the Java OO-Browser.
|
|
|
5341 This allows browsing through Java library and system class hierarchies. With
|
|
|
5342 an optional non-nil prefix argument ENV-FILE, prompt for Environment file to
|
|
|
5343 use. Alternatively, a string value of ENV-FILE is used as the Environment
|
|
|
5344 file name. See also the file \"br-help\"." t nil)
|
|
|
5345
|
|
|
5346 ;;;***
|
|
|
5347
|
|
|
5348 ;;;### (autoloads (objc-browse) "objc-brows" "oobr/objc-brows.el")
|
|
|
5349
|
|
|
5350 (autoload 'objc-browse "objc-brows" "\
|
|
|
5351 Invoke the Objective-C OO-Browser.
|
|
|
5352 This allows browsing through Objective-C library and system class
|
|
|
5353 hierarchies. With an optional non-nil prefix argument ENV-FILE, prompt for
|
|
|
5354 Environment file to use. Alternatively, a string value of ENV-FILE is used
|
|
|
5355 as the Environment file name. See also the file \"br-help\"." t nil)
|
|
|
5356
|
|
|
5357 ;;;***
|
|
|
5358
|
|
|
5359 ;;;### (autoloads (python-browse) "python-browse" "oobr/python-browse.el")
|
|
|
5360
|
|
|
5361 (autoload 'python-browse "python-browse" "\
|
|
|
5362 Invoke the Python OO-Browser.
|
|
|
5363 This allows browsing through Python library and system class hierarchies.
|
|
|
5364 With an optional non-nil prefix argument ENV-FILE, prompt for Environment
|
|
|
5365 file to use. Alternatively, a string value of ENV-FILE is used as the
|
|
|
5366 Environment file name. See also the file \"br-help\"." t nil)
|
|
|
5367
|
|
|
5368 ;;;***
|
|
|
5369
|
|
|
5370 ;;;### (autoloads (smt-browse) "smt-browse" "oobr/smt-browse.el")
|
|
|
5371
|
|
|
5372 (autoload 'smt-browse "smt-browse" "\
|
|
|
5373 Invoke the Smalltalk OO-Browser.
|
|
|
5374 This allows browsing through Smalltalk library and system class hierarchies.
|
|
|
5375 With an optional non-nil prefix argument ENV-FILE, prompt for Environment
|
|
|
5376 file to use. Alternatively, a string value of ENV-FILE is used as the
|
|
|
5377 Environment file name. See also the file \"br-help\"." t nil)
|
|
|
5378
|
|
|
5379 ;;;***
|
|
|
5380
|
|
|
5381 ;;;### (autoloads (add-log-current-defun change-log-mode add-change-log-entry-other-window add-change-log-entry find-change-log prompt-for-change-log-name) "add-log" "packages/add-log.el")
|
|
|
5382
|
|
120
|
5383 (defcustom change-log-default-name nil "*Name of a change log file for \\[add-change-log-entry]." :type '(choice (const :tag "default" nil) string) :group 'change-log)
|
|
|
5384
|
|
|
5385 (defcustom add-log-current-defun-function nil "*If non-nil, function to guess name of current function from surrounding text.\n\\[add-change-log-entry] calls this function (if nil, `add-log-current-defun'\ninstead) with no arguments. It returns a string or nil if it cannot guess." :type 'boolean :group 'change-log)
|
|
|
5386
|
|
|
5387 (defcustom add-log-full-name nil "*Full name of user, for inclusion in ChangeLog daily headers.\nThis defaults to the value returned by the `user-full-name' function." :type '(choice (const :tag "Default" nil) string) :group 'change-log)
|
|
|
5388
|
|
|
5389 (defcustom add-log-mailing-address nil "*Electronic mail address of user, for inclusion in ChangeLog daily headers.\nThis defaults to the value of `user-mail-address'." :type '(choice (const :tag "Default" nil) string) :group 'change-log)
|
|
78
|
5390
|
|
|
5391 (autoload 'prompt-for-change-log-name "add-log" "\
|
|
|
5392 Prompt for a change log name." nil nil)
|
|
|
5393
|
|
|
5394 (autoload 'find-change-log "add-log" "\
|
|
|
5395 Find a change log file for \\[add-change-log-entry] and return the name.
|
|
|
5396
|
|
|
5397 Optional arg FILE-NAME specifies the file to use.
|
|
|
5398 If FILE-NAME is nil, use the value of `change-log-default-name'.
|
|
|
5399 If 'change-log-default-name' is nil, behave as though it were 'ChangeLog'
|
|
|
5400 \(or whatever we use on this operating system).
|
|
|
5401
|
|
|
5402 If 'change-log-default-name' contains a leading directory component, then
|
|
|
5403 simply find it in the current directory. Otherwise, search in the current
|
|
|
5404 directory and its successive parents for a file so named.
|
|
|
5405
|
|
|
5406 Once a file is found, `change-log-default-name' is set locally in the
|
|
|
5407 current buffer to the complete file name." nil nil)
|
|
|
5408
|
|
|
5409 (autoload 'add-change-log-entry "add-log" "\
|
|
|
5410 Find change log file and add an entry for today.
|
|
|
5411 Optional arg (interactive prefix) non-nil means prompt for user name and site.
|
|
|
5412 Second arg is file name of change log. If nil, uses `change-log-default-name'.
|
|
|
5413 Third arg OTHER-WINDOW non-nil means visit in other window.
|
|
|
5414 Fourth arg NEW-ENTRY non-nil means always create a new entry at the front;
|
|
151
|
5415 never append to an existing entry. Today's date is calculated according to
|
|
|
5416 `change-log-time-zone-rule' if non-nil, otherwise in local time." t nil)
|
|
78
|
5417
|
|
|
5418 (autoload 'add-change-log-entry-other-window "add-log" "\
|
|
|
5419 Find change log file in other window and add an entry for today.
|
|
|
5420 Optional arg (interactive prefix) non-nil means prompt for user name and site.
|
|
|
5421 Second arg is file name of change log. If nil, uses `change-log-default-name'." t nil)
|
|
|
5422
|
|
|
5423 (define-key ctl-x-4-map "a" 'add-change-log-entry-other-window)
|
|
|
5424
|
|
|
5425 (autoload 'change-log-mode "add-log" "\
|
|
|
5426 Major mode for editing change logs; like Indented Text Mode.
|
|
|
5427 Prevents numeric backups and sets `left-margin' to 8 and `fill-column' to 74.
|
|
|
5428 New log entries are usually made with \\[add-change-log-entry] or \\[add-change-log-entry-other-window].
|
|
|
5429 Each entry behaves as a paragraph, and the entries for one day as a page.
|
|
|
5430 Runs `change-log-mode-hook'." t nil)
|
|
|
5431
|
|
151
|
5432 (defvar add-log-lisp-like-modes '(emacs-lisp-mode lisp-mode scheme-mode lisp-interaction-mode) "\
|
|
|
5433 *Modes that look like Lisp to `add-log-current-defun'.")
|
|
|
5434
|
|
|
5435 (defvar add-log-c-like-modes '(c-mode c++-mode c++-c-mode objc-mode) "\
|
|
|
5436 *Modes that look like C to `add-log-current-defun'.")
|
|
|
5437
|
|
|
5438 (defvar add-log-tex-like-modes '(TeX-mode plain-TeX-mode LaTeX-mode plain-tex-mode latex-mode) "\
|
|
|
5439 *Modes that look like TeX to `add-log-current-defun'.")
|
|
|
5440
|
|
78
|
5441 (autoload 'add-log-current-defun "add-log" "\
|
|
|
5442 Return name of function definition point is in, or nil.
|
|
|
5443
|
|
|
5444 Understands C, Lisp, LaTeX (\"functions\" are chapters, sections, ...),
|
|
|
5445 Texinfo (@node titles), Perl, and Fortran.
|
|
|
5446
|
|
|
5447 Other modes are handled by a heuristic that looks in the 10K before
|
|
|
5448 point for uppercase headings starting in the first column or
|
|
|
5449 identifiers followed by `:' or `=', see variable
|
|
|
5450 `add-log-current-defun-header-regexp'.
|
|
|
5451
|
|
|
5452 Has a preference of looking backwards." nil nil)
|
|
|
5453
|
|
|
5454 ;;;***
|
|
|
5455
|
|
|
5456 ;;;### (autoloads (apropos-documentation apropos-value apropos apropos-command) "apropos" "packages/apropos.el")
|
|
|
5457
|
|
|
5458 (fset 'command-apropos 'apropos-command)
|
|
|
5459
|
|
|
5460 (autoload 'apropos-command "apropos" "\
|
|
|
5461 Shows commands (interactively callable functions) that match REGEXP.
|
|
|
5462 With optional prefix ARG or if `apropos-do-all' is non-nil, also show
|
|
|
5463 variables." t nil)
|
|
|
5464
|
|
|
5465 (autoload 'apropos "apropos" "\
|
|
|
5466 Show all bound symbols whose names match REGEXP.
|
|
|
5467 With optional prefix ARG or if `apropos-do-all' is non-nil, also show unbound
|
|
|
5468 symbols and key bindings, which is a little more time-consuming.
|
|
|
5469 Returns list of symbols and documentation found." t nil)
|
|
|
5470
|
|
|
5471 (autoload 'apropos-value "apropos" "\
|
|
|
5472 Show all symbols whose value's printed image matches REGEXP.
|
|
|
5473 With optional prefix ARG or if `apropos-do-all' is non-nil, also looks
|
|
|
5474 at the function and at the names and values of properties.
|
|
|
5475 Returns list of symbols and values found." t nil)
|
|
|
5476
|
|
|
5477 (autoload 'apropos-documentation "apropos" "\
|
|
|
5478 Show symbols whose documentation contain matches for REGEXP.
|
|
|
5479 With optional prefix ARG or if `apropos-do-all' is non-nil, also use
|
|
|
5480 documentation that is not stored in the documentation file and show key
|
|
|
5481 bindings.
|
|
|
5482 Returns list of symbols and documentation found." t nil)
|
|
|
5483
|
|
|
5484 ;;;***
|
|
|
5485
|
|
|
5486 ;;;### (autoloads (define-auto-insert auto-insert) "autoinsert" "packages/autoinsert.el")
|
|
|
5487
|
|
|
5488 (autoload 'auto-insert "autoinsert" "\
|
|
|
5489 Insert default contents into a new file if `auto-insert' is non-nil.
|
|
|
5490 Matches the visited file name against the elements of `auto-insert-alist'." t nil)
|
|
|
5491
|
|
|
5492 (autoload 'define-auto-insert "autoinsert" "\
|
|
|
5493 Associate CONDITION with (additional) ACTION in `auto-insert-alist'.
|
|
|
5494 Optional AFTER means to insert action after all existing actions for CONDITION,
|
|
|
5495 or if CONDITION had no actions, after all other CONDITIONs." nil nil)
|
|
|
5496
|
|
|
5497 ;;;***
|
|
|
5498
|
|
|
5499 ;;;### (autoloads (mouse-avoidance-mode) "avoid" "packages/avoid.el")
|
|
|
5500
|
|
80
|
5501 (defvar mouse-avoidance-mode nil "\
|
|
|
5502 Value is t or a symbol if the mouse pointer should avoid the cursor.
|
|
|
5503 See function `mouse-avoidance-mode' for possible values. Changing this
|
|
|
5504 variable is NOT the recommended way to change modes; use that function
|
|
|
5505 instead.")
|
|
|
5506
|
|
78
|
5507 (autoload 'mouse-avoidance-mode "avoid" "\
|
|
|
5508 Set cursor avoidance mode to MODE.
|
|
|
5509 MODE should be one of the symbols `banish', `exile', `jump', `animate',
|
|
|
5510 `cat-and-mouse', `proteus', or `none'.
|
|
|
5511
|
|
|
5512 If MODE is nil, toggle mouse avoidance between `none` and `banish'
|
|
|
5513 modes. Positive numbers and symbols other than the above are treated
|
|
|
5514 as equivalent to `banish'; negative numbers and `-' are equivalent to `none'.
|
|
|
5515
|
|
|
5516 Effects of the different modes:
|
|
|
5517 * banish: Move the mouse to the upper-right corner on any keypress.
|
|
|
5518 * exile: Move the mouse to the corner only if the cursor gets too close,
|
|
|
5519 and allow it to return once the cursor is out of the way.
|
|
|
5520 * jump: If the cursor gets too close to the mouse, displace the mouse
|
|
|
5521 a random distance & direction.
|
|
|
5522 * animate: As `jump', but shows steps along the way for illusion of motion.
|
|
|
5523 * cat-and-mouse: Same as `animate'.
|
|
|
5524 * proteus: As `animate', but changes the shape of the mouse pointer too.
|
|
|
5525
|
|
|
5526 Whenever the mouse is moved, the frame is also raised.
|
|
|
5527
|
|
|
5528 \(see `mouse-avoidance-threshold' for definition of \"too close\",
|
|
|
5529 and `mouse-avoidance-nudge-dist' and `mouse-avoidance-nudge-var' for
|
|
|
5530 definition of \"random distance\".)" t nil)
|
|
|
5531
|
|
|
5532 (add-minor-mode 'mouse-avoidance-mode " Avoid")
|
|
|
5533
|
|
|
5534 ;;;***
|
|
|
5535
|
|
|
5536 ;;;### (autoloads (blink-cursor-mode) "blink-cursor" "packages/blink-cursor.el")
|
|
|
5537
|
|
|
5538 (autoload 'blink-cursor-mode "blink-cursor" "\
|
|
|
5539 Enable or disable a blinking cursor.
|
|
|
5540 If TIMEOUT is nil, toggle on or off.
|
|
|
5541 If TIMEOUT is t, enable with the previous timeout value.
|
|
|
5542 If TIMEOUT is 0, disable.
|
|
|
5543 If TIMEOUT is greater than 0, then the cursor will blink once
|
|
|
5544 each TIMEOUT secs (can be a float)." t nil)
|
|
|
5545
|
|
|
5546 ;;;***
|
|
|
5547
|
|
|
5548 ;;;### (autoloads (bookmark-menu-delete bookmark-menu-rename bookmark-menu-locate bookmark-menu-jump bookmark-menu-insert bookmark-bmenu-list bookmark-load bookmark-save bookmark-write bookmark-delete bookmark-insert bookmark-rename bookmark-insert-location bookmark-relocate bookmark-jump bookmark-set) "bookmark" "packages/bookmark.el")
|
|
|
5549
|
|
|
5550 (if (symbolp (key-binding "r")) nil (progn (define-key ctl-x-map "rb" 'bookmark-jump) (define-key ctl-x-map "rm" 'bookmark-set) (define-key ctl-x-map "rl" 'bookmark-bmenu-list)))
|
|
|
5551
|
|
|
5552 (defvar bookmark-map nil "\
|
|
|
5553 Keymap containing bindings to bookmark functions.
|
|
|
5554 It is not bound to any key by default: to bind it
|
|
|
5555 so that you have a bookmark prefix, just use `global-set-key' and bind a
|
|
|
5556 key of your choice to `bookmark-map'. All interactive bookmark
|
|
|
5557 functions have a binding in this keymap.")
|
|
|
5558
|
|
|
5559 (define-prefix-command 'bookmark-map)
|
|
|
5560
|
|
|
5561 (define-key bookmark-map "x" 'bookmark-set)
|
|
|
5562
|
|
|
5563 (define-key bookmark-map "m" 'bookmark-set)
|
|
|
5564
|
|
|
5565 (define-key bookmark-map "j" 'bookmark-jump)
|
|
|
5566
|
|
|
5567 (define-key bookmark-map "g" 'bookmark-jump)
|
|
|
5568
|
|
|
5569 (define-key bookmark-map "i" 'bookmark-insert)
|
|
|
5570
|
|
|
5571 (define-key bookmark-map "e" 'edit-bookmarks)
|
|
|
5572
|
|
|
5573 (define-key bookmark-map "f" 'bookmark-insert-location)
|
|
|
5574
|
|
|
5575 (define-key bookmark-map "r" 'bookmark-rename)
|
|
|
5576
|
|
|
5577 (define-key bookmark-map "d" 'bookmark-delete)
|
|
|
5578
|
|
|
5579 (define-key bookmark-map "l" 'bookmark-load)
|
|
|
5580
|
|
|
5581 (define-key bookmark-map "w" 'bookmark-write)
|
|
|
5582
|
|
|
5583 (define-key bookmark-map "s" 'bookmark-save)
|
|
|
5584
|
|
153
|
5585 (add-hook 'kill-emacs-hook (function (lambda nil (and (featurep 'bookmark) bookmark-alist (bookmark-time-to-save-p t) (bookmark-save)))))
|
|
|
5586
|
|
78
|
5587 (autoload 'bookmark-set "bookmark" "\
|
|
|
5588 Set a bookmark named NAME inside a file.
|
|
|
5589 If name is nil, then the user will be prompted.
|
|
|
5590 With prefix arg, will not overwrite a bookmark that has the same name
|
|
|
5591 as NAME if such a bookmark already exists, but instead will \"push\"
|
|
|
5592 the new bookmark onto the bookmark alist. Thus the most recently set
|
|
|
5593 bookmark with name NAME would be the one in effect at any given time,
|
|
|
5594 but the others are still there, should you decide to delete the most
|
|
|
5595 recent one.
|
|
|
5596
|
|
|
5597 To yank words from the text of the buffer and use them as part of the
|
|
|
5598 bookmark name, type C-w while setting a bookmark. Successive C-w's
|
|
|
5599 yank successive words.
|
|
|
5600
|
|
|
5601 Typing C-u inserts the name of the last bookmark used in the buffer
|
|
|
5602 \(as an aid in using a single bookmark name to track your progress
|
|
|
5603 through a large file). If no bookmark was used, then C-u inserts the
|
|
|
5604 name of the file being visited.
|
|
|
5605
|
|
|
5606 Use \\[bookmark-delete] to remove bookmarks (you give it a name,
|
|
|
5607 and it removes only the first instance of a bookmark with that name from
|
|
|
5608 the list of bookmarks.)" t nil)
|
|
|
5609
|
|
|
5610 (autoload 'bookmark-jump "bookmark" "\
|
|
|
5611 Jump to bookmark BOOKMARK (a point in some file).
|
|
|
5612 You may have a problem using this function if the value of variable
|
|
|
5613 `bookmark-alist' is nil. If that happens, you need to load in some
|
|
|
5614 bookmarks. See help on function `bookmark-load' for more about
|
|
|
5615 this.
|
|
|
5616
|
|
|
5617 If the file pointed to by BOOKMARK no longer exists, you will be asked
|
|
|
5618 if you wish to give the bookmark a new location, and bookmark-jump
|
|
|
5619 will then jump to the new location, as well as recording it in place
|
|
|
5620 of the old one in the permanent bookmark record." t nil)
|
|
|
5621
|
|
|
5622 (autoload 'bookmark-relocate "bookmark" "\
|
|
153
|
5623 Relocate BOOKMARK to another file (reading file name with minibuffer).
|
|
|
5624 This makes an already existing bookmark point to that file, instead of
|
|
|
5625 the one it used to point at. Useful when a file has been renamed
|
|
|
5626 after a bookmark was set in it." t nil)
|
|
78
|
5627
|
|
|
5628 (autoload 'bookmark-insert-location "bookmark" "\
|
|
|
5629 Insert the name of the file associated with BOOKMARK.
|
|
|
5630 Optional second arg NO-HISTORY means don't record this in the
|
|
|
5631 minibuffer history list `bookmark-history'." t nil)
|
|
|
5632
|
|
153
|
5633 (defalias 'bookmark-locate 'bookmark-insert-location)
|
|
|
5634
|
|
78
|
5635 (autoload 'bookmark-rename "bookmark" "\
|
|
153
|
5636 Change the name of OLD bookmark to NEW name.
|
|
|
5637 If called from keyboard, prompt for OLD and NEW. If called from
|
|
|
5638 menubar, select OLD from a menu and prompt for NEW.
|
|
|
5639
|
|
|
5640 If called from Lisp, prompt for NEW if only OLD was passed as an
|
|
78
|
5641 argument. If called with two strings, then no prompting is done. You
|
|
|
5642 must pass at least OLD when calling from Lisp.
|
|
|
5643
|
|
|
5644 While you are entering the new name, consecutive C-w's insert
|
|
108
|
5645 consecutive words from the text of the buffer into the new bookmark
|
|
78
|
5646 name." t nil)
|
|
|
5647
|
|
|
5648 (autoload 'bookmark-insert "bookmark" "\
|
|
|
5649 Insert the text of the file pointed to by bookmark BOOKMARK.
|
|
|
5650 You may have a problem using this function if the value of variable
|
|
|
5651 `bookmark-alist' is nil. If that happens, you need to load in some
|
|
|
5652 bookmarks. See help on function `bookmark-load' for more about
|
|
|
5653 this." t nil)
|
|
|
5654
|
|
|
5655 (autoload 'bookmark-delete "bookmark" "\
|
|
|
5656 Delete BOOKMARK from the bookmark list.
|
|
|
5657 Removes only the first instance of a bookmark with that name. If
|
|
|
5658 there are one or more other bookmarks with the same name, they will
|
|
|
5659 not be deleted. Defaults to the \"current\" bookmark (that is, the
|
|
|
5660 one most recently used in this file, if any).
|
|
|
5661 Optional second arg BATCH means don't update the bookmark list buffer,
|
|
|
5662 probably because we were called from there." t nil)
|
|
|
5663
|
|
|
5664 (autoload 'bookmark-write "bookmark" "\
|
|
153
|
5665 Write bookmarks to a file (reading the file name with the minibuffer).
|
|
|
5666 Don't use this in Lisp programs; use `bookmark-save' instead." t nil)
|
|
78
|
5667
|
|
|
5668 (autoload 'bookmark-save "bookmark" "\
|
|
|
5669 Save currently defined bookmarks.
|
|
|
5670 Saves by default in the file defined by the variable
|
|
|
5671 `bookmark-default-file'. With a prefix arg, save it in file FILE
|
|
|
5672 \(second argument).
|
|
|
5673
|
|
|
5674 If you are calling this from Lisp, the two arguments are PREFIX-ARG
|
|
|
5675 and FILE, and if you just want it to write to the default file, then
|
|
|
5676 pass no arguments. Or pass in nil and FILE, and it will save in FILE
|
|
|
5677 instead. If you pass in one argument, and it is non-nil, then the
|
|
|
5678 user will be interactively queried for a file to save in.
|
|
|
5679
|
|
|
5680 When you want to load in the bookmarks from a file, use
|
|
|
5681 `bookmark-load', \\[bookmark-load]. That function will prompt you
|
|
|
5682 for a file, defaulting to the file defined by variable
|
|
|
5683 `bookmark-default-file'." t nil)
|
|
|
5684
|
|
|
5685 (autoload 'bookmark-load "bookmark" "\
|
|
|
5686 Load bookmarks from FILE (which must be in bookmark format).
|
|
|
5687 Appends loaded bookmarks to the front of the list of bookmarks. If
|
|
|
5688 optional second argument REVERT is non-nil, existing bookmarks are
|
|
|
5689 destroyed. Optional third arg NO-MSG means don't display any messages
|
|
|
5690 while loading.
|
|
|
5691
|
|
|
5692 If you load a file that doesn't contain a proper bookmark alist, you
|
|
|
5693 will corrupt Emacs's bookmark list. Generally, you should only load
|
|
|
5694 in files that were created with the bookmark functions in the first
|
|
|
5695 place. Your own personal bookmark file, `~/.emacs.bmk', is
|
|
|
5696 maintained automatically by Emacs; you shouldn't need to load it
|
|
|
5697 explicitly." t nil)
|
|
|
5698
|
|
|
5699 (autoload 'bookmark-bmenu-list "bookmark" "\
|
|
|
5700 Display a list of existing bookmarks.
|
|
|
5701 The list is displayed in a buffer named `*Bookmark List*'.
|
|
|
5702 The leftmost column displays a D if the bookmark is flagged for
|
|
|
5703 deletion, or > if it is flagged for displaying." t nil)
|
|
|
5704
|
|
|
5705 (defalias 'list-bookmarks 'bookmark-bmenu-list)
|
|
|
5706
|
|
|
5707 (defalias 'edit-bookmarks 'bookmark-bmenu-list)
|
|
|
5708
|
|
|
5709 (autoload 'bookmark-menu-insert "bookmark" "\
|
|
|
5710 Insert the text of the file pointed to by bookmark BOOKMARK.
|
|
|
5711 You may have a problem using this function if the value of variable
|
|
|
5712 `bookmark-alist' is nil. If that happens, you need to load in some
|
|
|
5713 bookmarks. See help on function `bookmark-load' for more about
|
|
|
5714 this.
|
|
|
5715
|
|
|
5716 Warning: this function only takes an EVENT as argument. Use the
|
|
|
5717 corresponding bookmark function from Lisp (the one without the
|
|
|
5718 \"-menu-\" in its name)." t nil)
|
|
|
5719
|
|
|
5720 (autoload 'bookmark-menu-jump "bookmark" "\
|
|
|
5721 Jump to bookmark BOOKMARK (a point in some file).
|
|
|
5722 You may have a problem using this function if the value of variable
|
|
|
5723 `bookmark-alist' is nil. If that happens, you need to load in some
|
|
|
5724 bookmarks. See help on function `bookmark-load' for more about
|
|
|
5725 this.
|
|
|
5726
|
|
|
5727 Warning: this function only takes an EVENT as argument. Use the
|
|
|
5728 corresponding bookmark function from Lisp (the one without the
|
|
|
5729 \"-menu-\" in its name)." t nil)
|
|
|
5730
|
|
|
5731 (autoload 'bookmark-menu-locate "bookmark" "\
|
|
|
5732 Insert the name of the file associated with BOOKMARK.
|
|
|
5733 \(This is not the same as the contents of that file).
|
|
|
5734
|
|
|
5735 Warning: this function only takes an EVENT as argument. Use the
|
|
|
5736 corresponding bookmark function from Lisp (the one without the
|
|
|
5737 \"-menu-\" in its name)." t nil)
|
|
|
5738
|
|
|
5739 (autoload 'bookmark-menu-rename "bookmark" "\
|
|
|
5740 Change the name of OLD-BOOKMARK to NEWNAME.
|
|
|
5741 If called from keyboard, prompts for OLD-BOOKMARK and NEWNAME.
|
|
|
5742 If called from menubar, OLD-BOOKMARK is selected from a menu, and
|
|
|
5743 prompts for NEWNAME.
|
|
|
5744 If called from Lisp, prompts for NEWNAME if only OLD-BOOKMARK was
|
|
|
5745 passed as an argument. If called with two strings, then no prompting
|
|
|
5746 is done. You must pass at least OLD-BOOKMARK when calling from Lisp.
|
|
|
5747
|
|
|
5748 While you are entering the new name, consecutive C-w's insert
|
|
108
|
5749 consecutive words from the text of the buffer into the new bookmark
|
|
78
|
5750 name.
|
|
|
5751
|
|
|
5752 Warning: this function only takes an EVENT as argument. Use the
|
|
|
5753 corresponding bookmark function from Lisp (the one without the
|
|
|
5754 \"-menu-\" in its name)." t nil)
|
|
|
5755
|
|
|
5756 (autoload 'bookmark-menu-delete "bookmark" "\
|
|
|
5757 Delete the bookmark named NAME from the bookmark list.
|
|
|
5758 Removes only the first instance of a bookmark with that name. If
|
|
|
5759 there are one or more other bookmarks with the same name, they will
|
|
|
5760 not be deleted. Defaults to the \"current\" bookmark (that is, the
|
|
|
5761 one most recently used in this file, if any).
|
|
|
5762
|
|
|
5763 Warning: this function only takes an EVENT as argument. Use the
|
|
|
5764 corresponding bookmark function from Lisp (the one without the
|
|
|
5765 \"-menu-\" in its name)." t nil)
|
|
|
5766
|
|
153
|
5767 (defvar menu-bar-bookmark-map (make-sparse-keymap "Bookmark functions"))
|
|
|
5768
|
|
|
5769 (defalias 'menu-bar-bookmark-map (symbol-value 'menu-bar-bookmark-map))
|
|
|
5770
|
|
|
5771 (define-key menu-bar-bookmark-map [load] '("Load a Bookmark File..." . bookmark-load))
|
|
|
5772
|
|
|
5773 (define-key menu-bar-bookmark-map [write] '("Save Bookmarks As..." . bookmark-write))
|
|
|
5774
|
|
|
5775 (define-key menu-bar-bookmark-map [save] '("Save Bookmarks" . bookmark-save))
|
|
|
5776
|
|
|
5777 (define-key menu-bar-bookmark-map [edit] '("Edit Bookmark List" . bookmark-bmenu-list))
|
|
|
5778
|
|
|
5779 (define-key menu-bar-bookmark-map [delete] '("Delete Bookmark" . bookmark-menu-delete))
|
|
|
5780
|
|
|
5781 (define-key menu-bar-bookmark-map [rename] '("Rename Bookmark" . bookmark-menu-rename))
|
|
|
5782
|
|
|
5783 (define-key menu-bar-bookmark-map [locate] '("Insert Location" . bookmark-menu-locate))
|
|
|
5784
|
|
|
5785 (define-key menu-bar-bookmark-map [insert] '("Insert Contents" . bookmark-menu-insert))
|
|
|
5786
|
|
|
5787 (define-key menu-bar-bookmark-map [set] '("Set Bookmark" . bookmark-set))
|
|
|
5788
|
|
|
5789 (define-key menu-bar-bookmark-map [jump] '("Jump to Bookmark" . bookmark-menu-jump))
|
|
|
5790
|
|
78
|
5791 ;;;***
|
|
|
5792
|
|
|
5793 ;;;### (autoloads nil "buff-menu" "packages/buff-menu.el")
|
|
|
5794
|
|
|
5795 (defvar list-buffers-directory nil)
|
|
|
5796
|
|
|
5797 (make-variable-buffer-local 'list-buffers-directory)
|
|
|
5798
|
|
|
5799 ;;;***
|
|
|
5800
|
|
|
5801 ;;;### (autoloads (command-history-mode list-command-history repeat-matching-complex-command) "chistory" "packages/chistory.el")
|
|
|
5802
|
|
|
5803 (autoload 'repeat-matching-complex-command "chistory" "\
|
|
|
5804 Edit and re-evaluate complex command with name matching PATTERN.
|
|
|
5805 Matching occurrences are displayed, most recent first, until you select
|
|
|
5806 a form for evaluation. If PATTERN is empty (or nil), every form in the
|
|
|
5807 command history is offered. The form is placed in the minibuffer for
|
|
|
5808 editing and the result is evaluated." t nil)
|
|
|
5809
|
|
|
5810 (autoload 'list-command-history "chistory" "\
|
|
|
5811 List history of commands typed to minibuffer.
|
|
|
5812 The number of commands listed is controlled by `list-command-history-max'.
|
|
|
5813 Calls value of `list-command-history-filter' (if non-nil) on each history
|
|
|
5814 element to judge if that element should be excluded from the list.
|
|
|
5815
|
|
|
5816 The buffer is left in Command History mode." t nil)
|
|
|
5817
|
|
|
5818 (autoload 'command-history-mode "chistory" "\
|
|
|
5819 Major mode for examining commands from `command-history'.
|
|
|
5820 The number of commands listed is controlled by `list-command-history-max'.
|
|
|
5821 The command history is filtered by `list-command-history-filter' if non-nil.
|
|
|
5822 Use \\<command-history-map>\\[command-history-repeat] to repeat the command on the current line.
|
|
|
5823
|
|
|
5824 Otherwise much like Emacs-Lisp Mode except that there is no self-insertion
|
|
|
5825 and digits provide prefix arguments. Tab does not indent.
|
|
|
5826 \\{command-history-map}
|
|
|
5827 Calls the value of `command-history-hook' if that is non-nil.
|
|
|
5828 The Command History listing is recomputed each time this mode is invoked." t nil)
|
|
|
5829
|
|
|
5830 ;;;***
|
|
|
5831
|
|
|
5832 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cmuscheme" "packages/cmuscheme.el")
|
|
|
5833
|
|
|
5834 (add-hook 'same-window-buffer-names "*scheme*")
|
|
|
5835
|
|
|
5836 ;;;***
|
|
|
5837
|
|
|
5838 ;;;### (autoloads (compare-windows) "compare-w" "packages/compare-w.el")
|
|
|
5839
|
|
|
5840 (autoload 'compare-windows "compare-w" "\
|
|
|
5841 Compare text in current window with text in next window.
|
|
|
5842 Compares the text starting at point in each window,
|
|
|
5843 moving over text in each one as far as they match.
|
|
|
5844
|
|
|
5845 This command pushes the mark in each window
|
|
|
5846 at the prior location of point in that window.
|
|
|
5847 If both windows display the same buffer,
|
|
|
5848 the mark is pushed twice in that buffer:
|
|
|
5849 first in the other window, then in the selected window.
|
|
|
5850
|
|
|
5851 A prefix arg means ignore changes in whitespace.
|
|
|
5852 The variable `compare-windows-whitespace' controls how whitespace is skipped.
|
|
|
5853 If `compare-ignore-case' is non-nil, changes in case are also ignored." t nil)
|
|
|
5854
|
|
|
5855 ;;;***
|
|
|
5856
|
|
|
5857 ;;;### (autoloads (first-error previous-error next-error compilation-minor-mode grep compile) "compile" "packages/compile.el")
|
|
|
5858
|
|
120
|
5859 (defcustom compilation-mode-hook nil "*List of hook functions run by `compilation-mode' (see `run-hooks')." :type 'hook :group 'compilation)
|
|
|
5860
|
|
|
5861 (defcustom compilation-window-height nil "*Number of lines in a compilation window. If nil, use Emacs default." :type '(choice (const nil) integer) :group 'compilation)
|
|
|
5862
|
|
|
5863 (defcustom compilation-buffer-name-function nil "Function to compute the name of a compilation buffer.\nThe function receives one argument, the name of the major mode of the\ncompilation buffer. It should return a string.\nnil means compute the name with `(concat \"*\" (downcase major-mode) \"*\")'." :type 'function :group 'compilation)
|
|
|
5864
|
|
|
5865 (defcustom compilation-finish-function nil "*Function to call when a compilation process finishes.\nIt is called with two arguments: the compilation buffer, and a string\ndescribing how the process finished." :type 'function :group 'compilation)
|
|
|
5866
|
|
|
5867 (defcustom compilation-search-path '(nil) "*List of directories to search for source files named in error messages.\nElements should be directory names, not file names of directories.\nnil as an element means to try the default directory." :type '(repeat (choice (const :tag "Default" nil) directory)) :group 'compilation)
|
|
78
|
5868
|
|
|
5869 (autoload 'compile "compile" "\
|
|
|
5870 Compile the program including the current buffer. Default: run `make'.
|
|
|
5871 Runs COMMAND, a shell command, in a separate process asynchronously
|
|
|
5872 with output going to the buffer `*compilation*'.
|
|
|
5873
|
|
|
5874 You can then use the command \\[next-error] to find the next error message
|
|
|
5875 and move to the source code that caused it.
|
|
|
5876
|
|
|
5877 Interactively, prompts for the command if `compilation-read-command' is
|
|
|
5878 non-nil; otherwise uses `compile-command'. With prefix arg, always prompts.
|
|
|
5879
|
|
|
5880 To run more than one compilation at once, start one and rename the
|
|
|
5881 `*compilation*' buffer to some other name with \\[rename-buffer].
|
|
|
5882 Then start the next one.
|
|
|
5883
|
|
|
5884 The name used for the buffer is actually whatever is returned by
|
|
|
5885 the function in `compilation-buffer-name-function', so you can set that
|
|
|
5886 to a function that generates a unique name." t nil)
|
|
|
5887
|
|
|
5888 (autoload 'grep "compile" "\
|
|
|
5889 Run grep, with user-specified args, and collect output in a buffer.
|
|
|
5890 While grep runs asynchronously, you can use the \\[next-error] command
|
|
|
5891 to find the text that grep hits refer to.
|
|
|
5892
|
|
|
5893 This command uses a special history list for its arguments, so you can
|
|
|
5894 easily repeat a grep command." t nil)
|
|
|
5895
|
|
|
5896 (autoload 'compilation-minor-mode "compile" "\
|
|
|
5897 Toggle compilation minor mode.
|
|
|
5898 With arg, turn compilation mode on if and only if arg is positive.
|
|
|
5899 See `compilation-mode'.
|
|
|
5900 ! \\{compilation-mode-map}" t nil)
|
|
|
5901
|
|
|
5902 (autoload 'next-error "compile" "\
|
|
|
5903 Visit next compilation error message and corresponding source code.
|
|
|
5904 This operates on the output from the \\[compile] command.
|
|
|
5905 If all preparsed error messages have been processed,
|
|
|
5906 the error message buffer is checked for new ones.
|
|
|
5907
|
|
|
5908 A prefix arg specifies how many error messages to move;
|
|
|
5909 negative means move back to previous error messages.
|
|
|
5910 Just C-u as a prefix means reparse the error message buffer
|
|
|
5911 and start at the first error.
|
|
|
5912
|
|
|
5913 \\[next-error] normally applies to the most recent compilation started,
|
|
|
5914 but as long as you are in the middle of parsing errors from one compilation
|
|
|
5915 output buffer, you stay with that compilation output buffer.
|
|
|
5916
|
|
|
5917 Use \\[next-error] in a compilation output buffer to switch to
|
|
|
5918 processing errors from that compilation.
|
|
|
5919
|
|
|
5920 See variables `compilation-parse-errors-function' and
|
|
|
5921 `compilation-error-regexp-alist' for customization ideas." t nil)
|
|
|
5922
|
|
|
5923 (define-key ctl-x-map "`" 'next-error)
|
|
|
5924
|
|
|
5925 (autoload 'previous-error "compile" "\
|
|
|
5926 Visit previous compilation error message and corresponding source code.
|
|
|
5927 This operates on the output from the \\[compile] command." t nil)
|
|
|
5928
|
|
|
5929 (autoload 'first-error "compile" "\
|
|
|
5930 Reparse the error message buffer and start at the first error
|
|
|
5931 Visit corresponding source code.
|
|
|
5932 This operates on the output from the \\[compile] command." t nil)
|
|
|
5933
|
|
|
5934 ;;;***
|
|
|
5935
|
|
|
5936 ;;;### (autoloads (dabbrev-expand dabbrev-completion) "dabbrev" "packages/dabbrev.el")
|
|
|
5937
|
|
|
5938 (define-key global-map [(meta /)] 'dabbrev-expand)
|
|
|
5939
|
|
|
5940 (define-key global-map [(meta control /)] 'dabbrev-completion)
|
|
|
5941
|
|
|
5942 (autoload 'dabbrev-completion "dabbrev" "\
|
|
|
5943 Completion on current word.
|
|
|
5944 Like \\[dabbrev-expand] but finds all expansions in the current buffer
|
|
|
5945 and presents suggestions for completion.
|
|
|
5946
|
|
|
5947 With a prefix argument, it searches all buffers accepted by the
|
|
|
5948 function pointed out by `dabbrev-friend-buffer-function' to find the
|
|
|
5949 completions.
|
|
|
5950
|
|
|
5951 If the prefix argument is 16 (which comes from C-u C-u),
|
|
|
5952 then it searches *all* buffers.
|
|
|
5953
|
|
|
5954 With no prefix argument, it reuses an old completion list
|
|
|
5955 if there is a suitable one already." t nil)
|
|
|
5956
|
|
|
5957 (autoload 'dabbrev-expand "dabbrev" "\
|
|
|
5958 Expand previous word \"dynamically\".
|
|
|
5959
|
|
|
5960 Expands to the most recent, preceding word for which this is a prefix.
|
|
|
5961 If no suitable preceding word is found, words following point are
|
|
|
5962 considered. If still no suitable word is found, then look in the
|
|
|
5963 buffers accepted by the function pointed out by variable
|
|
|
5964 `dabbrev-friend-buffer-function'.
|
|
|
5965
|
|
|
5966 A positive prefix argument, N, says to take the Nth backward *distinct*
|
|
|
5967 possibility. A negative argument says search forward.
|
|
|
5968
|
|
|
5969 If the cursor has not moved from the end of the previous expansion and
|
|
|
5970 no argument is given, replace the previously-made expansion
|
|
|
5971 with the next possible expansion not yet tried.
|
|
|
5972
|
|
|
5973 The variable `dabbrev-backward-only' may be used to limit the
|
|
|
5974 direction of search to backward if set non-nil.
|
|
|
5975
|
|
|
5976 See also `dabbrev-abbrev-char-regexp' and \\[dabbrev-completion]." t nil)
|
|
|
5977
|
|
|
5978 ;;;***
|
|
|
5979
|
|
104
|
5980 ;;;### (autoloads (diff-backup diff) "diff" "packages/diff.el")
|
|
|
5981
|
|
120
|
5982 (defcustom diff-switches "-c" "*A list of switches (strings) to pass to the diff program." :type '(choice string (repeat string)) :group 'diff)
|
|
104
|
5983
|
|
|
5984 (autoload 'diff "diff" "\
|
|
|
5985 Find and display the differences between OLD and NEW files.
|
|
|
5986 Interactively you are prompted with the current buffer's file name for NEW
|
|
|
5987 and what appears to be its backup for OLD." t nil)
|
|
|
5988
|
|
|
5989 (autoload 'diff-backup "diff" "\
|
|
|
5990 Diff this file with its backup file or vice versa.
|
|
|
5991 Uses the latest backup, if there are several numerical backups.
|
|
|
5992 If this file is a backup, diff it with its original.
|
|
|
5993 The backup file is the first file given to `diff'." t nil)
|
|
|
5994
|
|
|
5995 ;;;***
|
|
|
5996
|
|
78
|
5997 ;;;### (autoloads (edit-faces) "edit-faces" "packages/edit-faces.el")
|
|
|
5998
|
|
|
5999 (autoload 'edit-faces "edit-faces" "\
|
|
|
6000 Alter face characteristics by editing a list of defined faces.
|
|
|
6001 Pops up a buffer containing a list of defined faces.
|
|
|
6002
|
|
|
6003 Editing commands:
|
|
|
6004
|
|
|
6005 \\{edit-faces-mode-map}" t nil)
|
|
|
6006
|
|
|
6007 ;;;***
|
|
|
6008
|
|
|
6009 ;;;### (autoloads (report-xemacs-bug) "emacsbug" "packages/emacsbug.el")
|
|
|
6010
|
|
|
6011 (autoload 'report-xemacs-bug "emacsbug" "\
|
|
|
6012 Report a bug in XEmacs.
|
|
|
6013 Prompts for bug subject. Leaves you in a mail buffer." t nil)
|
|
|
6014
|
|
|
6015 ;;;***
|
|
|
6016
|
|
|
6017 ;;;### (autoloads (emerge-merge-directories emerge-revisions-with-ancestor emerge-revisions emerge-files-with-ancestor-remote emerge-files-remote emerge-files-with-ancestor-command emerge-files-command emerge-buffers-with-ancestor emerge-buffers emerge-files-with-ancestor emerge-files) "emerge" "packages/emerge.el")
|
|
|
6018
|
|
|
6019 (autoload 'emerge-files "emerge" "\
|
|
|
6020 Run Emerge on two files." t nil)
|
|
|
6021
|
|
|
6022 (fset 'emerge 'emerge-files)
|
|
|
6023
|
|
|
6024 (autoload 'emerge-files-with-ancestor "emerge" "\
|
|
|
6025 Run Emerge on two files, giving another file as the ancestor." t nil)
|
|
|
6026
|
|
|
6027 (autoload 'emerge-buffers "emerge" "\
|
|
|
6028 Run Emerge on two buffers." t nil)
|
|
|
6029
|
|
|
6030 (autoload 'emerge-buffers-with-ancestor "emerge" "\
|
|
|
6031 Run Emerge on two buffers, giving another buffer as the ancestor." t nil)
|
|
|
6032
|
|
|
6033 (autoload 'emerge-files-command "emerge" nil nil nil)
|
|
|
6034
|
|
|
6035 (autoload 'emerge-files-with-ancestor-command "emerge" nil nil nil)
|
|
|
6036
|
|
|
6037 (autoload 'emerge-files-remote "emerge" nil nil nil)
|
|
|
6038
|
|
|
6039 (autoload 'emerge-files-with-ancestor-remote "emerge" nil nil nil)
|
|
|
6040
|
|
|
6041 (autoload 'emerge-revisions "emerge" "\
|
|
|
6042 Emerge two RCS revisions of a file." t nil)
|
|
|
6043
|
|
|
6044 (autoload 'emerge-revisions-with-ancestor "emerge" "\
|
|
|
6045 Emerge two RCS revisions of a file, with another revision as ancestor." t nil)
|
|
|
6046
|
|
|
6047 (autoload 'emerge-merge-directories "emerge" nil t nil)
|
|
|
6048
|
|
|
6049 ;;;***
|
|
|
6050
|
|
|
6051 ;;;### (autoloads (tags-apropos list-tags tags-query-replace tags-search tags-loop-continue next-file find-tag-other-window find-tag visit-tags-table) "etags" "packages/etags.el")
|
|
|
6052
|
|
142
|
6053 (defcustom tags-build-completion-table 'ask "*If this variable is nil, then tags completion is disabled.\nIf this variable is t, then things which prompt for tags will do so with \n completion across all known tags.\nIf this variable is the symbol `ask', then you will be asked whether each\n tags table should be added to the completion list as it is read in.\n (With the exception that for very small tags tables, you will not be asked,\n since they can be parsed quickly.)" :type '(radio (const :tag "Disabled" nil) (const :tag "Complete All" t) (const :tag "Ask" ask)) :group 'etags)
|
|
|
6054
|
|
|
6055 (defcustom tags-always-exact nil "*If this variable is non-nil, then tags always looks for exact matches." :type 'boolean :group 'etags)
|
|
|
6056
|
|
|
6057 (defcustom tag-table-alist nil "*A list which determines which tags files should be active for a \ngiven buffer. This is not really an association list, in that all \nelements are checked. The CAR of each element of this list is a \npattern against which the buffer's file name is compared; if it \nmatches, then the CDR of the list should be the name of the tags\ntable to use. If more than one element of this list matches the\nbuffer's file name, then all of the associated tags tables will be\nused. Earlier ones will be searched first.\n\nIf the CAR of elements of this list are strings, then they are treated\nas regular-expressions against which the file is compared (like the\nauto-mode-alist). If they are not strings, then they are evaluated.\nIf they evaluate to non-nil, then the current buffer is considered to\nmatch.\n\nIf the CDR of the elements of this list are strings, then they are\nassumed to name a TAGS file. If they name a directory, then the string\n\"TAGS\" is appended to them to get the file name. If they are not \nstrings, then they are evaluated, and must return an appropriate string.\n\nFor example:\n (setq tag-table-alist\n '((\"/usr/src/public/perl/\" . \"/usr/src/public/perl/perl-3.0/\")\n (\"\\\\.el$\" . \"/usr/local/emacs/src/\")\n (\"/jbw/gnu/\" . \"/usr15/degree/stud/jbw/gnu/\")\n (\"\" . \"/usr/local/emacs/src/\")\n ))\n\nThis means that anything in the /usr/src/public/perl/ directory should use\nthe TAGS file /usr/src/public/perl/perl-3.0/TAGS; and file ending in .el should\nuse the TAGS file /usr/local/emacs/src/TAGS; and anything in or below the\ndirectory /jbw/gnu/ should use the TAGS file /usr15/degree/stud/jbw/gnu/TAGS.\nA file called something like \"/usr/jbw/foo.el\" would use both the TAGS files\n/usr/local/emacs/src/TAGS and /usr15/degree/stud/jbw/gnu/TAGS (in that order)\nbecause it matches both patterns.\n\nIf the buffer-local variable `buffer-tag-table' is set, then it names a tags\ntable that is searched before all others when find-tag is executed from this\nbuffer.\n\nIf there is a file called \"TAGS\" in the same directory as the file in \nquestion, then that tags file will always be used as well (after the\n`buffer-tag-table' but before the tables specified by this list.)\n\nIf the variable tags-file-name is set, then the tags file it names will apply\nto all buffers (for backwards compatibility.) It is searched first.\n" :type '(repeat (cons regexp sexp)) :group 'etags)
|
|
78
|
6058
|
|
|
6059 (autoload 'visit-tags-table "etags" "\
|
|
|
6060 Tell tags commands to use tags table file FILE first.
|
|
|
6061 FILE should be the name of a file created with the `etags' program.
|
|
|
6062 A directory name is ok too; it means file TAGS in that directory." t nil)
|
|
|
6063
|
|
|
6064 (autoload 'find-tag "etags" "\
|
|
|
6065 *Find tag whose name contains TAGNAME.
|
|
|
6066 Selects the buffer that the tag is contained in
|
|
|
6067 and puts point at its definition.
|
|
|
6068 If TAGNAME is a null string, the expression in the buffer
|
|
|
6069 around or before point is used as the tag name.
|
|
|
6070 If called interactively with a numeric argument, searches for the next tag
|
|
|
6071 in the tag table that matches the tagname used in the previous find-tag.
|
|
|
6072 If second arg OTHER-WINDOW is non-nil, uses another window to display
|
|
|
6073 the tag.
|
|
|
6074
|
|
|
6075 This version of this function supports multiple active tags tables,
|
|
|
6076 and completion.
|
|
|
6077
|
|
|
6078 Variables of note:
|
|
|
6079
|
|
|
6080 tag-table-alist controls which tables apply to which buffers
|
|
|
6081 tags-file-name a default tags table
|
|
|
6082 tags-build-completion-table controls completion behavior
|
|
|
6083 buffer-tag-table another way of specifying a buffer-local table
|
|
|
6084 make-tags-files-invisible whether tags tables should be very hidden
|
|
|
6085 tag-mark-stack-max how many tags-based hops to remember" t nil)
|
|
|
6086
|
|
|
6087 (autoload 'find-tag-other-window "etags" "\
|
|
|
6088 *Find tag whose name contains TAGNAME.
|
|
|
6089 Selects the buffer that the tag is contained in in another window
|
|
|
6090 and puts point at its definition.
|
|
|
6091 If TAGNAME is a null string, the expression in the buffer
|
|
|
6092 around or before point is used as the tag name.
|
|
|
6093 If second arg NEXT is non-nil (interactively, with prefix arg),
|
|
|
6094 searches for the next tag in the tag table
|
|
|
6095 that matches the tagname used in the previous find-tag.
|
|
|
6096
|
|
|
6097 This version of this function supports multiple active tags tables,
|
|
|
6098 and completion.
|
|
|
6099
|
|
|
6100 Variables of note:
|
|
|
6101
|
|
|
6102 tag-table-alist controls which tables apply to which buffers
|
|
|
6103 tags-file-name a default tags table
|
|
|
6104 tags-build-completion-table controls completion behavior
|
|
|
6105 buffer-tag-table another way of specifying a buffer-local table
|
|
|
6106 make-tags-files-invisible whether tags tables should be very hidden
|
|
|
6107 tag-mark-stack-max how many tags-based hops to remember" t nil)
|
|
|
6108
|
|
|
6109 (autoload 'next-file "etags" "\
|
|
|
6110 Select next file among files in current tag table(s).
|
|
|
6111
|
|
|
6112 A first argument of t (prefix arg, if interactive) initializes to the
|
|
|
6113 beginning of the list of files in the (first) tags table. If the argument
|
|
|
6114 is neither nil nor t, it is evalled to initialize the list of files.
|
|
|
6115
|
|
|
6116 Non-nil second argument NOVISIT means use a temporary buffer
|
|
|
6117 to save time and avoid uninteresting warnings.
|
|
|
6118
|
|
|
6119 Value is nil if the file was already visited;
|
|
|
6120 if the file was newly read in, the value is the filename." t nil)
|
|
|
6121
|
|
|
6122 (autoload 'tags-loop-continue "etags" "\
|
|
|
6123 Continue last \\[tags-search] or \\[tags-query-replace] command.
|
|
|
6124 Used noninteractively with non-nil argument to begin such a command (the
|
|
|
6125 argument is passed to `next-file', which see).
|
|
|
6126 Two variables control the processing we do on each file:
|
|
|
6127 the value of `tags-loop-scan' is a form to be executed on each file
|
|
|
6128 to see if it is interesting (it returns non-nil if so)
|
|
|
6129 and `tags-loop-operate' is a form to execute to operate on an interesting file
|
|
|
6130 If the latter returns non-nil, we exit; otherwise we scan the next file." t nil)
|
|
|
6131
|
|
|
6132 (autoload 'tags-search "etags" "\
|
|
|
6133 Search through all files listed in tags table for match for REGEXP.
|
|
|
6134 Stops when a match is found.
|
|
|
6135 To continue searching for next match, use command \\[tags-loop-continue].
|
|
|
6136
|
|
|
6137 See documentation of variable `tag-table-alist'." t nil)
|
|
|
6138
|
|
|
6139 (autoload 'tags-query-replace "etags" "\
|
|
|
6140 Query-replace-regexp FROM with TO through all files listed in tags table.
|
|
|
6141 Third arg DELIMITED (prefix arg) means replace only word-delimited matches.
|
|
|
6142 If you exit (\\[keyboard-quit] or ESC), you can resume the query-replace
|
|
|
6143 with the command \\[tags-loop-continue].
|
|
|
6144
|
|
|
6145 See documentation of variable `tag-table-alist'." t nil)
|
|
|
6146
|
|
|
6147 (autoload 'list-tags "etags" "\
|
|
|
6148 Display list of tags in file FILE.
|
|
|
6149 FILE should not contain a directory spec
|
|
|
6150 unless it has one in the tag table." t nil)
|
|
|
6151
|
|
|
6152 (autoload 'tags-apropos "etags" "\
|
|
|
6153 Display list of all tags in tag table REGEXP matches." t nil)
|
|
|
6154
|
|
|
6155 ;;;***
|
|
|
6156
|
|
|
6157 ;;;### (autoloads (turn-on-fast-lock fast-lock-mode) "fast-lock" "packages/fast-lock.el")
|
|
|
6158
|
|
|
6159 (autoload 'fast-lock-mode "fast-lock" "\
|
|
|
6160 Toggle Fast Lock mode.
|
|
|
6161 With arg, turn Fast Lock mode on if and only if arg is positive and the buffer
|
|
|
6162 is associated with a file. Enable it automatically in your `~/.emacs' by:
|
|
|
6163
|
|
|
6164 (setq font-lock-support-mode 'fast-lock-mode)
|
|
|
6165
|
|
|
6166 If Fast Lock mode is enabled, and the current buffer does not contain any text
|
|
|
6167 properties, any associated Font Lock cache is used if its timestamp matches the
|
|
|
6168 buffer's file, and its `font-lock-keywords' match those that you are using.
|
|
|
6169
|
|
|
6170 Font Lock caches may be saved:
|
|
100
|
6171 - When you save the file's buffer.
|
|
|
6172 - When you kill an unmodified file's buffer.
|
|
|
6173 - When you exit Emacs, for all unmodified or saved buffers.
|
|
78
|
6174 Depending on the value of `fast-lock-save-events'.
|
|
|
6175 See also the commands `fast-lock-read-cache' and `fast-lock-save-cache'.
|
|
|
6176
|
|
|
6177 Use \\[font-lock-fontify-buffer] to fontify the buffer if the cache is bad.
|
|
|
6178
|
|
|
6179 Various methods of control are provided for the Font Lock cache. In general,
|
|
|
6180 see variable `fast-lock-cache-directories' and function `fast-lock-cache-name'.
|
|
|
6181 For saving, see variables `fast-lock-minimum-size', `fast-lock-save-events',
|
|
98
|
6182 `fast-lock-save-others' and `fast-lock-save-faces'." t nil)
|
|
78
|
6183
|
|
|
6184 (autoload 'turn-on-fast-lock "fast-lock" "\
|
|
|
6185 Unconditionally turn on Fast Lock mode." nil nil)
|
|
|
6186
|
|
100
|
6187 (when (fboundp 'add-minor-mode) (defvar fast-lock-mode nil) (add-minor-mode 'fast-lock-mode nil))
|
|
78
|
6188
|
|
|
6189 ;;;***
|
|
|
6190
|
|
|
6191 ;;;### (autoloads (feedmail-send-it) "feedmail" "packages/feedmail.el")
|
|
|
6192
|
|
|
6193 (autoload 'feedmail-send-it "feedmail" nil nil nil)
|
|
|
6194
|
|
|
6195 ;;;***
|
|
|
6196
|
|
|
6197 ;;;### (autoloads (make-file-part) "file-part" "packages/file-part.el")
|
|
|
6198
|
|
|
6199 (autoload 'make-file-part "file-part" "\
|
|
|
6200 Make a file part on buffer BUFFER out of the region. Call it NAME.
|
|
|
6201 This command creates a new buffer containing the contents of the
|
|
|
6202 region and marks the buffer as referring to the specified buffer,
|
|
|
6203 called the `master buffer'. When the file-part buffer is saved,
|
|
|
6204 its changes are integrated back into the master buffer. When the
|
|
|
6205 master buffer is deleted, all file parts are deleted with it.
|
|
|
6206
|
|
|
6207 When called from a function, expects four arguments, START, END,
|
|
|
6208 NAME, and BUFFER, all of which are optional and default to the
|
|
|
6209 beginning of BUFFER, the end of BUFFER, a name generated from
|
|
|
6210 BUFFER's name, and the current buffer, respectively." t nil)
|
|
|
6211
|
|
|
6212 ;;;***
|
|
|
6213
|
|
|
6214 ;;;### (autoloads (font-lock-fontify-buffer turn-off-font-lock turn-on-font-lock font-lock-mode) "font-lock" "packages/font-lock.el")
|
|
|
6215
|
|
|
6216 (defvar font-lock-auto-fontify t "\
|
|
|
6217 *Whether font-lock should automatically fontify files as they're loaded.
|
|
|
6218 This will only happen if font-lock has fontifying keywords for the major
|
|
|
6219 mode of the file. You can get finer-grained control over auto-fontification
|
|
|
6220 by using this variable in combination with `font-lock-mode-enable-list' or
|
|
|
6221 `font-lock-mode-disable-list'.")
|
|
|
6222
|
|
|
6223 (defvar font-lock-mode-enable-list nil "\
|
|
|
6224 *List of modes to auto-fontify, if `font-lock-auto-fontify' is nil.")
|
|
|
6225
|
|
|
6226 (defvar font-lock-mode-disable-list nil "\
|
|
|
6227 *List of modes not to auto-fontify, if `font-lock-auto-fontify' is t.")
|
|
|
6228
|
|
|
6229 (defvar font-lock-use-colors '(color) "\
|
|
|
6230 *Specification for when Font Lock will set up color defaults.
|
|
|
6231 Normally this should be '(color), meaning that Font Lock will set up
|
|
|
6232 color defaults that are only used on color displays. Set this to nil
|
|
|
6233 if you don't want Font Lock to set up color defaults at all. This
|
|
|
6234 should be one of
|
|
|
6235
|
|
|
6236 -- a list of valid tags, meaning that the color defaults will be used
|
|
|
6237 when all of the tags apply. (e.g. '(color x))
|
|
|
6238 -- a list whose first element is 'or and whose remaining elements are
|
|
|
6239 lists of valid tags, meaning that the defaults will be used when
|
|
|
6240 any of the tag lists apply.
|
|
|
6241 -- nil, meaning that the defaults should not be set up at all.
|
|
|
6242
|
|
|
6243 \(If you specify face values in your init file, they will override any
|
|
|
6244 that Font Lock specifies, regardless of whether you specify the face
|
|
|
6245 values before or after loading Font Lock.)
|
|
|
6246
|
|
|
6247 See also `font-lock-use-fonts'. If you want more control over the faces
|
|
|
6248 used for fontification, see the documentation of `font-lock-mode' for
|
|
|
6249 how to do it.")
|
|
|
6250
|
|
|
6251 (defvar font-lock-use-fonts '(or (mono) (grayscale)) "\
|
|
|
6252 *Specification for when Font Lock will set up non-color defaults.
|
|
|
6253
|
|
|
6254 Normally this should be '(or (mono) (grayscale)), meaning that Font
|
|
|
6255 Lock will set up non-color defaults that are only used on either mono
|
|
|
6256 or grayscale displays. Set this to nil if you don't want Font Lock to
|
|
|
6257 set up non-color defaults at all. This should be one of
|
|
|
6258
|
|
|
6259 -- a list of valid tags, meaning that the non-color defaults will be used
|
|
|
6260 when all of the tags apply. (e.g. '(grayscale x))
|
|
|
6261 -- a list whose first element is 'or and whose remaining elements are
|
|
|
6262 lists of valid tags, meaning that the defaults will be used when
|
|
|
6263 any of the tag lists apply.
|
|
|
6264 -- nil, meaning that the defaults should not be set up at all.
|
|
|
6265
|
|
|
6266 \(If you specify face values in your init file, they will override any
|
|
|
6267 that Font Lock specifies, regardless of whether you specify the face
|
|
|
6268 values before or after loading Font Lock.)
|
|
|
6269
|
|
|
6270 See also `font-lock-use-colors'. If you want more control over the faces
|
|
|
6271 used for fontification, see the documentation of `font-lock-mode' for
|
|
|
6272 how to do it.")
|
|
|
6273
|
|
|
6274 (defvar font-lock-maximum-decoration nil "\
|
|
|
6275 *If non-nil, the maximum decoration level for fontifying.
|
|
|
6276 If nil, use the minimum decoration (equivalent to level 0).
|
|
|
6277 If t, use the maximum decoration available.
|
|
|
6278 If a number, use that level of decoration (or if not available the maximum).
|
|
|
6279 If a list, each element should be a cons pair of the form (MAJOR-MODE . LEVEL),
|
|
|
6280 where MAJOR-MODE is a symbol or t (meaning the default). For example:
|
|
|
6281 ((c++-mode . 2) (c-mode . t) (t . 1))
|
|
|
6282 means use level 2 decoration for buffers in `c++-mode', the maximum decoration
|
|
|
6283 available for buffers in `c-mode', and level 1 decoration otherwise.")
|
|
|
6284
|
|
|
6285 (define-obsolete-variable-alias 'font-lock-use-maximal-decoration 'font-lock-maximum-decoration)
|
|
|
6286
|
|
|
6287 (defvar font-lock-maximum-size (* 250 1024) "\
|
|
|
6288 *If non-nil, the maximum size for buffers for fontifying.
|
|
|
6289 Only buffers less than this can be fontified when Font Lock mode is turned on.
|
|
|
6290 If nil, means size is irrelevant.
|
|
|
6291 If a list, each element should be a cons pair of the form (MAJOR-MODE . SIZE),
|
|
|
6292 where MAJOR-MODE is a symbol or t (meaning the default). For example:
|
|
|
6293 ((c++-mode . 256000) (c-mode . 256000) (rmail-mode . 1048576))
|
|
|
6294 means that the maximum size is 250K for buffers in `c++-mode' or `c-mode', one
|
|
|
6295 megabyte for buffers in `rmail-mode', and size is irrelevant otherwise.")
|
|
|
6296
|
|
|
6297 (defvar font-lock-keywords nil "\
|
|
|
6298 *A list of the keywords to highlight.
|
|
|
6299 Each element should be of the form:
|
|
|
6300
|
|
|
6301 MATCHER
|
|
|
6302 (MATCHER . MATCH)
|
|
|
6303 (MATCHER . FACENAME)
|
|
|
6304 (MATCHER . HIGHLIGHT)
|
|
|
6305 (MATCHER HIGHLIGHT ...)
|
|
108
|
6306 (eval . FORM)
|
|
78
|
6307
|
|
|
6308 where HIGHLIGHT should be either MATCH-HIGHLIGHT or MATCH-ANCHORED.
|
|
|
6309
|
|
108
|
6310 FORM is an expression, whose value should be a keyword element,
|
|
|
6311 evaluated when the keyword is (first) used in a buffer. This feature
|
|
|
6312 can be used to provide a keyword that can only be generated when Font
|
|
|
6313 Lock mode is actually turned on.
|
|
|
6314
|
|
78
|
6315 For highlighting single items, typically only MATCH-HIGHLIGHT is required.
|
|
108
|
6316 However, if an item or (typically) items is to be highlighted following the
|
|
78
|
6317 instance of another item (the anchor) then MATCH-ANCHORED may be required.
|
|
|
6318
|
|
|
6319 MATCH-HIGHLIGHT should be of the form:
|
|
|
6320
|
|
|
6321 (MATCH FACENAME OVERRIDE LAXMATCH)
|
|
|
6322
|
|
102
|
6323 Where MATCHER can be either the regexp to search for, a variable
|
|
|
6324 containing the regexp to search for, or the function to call to make
|
|
|
6325 the search (called with one argument, the limit of the search). MATCH
|
|
|
6326 is the subexpression of MATCHER to be highlighted. FACENAME is either
|
|
|
6327 a symbol naming a face, or an expression whose value is the face name
|
|
|
6328 to use. If you want FACENAME to be a symbol that evaluates to a face,
|
|
|
6329 use a form like \"(progn sym)\".
|
|
78
|
6330
|
|
|
6331 OVERRIDE and LAXMATCH are flags. If OVERRIDE is t, existing fontification may
|
|
|
6332 be overwritten. If `keep', only parts not already fontified are highlighted.
|
|
|
6333 If `prepend' or `append', existing fontification is merged with the new, in
|
|
|
6334 which the new or existing fontification, respectively, takes precedence.
|
|
|
6335 If LAXMATCH is non-nil, no error is signalled if there is no MATCH in MATCHER.
|
|
|
6336
|
|
|
6337 For example, an element of the form highlights (if not already highlighted):
|
|
|
6338
|
|
|
6339 \"\\\\\\=<foo\\\\\\=>\" Discrete occurrences of \"foo\" in the value of the
|
|
|
6340 variable `font-lock-keyword-face'.
|
|
|
6341 (\"fu\\\\(bar\\\\)\" . 1) Substring \"bar\" within all occurrences of \"fubar\" in
|
|
|
6342 the value of `font-lock-keyword-face'.
|
|
|
6343 (\"fubar\" . fubar-face) Occurrences of \"fubar\" in the value of `fubar-face'.
|
|
|
6344 (\"foo\\\\|bar\" 0 foo-bar-face t)
|
|
|
6345 Occurrences of either \"foo\" or \"bar\" in the value
|
|
|
6346 of `foo-bar-face', even if already highlighted.
|
|
|
6347
|
|
|
6348 MATCH-ANCHORED should be of the form:
|
|
|
6349
|
|
|
6350 (MATCHER PRE-MATCH-FORM POST-MATCH-FORM MATCH-HIGHLIGHT ...)
|
|
|
6351
|
|
|
6352 Where MATCHER is as for MATCH-HIGHLIGHT with one exception. The limit of the
|
|
|
6353 search is currently guaranteed to be (no greater than) the end of the line.
|
|
|
6354 PRE-MATCH-FORM and POST-MATCH-FORM are evaluated before the first, and after
|
|
|
6355 the last, instance MATCH-ANCHORED's MATCHER is used. Therefore they can be
|
|
|
6356 used to initialise before, and cleanup after, MATCHER is used. Typically,
|
|
|
6357 PRE-MATCH-FORM is used to move to some position relative to the original
|
|
|
6358 MATCHER, before starting with MATCH-ANCHORED's MATCHER. POST-MATCH-FORM might
|
|
|
6359 be used to move, before resuming with MATCH-ANCHORED's parent's MATCHER.
|
|
|
6360
|
|
|
6361 For example, an element of the form highlights (if not already highlighted):
|
|
|
6362
|
|
|
6363 (\"\\\\\\=<anchor\\\\\\=>\" (0 anchor-face) (\"\\\\\\=<item\\\\\\=>\" nil nil (0 item-face)))
|
|
|
6364
|
|
|
6365 Discrete occurrences of \"anchor\" in the value of `anchor-face', and subsequent
|
|
|
6366 discrete occurrences of \"item\" (on the same line) in the value of `item-face'.
|
|
|
6367 (Here PRE-MATCH-FORM and POST-MATCH-FORM are nil. Therefore \"item\" is
|
|
|
6368 initially searched for starting from the end of the match of \"anchor\", and
|
|
|
6369 searching for subsequent instance of \"anchor\" resumes from where searching
|
|
|
6370 for \"item\" concluded.)
|
|
|
6371
|
|
|
6372 Note that the MATCH-ANCHORED feature is experimental; in the future, we may
|
|
|
6373 replace it with other ways of providing this functionality.
|
|
|
6374
|
|
|
6375 These regular expressions should not match text which spans lines. While
|
|
|
6376 \\[font-lock-fontify-buffer] handles multi-line patterns correctly, updating
|
|
|
6377 when you edit the buffer does not, since it considers text one line at a time.
|
|
|
6378
|
|
|
6379 Be very careful composing regexps for this list;
|
|
|
6380 the wrong pattern can dramatically slow things down!")
|
|
|
6381
|
|
|
6382 (make-variable-buffer-local 'font-lock-keywords)
|
|
|
6383
|
|
|
6384 (defvar font-lock-mode nil)
|
|
|
6385
|
|
|
6386 (defvar font-lock-mode-hook nil "\
|
|
|
6387 Function or functions to run on entry to font-lock-mode.")
|
|
|
6388
|
|
|
6389 (autoload 'font-lock-mode "font-lock" "\
|
|
|
6390 Toggle Font Lock Mode.
|
|
|
6391 With arg, turn font-lock mode on if and only if arg is positive.
|
|
|
6392
|
|
|
6393 When Font Lock mode is enabled, text is fontified as you type it:
|
|
|
6394
|
|
|
6395 - Comments are displayed in `font-lock-comment-face';
|
|
|
6396 - Strings are displayed in `font-lock-string-face';
|
|
|
6397 - Documentation strings (in Lisp-like languages) are displayed in
|
|
|
6398 `font-lock-doc-string-face';
|
|
|
6399 - Language keywords (\"reserved words\") are displayed in
|
|
|
6400 `font-lock-keyword-face';
|
|
|
6401 - Function names in their defining form are displayed in
|
|
|
6402 `font-lock-function-name-face';
|
|
|
6403 - Variable names in their defining form are displayed in
|
|
|
6404 `font-lock-variable-name-face';
|
|
|
6405 - Type names are displayed in `font-lock-type-face';
|
|
|
6406 - References appearing in help files and the like are displayed
|
|
|
6407 in `font-lock-reference-face';
|
|
|
6408 - Preprocessor declarations are displayed in
|
|
|
6409 `font-lock-preprocessor-face';
|
|
|
6410
|
|
|
6411 and
|
|
|
6412
|
|
|
6413 - Certain other expressions are displayed in other faces according
|
|
|
6414 to the value of the variable `font-lock-keywords'.
|
|
|
6415
|
|
|
6416 Where modes support different levels of fontification, you can use the variable
|
|
|
6417 `font-lock-maximum-decoration' to specify which level you generally prefer.
|
|
|
6418 When you turn Font Lock mode on/off the buffer is fontified/defontified, though
|
|
|
6419 fontification occurs only if the buffer is less than `font-lock-maximum-size'.
|
|
|
6420 To fontify a buffer without turning on Font Lock mode, and regardless of buffer
|
|
|
6421 size, you can use \\[font-lock-fontify-buffer].
|
|
|
6422
|
|
|
6423 See the variable `font-lock-keywords' for customization." t nil)
|
|
|
6424
|
|
|
6425 (autoload 'turn-on-font-lock "font-lock" "\
|
|
|
6426 Unconditionally turn on Font Lock mode." nil nil)
|
|
|
6427
|
|
|
6428 (autoload 'turn-off-font-lock "font-lock" "\
|
|
|
6429 Unconditionally turn off Font Lock mode." nil nil)
|
|
|
6430
|
|
|
6431 (autoload 'font-lock-fontify-buffer "font-lock" "\
|
|
|
6432 Fontify the current buffer the way `font-lock-mode' would.
|
|
|
6433 See `font-lock-mode' for details.
|
|
|
6434
|
|
|
6435 This can take a while for large buffers." t nil)
|
|
|
6436
|
|
|
6437 (add-minor-mode 'font-lock-mode " Font")
|
|
|
6438
|
|
|
6439 ;;;***
|
|
|
6440
|
|
151
|
6441 ;;;### (autoloads (gnuserv-start gnuserv-running-p) "gnuserv" "packages/gnuserv.el")
|
|
149
|
6442
|
|
|
6443 (defcustom gnuserv-frame nil "*The frame to be used to display all edited files.\nIf nil, then a new frame is created for each file edited.\nIf t, then the currently selected frame will be used.\nIf a function, then this will be called with a symbol `x' or `tty' as the\nonly argument, and its return value will be interpreted as above." :tag "Gnuserv Frame" :type '(radio (const :tag "Create new frame each time" nil) (const :tag "Use selected frame" t) (function-item :tag "Use main Emacs frame" gnuserv-main-frame-function) (function-item :tag "Use visible frame, otherwise create new" gnuserv-visible-frame-function) (function-item :tag "Create special Gnuserv frame and use it" gnuserv-special-frame-function) (function :tag "Other")) :group 'gnuserv)
|
|
78
|
6444
|
|
151
|
6445 (autoload 'gnuserv-running-p "gnuserv" "\
|
|
|
6446 Return non-nil if a gnuserv process is running from this XEmacs session." nil nil)
|
|
|
6447
|
|
78
|
6448 (autoload 'gnuserv-start "gnuserv" "\
|
|
|
6449 Allow this Emacs process to be a server for client processes.
|
|
149
|
6450 This starts a gnuserv communications subprocess through which
|
|
78
|
6451 client \"editors\" (gnuclient and gnudoit) can send editing commands to
|
|
149
|
6452 this Emacs job. See the gnuserv(1) manual page for more details.
|
|
78
|
6453
|
|
|
6454 Prefix arg means just kill any existing server communications subprocess." t nil)
|
|
|
6455
|
|
|
6456 ;;;***
|
|
|
6457
|
|
|
6458 ;;;### (autoloads (gopher-atpoint gopher) "gopher" "packages/gopher.el")
|
|
|
6459
|
|
|
6460 (autoload 'gopher "gopher" "\
|
|
|
6461 Start a gopher session. With C-u, prompt for a gopher server." t nil)
|
|
|
6462
|
|
|
6463 (autoload 'gopher-atpoint "gopher" "\
|
|
|
6464 Try to interpret the text around point as a gopher bookmark, and dispatch
|
|
|
6465 to that object." t nil)
|
|
|
6466
|
|
|
6467 ;;;***
|
|
|
6468
|
|
|
6469 ;;;### (autoloads (hexlify-buffer hexl-find-file hexl-mode) "hexl" "packages/hexl.el")
|
|
|
6470
|
|
|
6471 (autoload 'hexl-mode "hexl" "\
|
|
|
6472 \\<hexl-mode-map>
|
|
|
6473 A major mode for editing binary files in hex dump format.
|
|
|
6474
|
|
|
6475 This function automatically converts a buffer into the hexl format
|
|
|
6476 using the function `hexlify-buffer'.
|
|
|
6477
|
|
|
6478 Each line in the buffer has an \"address\" (displayed in hexadecimal)
|
|
|
6479 representing the offset into the file that the characters on this line
|
|
|
6480 are at and 16 characters from the file (displayed as hexadecimal
|
|
|
6481 values grouped every 16 bits) and as their ASCII values.
|
|
|
6482
|
|
|
6483 If any of the characters (displayed as ASCII characters) are
|
|
|
6484 unprintable (control or meta characters) they will be replaced as
|
|
|
6485 periods.
|
|
|
6486
|
|
|
6487 If `hexl-mode' is invoked with an argument the buffer is assumed to be
|
|
|
6488 in hexl format.
|
|
|
6489
|
|
|
6490 A sample format:
|
|
|
6491
|
|
|
6492 HEX ADDR: 0001 0203 0405 0607 0809 0a0b 0c0d 0e0f ASCII-TEXT
|
|
|
6493 -------- ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- ----------------
|
|
|
6494 00000000: 5468 6973 2069 7320 6865 786c 2d6d 6f64 This is hexl-mod
|
|
|
6495 00000010: 652e 2020 4561 6368 206c 696e 6520 7265 e. Each line re
|
|
|
6496 00000020: 7072 6573 656e 7473 2031 3620 6279 7465 presents 16 byte
|
|
|
6497 00000030: 7320 6173 2068 6578 6164 6563 696d 616c s as hexadecimal
|
|
|
6498 00000040: 2041 5343 4949 0a61 6e64 2070 7269 6e74 ASCII.and print
|
|
|
6499 00000050: 6162 6c65 2041 5343 4949 2063 6861 7261 able ASCII chara
|
|
|
6500 00000060: 6374 6572 732e 2020 416e 7920 636f 6e74 cters. Any cont
|
|
|
6501 00000070: 726f 6c20 6f72 206e 6f6e 2d41 5343 4949 rol or non-ASCII
|
|
|
6502 00000080: 2063 6861 7261 6374 6572 730a 6172 6520 characters.are
|
|
|
6503 00000090: 6469 7370 6c61 7965 6420 6173 2070 6572 displayed as per
|
|
|
6504 000000a0: 696f 6473 2069 6e20 7468 6520 7072 696e iods in the prin
|
|
|
6505 000000b0: 7461 626c 6520 6368 6172 6163 7465 7220 table character
|
|
|
6506 000000c0: 7265 6769 6f6e 2e0a region..
|
|
|
6507
|
|
|
6508 Movement is as simple as movement in a normal emacs text buffer. Most
|
|
|
6509 cursor movement bindings are the same (ie. Use \\[hexl-backward-char], \\[hexl-forward-char], \\[hexl-next-line], and \\[hexl-previous-line]
|
|
|
6510 to move the cursor left, right, down, and up).
|
|
|
6511
|
|
|
6512 Advanced cursor movement commands (ala \\[hexl-beginning-of-line], \\[hexl-end-of-line], \\[hexl-beginning-of-buffer], and \\[hexl-end-of-buffer]) are
|
|
|
6513 also supported.
|
|
|
6514
|
|
|
6515 There are several ways to change text in hexl mode:
|
|
|
6516
|
|
|
6517 ASCII characters (character between space (0x20) and tilde (0x7E)) are
|
|
|
6518 bound to self-insert so you can simply type the character and it will
|
|
|
6519 insert itself (actually overstrike) into the buffer.
|
|
|
6520
|
|
|
6521 \\[hexl-quoted-insert] followed by another keystroke allows you to insert the key even if
|
|
|
6522 it isn't bound to self-insert. An octal number can be supplied in place
|
|
|
6523 of another key to insert the octal number's ASCII representation.
|
|
|
6524
|
|
|
6525 \\[hexl-insert-hex-char] will insert a given hexadecimal value (if it is between 0 and 0xFF)
|
|
|
6526 into the buffer at the current point.
|
|
|
6527
|
|
|
6528 \\[hexl-insert-octal-char] will insert a given octal value (if it is between 0 and 0377)
|
|
|
6529 into the buffer at the current point.
|
|
|
6530
|
|
|
6531 \\[hexl-insert-decimal-char] will insert a given decimal value (if it is between 0 and 255)
|
|
|
6532 into the buffer at the current point.
|
|
|
6533
|
|
|
6534 \\[hexl-mode-exit] will exit hexl-mode.
|
|
|
6535
|
|
|
6536 Note: saving the file with any of the usual Emacs commands
|
|
|
6537 will actually convert it back to binary format while saving.
|
|
|
6538
|
|
|
6539 You can use \\[hexl-find-file] to visit a file in hexl-mode.
|
|
|
6540
|
|
|
6541 \\[describe-bindings] for advanced commands." t nil)
|
|
|
6542
|
|
|
6543 (autoload 'hexl-find-file "hexl" "\
|
|
|
6544 Edit file FILENAME in hexl-mode.
|
|
|
6545 Switch to a buffer visiting file FILENAME, creating one in none exists." t nil)
|
|
|
6546
|
|
|
6547 (autoload 'hexlify-buffer "hexl" "\
|
|
|
6548 Convert a binary buffer to hexl format.
|
|
|
6549 This discards the buffer's undo information." t nil)
|
|
|
6550
|
|
|
6551 ;;;***
|
|
|
6552
|
|
108
|
6553 ;;;### (autoloads (hypropos-popup-menu hypropos-set-variable hyper-set-variable hypropos-get-doc hypropos-read-variable-symbol hyper-describe-function hyper-describe-variable hyper-describe-face hyper-describe-key-briefly hyper-describe-key hyper-apropos) "hyper-apropos" "packages/hyper-apropos.el")
|
|
78
|
6554
|
|
134
|
6555 (defcustom hypropos-show-brief-docs t "*If non-nil, `hyper-apropos' will display some documentation in the\n\"*Hyper Apropos*\" buffer. Setting this to nil will speed up searches." :type 'boolean :group 'hyper-apropos)
|
|
78
|
6556
|
|
|
6557 (autoload 'hyper-apropos "hyper-apropos" "\
|
|
|
6558 Display lists of functions and variables matching REGEXP
|
|
|
6559 in buffer \"*Hyper Apropos*\". If optional prefix arg is given, then the value
|
|
|
6560 of `hypropos-programming-apropos' is toggled for this search.
|
|
|
6561 See also `hyper-apropos-mode'." t nil)
|
|
|
6562
|
|
108
|
6563 (autoload 'hyper-describe-key "hyper-apropos" nil t nil)
|
|
|
6564
|
|
|
6565 (autoload 'hyper-describe-key-briefly "hyper-apropos" nil t nil)
|
|
|
6566
|
|
|
6567 (autoload 'hyper-describe-face "hyper-apropos" "\
|
|
|
6568 Describe face..
|
|
|
6569 See also `hyper-apropos' and `hyper-describe-function'." t nil)
|
|
|
6570
|
|
78
|
6571 (autoload 'hyper-describe-variable "hyper-apropos" "\
|
|
|
6572 Hypertext drop-in replacement for `describe-variable'.
|
|
|
6573 See also `hyper-apropos' and `hyper-describe-function'." t nil)
|
|
|
6574
|
|
|
6575 (autoload 'hyper-describe-function "hyper-apropos" "\
|
|
|
6576 Hypertext replacement for `describe-function'. Unlike `describe-function'
|
|
|
6577 in that the symbol under the cursor is the default if it is a function.
|
|
|
6578 See also `hyper-apropos' and `hyper-describe-variable'." t nil)
|
|
|
6579
|
|
108
|
6580 (autoload 'hypropos-read-variable-symbol "hyper-apropos" "\
|
|
|
6581 Hypertext drop-in replacement for `describe-variable'.
|
|
|
6582 See also `hyper-apropos' and `hyper-describe-function'." nil nil)
|
|
|
6583
|
|
|
6584 (autoload 'hypropos-get-doc "hyper-apropos" "\
|
|
|
6585 Toggle display of documentation for the symbol on the current line." t nil)
|
|
|
6586
|
|
|
6587 (autoload 'hyper-set-variable "hyper-apropos" nil t nil)
|
|
|
6588
|
|
78
|
6589 (autoload 'hypropos-set-variable "hyper-apropos" "\
|
|
|
6590 Interactively set the variable on the current line." t nil)
|
|
|
6591
|
|
|
6592 (autoload 'hypropos-popup-menu "hyper-apropos" nil t nil)
|
|
|
6593
|
|
|
6594 ;;;***
|
|
|
6595
|
|
|
6596 ;;;### (autoloads (icomplete-minibuffer-setup icomplete-mode) "icomplete" "packages/icomplete.el")
|
|
|
6597
|
|
|
6598 (autoload 'icomplete-mode "icomplete" "\
|
|
|
6599 Activate incremental minibuffer completion for this emacs session,
|
|
|
6600 or deactivate with negative prefix arg." t nil)
|
|
|
6601
|
|
|
6602 (autoload 'icomplete-minibuffer-setup "icomplete" "\
|
|
|
6603 Run in minibuffer on activation to establish incremental completion.
|
|
|
6604 Usually run by inclusion in `minibuffer-setup-hook'." nil nil)
|
|
|
6605
|
|
|
6606 ;;;***
|
|
|
6607
|
|
100
|
6608 ;;;### (autoloads (dired-do-igrep-find dired-do-igrep igrep-find-define igrep-find igrep-define igrep) "igrep" "packages/igrep.el")
|
|
|
6609
|
|
|
6610 (autoload 'igrep "igrep" "\
|
|
|
6611 *Run `grep` PROGRAM to match EXPRESSION in FILES.
|
|
|
6612 The output is displayed in the *igrep* buffer, which \\[next-error] and
|
|
|
6613 \\[compile-goto-error] parse to find each line of matched text.
|
|
|
6614
|
|
|
6615 PROGRAM may be nil, in which case it defaults to `igrep-program'.
|
|
|
6616
|
|
|
6617 EXPRESSION is automatically delimited by `igrep-expression-quote-char'.
|
|
|
6618
|
|
|
6619 FILES is either a file name pattern (expanded by the shell named by
|
|
|
6620 `shell-file-name') or a list of file name patterns.
|
|
|
6621
|
|
|
6622 Optional OPTIONS is also passed to PROGRAM; it defaults to `igrep-options'.
|
|
|
6623
|
|
|
6624 If a prefix argument (\\[universal-argument]) is given when called interactively,
|
|
|
6625 or if `igrep-read-options' is set, OPTIONS is read from the minibuffer.
|
|
|
6626
|
|
|
6627 If two prefix arguments (\\[universal-argument] \\[universal-argument]) are given when called interactively,
|
|
|
6628 or if `igrep-read-multiple-files' is set, FILES is read from the minibuffer
|
|
|
6629 multiple times.
|
|
|
6630
|
|
|
6631 If three prefix arguments (\\[universal-argument] \\[universal-argument] \\[universal-argument]) are given when called interactively,
|
|
|
6632 or if `igrep-read-options' and `igrep-read-multiple-files' are set,
|
|
|
6633 OPTIONS is read and FILES is read multiple times.
|
|
|
6634
|
|
|
6635 If `igrep-find' is non-nil, the directory or directories
|
|
|
6636 containing FILES is recursively searched for files whose name matches
|
|
|
6637 the file name component of FILES (and whose contents match
|
|
|
6638 EXPRESSION)." t nil)
|
|
|
6639
|
|
|
6640 (autoload 'igrep-define "igrep" "\
|
|
|
6641 Define ANALOGUE-COMMAND as an `igrep' analogue command.
|
|
|
6642 Optional (VARIABLE VALUE) arguments specify temporary bindings for the command." nil 'macro)
|
|
|
6643
|
|
|
6644 (autoload 'igrep-find "igrep" "\
|
|
|
6645 *Run `grep` via `find`; see \\[igrep] and `igrep-find'.
|
|
|
6646 All arguments (including prefix arguments, when called interactively)
|
|
|
6647 are handled by `igrep'." t nil)
|
|
|
6648
|
|
|
6649 (autoload 'igrep-find-define "igrep" "\
|
|
|
6650 Define ANALOGUE-COMMAND-find as an `igrep' analogue `find` command.
|
|
|
6651 Optional (VARIABLE VALUE) arguments specify temporary bindings for the command." nil 'macro)
|
|
|
6652
|
|
|
6653 (autoload 'dired-do-igrep "igrep" "\
|
|
|
6654 *Run `grep` PROGRAM to match EXPRESSION (with optional OPTIONS)
|
|
|
6655 on the marked (or next prefix ARG) files." t nil)
|
|
|
6656
|
|
|
6657 (defalias 'dired-do-grep 'dired-do-igrep)
|
|
|
6658
|
|
|
6659 (autoload 'dired-do-igrep-find "igrep" "\
|
|
|
6660 *Run `grep` PROGRAM to match EXPRESSION (with optional OPTIONS)
|
|
|
6661 on the marked (or next prefix ARG) directories." t nil)
|
|
|
6662
|
|
|
6663 (defalias 'dired-do-grep-find 'dired-do-igrep-find)
|
|
|
6664
|
|
|
6665 ;;;***
|
|
|
6666
|
|
78
|
6667 ;;;### (autoloads (Info-elisp-ref Info-emacs-key Info-goto-emacs-key-command-node Info-goto-emacs-command-node Info-emacs-command Info-search Info-visit-file Info-goto-node Info-query info) "info" "packages/info.el")
|
|
|
6668
|
|
|
6669 (autoload 'info "info" "\
|
|
|
6670 Enter Info, the documentation browser.
|
|
|
6671 Optional argument FILE specifies the file to examine;
|
|
|
6672 the default is the top-level directory of Info.
|
|
|
6673
|
|
|
6674 In interactive use, a prefix argument directs this command
|
|
|
6675 to read a file name from the minibuffer." t nil)
|
|
|
6676
|
|
|
6677 (autoload 'Info-query "info" "\
|
|
|
6678 Enter Info, the documentation browser. Prompt for name of Info file." t nil)
|
|
|
6679
|
|
|
6680 (autoload 'Info-goto-node "info" "\
|
|
|
6681 Go to info node named NAME. Give just NODENAME or (FILENAME)NODENAME.
|
|
|
6682 Actually, the following interpretations of NAME are tried in order:
|
|
|
6683 (FILENAME)NODENAME
|
|
|
6684 (FILENAME) (using Top node)
|
|
|
6685 NODENAME (in current file)
|
|
|
6686 TAGNAME (see below)
|
|
|
6687 FILENAME (using Top node)
|
|
|
6688 where TAGNAME is a string that appears in quotes: \"TAGNAME\", in an
|
|
|
6689 annotation for any node of any file. (See `a' and `x' commands.)" t nil)
|
|
|
6690
|
|
|
6691 (autoload 'Info-visit-file "info" "\
|
|
|
6692 Directly visit an info file." t nil)
|
|
|
6693
|
|
|
6694 (autoload 'Info-search "info" "\
|
|
|
6695 Search for REGEXP, starting from point, and select node it's found in." t nil)
|
|
|
6696
|
|
|
6697 (autoload 'Info-emacs-command "info" "\
|
|
|
6698 Look up an Emacs command in the Emacs manual in the Info system.
|
|
|
6699 This command is designed to be used whether you are already in Info or not." t nil)
|
|
|
6700
|
|
|
6701 (autoload 'Info-goto-emacs-command-node "info" "\
|
|
|
6702 Look up an Emacs command in the Emacs manual in the Info system.
|
|
|
6703 This command is designed to be used whether you are already in Info or not." t nil)
|
|
|
6704
|
|
|
6705 (autoload 'Info-goto-emacs-key-command-node "info" "\
|
|
|
6706 Look up an Emacs key sequence in the Emacs manual in the Info system.
|
|
|
6707 This command is designed to be used whether you are already in Info or not." t nil)
|
|
|
6708
|
|
|
6709 (autoload 'Info-emacs-key "info" "\
|
|
|
6710 Look up an Emacs key sequence in the Emacs manual in the Info system.
|
|
|
6711 This command is designed to be used whether you are already in Info or not." t nil)
|
|
|
6712
|
|
|
6713 (autoload 'Info-elisp-ref "info" "\
|
|
|
6714 Look up an Emacs Lisp function in the Elisp manual in the Info system.
|
|
|
6715 This command is designed to be used whether you are already in Info or not." t nil)
|
|
|
6716
|
|
|
6717 ;;;***
|
|
|
6718
|
|
|
6719 ;;;### (autoloads (batch-info-validate Info-validate Info-split Info-tagify) "informat" "packages/informat.el")
|
|
|
6720
|
|
|
6721 (autoload 'Info-tagify "informat" "\
|
|
|
6722 Create or update Info-file tag table in current buffer." t nil)
|
|
|
6723
|
|
|
6724 (autoload 'Info-split "informat" "\
|
|
|
6725 Split an info file into an indirect file plus bounded-size subfiles.
|
|
|
6726 Each subfile will be up to 50,000 characters plus one node.
|
|
|
6727
|
|
|
6728 To use this command, first visit a large Info file that has a tag
|
|
|
6729 table. The buffer is modified into a (small) indirect info file which
|
|
|
6730 should be saved in place of the original visited file.
|
|
|
6731
|
|
|
6732 The subfiles are written in the same directory the original file is
|
|
|
6733 in, with names generated by appending `-' and a number to the original
|
|
|
6734 file name. The indirect file still functions as an Info file, but it
|
|
|
6735 contains just the tag table and a directory of subfiles." t nil)
|
|
|
6736
|
|
|
6737 (autoload 'Info-validate "informat" "\
|
|
|
6738 Check current buffer for validity as an Info file.
|
|
|
6739 Check that every node pointer points to an existing node." t nil)
|
|
|
6740
|
|
|
6741 (autoload 'batch-info-validate "informat" "\
|
|
|
6742 Runs `Info-validate' on the files remaining on the command line.
|
|
|
6743 Must be used only with -batch, and kills Emacs on completion.
|
|
|
6744 Each file will be processed even if an error occurred previously.
|
|
|
6745 For example, invoke \"emacs -batch -f batch-info-validate $info/ ~/*.info\"" nil nil)
|
|
|
6746
|
|
|
6747 ;;;***
|
|
|
6748
|
|
|
6749 ;;;### (autoloads (ispell-message ispell-minor-mode ispell-complete-word-interior-frag ispell-complete-word ispell-continue ispell-buffer ispell-region ispell-change-dictionary ispell-kill-ispell ispell-help ispell-word) "ispell" "packages/ispell.el")
|
|
|
6750
|
|
120
|
6751 (defcustom ispell-personal-dictionary nil "*File name of your personal spelling dictionary, or nil.\nIf nil, the default personal dictionary, \"~/.ispell_DICTNAME\" is used,\nwhere DICTNAME is the name of your default dictionary." :type 'file :group 'ispell)
|
|
78
|
6752
|
|
80
|
6753 (defvar ispell-dictionary-alist-1 '((nil "[A-Za-z]" "[^A-Za-z]" "[']" nil ("-B") nil) ("english" "[A-Za-z]" "[^A-Za-z]" "[']" nil ("-B") nil) ("british" "[A-Za-z]" "[^A-Za-z]" "[']" nil ("-B" "-d" "british") nil) ("deutsch" "[a-zA-Z\"]" "[^a-zA-Z\"]" "[']" t ("-C") "~tex") ("deutsch8" "[a-zA-ZÄÖÜäößü]" "[^a-zA-ZÄÖÜäößü]" "[']" t ("-C" "-d" "deutsch") "~latin1") ("nederlands" "[A-Za-zÀ-ÅÇÈ-ÏÒ-ÖÙ-Üà-åçè-ïñò-öù-ü]" "[^A-Za-zÀ-ÅÇÈ-ÏÒ-ÖÙ-Üà-åçè-ïñò-öù-ü]" "[']" t ("-C") nil) ("nederlands8" "[A-Za-zÀ-ÅÇÈ-ÏÒ-ÖÙ-Üà-åçè-ïñò-öù-ü]" "[^A-Za-zÀ-ÅÇÈ-ÏÒ-ÖÙ-Üà-åçè-ïñò-öù-ü]" "[']" t ("-C") nil)))
|
|
|
6754
|
|
126
|
6755 (defvar ispell-dictionary-alist-2 '(("svenska" "[A-Za-z}{|\\133\\135\\\\]" "[^A-Za-z}{|\\133\\135\\\\]" "[']" nil ("-C") nil) ("svenska8" "[A-Za-zåäöÅÄö]" "[^A-Za-zåäöÅÄö]" "[']" nil ("-C" "-d" "svenska") "~list") ("norsk" "[A-Za-zéæøåÉÆØÅ]" "[^A-Za-zéæøåÉÆØÅ]" "[']" nil ("-C" "-d" "norsk") "~list") ("francais7" "[A-Za-z]" "[^A-Za-z]" "[`'^---]" t nil nil) ("francais" "[A-Za-zÀÂÆÇÈÉÊËÎÏÔÙÛÜàâçèéêëîïôùûü]" "[^A-Za-zÀÂÆÇÈÉÊËÎÏÔÙÛÜàâçèéêëîïôùûü]" "[---']" t nil "~list") ("francais-tex" "[A-Za-zÀÂÆÇÈÉÊËÎÏÔÙÛÜàâçèéêëîïôùûü\\]" "[^A-Za-zÀÂÆÇÈÉÊËÎÏÔÙÛÜàâçèéêëîïôùûü\\]" "[---'^`\"]" t nil "~tex") ("italiano" "[A-Za-zÀÈÉÌÍÎÒÙÚàèéìíîòùú]" "[^A-Za-zÀÈÉÌÍÎÒÙÚàèéìíîòùú]" "[']" t ("-d" "italiano") "~list") ("dansk" "[A-ZÆØÅa-zæøå]" "[^A-ZÆØÅa-zæøå]" "" nil ("-C") nil)))
|
|
78
|
6756
|
|
|
6757 (defvar ispell-dictionary-alist (append ispell-dictionary-alist-1 ispell-dictionary-alist-2) "\
|
|
|
6758 An alist of dictionaries and their associated parameters.
|
|
|
6759
|
|
|
6760 Each element of this list is also a list:
|
|
|
6761
|
|
|
6762 \(DICTIONARY-NAME CASECHARS NOT-CASECHARS OTHERCHARS MANY-OTHERCHARS-P
|
|
|
6763 ISPELL-ARGS EXTENDED-CHARACTER-MODE)
|
|
|
6764
|
|
|
6765 DICTIONARY-NAME is a possible value of variable `ispell-dictionary', nil
|
|
|
6766 means the default dictionary.
|
|
|
6767
|
|
|
6768 CASECHARS is a regular expression of valid characters that comprise a
|
|
|
6769 word.
|
|
|
6770
|
|
|
6771 NOT-CASECHARS is the opposite regexp of CASECHARS.
|
|
|
6772
|
|
|
6773 OTHERCHARS is a regular expression of other characters that are valid
|
|
|
6774 in word constructs. Otherchars cannot be adjacent to each other in a
|
|
|
6775 word, nor can they begin or end a word. This implies we can't check
|
|
|
6776 \"Stevens'\" as a correct possessive and other correct formations.
|
|
|
6777
|
|
|
6778 Hint: regexp syntax requires the hyphen to be declared first here.
|
|
|
6779
|
|
|
6780 MANY-OTHERCHARS-P is non-nil if many otherchars are to be allowed in a
|
|
|
6781 word instead of only one.
|
|
|
6782
|
|
|
6783 ISPELL-ARGS is a list of additional arguments passed to the ispell
|
|
|
6784 subprocess.
|
|
|
6785
|
|
|
6786 EXTENDED-CHARACTER-MODE should be used when dictionaries are used which
|
|
|
6787 have been configured in an Ispell affix file. (For example, umlauts
|
|
|
6788 can be encoded as \\\"a, a\\\", \"a, ...) Defaults are ~tex and ~nroff
|
|
|
6789 in English. This has the same effect as the command-line `-T' option.
|
|
|
6790 The buffer Major Mode controls Ispell's parsing in tex or nroff mode,
|
|
|
6791 but the dictionary can control the extended character mode.
|
|
|
6792 Both defaults can be overruled in a buffer-local fashion. See
|
|
|
6793 `ispell-parsing-keyword' for details on this.
|
|
|
6794
|
|
|
6795 Note that the CASECHARS and OTHERCHARS slots of the alist should
|
|
|
6796 contain the same character set as casechars and otherchars in the
|
|
|
6797 language.aff file (e.g., english.aff).")
|
|
|
6798
|
|
|
6799 (defvar ispell-menu-map nil "\
|
|
|
6800 Key map for ispell menu")
|
|
|
6801
|
|
|
6802 (defvar ispell-menu-xemacs nil "\
|
|
|
6803 Spelling menu for XEmacs.")
|
|
|
6804
|
|
|
6805 (defconst ispell-menu-map-needed (and (not ispell-menu-map) (string-lessp "19" emacs-version) (not (string-match "XEmacs" emacs-version))))
|
|
|
6806
|
|
|
6807 (if ispell-menu-map-needed (let ((dicts (reverse (cons (cons "default" nil) ispell-dictionary-alist))) name) (setq ispell-menu-map (make-sparse-keymap "Spell")) (while dicts (setq name (car (car dicts)) dicts (cdr dicts)) (if (stringp name) (define-key ispell-menu-map (vector (intern name)) (cons (concat "Select " (capitalize name)) (list 'lambda nil '(interactive) (list 'ispell-change-dictionary name))))))))
|
|
|
6808
|
|
|
6809 (if ispell-menu-map-needed (progn (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-change-dictionary] '("Change Dictionary" . ispell-change-dictionary)) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-kill-ispell] '("Kill Process" . ispell-kill-ispell)) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-pdict-save] '("Save Dictionary" lambda nil (interactive) (ispell-pdict-save t t))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-complete-word] '("Complete Word" . ispell-complete-word)) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-complete-word-interior-frag] '("Complete Word Frag" . ispell-complete-word-interior-frag))))
|
|
|
6810
|
|
|
6811 (if ispell-menu-map-needed (progn (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-continue] '("Continue Check" . ispell-continue)) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-word] '("Check Word" . ispell-word)) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-region] '("Check Region" . ispell-region)) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-buffer] '("Check Buffer" . ispell-buffer))))
|
|
|
6812
|
|
|
6813 (if ispell-menu-map-needed (progn (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-message] '("Check Message" . ispell-message)) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-help] '("Help" lambda nil (interactive) (describe-function 'ispell-help))) (put 'ispell-region 'menu-enable 'mark-active) (fset 'ispell-menu-map (symbol-value 'ispell-menu-map))))
|
|
|
6814
|
|
|
6815 (defvar ispell-local-pdict ispell-personal-dictionary "\
|
|
|
6816 A buffer local variable containing the current personal dictionary.
|
|
|
6817 If non-nil, the value must be a string, which is a file name.
|
|
|
6818
|
|
|
6819 If you specify a personal dictionary for the current buffer which is
|
|
|
6820 different from the current personal dictionary, the effect is similar
|
|
|
6821 to calling \\[ispell-change-dictionary]. This variable is automatically
|
|
|
6822 set when defined in the file with either `ispell-pdict-keyword' or the
|
|
|
6823 local variable syntax.")
|
|
|
6824
|
|
|
6825 (define-key global-map [(meta ?\$)] 'ispell-word)
|
|
|
6826
|
|
|
6827 (autoload 'ispell-word "ispell" "\
|
|
|
6828 Check spelling of word under or before the cursor.
|
|
|
6829 If the word is not found in dictionary, display possible corrections
|
|
|
6830 in a window allowing you to choose one.
|
|
|
6831
|
|
|
6832 With a prefix argument (or if CONTINUE is non-nil),
|
|
|
6833 resume interrupted spell-checking of a buffer or region.
|
|
|
6834
|
|
|
6835 If optional argument FOLLOWING is non-nil or if `ispell-following-word'
|
|
|
6836 is non-nil when called interactively, then the following word
|
|
|
6837 \(rather than preceding) is checked when the cursor is not over a word.
|
|
|
6838 When the optional argument QUIETLY is non-nil or `ispell-quietly' is non-nil
|
|
|
6839 when called interactively, non-corrective messages are suppressed.
|
|
|
6840
|
|
|
6841 Word syntax described by `ispell-dictionary-alist' (which see).
|
|
|
6842
|
|
|
6843 This will check or reload the dictionary. Use \\[ispell-change-dictionary]
|
|
|
6844 or \\[ispell-region] to update the Ispell process." t nil)
|
|
|
6845
|
|
|
6846 (autoload 'ispell-help "ispell" "\
|
|
|
6847 Display a list of the options available when a misspelling is encountered.
|
|
|
6848
|
|
|
6849 Selections are:
|
|
|
6850
|
|
|
6851 DIGIT: Replace the word with a digit offered in the *Choices* buffer.
|
|
|
6852 SPC: Accept word this time.
|
|
|
6853 `i': Accept word and insert into private dictionary.
|
|
|
6854 `a': Accept word for this session.
|
|
|
6855 `A': Accept word and place in `buffer-local dictionary'.
|
|
|
6856 `r': Replace word with typed-in value. Rechecked.
|
|
|
6857 `R': Replace word with typed-in value. Query-replaced in buffer. Rechecked.
|
|
|
6858 `?': Show these commands.
|
|
|
6859 `x': Exit spelling buffer. Move cursor to original point.
|
|
|
6860 `X': Exit spelling buffer. Leaves cursor at the current point, and permits
|
|
|
6861 the aborted check to be completed later.
|
|
|
6862 `q': Quit spelling session (Kills ispell process).
|
|
|
6863 `l': Look up typed-in replacement in alternate dictionary. Wildcards okay.
|
|
|
6864 `u': Like `i', but the word is lower-cased first.
|
|
|
6865 `m': Like `i', but allows one to include dictionary completion information.
|
|
|
6866 `C-l': redraws screen
|
|
|
6867 `C-r': recursive edit
|
|
|
6868 `C-z': suspend emacs or iconify frame" nil nil)
|
|
|
6869
|
|
|
6870 (autoload 'ispell-kill-ispell "ispell" "\
|
|
|
6871 Kill current Ispell process (so that you may start a fresh one).
|
|
|
6872 With NO-ERROR, just return non-nil if there was no Ispell running." t nil)
|
|
|
6873
|
|
|
6874 (autoload 'ispell-change-dictionary "ispell" "\
|
|
|
6875 Change `ispell-dictionary' (q.v.) and kill old Ispell process.
|
|
|
6876 A new one will be started as soon as necessary.
|
|
|
6877
|
|
|
6878 By just answering RET you can find out what the current dictionary is.
|
|
|
6879
|
|
|
6880 With prefix argument, set the default directory." t nil)
|
|
|
6881
|
|
|
6882 (autoload 'ispell-region "ispell" "\
|
|
|
6883 Interactively check a region for spelling errors." t nil)
|
|
|
6884
|
|
|
6885 (autoload 'ispell-buffer "ispell" "\
|
|
|
6886 Check the current buffer for spelling errors interactively." t nil)
|
|
|
6887
|
|
|
6888 (autoload 'ispell-continue "ispell" nil t nil)
|
|
|
6889
|
|
|
6890 (autoload 'ispell-complete-word "ispell" "\
|
|
|
6891 Look up word before or under point in dictionary (see lookup-words command)
|
|
|
6892 and try to complete it. If optional INTERIOR-FRAG is non-nil then the word
|
|
|
6893 may be a character sequence inside of a word.
|
|
|
6894
|
|
|
6895 Standard ispell choices are then available." t nil)
|
|
|
6896
|
|
|
6897 (autoload 'ispell-complete-word-interior-frag "ispell" "\
|
|
|
6898 Completes word matching character sequence inside a word." t nil)
|
|
|
6899
|
|
|
6900 (autoload 'ispell-minor-mode "ispell" "\
|
|
|
6901 Toggle Ispell minor mode.
|
|
|
6902 With prefix arg, turn Ispell minor mode on iff arg is positive.
|
|
|
6903
|
|
|
6904 In Ispell minor mode, pressing SPC or RET
|
|
|
6905 warns you if the previous word is incorrectly spelled." t nil)
|
|
|
6906
|
|
|
6907 (autoload 'ispell-message "ispell" "\
|
|
|
6908 Check the spelling of a mail message or news post.
|
|
|
6909 Don't check spelling of message headers except the Subject field.
|
|
|
6910 Don't check included messages.
|
|
|
6911
|
|
|
6912 To abort spell checking of a message region and send the message anyway,
|
|
|
6913 use the `x' or `q' command. (Any subsequent regions will be checked.)
|
|
|
6914 The `X' command aborts the message send so that you can edit the buffer.
|
|
|
6915
|
|
|
6916 To spell-check whenever a message is sent, include the appropriate lines
|
|
|
6917 in your .emacs file:
|
|
|
6918 (add-hook 'message-send-hook 'ispell-message)
|
|
|
6919 (add-hook 'mail-send-hook 'ispell-message)
|
|
|
6920 (add-hook 'mh-before-send-letter-hook 'ispell-message)
|
|
|
6921
|
|
|
6922 You can bind this to the key C-c i in GNUS or mail by adding to
|
|
|
6923 `news-reply-mode-hook' or `mail-mode-hook' the following lambda expression:
|
|
|
6924 (function (lambda () (local-set-key \"\\C-ci\" 'ispell-message)))" t nil)
|
|
|
6925
|
|
|
6926 ;;;***
|
|
|
6927
|
|
|
6928 ;;;### (autoloads (jka-compr-install toggle-auto-compression jka-compr-load) "jka-compr" "packages/jka-compr.el")
|
|
|
6929
|
|
|
6930 (autoload 'jka-compr-load "jka-compr" "\
|
|
|
6931 Documented as original." nil nil)
|
|
|
6932
|
|
|
6933 (autoload 'toggle-auto-compression "jka-compr" "\
|
|
|
6934 Toggle automatic file compression and uncompression.
|
|
|
6935 With prefix argument ARG, turn auto compression on if positive, else off.
|
|
|
6936 Returns the new status of auto compression (non-nil means on).
|
|
|
6937 If the argument MESSAGE is non-nil, it means to print a message
|
|
|
6938 saying whether the mode is now on or off." t nil)
|
|
|
6939
|
|
|
6940 (autoload 'jka-compr-install "jka-compr" "\
|
|
|
6941 Install jka-compr.
|
|
|
6942 This adds entries to `file-name-handler-alist' and `auto-mode-alist'
|
|
|
6943 and `inhibit-first-line-modes-suffixes'." nil nil)
|
|
|
6944
|
|
|
6945 ;;;***
|
|
|
6946
|
|
|
6947 ;;;### (autoloads (turn-on-lazy-lock lazy-lock-mode) "lazy-lock" "packages/lazy-lock.el")
|
|
|
6948
|
|
|
6949 (autoload 'lazy-lock-mode "lazy-lock" "\
|
|
|
6950 Toggle Lazy Lock mode.
|
|
|
6951 With arg, turn Lazy Lock mode on if and only if arg is positive and the buffer
|
|
|
6952 is at least `lazy-lock-minimum-size' characters long.
|
|
|
6953
|
|
|
6954 When Lazy Lock mode is enabled, fontification is demand-driven and stealthy:
|
|
|
6955
|
|
|
6956 - Fontification occurs in visible parts of buffers when necessary.
|
|
|
6957 Occurs if there is no input after pausing for `lazy-lock-continuity-time'.
|
|
|
6958
|
|
|
6959 - Fontification occurs in invisible parts when Emacs has been idle.
|
|
|
6960 Occurs if there is no input after pausing for `lazy-lock-stealth-time'.
|
|
|
6961
|
|
|
6962 If `lazy-lock-hide-invisible' is non-nil, text is not displayed until it is
|
|
|
6963 fontified, otherwise it is displayed in `lazy-lock-invisible-foreground'.
|
|
|
6964
|
|
|
6965 See also variables `lazy-lock-walk-windows' and `lazy-lock-ignore-commands' for
|
|
|
6966 window (scroll) fontification, and `lazy-lock-stealth-lines',
|
|
|
6967 `lazy-lock-stealth-nice' and `lazy-lock-stealth-verbose' for stealth
|
|
|
6968 fontification.
|
|
|
6969
|
|
|
6970 Use \\[lazy-lock-submit-bug-report] to send bug reports or feedback." t nil)
|
|
|
6971
|
|
|
6972 (autoload 'turn-on-lazy-lock "lazy-lock" "\
|
|
|
6973 Unconditionally turn on Lazy Lock mode." nil nil)
|
|
|
6974
|
|
100
|
6975 (when (fboundp 'add-minor-mode) (defvar lazy-lock-mode nil) (add-minor-mode 'lazy-lock-mode nil))
|
|
78
|
6976
|
|
|
6977 ;;;***
|
|
|
6978
|
|
|
6979 ;;;### (autoloads (ledit-from-lisp-mode ledit-mode) "ledit" "packages/ledit.el")
|
|
|
6980
|
|
|
6981 (defconst ledit-save-files t "\
|
|
|
6982 *Non-nil means Ledit should save files before transferring to Lisp.")
|
|
|
6983
|
|
|
6984 (defconst ledit-go-to-lisp-string "%?lisp" "\
|
|
|
6985 *Shell commands to execute to resume Lisp job.")
|
|
|
6986
|
|
|
6987 (defconst ledit-go-to-liszt-string "%?liszt" "\
|
|
|
6988 *Shell commands to execute to resume Lisp compiler job.")
|
|
|
6989
|
|
|
6990 (autoload 'ledit-mode "ledit" "\
|
|
|
6991 \\<ledit-mode-map>Major mode for editing text and stuffing it to a Lisp job.
|
|
|
6992 Like Lisp mode, plus these special commands:
|
|
|
6993 \\[ledit-save-defun] -- record defun at or after point
|
|
|
6994 for later transmission to Lisp job.
|
|
|
6995 \\[ledit-save-region] -- record region for later transmission to Lisp job.
|
|
|
6996 \\[ledit-go-to-lisp] -- transfer to Lisp job and transmit saved text.
|
|
|
6997 \\[ledit-go-to-liszt] -- transfer to Liszt (Lisp compiler) job
|
|
|
6998 and transmit saved text.
|
|
|
6999 \\{ledit-mode-map}
|
|
|
7000 To make Lisp mode automatically change to Ledit mode,
|
|
|
7001 do (setq lisp-mode-hook 'ledit-from-lisp-mode)" t nil)
|
|
|
7002
|
|
|
7003 (autoload 'ledit-from-lisp-mode "ledit" nil nil nil)
|
|
|
7004
|
|
|
7005 ;;;***
|
|
|
7006
|
|
|
7007 ;;;### (autoloads (print-region lpr-region print-buffer lpr-buffer) "lpr" "packages/lpr.el")
|
|
|
7008
|
|
134
|
7009 (defcustom lpr-switches nil "*List of strings to pass as extra options for the printer program.\nSee `lpr-command'." :type '(repeat (string :tag "Argument")) :group 'lpr)
|
|
|
7010
|
|
|
7011 (defcustom lpr-command (if (memq system-type '(usg-unix-v dgux hpux irix)) "lp" "lpr") "*Name of program for printing a file." :type 'string :group 'lpr)
|
|
78
|
7012
|
|
|
7013 (autoload 'lpr-buffer "lpr" "\
|
|
|
7014 Print buffer contents as with Unix command `lpr'.
|
|
|
7015 `lpr-switches' is a list of extra switches (strings) to pass to lpr." t nil)
|
|
|
7016
|
|
|
7017 (autoload 'print-buffer "lpr" "\
|
|
|
7018 Print buffer contents as with Unix command `lpr -p'.
|
|
|
7019 `lpr-switches' is a list of extra switches (strings) to pass to lpr." t nil)
|
|
|
7020
|
|
|
7021 (autoload 'lpr-region "lpr" "\
|
|
|
7022 Print region contents as with Unix command `lpr'.
|
|
|
7023 `lpr-switches' is a list of extra switches (strings) to pass to lpr." t nil)
|
|
|
7024
|
|
|
7025 (autoload 'print-region "lpr" "\
|
|
|
7026 Print region contents as with Unix command `lpr -p'.
|
|
|
7027 `lpr-switches' is a list of extra switches (strings) to pass to lpr." t nil)
|
|
|
7028
|
|
|
7029 ;;;***
|
|
|
7030
|
|
|
7031 ;;;### (autoloads (make-command-summary) "makesum" "packages/makesum.el")
|
|
|
7032
|
|
|
7033 (autoload 'make-command-summary "makesum" "\
|
|
|
7034 Make a summary of current key bindings in the buffer *Summary*.
|
|
|
7035 Previous contents of that buffer are killed first." t nil)
|
|
|
7036
|
|
|
7037 ;;;***
|
|
|
7038
|
|
|
7039 ;;;### (autoloads (manual-entry) "man" "packages/man.el")
|
|
|
7040
|
|
|
7041 (autoload 'manual-entry "man" "\
|
|
100
|
7042 Display the Unix manual entry (or entries) for TOPIC." t nil)
|
|
78
|
7043
|
|
|
7044 ;;;***
|
|
|
7045
|
|
|
7046 ;;;### (autoloads (metamail-region metamail-buffer metamail-interpret-body metamail-interpret-header) "metamail" "packages/metamail.el")
|
|
|
7047
|
|
|
7048 (autoload 'metamail-interpret-header "metamail" "\
|
|
|
7049 Interpret a header part of a MIME message in current buffer.
|
|
|
7050 Its body part is not interpreted at all." t nil)
|
|
|
7051
|
|
|
7052 (autoload 'metamail-interpret-body "metamail" "\
|
|
|
7053 Interpret a body part of a MIME message in current buffer.
|
|
|
7054 Optional argument VIEWMODE specifies the value of the
|
|
|
7055 EMACS_VIEW_MODE environment variable (defaulted to 1).
|
|
|
7056 Optional argument NODISPLAY non-nil means buffer is not
|
|
|
7057 redisplayed as output is inserted.
|
|
|
7058 Its header part is not interpreted at all." t nil)
|
|
|
7059
|
|
|
7060 (autoload 'metamail-buffer "metamail" "\
|
|
|
7061 Process current buffer through `metamail'.
|
|
|
7062 Optional argument VIEWMODE specifies the value of the
|
|
|
7063 EMACS_VIEW_MODE environment variable (defaulted to 1).
|
|
|
7064 Optional argument BUFFER specifies a buffer to be filled (nil
|
|
|
7065 means current).
|
|
|
7066 Optional argument NODISPLAY non-nil means buffer is not
|
|
|
7067 redisplayed as output is inserted." t nil)
|
|
|
7068
|
|
|
7069 (autoload 'metamail-region "metamail" "\
|
|
|
7070 Process current region through 'metamail'.
|
|
|
7071 Optional argument VIEWMODE specifies the value of the
|
|
|
7072 EMACS_VIEW_MODE environment variable (defaulted to 1).
|
|
|
7073 Optional argument BUFFER specifies a buffer to be filled (nil
|
|
|
7074 means current).
|
|
|
7075 Optional argument NODISPLAY non-nil means buffer is not
|
|
|
7076 redisplayed as output is inserted." t nil)
|
|
|
7077
|
|
|
7078 ;;;***
|
|
|
7079
|
|
|
7080 ;;;### (autoloads (blink-paren paren-set-mode) "paren" "packages/paren.el")
|
|
|
7081
|
|
126
|
7082 (defcustom paren-mode nil "*Sets the style of parenthesis highlighting.\nValid values are nil, `blink-paren', `paren', and `sexp'.\n nil no parenthesis highlighting.\n blink-paren causes the matching paren to blink.\n paren causes the matching paren to be highlighted but not to blink.\n sexp whole expression enclosed by the local paren at its mate.\n nested (not yet implemented) use variable shading to see the\n nesting of an expression. Also groks regular expressions\n and shell quoting.\n\nThis variable is global by default, but you can make it buffer-local and\nhighlight parentheses differently in different major modes." :type '(radio (const nil) (const blink-paren) (const paren) (const sexp) (const nested)) :group 'paren-matching)
|
|
78
|
7083
|
|
|
7084 (autoload 'paren-set-mode "paren" "\
|
|
|
7085 Cycles through possible values for `paren-mode', force off with negative arg.
|
|
108
|
7086 When called from lisp, a symbolic value for `paren-mode' can be passed directly.
|
|
78
|
7087 See also `paren-mode' and `paren-highlight'." t nil)
|
|
|
7088
|
|
|
7089 (make-obsolete 'blink-paren 'paren-set-mode)
|
|
|
7090
|
|
|
7091 (autoload 'blink-paren "paren" "\
|
|
|
7092 Obsolete. Use `paren-set-mode' instead." t nil)
|
|
|
7093
|
|
|
7094 ;;;***
|
|
|
7095
|
|
|
7096 ;;;### (autoloads (pending-delete pending-delete-off pending-delete-on) "pending-del" "packages/pending-del.el")
|
|
|
7097
|
|
|
7098 (autoload 'pending-delete-on "pending-del" "\
|
|
|
7099 Turn on pending delete.
|
|
|
7100 When it is ON, typed text replaces the selection if the selection is active.
|
|
|
7101 When it is OFF, typed text is just inserted at point." t nil)
|
|
|
7102
|
|
|
7103 (autoload 'pending-delete-off "pending-del" "\
|
|
|
7104 Turn off pending delete.
|
|
|
7105 When it is ON, typed text replaces the selection if the selection is active.
|
|
|
7106 When it is OFF, typed text is just inserted at point." t nil)
|
|
|
7107
|
|
|
7108 (autoload 'pending-delete "pending-del" "\
|
|
|
7109 Toggle automatic deletion of the selected region.
|
|
|
7110 With a positive argument, turns it on.
|
|
|
7111 With a non-positive argument, turns it off.
|
|
|
7112 When active, typed text replaces the selection." t nil)
|
|
|
7113
|
|
|
7114 ;;;***
|
|
|
7115
|
|
82
|
7116 ;;;### (autoloads (ps-setup ps-nb-pages-region ps-nb-pages-buffer ps-line-lengths ps-despool ps-spool-region-with-faces ps-spool-region ps-spool-buffer-with-faces ps-spool-buffer ps-print-region-with-faces ps-print-region ps-print-buffer-with-faces ps-print-buffer) "ps-print" "packages/ps-print.el")
|
|
|
7117
|
|
124
|
7118 (defcustom ps-paper-type 'letter "*Specifies the size of paper to format for.\nShould be one of the paper types defined in `ps-page-dimensions-database', for\nexample `letter', `legal' or `a4'." :type '(symbol :validate (lambda (wid) (if (assq (widget-value wid) ps-page-dimensions-database) nil (widget-put wid :error "Unknown paper size") wid))) :group 'ps-print)
|
|
|
7119
|
|
|
7120 (defcustom ps-print-color-p (or (fboundp 'x-color-values) (fboundp 'color-instance-rgb-components)) "*If non-nil, print the buffer's text in color." :type 'boolean :group 'ps-print-color)
|
|
78
|
7121
|
|
|
7122 (autoload 'ps-print-buffer "ps-print" "\
|
|
|
7123 Generate and print a PostScript image of the buffer.
|
|
|
7124
|
|
|
7125 When called with a numeric prefix argument (C-u), prompts the user for
|
|
|
7126 the name of a file to save the PostScript image in, instead of sending
|
|
|
7127 it to the printer.
|
|
|
7128
|
|
|
7129 More specifically, the FILENAME argument is treated as follows: if it
|
|
|
7130 is nil, send the image to the printer. If FILENAME is a string, save
|
|
|
7131 the PostScript image in a file with that name. If FILENAME is a
|
|
|
7132 number, prompt the user for the name of the file to save in." t nil)
|
|
|
7133
|
|
|
7134 (autoload 'ps-print-buffer-with-faces "ps-print" "\
|
|
|
7135 Generate and print a PostScript image of the buffer.
|
|
|
7136 Like `ps-print-buffer', but includes font, color, and underline
|
|
|
7137 information in the generated image. This command works only if you
|
|
|
7138 are using a window system, so it has a way to determine color values." t nil)
|
|
|
7139
|
|
|
7140 (autoload 'ps-print-region "ps-print" "\
|
|
|
7141 Generate and print a PostScript image of the region.
|
|
|
7142 Like `ps-print-buffer', but prints just the current region." t nil)
|
|
|
7143
|
|
|
7144 (autoload 'ps-print-region-with-faces "ps-print" "\
|
|
|
7145 Generate and print a PostScript image of the region.
|
|
|
7146 Like `ps-print-region', but includes font, color, and underline
|
|
|
7147 information in the generated image. This command works only if you
|
|
|
7148 are using a window system, so it has a way to determine color values." t nil)
|
|
|
7149
|
|
|
7150 (autoload 'ps-spool-buffer "ps-print" "\
|
|
|
7151 Generate and spool a PostScript image of the buffer.
|
|
|
7152 Like `ps-print-buffer' except that the PostScript image is saved in a
|
|
|
7153 local buffer to be sent to the printer later.
|
|
|
7154
|
|
|
7155 Use the command `ps-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer." t nil)
|
|
|
7156
|
|
|
7157 (autoload 'ps-spool-buffer-with-faces "ps-print" "\
|
|
|
7158 Generate and spool a PostScript image of the buffer.
|
|
|
7159 Like `ps-spool-buffer', but includes font, color, and underline
|
|
|
7160 information in the generated image. This command works only if you
|
|
|
7161 are using a window system, so it has a way to determine color values.
|
|
|
7162
|
|
|
7163 Use the command `ps-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer." t nil)
|
|
|
7164
|
|
|
7165 (autoload 'ps-spool-region "ps-print" "\
|
|
|
7166 Generate a PostScript image of the region and spool locally.
|
|
|
7167 Like `ps-spool-buffer', but spools just the current region.
|
|
|
7168
|
|
|
7169 Use the command `ps-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer." t nil)
|
|
|
7170
|
|
|
7171 (autoload 'ps-spool-region-with-faces "ps-print" "\
|
|
|
7172 Generate a PostScript image of the region and spool locally.
|
|
|
7173 Like `ps-spool-region', but includes font, color, and underline
|
|
|
7174 information in the generated image. This command works only if you
|
|
|
7175 are using a window system, so it has a way to determine color values.
|
|
|
7176
|
|
|
7177 Use the command `ps-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer." t nil)
|
|
|
7178
|
|
|
7179 (autoload 'ps-despool "ps-print" "\
|
|
|
7180 Send the spooled PostScript to the printer.
|
|
|
7181
|
|
|
7182 When called with a numeric prefix argument (C-u), prompt the user for
|
|
|
7183 the name of a file to save the spooled PostScript in, instead of sending
|
|
|
7184 it to the printer.
|
|
|
7185
|
|
|
7186 More specifically, the FILENAME argument is treated as follows: if it
|
|
|
7187 is nil, send the image to the printer. If FILENAME is a string, save
|
|
|
7188 the PostScript image in a file with that name. If FILENAME is a
|
|
|
7189 number, prompt the user for the name of the file to save in." t nil)
|
|
|
7190
|
|
82
|
7191 (autoload 'ps-line-lengths "ps-print" "\
|
|
88
|
7192 *Display the correspondence between a line length and a font size,
|
|
82
|
7193 using the current ps-print setup.
|
|
|
7194 Try: pr -t file | awk '{printf \"%3d %s
|
|
|
7195 \", length($0), $0}' | sort -r | head" t nil)
|
|
|
7196
|
|
|
7197 (autoload 'ps-nb-pages-buffer "ps-print" "\
|
|
88
|
7198 *Display an approximate correspondence between a font size and the number
|
|
82
|
7199 of pages the current buffer would require to print
|
|
|
7200 using the current ps-print setup." t nil)
|
|
|
7201
|
|
|
7202 (autoload 'ps-nb-pages-region "ps-print" "\
|
|
88
|
7203 *Display an approximate correspondence between a font size and the number
|
|
82
|
7204 of pages the current region would require to print
|
|
|
7205 using the current ps-print setup." t nil)
|
|
|
7206
|
|
|
7207 (autoload 'ps-setup "ps-print" "\
|
|
|
7208 *Return the current setup" nil nil)
|
|
|
7209
|
|
78
|
7210 ;;;***
|
|
|
7211
|
|
|
7212 ;;;### (autoloads (remote-compile) "rcompile" "packages/rcompile.el")
|
|
|
7213
|
|
|
7214 (autoload 'remote-compile "rcompile" "\
|
|
|
7215 Compile the current buffer's directory on HOST. Log in as USER.
|
|
|
7216 See \\[compile]." t nil)
|
|
|
7217
|
|
|
7218 ;;;***
|
|
|
7219
|
|
|
7220 ;;;### (autoloads (resume-suspend-hook) "resume" "packages/resume.el")
|
|
|
7221
|
|
|
7222 (autoload 'resume-suspend-hook "resume" "\
|
|
|
7223 Clear out the file used for transmitting args when Emacs resumes." nil nil)
|
|
|
7224
|
|
|
7225 ;;;***
|
|
|
7226
|
|
|
7227 ;;;### (autoloads (install-shell-fonts) "shell-font" "packages/shell-font.el")
|
|
|
7228
|
|
|
7229 (autoload 'install-shell-fonts "shell-font" "\
|
|
|
7230 Decorate the current interaction buffer with fonts.
|
|
|
7231 This uses the faces called `shell-prompt', `shell-input' and `shell-output';
|
|
|
7232 you can alter the graphical attributes of those with the normal
|
|
|
7233 face-manipulation functions." nil nil)
|
|
|
7234
|
|
|
7235 ;;;***
|
|
|
7236
|
|
|
7237 ;;;### (autoloads (spell-string spell-region spell-word spell-buffer) "spell" "packages/spell.el")
|
|
|
7238
|
|
|
7239 (put 'spell-filter 'risky-local-variable t)
|
|
|
7240
|
|
|
7241 (autoload 'spell-buffer "spell" "\
|
|
|
7242 Check spelling of every word in the buffer.
|
|
|
7243 For each incorrect word, you are asked for the correct spelling
|
|
|
7244 and then put into a query-replace to fix some or all occurrences.
|
|
|
7245 If you do not want to change a word, just give the same word
|
|
|
7246 as its \"correct\" spelling; then the query replace is skipped." t nil)
|
|
|
7247
|
|
|
7248 (autoload 'spell-word "spell" "\
|
|
|
7249 Check spelling of word at or before point.
|
|
|
7250 If it is not correct, ask user for the correct spelling
|
|
|
7251 and `query-replace' the entire buffer to substitute it." t nil)
|
|
|
7252
|
|
|
7253 (autoload 'spell-region "spell" "\
|
|
|
7254 Like `spell-buffer' but applies only to region.
|
|
|
7255 Used in a program, applies from START to END.
|
|
|
7256 DESCRIPTION is an optional string naming the unit being checked:
|
|
|
7257 for example, \"word\"." t nil)
|
|
|
7258
|
|
|
7259 (autoload 'spell-string "spell" "\
|
|
|
7260 Check spelling of string supplied as argument." t nil)
|
|
|
7261
|
|
|
7262 ;;;***
|
|
|
7263
|
|
|
7264 ;;;### (autoloads (tar-mode) "tar-mode" "packages/tar-mode.el")
|
|
|
7265
|
|
|
7266 (autoload 'tar-mode "tar-mode" "\
|
|
|
7267 Major mode for viewing a tar file as a dired-like listing of its contents.
|
|
|
7268 You can move around using the usual cursor motion commands.
|
|
|
7269 Letters no longer insert themselves.
|
|
|
7270 Type 'e' to pull a file out of the tar file and into its own buffer.
|
|
|
7271 Type 'c' to copy an entry from the tar file into another file on disk.
|
|
|
7272
|
|
|
7273 If you edit a sub-file of this archive (as with the 'e' command) and
|
|
|
7274 save it with Control-X Control-S, the contents of that buffer will be
|
|
|
7275 saved back into the tar-file buffer; in this way you can edit a file
|
|
|
7276 inside of a tar archive without extracting it and re-archiving it.
|
|
|
7277
|
|
|
7278 See also: variables tar-update-datestamp and tar-anal-blocksize.
|
|
|
7279 \\{tar-mode-map}" nil nil)
|
|
|
7280
|
|
|
7281 ;;;***
|
|
|
7282
|
|
|
7283 ;;;### (autoloads (terminal-emulator) "terminal" "packages/terminal.el")
|
|
|
7284
|
|
|
7285 (autoload 'terminal-emulator "terminal" "\
|
|
|
7286 Under a display-terminal emulator in BUFFER, run PROGRAM on arguments ARGS.
|
|
|
7287 ARGS is a list of argument-strings. Remaining arguments are WIDTH and HEIGHT.
|
|
|
7288 BUFFER's contents are made an image of the display generated by that program,
|
|
|
7289 and any input typed when BUFFER is the current Emacs buffer is sent to that
|
|
|
7290 program an keyboard input.
|
|
|
7291
|
|
|
7292 Interactively, BUFFER defaults to \"*terminal*\" and PROGRAM and ARGS
|
|
|
7293 are parsed from an input-string using your usual shell.
|
|
|
7294 WIDTH and HEIGHT are determined from the size of the current window
|
|
|
7295 -- WIDTH will be one less than the window's width, HEIGHT will be its height.
|
|
|
7296
|
|
|
7297 To switch buffers and leave the emulator, or to give commands
|
|
|
7298 to the emulator itself (as opposed to the program running under it),
|
|
|
7299 type Control-^. The following character is an emulator command.
|
|
|
7300 Type Control-^ twice to send it to the subprogram.
|
|
|
7301 This escape character may be changed using the variable `terminal-escape-char'.
|
|
|
7302
|
|
|
7303 `Meta' characters may not currently be sent through the terminal emulator.
|
|
|
7304
|
|
|
7305 Here is a list of some of the variables which control the behaviour
|
|
|
7306 of the emulator -- see their documentation for more information:
|
|
|
7307 terminal-escape-char, terminal-scrolling, terminal-more-processing,
|
|
|
7308 terminal-redisplay-interval.
|
|
|
7309
|
|
|
7310 This function calls the value of terminal-mode-hook if that exists
|
|
|
7311 and is non-nil after the terminal buffer has been set up and the
|
|
|
7312 subprocess started.
|
|
|
7313
|
|
|
7314 Presently with `termcap' only; if somebody sends us code to make this
|
|
|
7315 work with `terminfo' we will try to use it." t nil)
|
|
|
7316
|
|
|
7317 ;;;***
|
|
|
7318
|
|
|
7319 ;;;### (autoloads (batch-texinfo-format texinfo-format-region texinfo-format-buffer) "texinfmt" "packages/texinfmt.el")
|
|
|
7320
|
|
|
7321 (autoload 'texinfo-format-buffer "texinfmt" "\
|
|
|
7322 Process the current buffer as texinfo code, into an Info file.
|
|
|
7323 The Info file output is generated in a buffer visiting the Info file
|
|
|
7324 names specified in the @setfilename command.
|
|
|
7325
|
|
|
7326 Non-nil argument (prefix, if interactive) means don't make tag table
|
|
|
7327 and don't split the file if large. You can use Info-tagify and
|
|
|
7328 Info-split to do these manually." t nil)
|
|
|
7329
|
|
|
7330 (autoload 'texinfo-format-region "texinfmt" "\
|
|
|
7331 Convert the current region of the Texinfo file to Info format.
|
|
|
7332 This lets you see what that part of the file will look like in Info.
|
|
|
7333 The command is bound to \\[texinfo-format-region]. The text that is
|
|
|
7334 converted to Info is stored in a temporary buffer." t nil)
|
|
|
7335
|
|
|
7336 (autoload 'batch-texinfo-format "texinfmt" "\
|
|
|
7337 Runs texinfo-format-buffer on the files remaining on the command line.
|
|
|
7338 Must be used only with -batch, and kills emacs on completion.
|
|
|
7339 Each file will be processed even if an error occurred previously.
|
|
|
7340 For example, invoke
|
|
|
7341 \"emacs -batch -funcall batch-texinfo-format $docs/ ~/*.texinfo\"." nil nil)
|
|
|
7342
|
|
|
7343 ;;;***
|
|
|
7344
|
|
|
7345 ;;;### (autoloads (texinfo-sequential-node-update texinfo-every-node-update texinfo-update-node) "texnfo-upd" "packages/texnfo-upd.el")
|
|
|
7346
|
|
|
7347 (autoload 'texinfo-update-node "texnfo-upd" "\
|
|
|
7348 Without any prefix argument, update the node in which point is located.
|
|
|
7349 Non-nil argument (prefix, if interactive) means update the nodes in the
|
|
|
7350 marked region.
|
|
|
7351
|
|
|
7352 The functions for creating or updating nodes and menus, and their
|
|
|
7353 keybindings, are:
|
|
|
7354
|
|
|
7355 texinfo-update-node (&optional region-p) \\[texinfo-update-node]
|
|
|
7356 texinfo-every-node-update () \\[texinfo-every-node-update]
|
|
|
7357 texinfo-sequential-node-update (&optional region-p)
|
|
|
7358
|
|
|
7359 texinfo-make-menu (&optional region-p) \\[texinfo-make-menu]
|
|
|
7360 texinfo-all-menus-update () \\[texinfo-all-menus-update]
|
|
|
7361 texinfo-master-menu ()
|
|
|
7362
|
|
|
7363 texinfo-indent-menu-description (column &optional region-p)
|
|
|
7364
|
|
|
7365 The `texinfo-column-for-description' variable specifies the column to
|
|
|
7366 which menu descriptions are indented. Its default value is 32." t nil)
|
|
|
7367
|
|
|
7368 (autoload 'texinfo-every-node-update "texnfo-upd" "\
|
|
|
7369 Update every node in a Texinfo file." t nil)
|
|
|
7370
|
|
|
7371 (autoload 'texinfo-sequential-node-update "texnfo-upd" "\
|
|
|
7372 Update one node (or many) in a Texinfo file with sequential pointers.
|
|
|
7373
|
|
|
7374 This function causes the `Next' or `Previous' pointer to point to the
|
|
|
7375 immediately preceding or following node, even if it is at a higher or
|
|
|
7376 lower hierarchical level in the document. Continually pressing `n' or
|
|
|
7377 `p' takes you straight through the file.
|
|
|
7378
|
|
|
7379 Without any prefix argument, update the node in which point is located.
|
|
|
7380 Non-nil argument (prefix, if interactive) means update the nodes in the
|
|
|
7381 marked region.
|
|
|
7382
|
|
|
7383 This command makes it awkward to navigate among sections and
|
|
|
7384 subsections; it should be used only for those documents that are meant
|
|
|
7385 to be read like a novel rather than a reference, and for which the
|
|
|
7386 Info `g*' command is inadequate." t nil)
|
|
|
7387
|
|
|
7388 ;;;***
|
|
|
7389
|
|
|
7390 ;;;### (autoloads (time-stamp-toggle-active time-stamp) "time-stamp" "packages/time-stamp.el")
|
|
|
7391
|
|
|
7392 (autoload 'time-stamp "time-stamp" "\
|
|
|
7393 Update the time stamp string in the buffer.
|
|
|
7394 If you put a time stamp template anywhere in the first 8 lines of a file,
|
|
|
7395 it can be updated every time you save the file. See the top of
|
|
|
7396 `time-stamp.el' for a sample. The template looks like one of the following:
|
|
|
7397 Time-stamp: <>
|
|
|
7398 Time-stamp: \" \"
|
|
|
7399 The time stamp is written between the brackets or quotes, resulting in
|
|
|
7400 Time-stamp: <95/01/18 10:20:51 gildea>
|
|
|
7401 Only does its thing if the variable time-stamp-active is non-nil.
|
|
|
7402 Typically used on write-file-hooks for automatic time-stamping.
|
|
|
7403 The format of the time stamp is determined by the variable time-stamp-format.
|
|
|
7404 The variables time-stamp-line-limit, time-stamp-start, and time-stamp-end
|
|
|
7405 control finding the template." t nil)
|
|
|
7406
|
|
|
7407 (autoload 'time-stamp-toggle-active "time-stamp" "\
|
|
|
7408 Toggle time-stamp-active, setting whether \\[time-stamp] updates a buffer.
|
|
|
7409 With arg, turn time stamping on if and only if arg is positive." t nil)
|
|
|
7410
|
|
|
7411 ;;;***
|
|
|
7412
|
|
|
7413 ;;;### (autoloads (display-time) "time" "packages/time.el")
|
|
|
7414
|
|
110
|
7415 (defcustom display-time-day-and-date nil "*Non-nil means \\[display-time] should display day,date and time.\nThis affects the spec 'date in the variable display-time-form-list." :group 'display-time :type 'boolean)
|
|
78
|
7416
|
|
|
7417 (autoload 'display-time "time" "\
|
|
|
7418 Display current time, load level, and mail flag in mode line of each buffer.
|
|
|
7419 Updates automatically every minute.
|
|
|
7420 If `display-time-day-and-date' is non-nil, the current day and date
|
|
|
7421 are displayed as well.
|
|
|
7422 After each update, `display-time-hook' is run with `run-hooks'.
|
|
|
7423 If `display-time-echo-area' is non-nil, the time is displayed in the
|
|
|
7424 echo area instead of in the mode-line." t nil)
|
|
|
7425
|
|
|
7426 ;;;***
|
|
|
7427
|
|
|
7428 ;;;### (autoloads (ununderline-and-unoverstrike-region overstrike-region unoverstrike-region ununderline-region underline-region) "underline" "packages/underline.el")
|
|
|
7429
|
|
|
7430 (autoload 'underline-region "underline" "\
|
|
|
7431 Underline all nonblank characters in the region.
|
|
|
7432 Works by overstriking underscores.
|
|
|
7433 Called from program, takes two arguments START and END
|
|
|
7434 which specify the range to operate on." t nil)
|
|
|
7435
|
|
|
7436 (autoload 'ununderline-region "underline" "\
|
|
|
7437 Remove all underlining (overstruck underscores) in the region.
|
|
|
7438 Called from program, takes two arguments START and END
|
|
|
7439 which specify the range to operate on." t nil)
|
|
|
7440
|
|
|
7441 (autoload 'unoverstrike-region "underline" "\
|
|
|
7442 Remove all overstriking (character-backspace-character) in the region.
|
|
|
7443 Called from program, takes two arguments START and END which specify the
|
|
|
7444 range to operate on." t nil)
|
|
|
7445
|
|
|
7446 (autoload 'overstrike-region "underline" "\
|
|
|
7447 Overstrike (character-backspace-character) all nonblank characters in
|
|
|
7448 the region. Called from program, takes two arguments START and END which
|
|
|
7449 specify the range to operate on." t nil)
|
|
|
7450
|
|
|
7451 (autoload 'ununderline-and-unoverstrike-region "underline" "\
|
|
|
7452 Remove underlining and overstriking in the region. Called from a program,
|
|
|
7453 takes two arguments START and END which specify the range to operate on." t nil)
|
|
|
7454
|
|
|
7455 ;;;***
|
|
|
7456
|
|
|
7457 ;;;### (autoloads (ask-to-update-copyright update-copyright) "upd-copyr" "packages/upd-copyr.el")
|
|
|
7458
|
|
134
|
7459 (defcustom copyright-do-not-disturb "Free Software Foundation, Inc." "*If non-nil, the existing copyright holder is checked against this regexp.\nIf it does not match, then a new copyright line is added with the copyright\nholder set to the value of `copyright-whoami'." :type '(choice (const nil) string) :group 'copyright)
|
|
|
7460
|
|
|
7461 (defcustom copyright-whoami nil "*A string containing the name of the owner of new copyright notices." :type '(choice (const nil) string) :group 'copyright)
|
|
|
7462
|
|
|
7463 (defcustom copyright-notice-file nil "*If non-nil, replace copying notices with this file." :type '(choice (const nil) file) :group 'copyright)
|
|
78
|
7464
|
|
|
7465 (autoload 'update-copyright "upd-copyr" "\
|
|
|
7466 Update the copyright notice at the beginning of the buffer
|
|
|
7467 to indicate the current year. If optional arg REPLACE is given
|
|
|
7468 \(interactively, with prefix arg) replace the years in the notice
|
|
|
7469 rather than adding the current year after them.
|
|
|
7470 If `copyright-notice-file' is set, the copying permissions following the
|
|
|
7471 copyright are replaced as well.
|
|
|
7472
|
|
|
7473 If optional third argument ASK is non-nil, the user is prompted for whether
|
|
|
7474 or not to update the copyright. If optional fourth argument ASK-YEAR is
|
|
|
7475 non-nil, the user is prompted for whether or not to replace the year rather
|
|
|
7476 than adding to it." t nil)
|
|
|
7477
|
|
|
7478 (autoload 'ask-to-update-copyright "upd-copyr" "\
|
|
|
7479 If the current buffer contains a copyright notice that is out of date,
|
|
|
7480 ask the user if it should be updated with `update-copyright' (which see).
|
|
|
7481 Put this on write-file-hooks." nil nil)
|
|
|
7482
|
|
|
7483 ;;;***
|
|
|
7484
|
|
151
|
7485 ;;;### (autoloads (vc-update-change-log vc-rename-file vc-cancel-version vc-revert-buffer vc-print-log vc-retrieve-snapshot vc-create-snapshot vc-directory vc-insert-headers vc-version-other-window vc-diff vc-checkout vc-register vc-next-action vc-find-binary) "vc" "packages/vc.el")
|
|
78
|
7486
|
|
108
|
7487 (defvar vc-before-checkin-hook nil "\
|
|
151
|
7488 *Normal hook (list of functions) run before a file gets checked in.
|
|
|
7489 See `run-hooks'.")
|
|
|
7490
|
|
|
7491 (defvar vc-checkin-hook nil "\
|
|
|
7492 *Normal hook (List of functions) run after a checkin is done.
|
|
|
7493 See `run-hooks'.")
|
|
|
7494
|
|
|
7495 (autoload 'vc-find-binary "vc" "\
|
|
|
7496 Look for a command anywhere on the subprocess-command search path." nil nil)
|
|
78
|
7497
|
|
|
7498 (autoload 'vc-next-action "vc" "\
|
|
|
7499 Do the next logical checkin or checkout operation on the current file.
|
|
151
|
7500 If you call this from within a VC dired buffer with no files marked,
|
|
|
7501 it will operate on the file in the current line.
|
|
|
7502 If you call this from within a VC dired buffer, and one or more
|
|
|
7503 files are marked, it will accept a log message and then operate on
|
|
|
7504 each one. The log message will be used as a comment for any register
|
|
|
7505 or checkin operations, but ignored when doing checkouts. Attempted
|
|
|
7506 lock steals will raise an error.
|
|
|
7507 A prefix argument lets you specify the version number to use.
|
|
78
|
7508
|
|
|
7509 For RCS and SCCS files:
|
|
|
7510 If the file is not already registered, this registers it for version
|
|
|
7511 control and then retrieves a writable, locked copy for editing.
|
|
|
7512 If the file is registered and not locked by anyone, this checks out
|
|
|
7513 a writable and locked file ready for editing.
|
|
|
7514 If the file is checked out and locked by the calling user, this
|
|
|
7515 first checks to see if the file has changed since checkout. If not,
|
|
|
7516 it performs a revert.
|
|
|
7517 If the file has been changed, this pops up a buffer for entry
|
|
|
7518 of a log message; when the message has been entered, it checks in the
|
|
|
7519 resulting changes along with the log message as change commentary. If
|
|
|
7520 the variable `vc-keep-workfiles' is non-nil (which is its default), a
|
|
|
7521 read-only copy of the changed file is left in place afterwards.
|
|
|
7522 If the file is registered and locked by someone else, you are given
|
|
|
7523 the option to steal the lock.
|
|
|
7524
|
|
|
7525 For CVS files:
|
|
|
7526 If the file is not already registered, this registers it for version
|
|
|
7527 control. This does a \"cvs add\", but no \"cvs commit\".
|
|
|
7528 If the file is added but not committed, it is committed.
|
|
|
7529 If your working file is changed, but the repository file is
|
|
|
7530 unchanged, this pops up a buffer for entry of a log message; when the
|
|
|
7531 message has been entered, it checks in the resulting changes along
|
|
|
7532 with the logmessage as change commentary. A writable file is retained.
|
|
|
7533 If the repository file is changed, you are asked if you want to
|
|
151
|
7534 merge in the changes into your working copy." t nil)
|
|
78
|
7535
|
|
|
7536 (autoload 'vc-register "vc" "\
|
|
|
7537 Register the current file into your version-control system." t nil)
|
|
|
7538
|
|
151
|
7539 (autoload 'vc-checkout "vc" "\
|
|
|
7540 Retrieve a copy of the latest version of the given file." nil nil)
|
|
|
7541
|
|
78
|
7542 (autoload 'vc-diff "vc" "\
|
|
|
7543 Display diffs between file versions.
|
|
|
7544 Normally this compares the current file and buffer with the most recent
|
|
|
7545 checked in version of that file. This uses no arguments.
|
|
|
7546 With a prefix argument, it reads the file name to use
|
|
|
7547 and two version designators specifying which versions to compare." t nil)
|
|
|
7548
|
|
|
7549 (autoload 'vc-version-other-window "vc" "\
|
|
|
7550 Visit version REV of the current buffer in another window.
|
|
|
7551 If the current buffer is named `F', the version is named `F.~REV~'.
|
|
|
7552 If `F.~REV~' already exists, it is used instead of being re-created." t nil)
|
|
|
7553
|
|
|
7554 (autoload 'vc-insert-headers "vc" "\
|
|
|
7555 Insert headers in a file for use with your version-control system.
|
|
|
7556 Headers desired are inserted at the start of the buffer, and are pulled from
|
|
|
7557 the variable `vc-header-alist'." t nil)
|
|
|
7558
|
|
|
7559 (autoload 'vc-directory "vc" "\
|
|
151
|
7560 Show version-control status of the current directory and subdirectories.
|
|
|
7561 Normally it creates a Dired buffer that lists only the locked files
|
|
|
7562 in all these directories. With a prefix argument, it lists all files." t nil)
|
|
78
|
7563
|
|
|
7564 (autoload 'vc-create-snapshot "vc" "\
|
|
|
7565 Make a snapshot called NAME.
|
|
|
7566 The snapshot is made from all registered files at or below the current
|
|
|
7567 directory. For each file, the version level of its latest
|
|
|
7568 version becomes part of the named configuration." t nil)
|
|
|
7569
|
|
|
7570 (autoload 'vc-retrieve-snapshot "vc" "\
|
|
|
7571 Retrieve the snapshot called NAME.
|
|
|
7572 This function fails if any files are locked at or below the current directory
|
|
|
7573 Otherwise, all registered files are checked out (unlocked) at their version
|
|
|
7574 levels in the snapshot." t nil)
|
|
|
7575
|
|
|
7576 (autoload 'vc-print-log "vc" "\
|
|
|
7577 List the change log of the current buffer in a window." t nil)
|
|
|
7578
|
|
|
7579 (autoload 'vc-revert-buffer "vc" "\
|
|
|
7580 Revert the current buffer's file back to the latest checked-in version.
|
|
|
7581 This asks for confirmation if the buffer contents are not identical
|
|
|
7582 to that version.
|
|
|
7583 If the back-end is CVS, this will give you the most recent revision of
|
|
|
7584 the file on the branch you are editing." t nil)
|
|
|
7585
|
|
|
7586 (autoload 'vc-cancel-version "vc" "\
|
|
|
7587 Get rid of most recently checked in version of this file.
|
|
|
7588 A prefix argument means do not revert the buffer afterwards." t nil)
|
|
|
7589
|
|
|
7590 (autoload 'vc-rename-file "vc" "\
|
|
|
7591 Rename file OLD to NEW, and rename its master file likewise." t nil)
|
|
|
7592
|
|
|
7593 (autoload 'vc-update-change-log "vc" "\
|
|
151
|
7594 Find change log file and add entries from recent RCS/CVS logs.
|
|
|
7595 Normally, find log entries for all registered files in the default
|
|
|
7596 directory using `rcs2log', which finds CVS logs preferentially.
|
|
78
|
7597 The mark is left at the end of the text prepended to the change log.
|
|
151
|
7598
|
|
78
|
7599 With prefix arg of C-u, only find log entries for the current buffer's file.
|
|
151
|
7600
|
|
|
7601 With any numeric prefix arg, find log entries for all currently visited
|
|
|
7602 files that are under version control. This puts all the entries in the
|
|
|
7603 log for the default directory, which may not be appropriate.
|
|
|
7604
|
|
|
7605 From a program, any arguments are assumed to be filenames and are
|
|
|
7606 passed to the `rcs2log' script after massaging to be relative to the
|
|
|
7607 default directory." t nil)
|
|
78
|
7608
|
|
|
7609 ;;;***
|
|
|
7610
|
|
98
|
7611 ;;;### (autoloads (webjump) "webjump" "packages/webjump.el")
|
|
|
7612
|
|
|
7613 (autoload 'webjump "webjump" "\
|
|
|
7614 Jumps to a Web site from a programmable hotlist.
|
|
|
7615
|
|
|
7616 See the documentation for the `webjump-sites' variable for how to customize the
|
|
|
7617 hotlist.
|
|
|
7618
|
|
|
7619 Feedback on WebJump can be sent to the author, Neil W. Van Dyke <nwv@acm.org>,
|
|
|
7620 or submitted via `\\[webjump-submit-bug-report]'. The latest version can be
|
|
|
7621 gotten from `http://www.cs.brown.edu/people/nwv/'." t nil)
|
|
|
7622
|
|
|
7623 ;;;***
|
|
|
7624
|
|
118
|
7625 ;;;### (autoloads (webster-www) "webster-www" "packages/webster-www.el")
|
|
|
7626
|
|
|
7627 (autoload 'webster-www "webster-www" "\
|
|
|
7628 Look up a word in the Webster's dictionary at http://www.m-w.com using WWW." t nil)
|
|
78
|
7629
|
|
|
7630 ;;;***
|
|
|
7631
|
|
|
7632 ;;;### (autoloads (run-scheme) "xscheme" "packages/xscheme.el")
|
|
|
7633
|
|
|
7634 (defvar scheme-program-name "scheme" "\
|
|
|
7635 *Program invoked by the `run-scheme' command.")
|
|
|
7636
|
|
|
7637 (defvar scheme-band-name nil "\
|
|
|
7638 *Band loaded by the `run-scheme' command.")
|
|
|
7639
|
|
|
7640 (defvar scheme-program-arguments nil "\
|
|
|
7641 *Arguments passed to the Scheme program by the `run-scheme' command.")
|
|
|
7642
|
|
|
7643 (autoload 'run-scheme "xscheme" "\
|
|
|
7644 Run an inferior Scheme process.
|
|
|
7645 Output goes to the buffer `*scheme*'.
|
|
|
7646 With argument, asks for a command line." t nil)
|
|
|
7647
|
|
|
7648 ;;;***
|
|
|
7649
|
|
|
7650 ;;;### (autoloads (pcl-cvs-fontify) "pcl-cvs-xemacs" "pcl-cvs/pcl-cvs-xemacs.el")
|
|
|
7651
|
|
|
7652 (autoload 'pcl-cvs-fontify "pcl-cvs-xemacs" nil nil nil)
|
|
|
7653
|
|
|
7654 ;;;***
|
|
|
7655
|
|
|
7656 ;;;### (autoloads (cvs-update-other-window cvs-update) "pcl-cvs" "pcl-cvs/pcl-cvs.el")
|
|
|
7657
|
|
|
7658 (autoload 'cvs-update "pcl-cvs" "\
|
|
|
7659 Run a 'cvs update' in the current working directory. Feed the
|
|
|
7660 output to a *cvs* buffer and run cvs-mode on it.
|
|
|
7661 If optional prefix argument LOCAL is non-nil, 'cvs update -l' is run." t nil)
|
|
|
7662
|
|
|
7663 (autoload 'cvs-update-other-window "pcl-cvs" "\
|
|
|
7664 Run a 'cvs update' in the current working directory. Feed the
|
|
|
7665 output to a *cvs* buffer, display it in the other window, and run
|
|
|
7666 cvs-mode on it.
|
|
|
7667
|
|
|
7668 If optional prefix argument LOCAL is non-nil, 'cvs update -l' is run." t nil)
|
|
|
7669
|
|
|
7670 ;;;***
|
|
|
7671
|
|
|
7672 ;;;### (autoloads (about-xemacs) "about" "prim/about.el")
|
|
|
7673
|
|
|
7674 (autoload 'about-xemacs "about" nil t nil)
|
|
|
7675
|
|
|
7676 ;;;***
|
|
|
7677
|
|
|
7678 ;;;### (autoloads (all-hail-emacs all-hail-xemacs praise-be-unto-emacs praise-be-unto-xemacs) "advocacy" "prim/advocacy.el")
|
|
|
7679
|
|
|
7680 (defvar xemacs-praise-sound-file "sounds/im_so_happy.au" "\
|
|
|
7681 The name of an audio file containing something to play
|
|
|
7682 when praising XEmacs")
|
|
|
7683
|
|
|
7684 (defvar xemacs-praise-message "All Hail XEmacs!\n" "\
|
|
|
7685 What to praise XEmacs with")
|
|
|
7686
|
|
|
7687 (autoload 'praise-be-unto-xemacs "advocacy" "\
|
|
|
7688 All Hail XEmacs!" t nil)
|
|
|
7689
|
|
|
7690 (autoload 'praise-be-unto-emacs "advocacy" nil t nil)
|
|
|
7691
|
|
|
7692 (autoload 'all-hail-xemacs "advocacy" "\
|
|
|
7693 All Hail XEmacs!" t nil)
|
|
|
7694
|
|
|
7695 (autoload 'all-hail-emacs "advocacy" nil t nil)
|
|
|
7696
|
|
|
7697 ;;;***
|
|
|
7698
|
|
|
7699 ;;;### (autoloads (describe-buffer-case-table) "case-table" "prim/case-table.el")
|
|
|
7700
|
|
|
7701 (autoload 'describe-buffer-case-table "case-table" "\
|
|
|
7702 Describe the case table of the current buffer." t nil)
|
|
|
7703
|
|
|
7704 ;;;***
|
|
|
7705
|
|
108
|
7706 ;;;### (autoloads (batch-remove-old-elc) "cleantree" "prim/cleantree.el")
|
|
|
7707
|
|
|
7708 (autoload 'batch-remove-old-elc "cleantree" nil nil nil)
|
|
|
7709
|
|
|
7710 ;;;***
|
|
|
7711
|
|
78
|
7712 ;;;### (autoloads (cancel-debug-on-entry debug-on-entry debug) "debug" "prim/debug.el")
|
|
|
7713
|
|
|
7714 (autoload 'debug "debug" "\
|
|
|
7715 Enter debugger. To return, type \\<debugger-mode-map>`\\[debugger-continue]'.
|
|
|
7716 Arguments are mainly for use when this is called from the internals
|
|
|
7717 of the evaluator.
|
|
|
7718
|
|
|
7719 You may call with no args, or you may pass nil as the first arg and
|
|
|
7720 any other args you like. In that case, the list of args after the
|
|
|
7721 first will be printed into the backtrace buffer." t nil)
|
|
|
7722
|
|
|
7723 (autoload 'debug-on-entry "debug" "\
|
|
|
7724 Request FUNCTION to invoke debugger each time it is called.
|
|
|
7725 If you tell the debugger to continue, FUNCTION's execution proceeds.
|
|
|
7726 This works by modifying the definition of FUNCTION,
|
|
|
7727 which must be written in Lisp, not predefined.
|
|
|
7728 Use \\[cancel-debug-on-entry] to cancel the effect of this command.
|
|
|
7729 Redefining FUNCTION also cancels it." t nil)
|
|
|
7730
|
|
|
7731 (autoload 'cancel-debug-on-entry "debug" "\
|
|
|
7732 Undo effect of \\[debug-on-entry] on FUNCTION.
|
|
|
7733 If argument is nil or an empty string, cancel for all functions." t nil)
|
|
|
7734
|
|
|
7735 ;;;***
|
|
|
7736
|
|
|
7737 ;;;### (autoloads (standard-display-european standard-display-underline standard-display-graphic standard-display-g1 standard-display-ascii standard-display-default standard-display-8bit make-display-table describe-current-display-table) "disp-table" "prim/disp-table.el")
|
|
|
7738
|
|
|
7739 (autoload 'describe-current-display-table "disp-table" "\
|
|
|
7740 Describe the display table in use in the selected window and buffer." t nil)
|
|
|
7741
|
|
|
7742 (autoload 'make-display-table "disp-table" "\
|
|
|
7743 Return a new, empty display table." nil nil)
|
|
|
7744
|
|
|
7745 (autoload 'standard-display-8bit "disp-table" "\
|
|
|
7746 Display characters in the range L to H literally." nil nil)
|
|
|
7747
|
|
|
7748 (autoload 'standard-display-default "disp-table" "\
|
|
|
7749 Display characters in the range L to H using the default notation." nil nil)
|
|
|
7750
|
|
|
7751 (autoload 'standard-display-ascii "disp-table" "\
|
|
|
7752 Display character C using printable string S." nil nil)
|
|
|
7753
|
|
|
7754 (autoload 'standard-display-g1 "disp-table" "\
|
|
|
7755 Display character C as character SC in the g1 character set.
|
|
|
7756 This function assumes that your terminal uses the SO/SI characters;
|
|
|
7757 it is meaningless for an X frame." nil nil)
|
|
|
7758
|
|
|
7759 (autoload 'standard-display-graphic "disp-table" "\
|
|
|
7760 Display character C as character GC in graphics character set.
|
|
|
7761 This function assumes VT100-compatible escapes; it is meaningless for an
|
|
|
7762 X frame." nil nil)
|
|
|
7763
|
|
|
7764 (autoload 'standard-display-underline "disp-table" "\
|
|
|
7765 Display character C as character UC plus underlining." nil nil)
|
|
|
7766
|
|
|
7767 (autoload 'standard-display-european "disp-table" "\
|
|
|
7768 Toggle display of European characters encoded with ISO 8859.
|
|
|
7769 When enabled, characters in the range of 160 to 255 display not
|
|
|
7770 as octal escapes, but as accented characters.
|
|
|
7771 With prefix argument, enable European character display iff arg is positive." t nil)
|
|
|
7772
|
|
|
7773 ;;;***
|
|
|
7774
|
|
|
7775 ;;;### (autoloads (setenv) "env" "prim/env.el")
|
|
|
7776
|
|
|
7777 (autoload 'setenv "env" "\
|
|
|
7778 Set the value of the environment variable named VARIABLE to VALUE.
|
|
|
7779 VARIABLE should be a string. VALUE is optional; if not provided or is
|
|
|
7780 `nil', the environment variable VARIABLE will be removed.
|
|
|
7781
|
|
|
7782 Interactively, a prefix argument means to unset the variable.
|
|
|
7783 Interactively, the current value (if any) of the variable
|
|
|
7784 appears at the front of the history list when you type in the new value.
|
|
|
7785
|
|
|
7786 This function works by modifying `process-environment'." t nil)
|
|
|
7787
|
|
|
7788 ;;;***
|
|
|
7789
|
|
100
|
7790 ;;;### (autoloads nil "itimer-autosave" "prim/itimer-autosave.el")
|
|
78
|
7791
|
|
|
7792 ;;;***
|
|
|
7793
|
|
|
7794 ;;;### (autoloads nil "loaddefs" "prim/loaddefs.el")
|
|
|
7795
|
|
|
7796 ;;;***
|
|
|
7797
|
|
98
|
7798 ;;;### (autoloads (apply-macro-to-region-lines kbd-macro-query name-last-kbd-macro) "macros" "prim/macros.el")
|
|
78
|
7799
|
|
|
7800 (autoload 'name-last-kbd-macro "macros" "\
|
|
|
7801 Assign a name to the last keyboard macro defined.
|
|
|
7802 Argument SYMBOL is the name to define.
|
|
|
7803 The symbol's function definition becomes the keyboard macro string.
|
|
|
7804 Such a \"function\" cannot be called from Lisp, but it is a valid
|
|
|
7805 editor command." t nil)
|
|
|
7806
|
|
|
7807 (autoload 'kbd-macro-query "macros" "\
|
|
|
7808 Query user during kbd macro execution.
|
|
|
7809 With prefix argument, enters recursive edit,
|
|
|
7810 reading keyboard commands even within a kbd macro.
|
|
|
7811 You can give different commands each time the macro executes.
|
|
|
7812 Without prefix argument, asks whether to continue running the macro.
|
|
|
7813 Your options are: \\<query-replace-map>
|
|
|
7814 \\[act] Finish this iteration normally and continue with the next.
|
|
|
7815 \\[skip] Skip the rest of this iteration, and start the next.
|
|
|
7816 \\[exit] Stop the macro entirely right now.
|
|
|
7817 \\[recenter] Redisplay the frame, then ask again.
|
|
|
7818 \\[edit] Enter recursive edit; ask again when you exit from that." t nil)
|
|
|
7819
|
|
|
7820 (autoload 'apply-macro-to-region-lines "macros" "\
|
|
|
7821 For each complete line between point and mark, move to the beginning
|
|
|
7822 of the line, and run the last keyboard macro.
|
|
|
7823
|
|
|
7824 When called from lisp, this function takes two arguments TOP and
|
|
|
7825 BOTTOM, describing the current region. TOP must be before BOTTOM.
|
|
|
7826 The optional third argument MACRO specifies a keyboard macro to
|
|
|
7827 execute.
|
|
|
7828
|
|
|
7829 This is useful for quoting or unquoting included text, adding and
|
|
|
7830 removing comments, or producing tables where the entries are regular.
|
|
|
7831
|
|
|
7832 For example, in Usenet articles, sections of text quoted from another
|
|
|
7833 author are indented, or have each line start with `>'. To quote a
|
|
|
7834 section of text, define a keyboard macro which inserts `>', put point
|
|
|
7835 and mark at opposite ends of the quoted section, and use
|
|
|
7836 `\\[apply-macro-to-region-lines]' to mark the entire section.
|
|
|
7837
|
|
|
7838 Suppose you wanted to build a keyword table in C where each entry
|
|
|
7839 looked like this:
|
|
|
7840
|
|
|
7841 { \"foo\", foo_data, foo_function },
|
|
|
7842 { \"bar\", bar_data, bar_function },
|
|
|
7843 { \"baz\", baz_data, baz_function },
|
|
|
7844
|
|
|
7845 You could enter the names in this format:
|
|
|
7846
|
|
|
7847 foo
|
|
|
7848 bar
|
|
|
7849 baz
|
|
|
7850
|
|
|
7851 and write a macro to massage a word into a table entry:
|
|
|
7852
|
|
|
7853 \\C-x (
|
|
|
7854 \\M-d { \"\\C-y\", \\C-y_data, \\C-y_function },
|
|
|
7855 \\C-x )
|
|
|
7856
|
|
|
7857 and then select the region of un-tablified names and use
|
|
|
7858 `\\[apply-macro-to-region-lines]' to build the table from the names.
|
|
|
7859 " t nil)
|
|
|
7860
|
|
|
7861 ;;;***
|
|
|
7862
|
|
|
7863 ;;;### (autoloads (disable-command enable-command disabled-command-hook) "novice" "prim/novice.el")
|
|
|
7864
|
|
|
7865 (autoload 'disabled-command-hook "novice" nil nil nil)
|
|
|
7866
|
|
|
7867 (autoload 'enable-command "novice" "\
|
|
|
7868 Allow COMMAND to be executed without special confirmation from now on.
|
|
|
7869 The user's .emacs file is altered so that this will apply
|
|
|
7870 to future sessions." t nil)
|
|
|
7871
|
|
|
7872 (autoload 'disable-command "novice" "\
|
|
|
7873 Require special confirmation to execute COMMAND from now on.
|
|
|
7874 The user's .emacs file is altered so that this will apply
|
|
|
7875 to future sessions." t nil)
|
|
|
7876
|
|
|
7877 ;;;***
|
|
|
7878
|
|
|
7879 ;;;### (autoloads (edit-options list-options) "options" "prim/options.el")
|
|
|
7880
|
|
|
7881 (autoload 'list-options "options" "\
|
|
|
7882 Display a list of XEmacs user options, with values and documentation." t nil)
|
|
|
7883
|
|
|
7884 (autoload 'edit-options "options" "\
|
|
|
7885 Edit a list of XEmacs user option values.
|
|
|
7886 Selects a buffer containing such a list,
|
|
|
7887 in which there are commands to set the option values.
|
|
|
7888 Type \\[describe-mode] in that buffer for a list of commands." t nil)
|
|
|
7889
|
|
|
7890 ;;;***
|
|
|
7891
|
|
|
7892 ;;;### (autoloads (clear-rectangle string-rectangle open-rectangle insert-rectangle yank-rectangle kill-rectangle extract-rectangle delete-extract-rectangle delete-rectangle) "rect" "prim/rect.el")
|
|
|
7893
|
|
|
7894 (autoload 'delete-rectangle "rect" "\
|
|
|
7895 Delete (don't save) text in rectangle with point and mark as corners.
|
|
|
7896 The same range of columns is deleted in each line starting with the line
|
|
|
7897 where the region begins and ending with the line where the region ends." t nil)
|
|
|
7898
|
|
|
7899 (autoload 'delete-extract-rectangle "rect" "\
|
|
|
7900 Delete contents of rectangle and return it as a list of strings.
|
|
|
7901 Arguments START and END are the corners of the rectangle.
|
|
|
7902 The value is list of strings, one for each line of the rectangle." nil nil)
|
|
|
7903
|
|
|
7904 (autoload 'extract-rectangle "rect" "\
|
|
|
7905 Return contents of rectangle with corners at START and END.
|
|
|
7906 Value is list of strings, one for each line of the rectangle." nil nil)
|
|
|
7907
|
|
|
7908 (defvar killed-rectangle nil "\
|
|
|
7909 Rectangle for yank-rectangle to insert.")
|
|
|
7910
|
|
|
7911 (autoload 'kill-rectangle "rect" "\
|
|
|
7912 Delete rectangle with corners at point and mark; save as last killed one.
|
|
|
7913 Calling from program, supply two args START and END, buffer positions.
|
|
|
7914 But in programs you might prefer to use `delete-extract-rectangle'." t nil)
|
|
|
7915
|
|
|
7916 (autoload 'yank-rectangle "rect" "\
|
|
|
7917 Yank the last killed rectangle with upper left corner at point." t nil)
|
|
|
7918
|
|
|
7919 (autoload 'insert-rectangle "rect" "\
|
|
|
7920 Insert text of RECTANGLE with upper left corner at point.
|
|
|
7921 RECTANGLE's first line is inserted at point, its second
|
|
|
7922 line is inserted at a point vertically under point, etc.
|
|
|
7923 RECTANGLE should be a list of strings.
|
|
|
7924 After this command, the mark is at the upper left corner
|
|
|
7925 and point is at the lower right corner." nil nil)
|
|
|
7926
|
|
|
7927 (autoload 'open-rectangle "rect" "\
|
|
|
7928 Blank out rectangle with corners at point and mark, shifting text right.
|
|
|
7929 The text previously in the region is not overwritten by the blanks,
|
|
|
7930 but instead winds up to the right of the rectangle." t nil)
|
|
|
7931
|
|
|
7932 (autoload 'string-rectangle "rect" "\
|
|
|
7933 Insert STRING on each line of the region-rectangle, shifting text right.
|
|
|
7934 The left edge of the rectangle specifies the column for insertion.
|
|
|
7935 This command does not delete or overwrite any existing text.
|
|
|
7936
|
|
|
7937 Called from a program, takes three args; START, END and STRING." t nil)
|
|
|
7938
|
|
|
7939 (autoload 'clear-rectangle "rect" "\
|
|
|
7940 Blank out rectangle with corners at point and mark.
|
|
|
7941 The text previously in the region is overwritten by the blanks.
|
|
|
7942 When called from a program, requires two args which specify the corners." t nil)
|
|
|
7943
|
|
|
7944 ;;;***
|
|
|
7945
|
|
|
7946 ;;;### (autoloads (reposition-window) "reposition" "prim/reposition.el")
|
|
|
7947
|
|
|
7948 (autoload 'reposition-window "reposition" "\
|
|
|
7949 Make the current definition and/or comment visible.
|
|
|
7950 Further invocations move it to the top of the window or toggle the
|
|
|
7951 visibility of comments that precede it.
|
|
|
7952 Point is left unchanged unless prefix ARG is supplied.
|
|
|
7953 If the definition is fully onscreen, it is moved to the top of the
|
|
|
7954 window. If it is partly offscreen, the window is scrolled to get the
|
|
|
7955 definition (or as much as will fit) onscreen, unless point is in a comment
|
|
|
7956 which is also partly offscreen, in which case the scrolling attempts to get
|
|
|
7957 as much of the comment onscreen as possible.
|
|
|
7958 Initially `reposition-window' attempts to make both the definition and
|
|
|
7959 preceding comments visible. Further invocations toggle the visibility of
|
|
|
7960 the comment lines.
|
|
|
7961 If ARG is non-nil, point may move in order to make the whole defun
|
|
|
7962 visible (if only part could otherwise be made so), to make the defun line
|
|
|
7963 visible (if point is in code and it could not be made so, or if only
|
|
|
7964 comments, including the first comment line, are visible), or to make the
|
|
|
7965 first comment line visible (if point is in a comment)." t nil)
|
|
|
7966
|
|
|
7967 ;;;***
|
|
|
7968
|
|
|
7969 ;;;### (autoloads (reverse-region sort-columns sort-regexp-fields sort-fields sort-float-fields sort-numeric-fields sort-pages sort-paragraphs sort-lines sort-subr) "sort" "prim/sort.el")
|
|
|
7970
|
|
|
7971 (autoload 'sort-subr "sort" "\
|
|
|
7972 General text sorting routine to divide buffer into records and sort them.
|
|
|
7973 Arguments are REVERSE NEXTRECFUN ENDRECFUN &optional STARTKEYFUN ENDKEYFUN.
|
|
|
7974
|
|
|
7975 We divide the accessible portion of the buffer into disjoint pieces
|
|
|
7976 called sort records. A portion of each sort record (perhaps all of
|
|
|
7977 it) is designated as the sort key. The records are rearranged in the
|
|
|
7978 buffer in order by their sort keys. The records may or may not be
|
|
|
7979 contiguous.
|
|
|
7980
|
|
|
7981 Usually the records are rearranged in order of ascending sort key.
|
|
|
7982 If REVERSE is non-nil, they are rearranged in order of descending sort key.
|
|
|
7983 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
|
|
|
7984 the sort order.
|
|
|
7985
|
|
|
7986 The next four arguments are functions to be called to move point
|
|
|
7987 across a sort record. They will be called many times from within sort-subr.
|
|
|
7988
|
|
|
7989 NEXTRECFUN is called with point at the end of the previous record.
|
|
|
7990 It moves point to the start of the next record.
|
|
|
7991 It should move point to the end of the buffer if there are no more records.
|
|
|
7992 The first record is assumed to start at the position of point when sort-subr
|
|
|
7993 is called.
|
|
|
7994
|
|
|
7995 ENDRECFUN is called with point within the record.
|
|
|
7996 It should move point to the end of the record.
|
|
|
7997
|
|
|
7998 STARTKEYFUN moves from the start of the record to the start of the key.
|
|
|
7999 It may return either a non-nil value to be used as the key, or
|
|
|
8000 else the key is the substring between the values of point after
|
|
|
8001 STARTKEYFUN and ENDKEYFUN are called. If STARTKEYFUN is nil, the key
|
|
|
8002 starts at the beginning of the record.
|
|
|
8003
|
|
|
8004 ENDKEYFUN moves from the start of the sort key to the end of the sort key.
|
|
|
8005 ENDKEYFUN may be nil if STARTKEYFUN returns a value or if it would be the
|
|
|
8006 same as ENDRECFUN." nil nil)
|
|
|
8007
|
|
|
8008 (autoload 'sort-lines "sort" "\
|
|
|
8009 Sort lines in region alphabetically; argument means descending order.
|
|
|
8010 Called from a program, there are three arguments:
|
|
|
8011 REVERSE (non-nil means reverse order), BEG and END (region to sort).
|
|
|
8012 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
|
|
|
8013 the sort order." t nil)
|
|
|
8014
|
|
|
8015 (autoload 'sort-paragraphs "sort" "\
|
|
|
8016 Sort paragraphs in region alphabetically; argument means descending order.
|
|
|
8017 Called from a program, there are three arguments:
|
|
|
8018 REVERSE (non-nil means reverse order), BEG and END (region to sort).
|
|
|
8019 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
|
|
|
8020 the sort order." t nil)
|
|
|
8021
|
|
|
8022 (autoload 'sort-pages "sort" "\
|
|
|
8023 Sort pages in region alphabetically; argument means descending order.
|
|
|
8024 Called from a program, there are three arguments:
|
|
|
8025 REVERSE (non-nil means reverse order), BEG and END (region to sort).
|
|
|
8026 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
|
|
|
8027 the sort order." t nil)
|
|
|
8028
|
|
|
8029 (autoload 'sort-numeric-fields "sort" "\
|
|
|
8030 Sort lines in region numerically by the ARGth field of each line.
|
|
|
8031 Fields are separated by whitespace and numbered from 1 up.
|
|
|
8032 Specified field must contain a number in each line of the region.
|
|
|
8033 With a negative arg, sorts by the ARGth field counted from the right.
|
|
|
8034 Called from a program, there are three arguments:
|
|
|
8035 FIELD, BEG and END. BEG and END specify region to sort.
|
|
|
8036 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
|
|
|
8037 the sort order.
|
|
|
8038 If you want to sort floating-point numbers, try `sort-float-fields'." t nil)
|
|
|
8039
|
|
|
8040 (autoload 'sort-float-fields "sort" "\
|
|
|
8041 Sort lines in region numerically by the ARGth field of each line.
|
|
|
8042 Fields are separated by whitespace and numbered from 1 up. Specified field
|
|
|
8043 must contain a floating point number in each line of the region. With a
|
|
|
8044 negative arg, sorts by the ARGth field counted from the right. Called from a
|
|
|
8045 program, there are three arguments: FIELD, BEG and END. BEG and END specify
|
|
|
8046 region to sort." t nil)
|
|
|
8047
|
|
|
8048 (autoload 'sort-fields "sort" "\
|
|
|
8049 Sort lines in region lexicographically by the ARGth field of each line.
|
|
|
8050 Fields are separated by whitespace and numbered from 1 up.
|
|
|
8051 With a negative arg, sorts by the ARGth field counted from the right.
|
|
|
8052 Called from a program, there are three arguments:
|
|
|
8053 FIELD, BEG and END. BEG and END specify region to sort." t nil)
|
|
|
8054
|
|
|
8055 (autoload 'sort-regexp-fields "sort" "\
|
|
|
8056 Sort the region lexicographically as specified by RECORD-REGEXP and KEY.
|
|
|
8057 RECORD-REGEXP specifies the textual units which should be sorted.
|
|
|
8058 For example, to sort lines RECORD-REGEXP would be \"^.*$\"
|
|
|
8059 KEY specifies the part of each record (ie each match for RECORD-REGEXP)
|
|
|
8060 is to be used for sorting.
|
|
|
8061 If it is \"\\\\digit\" then the digit'th \"\\\\(...\\\\)\" match field from
|
|
|
8062 RECORD-REGEXP is used.
|
|
|
8063 If it is \"\\\\&\" then the whole record is used.
|
|
|
8064 Otherwise, it is a regular-expression for which to search within the record.
|
|
|
8065 If a match for KEY is not found within a record then that record is ignored.
|
|
|
8066
|
|
|
8067 With a negative prefix arg sorts in reverse order.
|
|
|
8068
|
|
|
8069 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
|
|
|
8070 the sort order.
|
|
|
8071
|
|
|
8072 For example: to sort lines in the region by the first word on each line
|
|
|
8073 starting with the letter \"f\",
|
|
|
8074 RECORD-REGEXP would be \"^.*$\" and KEY would be \"\\\\=\\<f\\\\w*\\\\>\"" t nil)
|
|
|
8075
|
|
|
8076 (autoload 'sort-columns "sort" "\
|
|
|
8077 Sort lines in region alphabetically by a certain range of columns.
|
|
|
8078 For the purpose of this command, the region includes
|
|
|
8079 the entire line that point is in and the entire line the mark is in.
|
|
|
8080 The column positions of point and mark bound the range of columns to sort on.
|
|
|
8081 A prefix argument means sort into reverse order.
|
|
|
8082 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
|
|
|
8083 the sort order.
|
|
|
8084
|
|
|
8085 Note that `sort-columns' rejects text that contains tabs,
|
|
|
8086 because tabs could be split across the specified columns
|
|
|
8087 and it doesn't know how to handle that. Also, when possible,
|
|
|
8088 it uses the `sort' utility program, which doesn't understand tabs.
|
|
|
8089 Use \\[untabify] to convert tabs to spaces before sorting." t nil)
|
|
|
8090
|
|
|
8091 (autoload 'reverse-region "sort" "\
|
|
|
8092 Reverse the order of lines in a region.
|
|
|
8093 From a program takes two point or marker arguments, BEG and END." t nil)
|
|
|
8094
|
|
|
8095 ;;;***
|
|
|
8096
|
|
|
8097 ;;;### (autoloads (load-default-sounds load-sound-file) "sound" "prim/sound.el")
|
|
|
8098
|
|
|
8099 (or sound-alist (setq sound-alist '((ready nil) (warp nil))))
|
|
|
8100
|
|
|
8101 (autoload 'load-sound-file "sound" "\
|
|
|
8102 Read in an audio-file and add it to the sound-alist.
|
|
|
8103
|
|
98
|
8104 You can only play sound files if you are running on display 0 of the
|
|
|
8105 console of a machine with native sound support or running a NetAudio
|
|
|
8106 server and XEmacs has the necessary sound support compiled in.
|
|
|
8107
|
|
124
|
8108 The sound file must be in the Sun/NeXT U-LAW format, except on Linux,
|
|
|
8109 where .wav files are also supported by the sound card drivers." t nil)
|
|
78
|
8110
|
|
|
8111 (autoload 'load-default-sounds "sound" "\
|
|
124
|
8112 Load and install some sound files as beep-types, using
|
|
|
8113 `load-sound-file'. This only works if you're on display 0 of the
|
|
|
8114 console of a machine with native sound support or running a NetAudio
|
|
|
8115 server and XEmacs has the necessary sound support compiled in." t nil)
|
|
78
|
8116
|
|
|
8117 ;;;***
|
|
|
8118
|
|
|
8119 ;;;### (autoloads (tabify untabify) "tabify" "prim/tabify.el")
|
|
|
8120
|
|
|
8121 (autoload 'untabify "tabify" "\
|
|
|
8122 Convert all tabs in region to multiple spaces, preserving columns.
|
|
|
8123 Called non-interactively, the region is specified by arguments
|
|
|
8124 START and END, rather than by the position of point and mark.
|
|
|
8125 The variable `tab-width' controls the spacing of tab stops." t nil)
|
|
|
8126
|
|
|
8127 (autoload 'tabify "tabify" "\
|
|
|
8128 Convert multiple spaces in region to tabs when possible.
|
|
|
8129 A group of spaces is partially replaced by tabs
|
|
|
8130 when this can be done without changing the column they end at.
|
|
|
8131 Called non-interactively, the region is specified by arguments
|
|
|
8132 START and END, rather than by the position of point and mark.
|
|
|
8133 The variable `tab-width' controls the spacing of tab stops." t nil)
|
|
|
8134
|
|
|
8135 ;;;***
|
|
|
8136
|
|
|
8137 ;;;### (autoloads (ask-user-about-supersession-threat ask-user-about-lock) "userlock" "prim/userlock.el")
|
|
|
8138
|
|
|
8139 (autoload 'ask-user-about-lock "userlock" "\
|
|
|
8140 Ask user what to do when he wants to edit FILE but it is locked by USER.
|
|
|
8141 This function has a choice of three things to do:
|
|
|
8142 do (signal 'file-locked (list FILE USER))
|
|
|
8143 to refrain from editing the file
|
|
|
8144 return t (grab the lock on the file)
|
|
|
8145 return nil (edit the file even though it is locked).
|
|
|
8146 You can rewrite it to use any criterion you like to choose which one to do." nil nil)
|
|
|
8147
|
|
|
8148 (autoload 'ask-user-about-supersession-threat "userlock" "\
|
|
|
8149 Ask a user who is about to modify an obsolete buffer what to do.
|
|
|
8150 This function has two choices: it can return, in which case the modification
|
|
|
8151 of the buffer will proceed, or it can (signal 'file-supersession (file)),
|
|
|
8152 in which case the proposed buffer modification will not be made.
|
|
|
8153
|
|
|
8154 You can rewrite this to use any criterion you like to choose which one to do.
|
|
|
8155 The buffer in question is current when this function is called." nil nil)
|
|
|
8156
|
|
|
8157 ;;;***
|
|
|
8158
|
|
|
8159 ;;;### (autoloads (style-format) "psgml-fs" "psgml/psgml-fs.el")
|
|
|
8160
|
|
|
8161 (autoload 'style-format "psgml-fs" nil t nil)
|
|
|
8162
|
|
|
8163 ;;;***
|
|
|
8164
|
|
|
8165 ;;;### (autoloads nil "psgml-html" "psgml/psgml-html.el")
|
|
|
8166
|
|
|
8167 (autoload 'html-mode "psgml-html" "\
|
|
|
8168 HTML mode." t)
|
|
|
8169
|
|
|
8170 (autoload 'html3-mode "psgml-html" "\
|
|
|
8171 HTML3 mode." t)
|
|
|
8172
|
|
|
8173 ;;;***
|
|
|
8174
|
|
|
8175 ;;;### (autoloads (sgml-mode) "psgml" "psgml/psgml.el")
|
|
|
8176
|
|
|
8177 (autoload 'sgml-mode "psgml" "\
|
|
|
8178 Major mode for editing SGML.\\<sgml-mode-map>
|
|
|
8179 Makes > display the matching <. Makes / display matching /.
|
|
|
8180 Use \\[sgml-validate] to validate your document with an SGML parser.
|
|
|
8181
|
|
|
8182 You can find information with:
|
|
|
8183 \\[sgml-show-context] Show the nesting of elements at cursor position.
|
|
|
8184 \\[sgml-list-valid-tags] Show the tags valid at cursor position.
|
|
|
8185
|
|
|
8186 Insert tags with completion of contextually valid tags with \\[sgml-insert-tag].
|
|
|
8187 End the current element with \\[sgml-insert-end-tag]. Insert an element (i.e.
|
|
|
8188 both start and end tag) with \\[sgml-insert-element]. Or tag a region with
|
|
|
8189 \\[sgml-tag-region].
|
|
|
8190
|
|
|
8191 To tag a region with the mouse, use transient mark mode or secondary selection.
|
|
|
8192
|
|
|
8193 Structure editing:
|
|
|
8194 \\[sgml-backward-element] Moves backwards over the previous element.
|
|
108
|
8195 \\[sgml-forward-element] Moves forward over the next element.
|
|
78
|
8196 \\[sgml-down-element] Move forward and down one level in the element structure.
|
|
|
8197 \\[sgml-backward-up-element] Move backward out of this element level.
|
|
|
8198 \\[sgml-beginning-of-element] Move to after the start tag of the current element.
|
|
|
8199 \\[sgml-end-of-element] Move to before the end tag of the current element.
|
|
|
8200 \\[sgml-kill-element] Kill the element following the cursor.
|
|
|
8201
|
|
|
8202 Finding interesting positions
|
|
|
8203 \\[sgml-next-data-field] Move forward to next point where data is allowed.
|
|
|
8204 \\[sgml-next-trouble-spot] Move forward to next point where something is
|
|
|
8205 amiss with the structure.
|
|
|
8206
|
|
|
8207 Folding and unfolding
|
|
|
8208 \\[sgml-fold-element] Fold the lines comprising the current element, leaving
|
|
|
8209 the first line visible.
|
|
|
8210 \\[sgml-fold-subelement] Fold the elements in the content of the current element.
|
|
|
8211 Leaving the first line of every element visible.
|
|
|
8212 \\[sgml-unfold-line] Show hidden lines in current line.
|
|
|
8213
|
|
|
8214 User options:
|
|
|
8215
|
|
|
8216 sgml-omittag Set this to reflect OMITTAG in the SGML declaration.
|
|
|
8217 sgml-shortag Set this to reflect SHORTTAG in the SGML declaration.
|
|
|
8218 sgml-auto-insert-required-elements If non-nil, automatically insert required
|
|
|
8219 elements in the content of an inserted element.
|
|
|
8220 sgml-balanced-tag-edit If non-nil, always insert start-end tag pairs.
|
|
|
8221 sgml-omittag-transparent If non-nil, will show legal tags inside elements
|
|
|
8222 with omitable start tags and legal tags beyond omitable end tags.
|
|
|
8223 sgml-leave-point-after-insert If non-nil, the point will remain after
|
|
|
8224 inserted tag(s).
|
|
|
8225 sgml-warn-about-undefined-elements If non-nil, print a warning when a tag
|
|
|
8226 for a undefined element is found.
|
|
|
8227 sgml-max-menu-size Max number of entries in Tags and Entities menus before
|
|
|
8228 they are split into several panes.
|
|
|
8229 sgml-always-quote-attributes If non-nil, quote all attribute values
|
|
|
8230 inserted after finishing edit attributes.
|
|
|
8231 sgml-minimize-attributes Determines minimization of attributes inserted by
|
|
|
8232 edit-attributes.
|
|
|
8233 sgml-normalize-trims If non-nil, sgml-normalize will trim off white space
|
|
|
8234 from end of element when adding end tag.
|
|
|
8235 sgml-indent-step How much to increament indent for every element level.
|
|
|
8236 sgml-indent-data If non-nil, indent in data/mixed context also.
|
|
|
8237 sgml-set-face If non-nil, psgml will set the face of parsed markup.
|
|
|
8238 sgml-markup-faces The faces used when the above variable is non-nil.
|
|
108
|
8239 sgml-system-path List of directories used to look for system identifiers.
|
|
78
|
8240 sgml-public-map Mapping from public identifiers to file names.
|
|
|
8241 sgml-offer-save If non-nil, ask about saving modified buffers before
|
|
|
8242 \\[sgml-validate] is run.
|
|
|
8243
|
|
|
8244 All bindings:
|
|
|
8245 \\{sgml-mode-map}
|
|
|
8246 " t nil)
|
|
|
8247
|
|
|
8248 ;;;***
|
|
|
8249
|
|
|
8250 ;;;### (autoloads (rmail-input rmail-mode rmail) "rmail" "rmail/rmail.el")
|
|
|
8251
|
|
|
8252 (defvar rmail-dont-reply-to-names nil "\
|
|
|
8253 *A regexp specifying names to prune of reply to messages.
|
|
|
8254 A value of nil means exclude your own name only.")
|
|
|
8255
|
|
|
8256 (defvar rmail-default-dont-reply-to-names "info-" "\
|
|
|
8257 A regular expression specifying part of the value of the default value of
|
|
|
8258 the variable `rmail-dont-reply-to-names', for when the user does not set
|
|
|
8259 `rmail-dont-reply-to-names' explicitly. (The other part of the default
|
|
|
8260 value is the user's name.)
|
|
|
8261 It is useful to set this variable in the site customization file.")
|
|
|
8262
|
|
|
8263 (defvar rmail-delete-after-output nil "\
|
|
|
8264 *Non-nil means automatically delete a message that is copied to a file.")
|
|
|
8265
|
|
|
8266 (defvar rmail-primary-inbox-list nil "\
|
|
|
8267 *List of files which are inboxes for user's primary mail file `~/RMAIL'.
|
|
|
8268 `nil' means the default, which is (\"/usr/spool/mail/$USER\")
|
|
|
8269 \(the name varies depending on the operating system,
|
|
|
8270 and the value of the environment variable MAIL overrides it).")
|
|
|
8271
|
|
|
8272 (defvar rmail-mail-new-frame nil "\
|
|
|
8273 *Non-nil means Rmail makes a new frame for composing outgoing mail.")
|
|
|
8274
|
|
|
8275 (defvar rmail-retry-setup-hook nil "\
|
|
|
8276 Hook that `rmail-retry-failure' uses in place of `mail-setup-hook'.")
|
|
|
8277
|
|
|
8278 (defvar rmail-last-file nil)
|
|
|
8279
|
|
|
8280 (autoload 'rmail "rmail" "\
|
|
|
8281 Read and edit incoming mail.
|
|
|
8282 Moves messages into file named by `rmail-file-name' (a babyl format file)
|
|
|
8283 and edits that file in RMAIL Mode.
|
|
|
8284 Type \\[describe-mode] once editing that file, for a list of RMAIL commands.
|
|
|
8285
|
|
|
8286 May be called with filename as argument; then performs rmail editing on
|
|
|
8287 that file, but does not copy any new mail into the file." t nil)
|
|
|
8288
|
|
|
8289 (autoload 'rmail-mode "rmail" "\
|
|
|
8290 Rmail Mode is used by \\<rmail-mode-map>\\[rmail] for editing Rmail files.
|
|
|
8291 All normal editing commands are turned off.
|
|
|
8292 Instead, these commands are available:
|
|
|
8293
|
|
|
8294 \\[rmail-beginning-of-message] Move point to front of this message (same as \\[beginning-of-buffer]).
|
|
|
8295 \\[scroll-up] Scroll to next screen of this message.
|
|
|
8296 \\[scroll-down] Scroll to previous screen of this message.
|
|
|
8297 \\[rmail-next-undeleted-message] Move to Next non-deleted message.
|
|
|
8298 \\[rmail-previous-undeleted-message] Move to Previous non-deleted message.
|
|
|
8299 \\[rmail-next-message] Move to Next message whether deleted or not.
|
|
|
8300 \\[rmail-previous-message] Move to Previous message whether deleted or not.
|
|
|
8301 \\[rmail-first-message] Move to the first message in Rmail file.
|
|
|
8302 \\[rmail-last-message] Move to the last message in Rmail file.
|
|
|
8303 \\[rmail-show-message] Jump to message specified by numeric position in file.
|
|
|
8304 \\[rmail-search] Search for string and show message it is found in.
|
|
|
8305 \\[rmail-delete-forward] Delete this message, move to next nondeleted.
|
|
|
8306 \\[rmail-delete-backward] Delete this message, move to previous nondeleted.
|
|
|
8307 \\[rmail-undelete-previous-message] Undelete message. Tries current message, then earlier messages
|
|
|
8308 till a deleted message is found.
|
|
|
8309 \\[rmail-edit-current-message] Edit the current message. \\[rmail-cease-edit] to return to Rmail.
|
|
|
8310 \\[rmail-expunge] Expunge deleted messages.
|
|
|
8311 \\[rmail-expunge-and-save] Expunge and save the file.
|
|
|
8312 \\[rmail-quit] Quit Rmail: expunge, save, then switch to another buffer.
|
|
|
8313 \\[save-buffer] Save without expunging.
|
|
|
8314 \\[rmail-get-new-mail] Move new mail from system spool directory into this file.
|
|
|
8315 \\[rmail-mail] Mail a message (same as \\[mail-other-window]).
|
|
|
8316 \\[rmail-continue] Continue composing outgoing message started before.
|
|
|
8317 \\[rmail-reply] Reply to this message. Like \\[rmail-mail] but initializes some fields.
|
|
|
8318 \\[rmail-retry-failure] Send this message again. Used on a mailer failure message.
|
|
|
8319 \\[rmail-forward] Forward this message to another user.
|
|
|
8320 \\[rmail-output-to-rmail-file] Output this message to an Rmail file (append it).
|
|
|
8321 \\[rmail-output] Output this message to a Unix-format mail file (append it).
|
|
|
8322 \\[rmail-input] Input Rmail file. Run Rmail on that file.
|
|
|
8323 \\[rmail-add-label] Add label to message. It will be displayed in the mode line.
|
|
|
8324 \\[rmail-kill-label] Kill label. Remove a label from current message.
|
|
|
8325 \\[rmail-next-labeled-message] Move to Next message with specified label
|
|
|
8326 (label defaults to last one specified).
|
|
|
8327 Standard labels: filed, unseen, answered, forwarded, deleted.
|
|
|
8328 Any other label is present only if you add it with \\[rmail-add-label].
|
|
|
8329 \\[rmail-previous-labeled-message] Move to Previous message with specified label
|
|
|
8330 \\[rmail-summary] Show headers buffer, with a one line summary of each message.
|
|
|
8331 \\[rmail-summary-by-labels] Summarize only messages with particular label(s).
|
|
|
8332 \\[rmail-summary-by-recipients] Summarize only messages with particular recipient(s).
|
|
|
8333 \\[rmail-summary-by-regexp] Summarize only messages with particular regexp(s).
|
|
|
8334 \\[rmail-summary-by-topic] Summarize only messages with subject line regexp(s).
|
|
|
8335 \\[rmail-toggle-header] Toggle display of complete header." t nil)
|
|
|
8336
|
|
|
8337 (autoload 'rmail-input "rmail" "\
|
|
|
8338 Run Rmail on file FILENAME." t nil)
|
|
|
8339
|
|
|
8340 ;;;***
|
|
|
8341
|
|
|
8342 ;;;### (autoloads (rmail-file-p) "rmailout" "rmail/rmailout.el")
|
|
|
8343
|
|
|
8344 (autoload 'rmail-file-p "rmailout" nil nil nil)
|
|
|
8345
|
|
|
8346 ;;;***
|
|
|
8347
|
|
|
8348 ;;;### (autoloads (unrmail batch-unrmail) "unrmail" "rmail/unrmail.el")
|
|
|
8349
|
|
|
8350 (autoload 'batch-unrmail "unrmail" "\
|
|
|
8351 Convert Rmail files to mailbox files.
|
|
|
8352 Specify the input Rmail file names as command line arguments.
|
|
|
8353 For each Rmail file, the corresponding output file name
|
|
|
8354 is made by adding `.mail' at the end.
|
|
|
8355 For example, invoke `emacs -batch -f batch-unrmail RMAIL'." nil nil)
|
|
|
8356
|
|
|
8357 (autoload 'unrmail "unrmail" "\
|
|
|
8358 Convert Rmail file FILE to mailbox-format file TO-FILE." t nil)
|
|
|
8359
|
|
|
8360 ;;;***
|
|
|
8361
|
|
|
8362 ;;;### (autoloads (mime/editor-mode) "tm-edit" "tm/tm-edit.el")
|
|
|
8363
|
|
|
8364 (autoload 'mime/editor-mode "tm-edit" "\
|
|
|
8365 MIME minor mode for editing the tagged MIME message.
|
|
|
8366
|
|
|
8367 In this mode, basically, the message is composed in the tagged MIME
|
|
|
8368 format. The message tag looks like:
|
|
|
8369
|
|
|
8370 --[[text/plain; charset=ISO-2022-JP][7bit]]
|
|
|
8371
|
|
|
8372 The tag specifies the MIME content type, subtype, optional parameters
|
|
|
8373 and transfer encoding of the message following the tag. Messages
|
|
|
8374 without any tag are treated as `text/plain' by default. Charset and
|
|
|
8375 transfer encoding are automatically defined unless explicitly
|
|
|
8376 specified. Binary messages such as audio and image are usually hidden.
|
|
|
8377 The messages in the tagged MIME format are automatically translated
|
|
|
8378 into a MIME compliant message when exiting this mode.
|
|
|
8379
|
|
|
8380 Available charsets depend on Emacs version being used. The following
|
|
|
8381 lists the available charsets of each emacs.
|
|
|
8382
|
|
|
8383 EMACS 18: US-ASCII is only available.
|
|
|
8384 NEmacs: US-ASCII and ISO-2022-JP are available.
|
|
|
8385 EMACS 19: US-ASCII and ISO-8859-1 (or other charset) are available.
|
|
|
8386 XEmacs 19: US-ASCII and ISO-8859-1 (or other charset) are available.
|
|
|
8387 Mule: US-ASCII, ISO-8859-* (except for ISO-8859-5), KOI8-R,
|
|
|
8388 ISO-2022-JP, ISO-2022-JP-2, ISO-2022-KR, BIG5 and
|
|
|
8389 ISO-2022-INT-1 are available.
|
|
|
8390
|
|
|
8391 ISO-2022-JP-2 and ISO-2022-INT-1 charsets used in mule is expected to
|
|
|
8392 be used to represent multilingual text in intermixed manner. Any
|
|
|
8393 languages that has no registered charset are represented as either
|
|
|
8394 ISO-2022-JP-2 or ISO-2022-INT-1 in mule.
|
|
|
8395
|
|
|
8396 If you want to use non-ISO-8859-1 charset in EMACS 19 or XEmacs 19,
|
|
|
8397 please set variable `default-mime-charset'. This variable must be
|
|
|
8398 symbol of which name is a MIME charset.
|
|
|
8399
|
|
|
8400 If you want to add more charsets in mule, please set variable
|
|
|
8401 `charsets-mime-charset-alist'. This variable must be alist of which
|
|
|
8402 key is list of leading-char/charset and value is symbol of MIME
|
|
|
8403 charset. (leading-char is a term of MULE 1.* and 2.*. charset is a
|
|
|
8404 term of XEmacs/mule, mule merged EMACS and MULE 3.*) If name of
|
|
|
8405 coding-system is different as MIME charset, please set variable
|
|
|
8406 `mime-charset-coding-system-alist'. This variable must be alist of
|
|
|
8407 which key is MIME charset and value is coding-system.
|
|
|
8408
|
|
|
8409 Following commands are available in addition to major mode commands:
|
|
|
8410
|
|
|
8411 [make single part]
|
|
|
8412 \\[mime-editor/insert-text] insert a text message.
|
|
|
8413 \\[mime-editor/insert-file] insert a (binary) file.
|
|
|
8414 \\[mime-editor/insert-external] insert a reference to external body.
|
|
|
8415 \\[mime-editor/insert-voice] insert a voice message.
|
|
|
8416 \\[mime-editor/insert-message] insert a mail or news message.
|
|
|
8417 \\[mime-editor/insert-mail] insert a mail message.
|
|
|
8418 \\[mime-editor/insert-signature] insert a signature file at end.
|
|
|
8419 \\[mime-editor/insert-key] insert PGP public key.
|
|
|
8420 \\[mime-editor/insert-tag] insert a new MIME tag.
|
|
|
8421
|
|
|
8422 [make enclosure (maybe multipart)]
|
|
|
8423 \\[mime-editor/enclose-alternative-region] enclose as multipart/alternative.
|
|
|
8424 \\[mime-editor/enclose-parallel-region] enclose as multipart/parallel.
|
|
|
8425 \\[mime-editor/enclose-mixed-region] enclose as multipart/mixed.
|
|
|
8426 \\[mime-editor/enclose-digest-region] enclose as multipart/digest.
|
|
|
8427 \\[mime-editor/enclose-signed-region] enclose as PGP signed.
|
|
|
8428 \\[mime-editor/enclose-encrypted-region] enclose as PGP encrypted.
|
|
|
8429 \\[mime-editor/enclose-quote-region] enclose as verbose mode (to avoid to expand tags)
|
|
|
8430
|
|
|
8431 [other commands]
|
|
|
8432 \\[mime-editor/set-transfer-level-7bit] set transfer-level as 7.
|
|
|
8433 \\[mime-editor/set-transfer-level-8bit] set transfer-level as 8.
|
|
|
8434 \\[mime-editor/set-split] set message splitting mode.
|
|
|
8435 \\[mime-editor/set-sign] set PGP-sign mode.
|
|
|
8436 \\[mime-editor/set-encrypt] set PGP-encryption mode.
|
|
|
8437 \\[mime-editor/preview-message] preview editing MIME message.
|
|
|
8438 \\[mime-editor/exit] exit and translate into a MIME compliant message.
|
|
|
8439 \\[mime-editor/help] show this help.
|
|
|
8440 \\[mime-editor/maybe-translate] exit and translate if in MIME mode, then split.
|
|
|
8441
|
|
|
8442 Additional commands are available in some major modes:
|
|
|
8443 C-c C-c exit, translate and run the original command.
|
|
|
8444 C-c C-s exit, translate and run the original command.
|
|
|
8445
|
|
|
8446 The following is a message example written in the tagged MIME format.
|
|
|
8447 TABs at the beginning of the line are not a part of the message:
|
|
|
8448
|
|
|
8449 This is a conventional plain text. It should be translated
|
|
|
8450 into text/plain.
|
|
|
8451 --[[text/plain]]
|
|
|
8452 This is also a plain text. But, it is explicitly specified as
|
|
|
8453 is.
|
|
86
|
8454 --[[text/plain; charset=ISO-8859-1]]
|
|
|
8455 This is also a plain text. But charset is specified as
|
|
|
8456 iso-8859-1.
|
|
|
8457
|
|
|
8458 ¡Hola! Buenos días. ¿Cómo está usted?
|
|
|
8459 --[[text/enriched]]
|
|
|
8460 This is a <bold>enriched text</bold>.
|
|
|
8461 --[[image/gif][base64]]...image encoded in base64 here...
|
|
|
8462 --[[audio/basic][base64]]...audio encoded in base64 here...
|
|
78
|
8463
|
|
|
8464 User customizable variables (not documented all of them):
|
|
|
8465 mime-prefix
|
|
|
8466 Specifies a key prefix for MIME minor mode commands.
|
|
|
8467
|
|
|
8468 mime-ignore-preceding-spaces
|
|
|
8469 Preceding white spaces in a message body are ignored if non-nil.
|
|
|
8470
|
|
|
8471 mime-ignore-trailing-spaces
|
|
|
8472 Trailing white spaces in a message body are ignored if non-nil.
|
|
|
8473
|
|
|
8474 mime-auto-hide-body
|
|
|
8475 Hide a non-textual body message encoded in base64 after insertion
|
|
|
8476 if non-nil.
|
|
|
8477
|
|
|
8478 mime-editor/transfer-level
|
|
|
8479 A number of network transfer level. It should be bigger than 7.
|
|
|
8480 If you are in 8bit-through environment, please set 8.
|
|
|
8481
|
|
|
8482 mime-editor/voice-recorder
|
|
|
8483 Specifies a function to record a voice message and encode it.
|
|
|
8484 The function `mime-editor/voice-recorder-for-sun' is for Sun
|
|
|
8485 SparcStations.
|
|
|
8486
|
|
|
8487 mime/editor-mode-hook
|
|
|
8488 Turning on MIME mode calls the value of mime/editor-mode-hook, if
|
|
|
8489 it is non-nil.
|
|
|
8490
|
|
|
8491 mime-editor/translate-hook
|
|
|
8492 The value of mime-editor/translate-hook is called just before translating
|
|
|
8493 the tagged MIME format into a MIME compliant message if it is
|
|
|
8494 non-nil. If the hook call the function mime-editor/insert-signature,
|
|
|
8495 the signature file will be inserted automatically.
|
|
|
8496
|
|
|
8497 mime-editor/exit-hook
|
|
|
8498 Turning off MIME mode calls the value of mime-editor/exit-hook, if it is
|
|
|
8499 non-nil." t nil)
|
|
|
8500
|
|
|
8501 (defalias 'edit-mime 'mime/editor-mode)
|
|
|
8502
|
|
|
8503 ;;;***
|
|
|
8504
|
|
|
8505 ;;;### (autoloads (defadvice ad-add-advice) "advice" "utils/advice.el")
|
|
|
8506
|
|
|
8507 (defvar ad-redefinition-action 'warn "\
|
|
|
8508 *Defines what to do with redefinitions during Advice de/activation.
|
|
|
8509 Redefinition occurs if a previously activated function that already has an
|
|
|
8510 original definition associated with it gets redefined and then de/activated.
|
|
|
8511 In such a case we can either accept the current definition as the new
|
|
|
8512 original definition, discard the current definition and replace it with the
|
|
|
8513 old original, or keep it and raise an error. The values `accept', `discard',
|
|
|
8514 `error' or `warn' govern what will be done. `warn' is just like `accept' but
|
|
|
8515 it additionally prints a warning message. All other values will be
|
|
|
8516 interpreted as `error'.")
|
|
|
8517
|
|
|
8518 (defvar ad-default-compilation-action 'maybe "\
|
|
|
8519 *Defines whether to compile advised definitions during activation.
|
|
|
8520 A value of `always' will result in unconditional compilation, `never' will
|
|
|
8521 always avoid compilation, `maybe' will compile if the byte-compiler is already
|
|
|
8522 loaded, and `like-original' will compile if the original definition of the
|
|
|
8523 advised function is compiled or a built-in function. Every other value will
|
|
|
8524 be interpreted as `maybe'. This variable will only be considered if the
|
|
|
8525 COMPILE argument of `ad-activate' was supplied as nil.")
|
|
|
8526
|
|
|
8527 (autoload 'ad-add-advice "advice" "\
|
|
|
8528 Adds a piece of ADVICE to FUNCTION's list of advices in CLASS.
|
|
|
8529 If FUNCTION already has one or more pieces of advice of the specified
|
|
|
8530 CLASS then POSITION determines where the new piece will go. The value
|
|
|
8531 of POSITION can either be `first', `last' or a number where 0 corresponds
|
|
|
8532 to `first'. Numbers outside the range will be mapped to the closest
|
|
|
8533 extreme position. If there was already a piece of ADVICE with the same
|
|
|
8534 name, then the position argument will be ignored and the old advice
|
|
|
8535 will be overwritten with the new one.
|
|
|
8536 If the FUNCTION was not advised already, then its advice info will be
|
|
|
8537 initialized. Redefining a piece of advice whose name is part of the cache-id
|
|
|
8538 will clear the cache." nil nil)
|
|
|
8539
|
|
|
8540 (autoload 'defadvice "advice" "\
|
|
|
8541 Defines a piece of advice for FUNCTION (a symbol).
|
|
|
8542 The syntax of `defadvice' is as follows:
|
|
|
8543
|
|
|
8544 (defadvice FUNCTION (CLASS NAME [POSITION] [ARGLIST] FLAG...)
|
|
|
8545 [DOCSTRING] [INTERACTIVE-FORM]
|
|
|
8546 BODY... )
|
|
|
8547
|
|
|
8548 FUNCTION ::= Name of the function to be advised.
|
|
|
8549 CLASS ::= `before' | `around' | `after' | `activation' | `deactivation'.
|
|
|
8550 NAME ::= Non-nil symbol that names this piece of advice.
|
|
|
8551 POSITION ::= `first' | `last' | NUMBER. Optional, defaults to `first',
|
|
|
8552 see also `ad-add-advice'.
|
|
|
8553 ARGLIST ::= An optional argument list to be used for the advised function
|
|
|
8554 instead of the argument list of the original. The first one found in
|
|
|
8555 before/around/after-advices will be used.
|
|
|
8556 FLAG ::= `protect'|`disable'|`activate'|`compile'|`preactivate'|`freeze'.
|
|
|
8557 All flags can be specified with unambiguous initial substrings.
|
|
|
8558 DOCSTRING ::= Optional documentation for this piece of advice.
|
|
|
8559 INTERACTIVE-FORM ::= Optional interactive form to be used for the advised
|
|
|
8560 function. The first one found in before/around/after-advices will be used.
|
|
|
8561 BODY ::= Any s-expression.
|
|
|
8562
|
|
|
8563 Semantics of the various flags:
|
|
|
8564 `protect': The piece of advice will be protected against non-local exits in
|
|
|
8565 any code that precedes it. If any around-advice of a function is protected
|
|
|
8566 then automatically all around-advices will be protected (the complete onion).
|
|
|
8567
|
|
|
8568 `activate': All advice of FUNCTION will be activated immediately if
|
|
|
8569 FUNCTION has been properly defined prior to this application of `defadvice'.
|
|
|
8570
|
|
|
8571 `compile': In conjunction with `activate' specifies that the resulting
|
|
|
8572 advised function should be compiled.
|
|
|
8573
|
|
|
8574 `disable': The defined advice will be disabled, hence, it will not be used
|
|
|
8575 during activation until somebody enables it.
|
|
|
8576
|
|
|
8577 `preactivate': Preactivates the advised FUNCTION at macro-expansion/compile
|
|
|
8578 time. This generates a compiled advised definition according to the current
|
|
|
8579 advice state that will be used during activation if appropriate. Only use
|
|
|
8580 this if the `defadvice' gets actually compiled.
|
|
|
8581
|
|
|
8582 `freeze': Expands the `defadvice' into a redefining `defun/defmacro' according
|
|
|
8583 to this particular single advice. No other advice information will be saved.
|
|
|
8584 Frozen advices cannot be undone, they behave like a hard redefinition of
|
|
|
8585 the advised function. `freeze' implies `activate' and `preactivate'. The
|
|
|
8586 documentation of the advised function can be dumped onto the `DOC' file
|
|
|
8587 during preloading.
|
|
|
8588
|
|
|
8589 Look at the file `advice.el' for comprehensive documentation." nil 'macro)
|
|
|
8590
|
|
|
8591 ;;;***
|
|
|
8592
|
|
|
8593 ;;;### (autoloads (all-annotations annotation-list annotations-at annotations-in-region annotation-at annotationp delete-annotation make-annotation) "annotations" "utils/annotations.el")
|
|
|
8594
|
|
|
8595 (defvar make-annotation-hook nil "\
|
|
|
8596 *Function or functions to run immediately after creating an annotation.")
|
|
|
8597
|
|
|
8598 (defvar before-delete-annotation-hook nil "\
|
|
|
8599 *Function or functions to run immediately before deleting an annotation.")
|
|
|
8600
|
|
|
8601 (defvar after-delete-annotation-hook nil "\
|
|
|
8602 *Function or functions to run immediately after deleting an annotation.")
|
|
|
8603
|
|
|
8604 (autoload 'make-annotation "annotations" "\
|
|
|
8605 Create a marginal annotation, displayed using GLYPH, at position POS.
|
|
|
8606 GLYPH may be either a glyph object or a string. Use layout policy
|
|
|
8607 LAYOUT and place the annotation in buffer BUFFER. If POS is nil, point is
|
|
|
8608 used. If LAYOUT is nil, `whitespace' is used. If BUFFER is nil, the
|
|
|
8609 current buffer is used. If WITH-EVENT is non-nil, then when an annotation
|
|
|
8610 is activated, the triggering event is passed as the second arg to the
|
|
|
8611 annotation function. If D-GLYPH is non-nil then it is used as the glyph
|
|
|
8612 that will be displayed when button1 is down. If RIGHTP is non-nil then
|
|
|
8613 the glyph will be displayed on the right side of the buffer instead of the
|
|
|
8614 left." nil nil)
|
|
|
8615
|
|
|
8616 (autoload 'delete-annotation "annotations" "\
|
|
|
8617 Remove ANNOTATION from its buffer. This does not modify the buffer text." nil nil)
|
|
|
8618
|
|
|
8619 (autoload 'annotationp "annotations" "\
|
|
|
8620 T if OBJECT is an annotation." nil nil)
|
|
|
8621
|
|
|
8622 (autoload 'annotation-at "annotations" "\
|
|
|
8623 Return the first annotation at POS in BUFFER.
|
|
|
8624 BUFFER defaults to the current buffer. POS defaults to point in BUFFER." nil nil)
|
|
|
8625
|
|
|
8626 (autoload 'annotations-in-region "annotations" "\
|
|
|
8627 Return all annotations in BUFFER between START and END inclusively." nil nil)
|
|
|
8628
|
|
|
8629 (autoload 'annotations-at "annotations" "\
|
|
|
8630 Return a list of all annotations at POS in BUFFER.
|
|
|
8631 If BUFFER is nil, the current buffer is used. If POS is nil, point is used." nil nil)
|
|
|
8632
|
|
|
8633 (autoload 'annotation-list "annotations" "\
|
|
|
8634 Return a list of all annotations in BUFFER.
|
|
|
8635 If BUFFER is nil, the current buffer is used." nil nil)
|
|
|
8636
|
|
|
8637 (autoload 'all-annotations "annotations" "\
|
|
|
8638 Return a list of all annotations in existence." nil nil)
|
|
|
8639
|
|
|
8640 ;;;***
|
|
|
8641
|
|
|
8642 ;;;### (autoloads (batch-update-autoloads update-autoloads-from-directory update-autoloads-here update-file-autoloads generate-file-autoloads) "autoload" "utils/autoload.el")
|
|
|
8643
|
|
|
8644 (autoload 'generate-file-autoloads "autoload" "\
|
|
|
8645 Insert at point a loaddefs autoload section for FILE.
|
|
|
8646 autoloads are generated for defuns and defmacros in FILE
|
|
|
8647 marked by `generate-autoload-cookie' (which see).
|
|
|
8648 If FILE is being visited in a buffer, the contents of the buffer
|
|
|
8649 are used." t nil)
|
|
|
8650
|
|
|
8651 (autoload 'update-file-autoloads "autoload" "\
|
|
|
8652 Update the autoloads for FILE in `generated-autoload-file'
|
|
|
8653 \(which FILE might bind in its local variables)." t nil)
|
|
|
8654
|
|
|
8655 (autoload 'update-autoloads-here "autoload" "\
|
|
|
8656 Update sections of the current buffer generated by `update-file-autoloads'." t nil)
|
|
|
8657
|
|
|
8658 (autoload 'update-autoloads-from-directory "autoload" "\
|
|
|
8659 Update `generated-autoload-file' with all the current autoloads from DIR.
|
|
|
8660 This runs `update-file-autoloads' on each .el file in DIR.
|
|
|
8661 Obsolete autoload entries for files that no longer exist are deleted." t nil)
|
|
|
8662
|
|
|
8663 (autoload 'batch-update-autoloads "autoload" "\
|
|
|
8664 Update the autoloads for the files or directories on the command line.
|
|
|
8665 Runs `update-file-autoloads' on files and `update-directory-autoloads'
|
|
|
8666 on directories. Must be used only with -batch, and kills Emacs on completion.
|
|
|
8667 Each file will be processed even if an error occurred previously.
|
|
|
8668 For example, invoke `xemacs -batch -f batch-update-autoloads *.el'." nil nil)
|
|
|
8669
|
|
|
8670 ;;;***
|
|
|
8671
|
|
|
8672 ;;;### (autoloads (browse-url-lynx-emacs browse-url-lynx-xterm browse-url-w3 browse-url-iximosaic browse-url-grail browse-url-mosaic browse-url-netscape) "browse-url" "utils/browse-url.el")
|
|
|
8673
|
|
134
|
8674 (defcustom browse-url-browser-function 'browse-url-w3 "*Function to display the current buffer in a WWW browser.\nUsed by the `browse-url-at-point', `browse-url-at-mouse', and\n`browse-url-of-file' commands." :type 'function :group 'browse-url)
|
|
78
|
8675
|
|
|
8676 (autoload 'browse-url-netscape "browse-url" "\
|
|
|
8677 Ask the Netscape WWW browser to load URL.
|
|
|
8678
|
|
|
8679 Default to the URL around or before point. The strings in variable
|
|
|
8680 `browse-url-netscape-arguments' are also passed to Netscape.
|
|
|
8681
|
|
|
8682 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-p' is
|
|
|
8683 non-nil, load the document in a new Netscape window, otherwise use a
|
|
|
8684 random existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses
|
|
|
8685 the effect of browse-url-new-window-p.
|
|
|
8686
|
|
|
8687 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
|
|
|
8688 used instead of browse-url-new-window-p." t nil)
|
|
|
8689
|
|
|
8690 (autoload 'browse-url-mosaic "browse-url" "\
|
|
|
8691 Ask the XMosaic WWW browser to load URL.
|
|
|
8692 Default to the URL around or before point." t nil)
|
|
|
8693
|
|
|
8694 (autoload 'browse-url-grail "browse-url" "\
|
|
|
8695 Ask the Grail WWW browser to load URL.
|
|
|
8696 Default to the URL around or before point. Runs the program in the
|
|
|
8697 variable `browse-url-grail'." t nil)
|
|
|
8698
|
|
|
8699 (autoload 'browse-url-iximosaic "browse-url" "\
|
|
|
8700 Ask the IXIMosaic WWW browser to load URL.
|
|
|
8701 Default to the URL around or before point." t nil)
|
|
|
8702
|
|
|
8703 (autoload 'browse-url-w3 "browse-url" "\
|
|
|
8704 Ask the w3 WWW browser to load URL.
|
|
|
8705 Default to the URL around or before point." t nil)
|
|
|
8706
|
|
|
8707 (autoload 'browse-url-lynx-xterm "browse-url" "\
|
|
|
8708 Ask the Lynx WWW browser to load URL.
|
|
|
8709 Default to the URL around or before point. A new Lynx process is run
|
|
|
8710 in an Xterm window." t nil)
|
|
|
8711
|
|
|
8712 (autoload 'browse-url-lynx-emacs "browse-url" "\
|
|
|
8713 Ask the Lynx WWW browser to load URL.
|
|
|
8714 Default to the URL around or before point. Run a new Lynx process in
|
|
|
8715 an Emacs buffer." t nil)
|
|
|
8716
|
|
|
8717 ;;;***
|
|
|
8718
|
|
|
8719 ;;;### (autoloads (docref-setup) "docref" "utils/docref.el")
|
|
|
8720
|
|
|
8721 (autoload 'docref-setup "docref" "\
|
|
|
8722 Process docref cross-references in the current buffer.
|
|
|
8723 See also \\(f@docref-subst)." t nil)
|
|
|
8724
|
|
|
8725 ;;;***
|
|
|
8726
|
|
|
8727 ;;;### (autoloads (easy-menu-define) "easymenu" "utils/easymenu.el")
|
|
|
8728
|
|
|
8729 (autoload 'easy-menu-define "easymenu" "\
|
|
|
8730 Define a menu bar submenu in maps MAPS, according to MENU.
|
|
|
8731 The arguments SYMBOL and DOC are ignored; they are present for
|
|
|
8732 compatibility only. SYMBOL is not evaluated. In other Emacs versions
|
|
|
8733 these arguments may be used as a variable to hold the menu data, and a
|
|
|
8734 doc string for that variable.
|
|
|
8735
|
|
|
8736 The first element of MENU must be a string. It is the menu bar item name.
|
|
|
8737 The rest of the elements are menu items.
|
|
|
8738
|
|
|
8739 A menu item is usually a vector of three elements: [NAME CALLBACK ENABLE]
|
|
|
8740
|
|
|
8741 NAME is a string--the menu item name.
|
|
|
8742
|
|
|
8743 CALLBACK is a command to run when the item is chosen,
|
|
|
8744 or a list to evaluate when the item is chosen.
|
|
|
8745
|
|
|
8746 ENABLE is an expression; the item is enabled for selection
|
|
|
8747 whenever this expression's value is non-nil.
|
|
|
8748
|
|
|
8749 Alternatively, a menu item may have the form:
|
|
|
8750
|
|
|
8751 [ NAME CALLBACK [ KEYWORD ARG ] ... ]
|
|
|
8752
|
|
|
8753 Where KEYWORD is one of the symbol defined below.
|
|
|
8754
|
|
|
8755 :keys KEYS
|
|
|
8756
|
|
|
8757 KEYS is a string; a complex keyboard equivalent to this menu item.
|
|
|
8758
|
|
|
8759 :active ENABLE
|
|
|
8760
|
|
|
8761 ENABLE is an expression; the item is enabled for selection
|
|
|
8762 whenever this expression's value is non-nil.
|
|
|
8763
|
|
|
8764 :suffix NAME
|
|
|
8765
|
|
|
8766 NAME is a string; the name of an argument to CALLBACK.
|
|
|
8767
|
|
|
8768 :style STYLE
|
|
|
8769
|
|
|
8770 STYLE is a symbol describing the type of menu item. The following are
|
|
|
8771 defined:
|
|
|
8772
|
|
|
8773 toggle: A checkbox.
|
|
|
8774 Currently just prepend the name with the string \"Toggle \".
|
|
|
8775 radio: A radio button.
|
|
|
8776 nil: An ordinary menu item.
|
|
|
8777
|
|
|
8778 :selected SELECTED
|
|
|
8779
|
|
|
8780 SELECTED is an expression; the checkbox or radio button is selected
|
|
|
8781 whenever this expression's value is non-nil.
|
|
|
8782 Currently just disable radio buttons, no effect on checkboxes.
|
|
|
8783
|
|
|
8784 A menu item can be a string. Then that string appears in the menu as
|
|
|
8785 unselectable text. A string consisting solely of hyphens is displayed
|
|
|
8786 as a solid horizontal line.
|
|
|
8787
|
|
|
8788 A menu item can be a list. It is treated as a submenu.
|
|
|
8789 The first element should be the submenu name. That's used as the
|
|
|
8790 menu item in the top-level menu. The cdr of the submenu list
|
|
|
8791 is a list of menu items, as above." nil 'macro)
|
|
|
8792
|
|
|
8793 ;;;***
|
|
|
8794
|
|
118
|
8795 ;;;### (autoloads (insert-kbd-macro format-kbd-macro kbd read-kbd-macro edit-named-kbd-macro edit-last-kbd-macro edit-kbd-macro) "edmacro" "utils/edmacro.el")
|
|
98
|
8796
|
|
|
8797 (define-key ctl-x-map "\C-k" 'edit-kbd-macro)
|
|
|
8798
|
|
|
8799 (autoload 'edit-kbd-macro "edmacro" "\
|
|
|
8800 Edit a keyboard macro.
|
|
|
8801 At the prompt, type any key sequence which is bound to a keyboard macro.
|
|
|
8802 Or, type `C-x e' or RET to edit the last keyboard macro, `C-h l' to edit
|
|
|
8803 the last 100 keystrokes as a keyboard macro, or `M-x' to edit a macro by
|
|
|
8804 its command name.
|
|
|
8805 With a prefix argument, format the macro in a more concise way." t nil)
|
|
|
8806
|
|
|
8807 (autoload 'edit-last-kbd-macro "edmacro" "\
|
|
|
8808 Edit the most recently defined keyboard macro." t nil)
|
|
|
8809
|
|
|
8810 (autoload 'edit-named-kbd-macro "edmacro" "\
|
|
|
8811 Edit a keyboard macro which has been given a name by `name-last-kbd-macro'." t nil)
|
|
|
8812
|
|
|
8813 (autoload 'read-kbd-macro "edmacro" "\
|
|
|
8814 Read the region as a keyboard macro definition.
|
|
|
8815 The region is interpreted as spelled-out keystrokes, e.g., \"M-x abc RET\".
|
|
|
8816 See documentation for `edmacro-mode' for details.
|
|
|
8817 Leading/trailing \"C-x (\" and \"C-x )\" in the text are allowed and ignored.
|
|
|
8818 The resulting macro is installed as the \"current\" keyboard macro.
|
|
|
8819
|
|
|
8820 In Lisp, may also be called with a single STRING argument in which case
|
|
|
8821 the result is returned rather than being installed as the current macro.
|
|
|
8822 The result will be a string if possible, otherwise an event vector.
|
|
|
8823 Second argument NEED-VECTOR means to return an event vector always." t nil)
|
|
|
8824
|
|
118
|
8825 (autoload 'kbd "edmacro" "\
|
|
136
|
8826 Convert KEYS to the internal Emacs key representation." nil 'macro)
|
|
118
|
8827
|
|
98
|
8828 (autoload 'format-kbd-macro "edmacro" "\
|
|
|
8829 Return the keyboard macro MACRO as a human-readable string.
|
|
|
8830 This string is suitable for passing to `read-kbd-macro'.
|
|
|
8831 Second argument VERBOSE means to put one command per line with comments.
|
|
|
8832 If VERBOSE is `1', put everything on one line. If VERBOSE is omitted
|
|
|
8833 or nil, use a compact 80-column format." nil nil)
|
|
|
8834
|
|
|
8835 (autoload 'insert-kbd-macro "edmacro" "\
|
|
|
8836 Insert in buffer the definition of kbd macro NAME, as Lisp code.
|
|
|
8837 Optional second arg KEYS means also record the keys it is on
|
|
|
8838 \(this is the prefix argument, when calling interactively).
|
|
|
8839
|
|
|
8840 This Lisp code will, when executed, define the kbd macro with the same
|
|
|
8841 definition it has now. If you say to record the keys, the Lisp code
|
|
|
8842 will also rebind those keys to the macro. Only global key bindings
|
|
|
8843 are recorded since executing this Lisp code always makes global
|
|
|
8844 bindings.
|
|
|
8845
|
|
|
8846 To save a kbd macro, visit a file of Lisp code such as your `~/.emacs',
|
|
|
8847 use this command, and then save the file." t nil)
|
|
|
8848
|
|
|
8849 ;;;***
|
|
|
8850
|
|
|
8851 ;;;### (autoloads (turn-on-eldoc-mode eldoc-mode) "eldoc" "utils/eldoc.el")
|
|
|
8852
|
|
134
|
8853 (defcustom eldoc-mode nil "*If non-nil, show the defined parameters for the elisp function near point.\n\nFor the emacs lisp function at the beginning of the sexp which point is\nwithin, show the defined parameters for the function in the echo area.\nThis information is extracted directly from the function or macro if it is\nin pure lisp. If the emacs function is a subr, the parameters are obtained\nfrom the documentation string if possible.\n\nIf point is over a documented variable, print that variable's docstring\ninstead.\n\nThis variable is buffer-local." :type 'boolean :group 'eldoc)
|
|
98
|
8854
|
|
|
8855 (autoload 'eldoc-mode "eldoc" "\
|
|
|
8856 *Enable or disable eldoc mode.
|
|
|
8857 See documentation for the variable of the same name for more details.
|
|
|
8858
|
|
|
8859 If called interactively with no prefix argument, toggle current condition
|
|
|
8860 of the mode.
|
|
|
8861 If called with a positive or negative prefix argument, enable or disable
|
|
|
8862 the mode, respectively." t nil)
|
|
|
8863
|
|
|
8864 (autoload 'turn-on-eldoc-mode "eldoc" "\
|
|
|
8865 Unequivocally turn on eldoc-mode (see variable documentation)." t nil)
|
|
|
8866
|
|
|
8867 ;;;***
|
|
|
8868
|
|
78
|
8869 ;;;### (autoloads (elp-submit-bug-report elp-results elp-instrument-package elp-instrument-list elp-restore-function elp-instrument-function) "elp" "utils/elp.el")
|
|
|
8870
|
|
|
8871 (autoload 'elp-instrument-function "elp" "\
|
|
|
8872 Instrument FUNSYM for profiling.
|
|
|
8873 FUNSYM must be a symbol of a defined function." t nil)
|
|
|
8874
|
|
|
8875 (autoload 'elp-restore-function "elp" "\
|
|
|
8876 Restore an instrumented function to its original definition.
|
|
|
8877 Argument FUNSYM is the symbol of a defined function." t nil)
|
|
|
8878
|
|
|
8879 (autoload 'elp-instrument-list "elp" "\
|
|
|
8880 Instrument for profiling, all functions in `elp-function-list'.
|
|
|
8881 Use optional LIST if provided instead." t nil)
|
|
|
8882
|
|
|
8883 (autoload 'elp-instrument-package "elp" "\
|
|
|
8884 Instrument for profiling, all functions which start with PREFIX.
|
|
|
8885 For example, to instrument all ELP functions, do the following:
|
|
|
8886
|
|
|
8887 \\[elp-instrument-package] RET elp- RET" t nil)
|
|
|
8888
|
|
|
8889 (autoload 'elp-results "elp" "\
|
|
|
8890 Display current profiling results.
|
|
|
8891 If `elp-reset-after-results' is non-nil, then current profiling
|
|
|
8892 information for all instrumented functions are reset after results are
|
|
|
8893 displayed." t nil)
|
|
|
8894
|
|
|
8895 (autoload 'elp-submit-bug-report "elp" "\
|
|
|
8896 Submit via mail, a bug report on elp." t nil)
|
|
|
8897
|
|
|
8898 ;;;***
|
|
|
8899
|
|
|
8900 ;;;### (autoloads (list-colors-display facemenu-read-color list-text-properties-at facemenu-remove-special facemenu-remove-props facemenu-set-read-only facemenu-set-intangible facemenu-set-invisible facemenu-make-much-smaller facemenu-make-much-larger facemenu-make-smaller facemenu-make-larger facemenu-set-size-default facemenu-set-face-from-menu facemenu-set-background facemenu-set-foreground facemenu-set-face) "facemenu" "utils/facemenu.el")
|
|
|
8901
|
|
126
|
8902 (define-key ctl-x-map "F" 'facemenu-keymap)
|
|
|
8903
|
|
78
|
8904 (defvar facemenu-menu nil "\
|
|
|
8905 Facemenu top-level menu keymap.")
|
|
|
8906
|
|
|
8907 (defvar facemenu-keymap (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap "Set face"))) (define-key map ?o 'facemenu-set-face) map) "\
|
|
|
8908 Keymap for face-changing commands.
|
|
|
8909 `Facemenu-update' fills in the keymap according to the bindings
|
|
|
8910 requested in `facemenu-keybindings'.")
|
|
|
8911
|
|
|
8912 (autoload 'facemenu-set-face "facemenu" "\
|
|
|
8913 Add FACE to the region or next character typed.
|
|
|
8914 It will be added to the top of the face list; any faces lower on the list that
|
|
|
8915 will not show through at all will be removed.
|
|
|
8916
|
|
|
8917 Interactively, the face to be used is read with the minibuffer.
|
|
|
8918
|
|
|
8919 If the region is active and there is no prefix argument,
|
|
|
8920 this command sets the region to the requested face.
|
|
|
8921
|
|
|
8922 Otherwise, this command specifies the face for the next character
|
|
|
8923 inserted. Moving point or switching buffers before
|
|
|
8924 typing a character to insert cancels the specification." t nil)
|
|
|
8925
|
|
|
8926 (autoload 'facemenu-set-foreground "facemenu" "\
|
|
|
8927 Set the foreground color of the region or next character typed.
|
|
|
8928 The color is prompted for. A face named `fg:color' is used (or created).
|
|
|
8929 If the region is active, it will be set to the requested face. If
|
|
|
8930 it is inactive (even if mark-even-if-inactive is set) the next
|
|
|
8931 character that is typed (via `self-insert-command') will be set to
|
|
|
8932 the selected face. Moving point or switching buffers before
|
|
|
8933 typing a character cancels the request." t nil)
|
|
|
8934
|
|
|
8935 (autoload 'facemenu-set-background "facemenu" "\
|
|
|
8936 Set the background color of the region or next character typed.
|
|
|
8937 The color is prompted for. A face named `bg:color' is used (or created).
|
|
|
8938 If the region is active, it will be set to the requested face. If
|
|
|
8939 it is inactive (even if mark-even-if-inactive is set) the next
|
|
|
8940 character that is typed (via `self-insert-command') will be set to
|
|
|
8941 the selected face. Moving point or switching buffers before
|
|
|
8942 typing a character cancels the request." t nil)
|
|
|
8943
|
|
|
8944 (autoload 'facemenu-set-face-from-menu "facemenu" "\
|
|
|
8945 Set the face of the region or next character typed.
|
|
|
8946 This function is designed to be called from a menu; the face to use
|
|
|
8947 is the menu item's name.
|
|
|
8948
|
|
|
8949 If the region is active and there is no prefix argument,
|
|
|
8950 this command sets the region to the requested face.
|
|
|
8951
|
|
|
8952 Otherwise, this command specifies the face for the next character
|
|
|
8953 inserted. Moving point or switching buffers before
|
|
100
|
8954 typing a character to insert cancels the specification." t nil)
|
|
78
|
8955
|
|
|
8956 (autoload 'facemenu-set-size-default "facemenu" nil t nil)
|
|
|
8957
|
|
|
8958 (autoload 'facemenu-make-larger "facemenu" nil t nil)
|
|
|
8959
|
|
|
8960 (autoload 'facemenu-make-smaller "facemenu" nil t nil)
|
|
|
8961
|
|
|
8962 (autoload 'facemenu-make-much-larger "facemenu" nil t nil)
|
|
|
8963
|
|
|
8964 (autoload 'facemenu-make-much-smaller "facemenu" nil t nil)
|
|
|
8965
|
|
|
8966 (autoload 'facemenu-set-invisible "facemenu" "\
|
|
|
8967 Make the region invisible.
|
|
|
8968 This sets the `invisible' text property; it can be undone with
|
|
|
8969 `facemenu-remove-special'." t nil)
|
|
|
8970
|
|
|
8971 (autoload 'facemenu-set-intangible "facemenu" "\
|
|
|
8972 Make the region intangible: disallow moving into it.
|
|
|
8973 This sets the `intangible' text property; it can be undone with
|
|
|
8974 `facemenu-remove-special'." t nil)
|
|
|
8975
|
|
|
8976 (autoload 'facemenu-set-read-only "facemenu" "\
|
|
|
8977 Make the region unmodifiable.
|
|
|
8978 This sets the `read-only' text property; it can be undone with
|
|
|
8979 `facemenu-remove-special'." t nil)
|
|
|
8980
|
|
|
8981 (autoload 'facemenu-remove-props "facemenu" "\
|
|
|
8982 Remove all text properties that facemenu added to region." t nil)
|
|
|
8983
|
|
|
8984 (autoload 'facemenu-remove-special "facemenu" "\
|
|
|
8985 Remove all the \"special\" text properties from the region.
|
|
|
8986 These special properties include `invisible', `intangible' and `read-only'." t nil)
|
|
|
8987
|
|
|
8988 (autoload 'list-text-properties-at "facemenu" "\
|
|
|
8989 Pop up a buffer listing text-properties at LOCATION." t nil)
|
|
|
8990
|
|
|
8991 (autoload 'facemenu-read-color "facemenu" "\
|
|
|
8992 Read a color using the minibuffer." nil nil)
|
|
|
8993
|
|
|
8994 (autoload 'list-colors-display "facemenu" "\
|
|
|
8995 Display names of defined colors, and show what they look like.
|
|
|
8996 If the optional argument LIST is non-nil, it should be a list of
|
|
|
8997 colors to display. Otherwise, this command computes a list
|
|
|
8998 of colors that the current display can handle." t nil)
|
|
|
8999
|
|
|
9000 ;;;***
|
|
|
9001
|
|
98
|
9002 ;;;### (autoloads (floating-toolbar-from-extent-or-popup-mode-menu floating-toolbar-or-popup-mode-menu floating-toolbar) "floating-toolbar" "utils/floating-toolbar.el")
|
|
|
9003
|
|
|
9004 (autoload 'floating-toolbar "floating-toolbar" "\
|
|
|
9005 Popup a toolbar near the current mouse position.
|
|
|
9006 The toolbar instantiator used is taken from the 'floating-toolbar
|
|
|
9007 property of any extent under the mouse. If no such non-nil
|
|
|
9008 property exists for any extent under the mouse, then the value of the
|
|
|
9009 variable `floating-toolbar' is checked. If its value si nil, then
|
|
|
9010 no toolbar will be displayed.
|
|
|
9011
|
|
|
9012 This command should be bound to a button press event.
|
|
|
9013
|
|
|
9014 When called from a program, first arg EVENT should be the button
|
|
|
9015 press event. Optional second arg EXTENT-LOCAL-ONLY specifies
|
|
|
9016 that only extent local toolbars should be used; this means the
|
|
|
9017 `floating-toolbar' variable will not be consulted." t nil)
|
|
|
9018
|
|
|
9019 (autoload 'floating-toolbar-or-popup-mode-menu "floating-toolbar" "\
|
|
|
9020 Like floating-toolbar, but if no toolbar is displayed
|
|
|
9021 run popup-mode-menu." t nil)
|
|
|
9022
|
|
|
9023 (autoload 'floating-toolbar-from-extent-or-popup-mode-menu "floating-toolbar" "\
|
|
|
9024 Like floating-toolbar-or-popup-mode-menu, but search only for an
|
|
|
9025 extent local toolbar." t nil)
|
|
|
9026
|
|
|
9027 ;;;***
|
|
|
9028
|
|
78
|
9029 ;;;### (autoloads (enable-flow-control-on enable-flow-control) "flow-ctrl" "utils/flow-ctrl.el")
|
|
|
9030
|
|
|
9031 (autoload 'enable-flow-control "flow-ctrl" "\
|
|
|
9032 Toggle flow control handling.
|
|
|
9033 When handling is enabled, user can type C-s as C-\\, and C-q as C-^.
|
|
|
9034 With arg, enable flow control mode if arg is positive, otherwise disable." t nil)
|
|
|
9035
|
|
|
9036 (autoload 'enable-flow-control-on "flow-ctrl" "\
|
|
|
9037 Enable flow control if using one of a specified set of terminal types.
|
|
|
9038 Use `(enable-flow-control-on \"vt100\" \"h19\")' to enable flow control
|
|
|
9039 on VT-100 and H19 terminals. When flow control is enabled,
|
|
|
9040 you must type C-\\ to get the effect of a C-s, and type C-^
|
|
|
9041 to get the effect of a C-q.
|
|
|
9042
|
|
|
9043 This function has no effect unless the current device is a tty.
|
|
|
9044
|
|
|
9045 The tty terminal type is determined from the TERM environment variable.
|
|
|
9046 Trailing hyphens and everything following is stripped, so a TERM
|
|
|
9047 value of \"vt100-nam\" is treated the same as \"vt100\"." nil nil)
|
|
|
9048
|
|
|
9049 ;;;***
|
|
|
9050
|
|
|
9051 ;;;### (autoloads (forms-find-file-other-window forms-find-file forms-mode) "forms" "utils/forms.el")
|
|
|
9052
|
|
|
9053 (autoload 'forms-mode "forms" "\
|
|
|
9054 Major mode to visit files in a field-structured manner using a form.
|
|
|
9055
|
|
|
9056 Commands: Equivalent keys in read-only mode:
|
|
|
9057 TAB forms-next-field TAB
|
|
|
9058 \\C-c TAB forms-next-field
|
|
|
9059 \\C-c < forms-first-record <
|
|
|
9060 \\C-c > forms-last-record >
|
|
|
9061 \\C-c ? describe-mode ?
|
|
|
9062 \\C-c \\C-k forms-delete-record
|
|
|
9063 \\C-c \\C-q forms-toggle-read-only q
|
|
|
9064 \\C-c \\C-o forms-insert-record
|
|
|
9065 \\C-c \\C-l forms-jump-record l
|
|
|
9066 \\C-c \\C-n forms-next-record n
|
|
|
9067 \\C-c \\C-p forms-prev-record p
|
|
|
9068 \\C-c \\C-r forms-search-backward r
|
|
|
9069 \\C-c \\C-s forms-search-forward s
|
|
|
9070 \\C-c \\C-x forms-exit x
|
|
|
9071 " t nil)
|
|
|
9072
|
|
|
9073 (autoload 'forms-find-file "forms" "\
|
|
|
9074 Visit a file in Forms mode." t nil)
|
|
|
9075
|
|
|
9076 (autoload 'forms-find-file-other-window "forms" "\
|
|
|
9077 Visit a file in Forms mode in other window." t nil)
|
|
|
9078
|
|
|
9079 ;;;***
|
|
|
9080
|
|
149
|
9081 ;;;### (autoloads (unhide-copyleft-region hide-copyleft-region) "hide-copyleft" "utils/hide-copyleft.el")
|
|
|
9082
|
|
|
9083 (autoload 'hide-copyleft-region "hide-copyleft" "\
|
|
|
9084 Make the legal drivel at the front of this file invisible. Unhide it again
|
|
|
9085 with C-u \\[hide-copyleft-region]." t nil)
|
|
|
9086
|
|
|
9087 (autoload 'unhide-copyleft-region "hide-copyleft" "\
|
|
|
9088 If the legal nonsense at the top of this file is elided, make it visible again." nil nil)
|
|
|
9089
|
|
|
9090 ;;;***
|
|
|
9091
|
|
78
|
9092 ;;;### (autoloads (highlight-headers-follow-url highlight-headers-follow-url-mosaic highlight-headers-follow-url-netscape highlight-headers) "highlight-headers" "utils/highlight-headers.el")
|
|
|
9093
|
|
|
9094 (autoload 'highlight-headers "highlight-headers" "\
|
|
|
9095 Highlight message headers between start and end.
|
|
|
9096 Faces used:
|
|
|
9097 message-headers the part before the colon
|
|
|
9098 message-header-contents the part after the colon
|
|
|
9099 message-highlighted-header-contents contents of \"special\" headers
|
|
|
9100 message-cited-text quoted text from other messages
|
|
|
9101
|
|
|
9102 Variables used:
|
|
|
9103
|
|
|
9104 highlight-headers-regexp what makes a \"special\" header
|
|
|
9105 highlight-headers-citation-regexp matches lines of quoted text
|
|
|
9106 highlight-headers-citation-header-regexp matches headers for quoted text
|
|
|
9107
|
|
|
9108 If HACK-SIG is true,then we search backward from END for something that
|
|
|
9109 looks like the beginning of a signature block, and don't consider that a
|
|
|
9110 part of the message (this is because signatures are often incorrectly
|
|
|
9111 interpreted as cited text.)" nil nil)
|
|
|
9112
|
|
|
9113 (autoload 'highlight-headers-follow-url-netscape "highlight-headers" nil nil nil)
|
|
|
9114
|
|
|
9115 (autoload 'highlight-headers-follow-url-mosaic "highlight-headers" nil nil nil)
|
|
|
9116
|
|
|
9117 (autoload 'highlight-headers-follow-url "highlight-headers" nil t nil)
|
|
|
9118
|
|
|
9119 ;;;***
|
|
|
9120
|
|
|
9121 ;;;### (autoloads (id-select-double-click-hook id-select-and-kill-thing id-select-and-copy-thing id-select-goto-matching-tag id-select-thing-with-mouse id-select-thing) "id-select" "utils/id-select.el")
|
|
|
9122
|
|
|
9123 (autoload 'id-select-thing "id-select" "\
|
|
|
9124 Mark the region selected by the syntax of the thing at point.
|
|
|
9125 If invoked repeatedly, selects bigger and bigger things.
|
|
|
9126 If `id-select-display-type' is non-nil, the type of selection is displayed in
|
|
|
9127 the minibuffer." t nil)
|
|
|
9128
|
|
|
9129 (autoload 'id-select-thing-with-mouse "id-select" "\
|
|
|
9130 Select a region based on the syntax of the character from a mouse click.
|
|
|
9131 If the click occurs at the same point as the last click, select
|
|
|
9132 the next larger syntactic structure. If `id-select-display-type' is non-nil,
|
|
|
9133 the type of selection is displayed in the minibuffer." t nil)
|
|
|
9134
|
|
|
9135 (autoload 'id-select-goto-matching-tag "id-select" "\
|
|
|
9136 If in a major mode listed in `id-select-markup-modes,' moves point to the start of the tag paired with the closest tag that point is within or precedes.
|
|
|
9137 Returns t if point is moved, else nil.
|
|
|
9138 Signals an error if no tag is found following point or if the closing tag
|
|
|
9139 does not have a `>' terminator character." t nil)
|
|
|
9140
|
|
|
9141 (autoload 'id-select-and-copy-thing "id-select" "\
|
|
|
9142 Copy the region surrounding the syntactical unit at point." t nil)
|
|
|
9143
|
|
|
9144 (autoload 'id-select-and-kill-thing "id-select" "\
|
|
|
9145 Kill the region surrounding the syntactical unit at point." t nil)
|
|
|
9146
|
|
|
9147 (autoload 'id-select-double-click-hook "id-select" "\
|
|
|
9148 Select a region based on the syntax of the character wherever the mouse is double-clicked.
|
|
|
9149 If the double-click occurs at the same point as the last double-click, select
|
|
|
9150 the next larger syntactic structure. If `id-select-display-type' is non-nil,
|
|
|
9151 the type of selection is displayed in the minibuffer." nil nil)
|
|
|
9152
|
|
|
9153 ;;;***
|
|
|
9154
|
|
|
9155 ;;;### (autoloads (unload-feature) "loadhist" "utils/loadhist.el")
|
|
|
9156
|
|
|
9157 (autoload 'unload-feature "loadhist" "\
|
|
|
9158 Unload the library that provided FEATURE, restoring all its autoloads.
|
|
|
9159 If the feature is required by any other loaded code, and optional FORCE
|
|
|
9160 is nil, raise an error." t nil)
|
|
|
9161
|
|
|
9162 ;;;***
|
|
|
9163
|
|
|
9164 ;;;### (autoloads (what-domain mail-extract-address-components) "mail-extr" "utils/mail-extr.el")
|
|
|
9165
|
|
|
9166 (autoload 'mail-extract-address-components "mail-extr" "\
|
|
|
9167 Given an RFC-822 ADDRESS, extract full name and canonical address.
|
|
|
9168 Returns a list of the form (FULL-NAME CANONICAL-ADDRESS).
|
|
|
9169 If no name can be extracted, FULL-NAME will be nil.
|
|
|
9170 ADDRESS may be a string or a buffer. If it is a buffer, the visible
|
|
|
9171 (narrowed) portion of the buffer will be interpreted as the address.
|
|
|
9172 (This feature exists so that the clever caller might be able to avoid
|
|
|
9173 consing a string.)
|
|
|
9174 If ADDRESS contains more than one RFC-822 address, only the first is
|
|
|
9175 returned. Some day this function may be extended to extract multiple
|
|
|
9176 addresses, or perhaps return the position at which parsing stopped." nil nil)
|
|
|
9177
|
|
|
9178 (autoload 'what-domain "mail-extr" "\
|
|
|
9179 Prompts for a mail domain, and prints the country it corresponds to
|
|
|
9180 in the minibuffer." t nil)
|
|
|
9181
|
|
|
9182 ;;;***
|
|
|
9183
|
|
|
9184 ;;;### (autoloads (mail-fetch-field mail-file-babyl-p) "mail-utils" "utils/mail-utils.el")
|
|
|
9185
|
|
|
9186 (defvar mail-use-rfc822 nil "\
|
|
|
9187 *If non-nil, use a full, hairy RFC822 parser on mail addresses.
|
|
|
9188 Otherwise, (the default) use a smaller, somewhat faster, and
|
|
|
9189 often correct parser.")
|
|
|
9190
|
|
|
9191 (autoload 'mail-file-babyl-p "mail-utils" nil nil nil)
|
|
|
9192
|
|
|
9193 (autoload 'mail-fetch-field "mail-utils" "\
|
|
|
9194 Return the value of the header field FIELD-NAME.
|
|
|
9195 The buffer is expected to be narrowed to just the headers of the message.
|
|
|
9196 If second arg LAST is non-nil, use the last such field if there are several.
|
|
|
9197 If third arg ALL is non-nil, concatenate all such fields with commas between." nil nil)
|
|
|
9198
|
|
|
9199 ;;;***
|
|
|
9200
|
|
|
9201 ;;;### (autoloads (read-passwd) "passwd" "utils/passwd.el")
|
|
|
9202
|
|
|
9203 (autoload 'read-passwd "passwd" "\
|
|
|
9204 Prompts for a password in the minibuffer, and returns it as a string.
|
|
|
9205 If PROMPT may be a prompt string or an alist of elements
|
|
|
9206 '(prompt . default).
|
|
|
9207 If optional arg CONFIRM is true, then ask the user to type the password
|
|
|
9208 again to confirm that they typed it correctly.
|
|
|
9209 If optional arg DEFAULT is provided, then it is a string to insert as
|
|
|
9210 the default choice (it is not, of course, displayed.)
|
|
|
9211
|
|
|
9212 If running under X, the keyboard will be grabbed (with XGrabKeyboard())
|
|
108
|
9213 to reduce the possibility that eavesdropping is occuring.
|
|
78
|
9214
|
|
|
9215 When reading a password, all keys self-insert, except for:
|
|
|
9216 \\<read-passwd-map>
|
|
|
9217 \\[read-passwd-erase-line] Erase the entire line.
|
|
|
9218 \\[quoted-insert] Insert the next character literally.
|
|
|
9219 \\[delete-backward-char] Delete the previous character.
|
|
|
9220 \\[exit-minibuffer] Accept what you have typed.
|
|
|
9221 \\[keyboard-quit] Abort the command.
|
|
|
9222
|
|
|
9223 The returned value is always a newly-created string. No additional copies
|
|
|
9224 of the password remain after this function has returned.
|
|
|
9225
|
|
|
9226 NOTE: unless great care is taken, the typed password will exist in plaintext
|
|
|
9227 form in the running image for an arbitrarily long time. Priveleged users may
|
|
|
9228 be able to extract it from memory. If emacs crashes, it may appear in the
|
|
|
9229 resultant core file.
|
|
|
9230
|
|
|
9231 Some steps you can take to prevent the password from being copied around:
|
|
|
9232
|
|
|
9233 - as soon as you are done with the returned string, destroy it with
|
|
|
9234 (fillarray string 0). The same goes for any default passwords
|
|
|
9235 or password histories.
|
|
|
9236
|
|
|
9237 - do not copy the string, as with concat or substring - if you do, be
|
|
|
9238 sure to keep track of and destroy all copies.
|
|
|
9239
|
|
|
9240 - do not insert the password into a buffer - if you do, be sure to
|
|
|
9241 overwrite the buffer text before killing it, as with the functions
|
|
|
9242 `passwd-erase-buffer' or `passwd-kill-buffer'. Note that deleting
|
|
|
9243 the text from the buffer does NOT necessarily remove the text from
|
|
|
9244 memory.
|
|
|
9245
|
|
|
9246 - be careful of the undo history - if you insert the password into a
|
|
|
9247 buffer which has undo recording turned on, the password will be
|
|
|
9248 copied onto the undo list, and thus recoverable.
|
|
|
9249
|
|
|
9250 - do not pass it as an argument to a shell command - anyone will be
|
|
|
9251 able to see it if they run `ps' at the right time.
|
|
|
9252
|
|
|
9253 Note that the password will be temporarily recoverable with the `view-lossage'
|
|
|
9254 command. This data will not be overwritten until another hundred or so
|
|
|
9255 characters are typed. There's not currently a way around this." nil nil)
|
|
|
9256
|
|
|
9257 ;;;***
|
|
|
9258
|
|
|
9259 ;;;### (autoloads (pp-eval-last-sexp pp-eval-expression pp) "pp" "utils/pp.el")
|
|
|
9260
|
|
|
9261 (defalias 'pprint 'pp)
|
|
|
9262
|
|
|
9263 (autoload 'pp "pp" "\
|
|
|
9264 Output the pretty-printed representation of OBJECT, any Lisp object.
|
|
|
9265 Quoting characters are printed when needed to make output that `read'
|
|
|
9266 can handle, whenever this is possible.
|
|
|
9267 Output stream is STREAM, or value of `standard-output' (which see)." nil nil)
|
|
|
9268
|
|
|
9269 (autoload 'pp-eval-expression "pp" "\
|
|
|
9270 Evaluate EXPRESSION and pretty-print value into a new display buffer.
|
|
|
9271 If the pretty-printed value fits on one line, the message line is used
|
|
|
9272 instead. Value is also consed on to front of variable values 's
|
|
|
9273 value." t nil)
|
|
|
9274
|
|
|
9275 (autoload 'pp-eval-last-sexp "pp" "\
|
|
|
9276 Run `pp-eval-expression' on sexp before point (which see).
|
|
|
9277 With argument, pretty-print output into current buffer.
|
|
|
9278 Ignores leading comment characters." t nil)
|
|
|
9279
|
|
|
9280 ;;;***
|
|
|
9281
|
|
|
9282 ;;;### (autoloads (prettyexpand-all-sexp prettyexpand-sexp macroexpand-all-sexp macroexpand-sexp pp-plist pp-variable pp-function) "pretty-print" "utils/pretty-print.el")
|
|
|
9283
|
|
|
9284 (autoload 'pp-function "pretty-print" "\
|
|
108
|
9285 Pretty print the function definition of SYMBOL in a separate buffer" t nil)
|
|
78
|
9286
|
|
|
9287 (autoload 'pp-variable "pretty-print" "\
|
|
108
|
9288 Pretty print the variable value of SYMBOL in a separate buffer" t nil)
|
|
78
|
9289
|
|
|
9290 (autoload 'pp-plist "pretty-print" "\
|
|
108
|
9291 Pretty print the property list of SYMBOL in a separate buffer" t nil)
|
|
78
|
9292
|
|
|
9293 (autoload 'macroexpand-sexp "pretty-print" "\
|
|
|
9294 Macro expand the sexpression following point. Pretty print expansion in a
|
|
|
9295 temporary buffer. With prefix argument, replace the original
|
|
|
9296 sexpression by its expansion in the current buffer." t nil)
|
|
|
9297
|
|
|
9298 (autoload 'macroexpand-all-sexp "pretty-print" "\
|
|
|
9299 Macro expand recursively the sexpression following point. Pretty print
|
|
|
9300 expansion in a temporary buffer. With prefix argument, replace the
|
|
|
9301 original sexpression by its expansion in the current buffer." t nil)
|
|
|
9302
|
|
|
9303 (autoload 'prettyexpand-sexp "pretty-print" "\
|
|
|
9304 Macro expand the sexpression following point. Pretty print expansion
|
|
|
9305 in a temporary buffer. With prefix argument, replace the original
|
|
|
9306 sexpression by its expansion in the current buffer.
|
|
|
9307 However, calls to macros specified in the variable
|
|
|
9308 `pp-shadow-expansion-list' are not expanded, in order to make the code
|
|
|
9309 look nicer." t nil)
|
|
|
9310
|
|
|
9311 (autoload 'prettyexpand-all-sexp "pretty-print" "\
|
|
|
9312 Macro expand recursively the sexpression following point. Pretty print
|
|
|
9313 expansion in a temporary buffer. With prefix argument, replace the
|
|
|
9314 original sexpression by its expansion in the current buffer.
|
|
|
9315 However, calls to macros specified in the variable
|
|
|
9316 `pp-shadow-expansion-list' are not expanded, in order to make the code
|
|
|
9317 look nicer." t nil)
|
|
|
9318
|
|
|
9319 ;;;***
|
|
|
9320
|
|
|
9321 ;;;### (autoloads (reporter-submit-bug-report) "reporter" "utils/reporter.el")
|
|
|
9322
|
|
|
9323 (autoload 'reporter-submit-bug-report "reporter" nil nil nil)
|
|
|
9324
|
|
|
9325 ;;;***
|
|
|
9326
|
|
|
9327 ;;;### (autoloads (make-ring ringp) "ring" "utils/ring.el")
|
|
|
9328
|
|
|
9329 (autoload 'ringp "ring" "\
|
|
|
9330 Returns t if X is a ring; nil otherwise." nil nil)
|
|
|
9331
|
|
|
9332 (define-obsolete-function-alias 'ring-p 'ringp)
|
|
|
9333
|
|
|
9334 (autoload 'make-ring "ring" "\
|
|
|
9335 Make a ring that can contain SIZE elements." nil nil)
|
|
|
9336
|
|
|
9337 ;;;***
|
|
|
9338
|
|
153
|
9339 ;;;### (autoloads (savehist-save savehist-load) "savehist" "utils/savehist.el")
|
|
|
9340
|
|
|
9341 (autoload 'savehist-load "savehist" "\
|
|
|
9342 Load the histories saved to `savehist-file'.
|
|
|
9343 Unless PREFIX is non-nil, the function will also add the save function to
|
|
|
9344 `kill-emacs-hook'.
|
|
|
9345
|
|
|
9346 This function should be normally used from your Emacs init file. Since it
|
|
|
9347 removes your current minibuffer histories (if any), it is unwise to call it
|
|
|
9348 at any other time." t nil)
|
|
|
9349
|
|
|
9350 (autoload 'savehist-save "savehist" "\
|
|
|
9351 Save the histories from `savehist-history-variables' to `savehist-file'.
|
|
|
9352 A variable will be saved if it is bound and non-nil." t nil)
|
|
|
9353
|
|
|
9354 ;;;***
|
|
|
9355
|
|
78
|
9356 ;;;### (autoloads (skeleton-pair-insert-maybe skeleton-insert skeleton-proxy skeleton-proxy-new define-skeleton) "skeleton" "utils/skeleton.el")
|
|
|
9357
|
|
|
9358 (defvar skeleton-filter 'identity "\
|
|
|
9359 Function for transforming a skeleton proxy's aliases' variable value.")
|
|
|
9360
|
|
|
9361 (autoload 'define-skeleton "skeleton" "\
|
|
|
9362 Define a user-configurable COMMAND that enters a statement skeleton.
|
|
|
9363 DOCUMENTATION is that of the command, while the variable of the same name,
|
|
|
9364 which contains the skeleton, has a documentation to that effect.
|
|
|
9365 INTERACTOR and ELEMENT ... are as defined under `skeleton-insert'." nil 'macro)
|
|
|
9366
|
|
|
9367 (autoload 'skeleton-proxy-new "skeleton" "\
|
|
|
9368 Insert skeleton defined by variable of same name (see `skeleton-insert').
|
|
|
9369 Prefix ARG allows wrapping around words or regions (see `skeleton-insert').
|
|
|
9370 If no ARG was given, but the region is visible, ARG defaults to -1 depending
|
|
|
9371 on `skeleton-autowrap'. An ARG of M-0 will prevent this just for once.
|
|
|
9372 This command can also be an abbrev expansion (3rd and 4th columns in
|
|
|
9373 \\[edit-abbrevs] buffer: \"\" command-name).
|
|
|
9374
|
|
|
9375 When called as a function, optional first argument STR may also be a string
|
|
|
9376 which will be the value of `str' whereas the skeleton's interactor is then
|
|
|
9377 ignored." t nil)
|
|
|
9378
|
|
|
9379 (autoload 'skeleton-proxy "skeleton" "\
|
|
|
9380 Insert skeleton defined by variable of same name (see `skeleton-insert').
|
|
|
9381 Prefix ARG allows wrapping around words or regions (see `skeleton-insert').
|
|
|
9382 If no ARG was given, but the region is visible, ARG defaults to -1 depending
|
|
|
9383 on `skeleton-autowrap'. An ARG of M-0 will prevent this just for once.
|
|
|
9384 This command can also be an abbrev expansion (3rd and 4th columns in
|
|
|
9385 \\[edit-abbrevs] buffer: \"\" command-name).
|
|
|
9386
|
|
|
9387 When called as a function, optional first argument STR may also be a string
|
|
|
9388 which will be the value of `str' whereas the skeleton's interactor is then
|
|
|
9389 ignored." t nil)
|
|
|
9390
|
|
|
9391 (autoload 'skeleton-insert "skeleton" "\
|
|
|
9392 Insert the complex statement skeleton SKELETON describes very concisely.
|
|
|
9393
|
|
|
9394 With optional third REGIONS wrap first interesting point (`_') in skeleton
|
|
|
9395 around next REGIONS words, if REGIONS is positive. If REGIONS is negative,
|
|
|
9396 wrap REGIONS preceding interregions into first REGIONS interesting positions
|
|
|
9397 \(successive `_'s) in skeleton. An interregion is the stretch of text between
|
|
|
9398 two contiguous marked points. If you marked A B C [] (where [] is the cursor)
|
|
|
9399 in alphabetical order, the 3 interregions are simply the last 3 regions. But
|
|
|
9400 if you marked B A [] C, the interregions are B-A, A-[], []-C.
|
|
|
9401
|
|
|
9402 Optional fourth STR is the value for the variable `str' within the skeleton.
|
|
|
9403 When this is non-`nil' the interactor gets ignored, and this should be a valid
|
|
|
9404 skeleton element.
|
|
|
9405
|
|
|
9406 SKELETON is made up as (INTERACTOR ELEMENT ...). INTERACTOR may be nil if
|
|
|
9407 not needed, a prompt-string or an expression for complex read functions.
|
|
|
9408
|
|
|
9409 If ELEMENT is a string or a character it gets inserted (see also
|
|
|
9410 `skeleton-transformation'). Other possibilities are:
|
|
|
9411
|
|
|
9412 \\n go to next line and indent according to mode
|
|
|
9413 _ interesting point, interregion here, point after termination
|
|
|
9414 > indent line (or interregion if > _) according to major mode
|
|
|
9415 & do next ELEMENT if previous moved point
|
|
|
9416 | do next ELEMENT if previous didn't move point
|
|
|
9417 -num delete num preceding characters (see `skeleton-untabify')
|
|
|
9418 resume: skipped, continue here if quit is signaled
|
|
|
9419 nil skipped
|
|
|
9420
|
|
|
9421 Further elements can be defined via `skeleton-further-elements'. ELEMENT may
|
|
|
9422 itself be a SKELETON with an INTERACTOR. The user is prompted repeatedly for
|
|
|
9423 different inputs. The SKELETON is processed as often as the user enters a
|
|
|
9424 non-empty string. \\[keyboard-quit] terminates skeleton insertion, but
|
|
|
9425 continues after `resume:' and positions at `_' if any. If INTERACTOR in such
|
|
|
9426 a subskeleton is a prompt-string which contains a \".. %s ..\" it is
|
|
|
9427 formatted with `skeleton-subprompt'. Such an INTERACTOR may also a list of
|
|
|
9428 strings with the subskeleton being repeated once for each string.
|
|
|
9429
|
|
|
9430 Quoted Lisp expressions are evaluated evaluated for their side-effect.
|
|
|
9431 Other Lisp expressions are evaluated and the value treated as above.
|
|
|
9432 Note that expressions may not return `t' since this implies an
|
|
|
9433 endless loop. Modes can define other symbols by locally setting them
|
|
|
9434 to any valid skeleton element. The following local variables are
|
|
|
9435 available:
|
|
|
9436
|
|
|
9437 str first time: read a string according to INTERACTOR
|
|
|
9438 then: insert previously read string once more
|
|
|
9439 help help-form during interaction with the user or `nil'
|
|
|
9440 input initial input (string or cons with index) while reading str
|
|
|
9441 v1, v2 local variables for memorizing anything you want
|
|
|
9442
|
|
|
9443 When done with skeleton, but before going back to `_'-point call
|
|
|
9444 `skeleton-end-hook' if that is non-`nil'." nil nil)
|
|
|
9445
|
|
|
9446 (autoload 'skeleton-pair-insert-maybe "skeleton" "\
|
|
|
9447 Insert the character you type ARG times.
|
|
|
9448
|
|
|
9449 With no ARG, if `skeleton-pair' is non-nil, pairing can occur. If the region
|
|
|
9450 is visible the pair is wrapped around it depending on `skeleton-autowrap'.
|
|
|
9451 Else, if `skeleton-pair-on-word' is non-nil or we are not before or inside a
|
|
|
9452 word, and if `skeleton-pair-filter' returns nil, pairing is performed.
|
|
|
9453
|
|
|
9454 If a match is found in `skeleton-pair-alist', that is inserted, else
|
|
|
9455 the defaults are used. These are (), [], {}, <> and `' for the
|
|
|
9456 symmetrical ones, and the same character twice for the others." t nil)
|
|
|
9457
|
|
|
9458 ;;;***
|
|
|
9459
|
|
100
|
9460 ;;;### (autoloads (speedbar-frame-mode) "speedbar" "utils/speedbar.el")
|
|
|
9461
|
|
|
9462 (autoload 'speedbar-frame-mode "speedbar" "\
|
|
|
9463 Enable or disable use of a speedbar. Positive number means turn
|
|
|
9464 on, negative turns speedbar off, and nil means toggle. Once the
|
|
|
9465 speedbar frame is activated, a buffer in `speedbar-mode' will be
|
|
|
9466 displayed. Currently, only one speedbar is supported at a time." t nil)
|
|
|
9467
|
|
|
9468 ;;;***
|
|
|
9469
|
|
86
|
9470 ;;;### (autoloads nil "timezone" "utils/timezone.el")
|
|
|
9471
|
|
|
9472 (define-error 'invalid-date "Invalid date string")
|
|
|
9473
|
|
|
9474 ;;;***
|
|
|
9475
|
|
78
|
9476 ;;;### (autoloads (tq-create) "tq" "utils/tq.el")
|
|
|
9477
|
|
|
9478 (autoload 'tq-create "tq" "\
|
|
|
9479 Create and return a transaction queue communicating with PROCESS.
|
|
|
9480 PROCESS should be a subprocess capable of sending and receiving
|
|
|
9481 streams of bytes. It may be a local process, or it may be connected
|
|
|
9482 to a tcp server on another machine." nil nil)
|
|
|
9483
|
|
|
9484 ;;;***
|
|
|
9485
|
|
|
9486 ;;;### (autoloads (trace-function-background trace-function) "trace" "utils/trace.el")
|
|
|
9487
|
|
|
9488 (defvar trace-buffer "*trace-output*" "\
|
|
|
9489 *Trace output will by default go to that buffer.")
|
|
|
9490
|
|
|
9491 (autoload 'trace-function "trace" "\
|
|
|
9492 Traces FUNCTION with trace output going to BUFFER.
|
|
|
9493 For every call of FUNCTION Lisp-style trace messages that display argument
|
|
|
9494 and return values will be inserted into BUFFER. This function generates the
|
|
|
9495 trace advice for FUNCTION and activates it together with any other advice
|
|
|
9496 there might be!! The trace BUFFER will popup whenever FUNCTION is called.
|
|
|
9497 Do not use this to trace functions that switch buffers or do any other
|
|
|
9498 display oriented stuff, use `trace-function-background' instead." t nil)
|
|
|
9499
|
|
|
9500 (autoload 'trace-function-background "trace" "\
|
|
|
9501 Traces FUNCTION with trace output going quietly to BUFFER.
|
|
|
9502 For every call of FUNCTION Lisp-style trace messages that display argument
|
|
|
9503 and return values will be inserted into BUFFER. This function generates the
|
|
|
9504 trace advice for FUNCTION and activates it together with any other advice
|
|
|
9505 there might be!! Trace output will quietly go to BUFFER without changing
|
|
|
9506 the window or buffer configuration at all." t nil)
|
|
|
9507
|
|
|
9508 ;;;***
|
|
|
9509
|
|
|
9510 ;;;### (autoloads (xbm-button-create) "xbm-button" "utils/xbm-button.el")
|
|
|
9511
|
|
|
9512 (autoload 'xbm-button-create "xbm-button" "\
|
|
|
9513 Returns a list of XBM image instantiators for a button displaying TEXT.
|
|
|
9514 The list is of the form
|
|
|
9515 (UP DOWN DISABLED)
|
|
|
9516 where UP, DOWN, and DISABLED are the up, down and disabled image
|
|
|
9517 instantiators for the button.
|
|
|
9518
|
|
|
9519 BORDER-THICKNESS specifies how many pixels should be used for the
|
|
|
9520 borders on the edges of the buttons. It should be a positive integer,
|
|
|
9521 or 0 to mean no border." nil nil)
|
|
|
9522
|
|
|
9523 ;;;***
|
|
|
9524
|
|
|
9525 ;;;### (autoloads (xpm-button-create) "xpm-button" "utils/xpm-button.el")
|
|
|
9526
|
|
|
9527 (autoload 'xpm-button-create "xpm-button" "\
|
|
|
9528 Returns a list of XPM image instantiators for a button displaying TEXT.
|
|
|
9529 The list is of the form
|
|
|
9530 (UP DOWN DISABLED)
|
|
|
9531 where UP, DOWN, and DISABLED are the up, down and disabled image
|
|
|
9532 instantiators for the button.
|
|
|
9533
|
|
|
9534 SHADOW-THICKNESS specifies how many pixels should be used for the
|
|
|
9535 shadows on the edges of the buttons. It should be a positive integer,
|
|
|
9536 or 0 to mean no shadows on the edges.
|
|
|
9537 FG-COLOR is the color used to display the text. It should be a string.
|
|
|
9538 BG-COLOR is the background color the text will be displayed upon.
|
|
|
9539 It should be a string." nil nil)
|
|
|
9540
|
|
|
9541 ;;;***
|
|
|
9542
|
|
|
9543 ;;;### (autoloads (viper-mode) "viper" "viper/viper.el")
|
|
|
9544
|
|
|
9545 (autoload 'viper-mode "viper" "\
|
|
|
9546 Turn on Viper emulation of Vi." t nil)
|
|
|
9547
|
|
|
9548 (defalias 'vip-mode 'viper-mode)
|
|
|
9549
|
|
|
9550 ;;;***
|
|
|
9551
|
|
|
9552 ;;;### (autoloads (vm-easy-menu-create-keymaps vm-easy-menu-define) "vm-easymenu" "vm/vm-easymenu.el")
|
|
|
9553
|
|
|
9554 (autoload 'vm-easy-menu-define "vm-easymenu" "\
|
|
|
9555 Define a menu bar submenu in maps MAPS, according to MENU.
|
|
|
9556 The menu keymap is stored in symbol SYMBOL, both as its value
|
|
|
9557 and as its function definition. DOC is used as the doc string for SYMBOL.
|
|
|
9558
|
|
|
9559 The first element of MENU must be a string. It is the menu bar item name.
|
|
|
9560 The rest of the elements are menu items.
|
|
|
9561
|
|
|
9562 A menu item is usually a vector of three elements: [NAME CALLBACK ENABLE]
|
|
|
9563
|
|
|
9564 NAME is a string--the menu item name.
|
|
|
9565
|
|
|
9566 CALLBACK is a command to run when the item is chosen,
|
|
|
9567 or a list to evaluate when the item is chosen.
|
|
|
9568
|
|
|
9569 ENABLE is an expression; the item is enabled for selection
|
|
|
9570 whenever this expression's value is non-nil.
|
|
|
9571
|
|
|
9572 Alternatively, a menu item may have the form:
|
|
|
9573
|
|
|
9574 [ NAME CALLBACK [ KEYWORD ARG ] ... ]
|
|
|
9575
|
|
|
9576 Where KEYWORD is one of the symbol defined below.
|
|
|
9577
|
|
|
9578 :keys KEYS
|
|
|
9579
|
|
|
9580 KEYS is a string; a complex keyboard equivalent to this menu item.
|
|
|
9581 This is normally not needed because keyboard equivalents are usually
|
|
|
9582 computed automatically.
|
|
|
9583
|
|
|
9584 :active ENABLE
|
|
|
9585
|
|
|
9586 ENABLE is an expression; the item is enabled for selection
|
|
|
9587 whenever this expression's value is non-nil.
|
|
|
9588
|
|
|
9589 :suffix NAME
|
|
|
9590
|
|
|
9591 NAME is a string; the name of an argument to CALLBACK.
|
|
|
9592
|
|
|
9593 :style
|
|
|
9594
|
|
|
9595 STYLE is a symbol describing the type of menu item. The following are
|
|
|
9596 defined:
|
|
|
9597
|
|
|
9598 toggle: A checkbox.
|
|
|
9599 Currently just prepend the name with the string \"Toggle \".
|
|
|
9600 radio: A radio button.
|
|
|
9601 nil: An ordinary menu item.
|
|
|
9602
|
|
|
9603 :selected SELECTED
|
|
|
9604
|
|
|
9605 SELECTED is an expression; the checkbox or radio button is selected
|
|
|
9606 whenever this expression's value is non-nil.
|
|
|
9607 Currently just disable radio buttons, no effect on checkboxes.
|
|
|
9608
|
|
|
9609 A menu item can be a string. Then that string appears in the menu as
|
|
|
9610 unselectable text. A string consisting solely of hyphens is displayed
|
|
|
9611 as a solid horizontal line.
|
|
|
9612
|
|
|
9613 A menu item can be a list. It is treated as a submenu.
|
|
|
9614 The first element should be the submenu name. That's used as the
|
|
|
9615 menu item in the top-level menu. The cdr of the submenu list
|
|
|
9616 is a list of menu items, as above." nil 'macro)
|
|
|
9617
|
|
|
9618 (autoload 'vm-easy-menu-create-keymaps "vm-easymenu" nil nil nil)
|
|
|
9619
|
|
|
9620 ;;;***
|
|
|
9621
|
|
118
|
9622 ;;;### (autoloads (x-font-build-cache font-default-size-for-device font-default-encoding-for-device font-default-registry-for-device font-default-family-for-device font-default-object-for-device font-default-font-for-device font-create-object) "font" "w3/font.el")
|
|
108
|
9623
|
|
|
9624 (autoload 'font-create-object "font" nil nil nil)
|
|
|
9625
|
|
|
9626 (autoload 'font-default-font-for-device "font" nil nil nil)
|
|
|
9627
|
|
|
9628 (autoload 'font-default-object-for-device "font" nil nil nil)
|
|
|
9629
|
|
|
9630 (autoload 'font-default-family-for-device "font" nil nil nil)
|
|
|
9631
|
|
118
|
9632 (autoload 'font-default-registry-for-device "font" nil nil nil)
|
|
|
9633
|
|
|
9634 (autoload 'font-default-encoding-for-device "font" nil nil nil)
|
|
|
9635
|
|
108
|
9636 (autoload 'font-default-size-for-device "font" nil nil nil)
|
|
|
9637
|
|
|
9638 (autoload 'x-font-build-cache "font" nil nil nil)
|
|
|
9639
|
|
|
9640 ;;;***
|
|
|
9641
|
|
|
9642 ;;;### (autoloads (url-cache-expired url-cache-extract url-is-cached url-store-in-cache) "url-cache" "w3/url-cache.el")
|
|
102
|
9643
|
|
|
9644 (autoload 'url-store-in-cache "url-cache" "\
|
|
|
9645 Store buffer BUFF in the cache" nil nil)
|
|
|
9646
|
|
|
9647 (autoload 'url-is-cached "url-cache" "\
|
|
|
9648 Return non-nil if the URL is cached." nil nil)
|
|
|
9649
|
|
108
|
9650 (autoload 'url-cache-extract "url-cache" "\
|
|
102
|
9651 Extract FNAM from the local disk cache" nil nil)
|
|
|
9652
|
|
|
9653 (autoload 'url-cache-expired "url-cache" "\
|
|
|
9654 Return t iff a cached file has expired." nil nil)
|
|
|
9655
|
|
|
9656 ;;;***
|
|
|
9657
|
|
118
|
9658 ;;;### (autoloads (url-gateway-nslookup-host) "url-gw" "w3/url-gw.el")
|
|
|
9659
|
|
|
9660 (autoload 'url-gateway-nslookup-host "url-gw" "\
|
|
|
9661 Attempt to resolve the given HOSTNAME using nslookup if possible." t nil)
|
|
|
9662
|
|
|
9663 ;;;***
|
|
|
9664
|
|
102
|
9665 ;;;### (autoloads (url-retrieve url-popup-info url-get-url-at-point url-buffer-visiting url-normalize-url url-file-attributes) "url" "w3/url.el")
|
|
80
|
9666
|
|
|
9667 (autoload 'url-file-attributes "url" "\
|
|
|
9668 Return a list of attributes of URL.
|
|
|
9669 Value is nil if specified file cannot be opened.
|
|
|
9670 Otherwise, list elements are:
|
|
|
9671 0. t for directory, string (name linked to) for symbolic link, or nil.
|
|
|
9672 1. Number of links to file.
|
|
|
9673 2. File uid.
|
|
|
9674 3. File gid.
|
|
|
9675 4. Last access time, as a list of two integers.
|
|
|
9676 First integer has high-order 16 bits of time, second has low 16 bits.
|
|
|
9677 5. Last modification time, likewise.
|
|
|
9678 6. Last status change time, likewise.
|
|
|
9679 7. Size in bytes. (-1, if number is out of range).
|
|
|
9680 8. File modes, as a string of ten letters or dashes as in ls -l.
|
|
|
9681 If URL is on an http server, this will return the content-type if possible.
|
|
|
9682 9. t iff file's gid would change if file were deleted and recreated.
|
|
|
9683 10. inode number.
|
|
|
9684 11. Device number.
|
|
|
9685
|
|
|
9686 If file does not exist, returns nil." nil nil)
|
|
|
9687
|
|
|
9688 (autoload 'url-normalize-url "url" "\
|
|
|
9689 Return a 'normalized' version of URL. This strips out default port
|
|
|
9690 numbers, etc." nil nil)
|
|
|
9691
|
|
|
9692 (autoload 'url-buffer-visiting "url" "\
|
|
|
9693 Return the name of a buffer (if any) that is visiting URL." nil nil)
|
|
|
9694
|
|
|
9695 (autoload 'url-get-url-at-point "url" "\
|
|
|
9696 Get the URL closest to point, but don't change your
|
|
|
9697 position. Has a preference for looking backward when not
|
|
|
9698 directly on a symbol." nil nil)
|
|
|
9699
|
|
|
9700 (autoload 'url-popup-info "url" "\
|
|
|
9701 Retrieve the HTTP/1.0 headers and display them in a temp buffer." nil nil)
|
|
|
9702
|
|
|
9703 (autoload 'url-retrieve "url" "\
|
|
|
9704 Retrieve a document over the World Wide Web.
|
|
|
9705 The document should be specified by its fully specified
|
|
|
9706 Uniform Resource Locator. No parsing is done, just return the
|
|
|
9707 document as the server sent it. The document is left in the
|
|
|
9708 buffer specified by url-working-buffer. url-working-buffer is killed
|
|
|
9709 immediately before starting the transfer, so that no buffer-local
|
|
|
9710 variables interfere with the retrieval. HTTP/1.0 redirection will
|
|
|
9711 be honored before this function exits." nil nil)
|
|
|
9712
|
|
|
9713 ;;;***
|
|
|
9714
|
|
144
|
9715 ;;;### (autoloads (w3-hotlist-add-document w3-use-hotlist w3-hotlist-append w3-hotlist-rename-entry w3-hotlist-delete) "w3-hot" "w3/w3-hot.el")
|
|
|
9716
|
|
|
9717 (autoload 'w3-hotlist-delete "w3-hot" "\
|
|
|
9718 Deletes a document from your hotlist file" t nil)
|
|
|
9719
|
|
|
9720 (autoload 'w3-hotlist-rename-entry "w3-hot" "\
|
|
|
9721 Rename a hotlist item" t nil)
|
|
|
9722
|
|
|
9723 (autoload 'w3-hotlist-append "w3-hot" "\
|
|
|
9724 Append a hotlist to the one in memory" t nil)
|
|
78
|
9725
|
|
|
9726 (autoload 'w3-use-hotlist "w3-hot" "\
|
|
|
9727 Possibly go to a link in your W3/Mosaic hotlist.
|
|
|
9728 This is part of the emacs World Wide Web browser. It will prompt for
|
|
|
9729 one of the items in your 'hotlist'. A hotlist is a list of often
|
|
|
9730 visited or interesting items you have found on the World Wide Web." t nil)
|
|
|
9731
|
|
144
|
9732 (autoload 'w3-hotlist-add-document "w3-hot" "\
|
|
|
9733 Add this documents url to the hotlist" t nil)
|
|
|
9734
|
|
78
|
9735 ;;;***
|
|
|
9736
|
|
102
|
9737 ;;;### (autoloads (w3-follow-link w3-follow-link-other-frame w3-do-setup w3 w3-preview-this-buffer w3-follow-url-at-point w3-follow-url-at-point-other-frame w3-maybe-follow-link w3-maybe-follow-link-mouse w3-fetch w3-fetch-other-frame w3-find-file w3-open-local) "w3" "w3/w3.el")
|
|
78
|
9738
|
|
|
9739 (autoload 'w3-open-local "w3" "\
|
|
|
9740 Find a local file, and interpret it as a hypertext document.
|
|
|
9741 It will prompt for an existing file or directory, and retrieve it as a
|
|
98
|
9742 hypertext document." t nil)
|
|
78
|
9743
|
|
|
9744 (autoload 'w3-find-file "w3" "\
|
|
|
9745 Find a local file, and interpret it as a hypertext document.
|
|
|
9746 It will prompt for an existing file or directory, and retrieve it as a
|
|
98
|
9747 hypertext document." t nil)
|
|
78
|
9748
|
|
|
9749 (autoload 'w3-fetch-other-frame "w3" "\
|
|
|
9750 Attempt to follow the hypertext reference under point in a new frame.
|
|
|
9751 With prefix-arg P, ignore viewers and dump the link straight
|
|
|
9752 to disk." t nil)
|
|
|
9753
|
|
|
9754 (autoload 'w3-fetch "w3" "\
|
|
|
9755 Retrieve a document over the World Wide Web.
|
|
82
|
9756 Defaults to URL of the current document, if any.
|
|
|
9757 With prefix argument, use the URL of the hyperlink under point instead." t nil)
|
|
78
|
9758
|
|
|
9759 (autoload 'w3-maybe-follow-link-mouse "w3" "\
|
|
|
9760 Maybe follow a hypertext link under point.
|
|
|
9761 If there is no link under point, this will try using
|
|
|
9762 url-get-url-at-point" t nil)
|
|
|
9763
|
|
|
9764 (autoload 'w3-maybe-follow-link "w3" "\
|
|
|
9765 Maybe follow a hypertext link under point.
|
|
|
9766 If there is no link under point, this will try using
|
|
|
9767 url-get-url-at-point" t nil)
|
|
|
9768
|
|
|
9769 (autoload 'w3-follow-url-at-point-other-frame "w3" "\
|
|
|
9770 Follow the URL under PT, defaults to link under (point)" t nil)
|
|
|
9771
|
|
|
9772 (autoload 'w3-follow-url-at-point "w3" "\
|
|
|
9773 Follow the URL under PT, defaults to link under (point)" t nil)
|
|
|
9774
|
|
|
9775 (autoload 'w3-preview-this-buffer "w3" "\
|
|
|
9776 See what this buffer will look like when its formatted as HTML.
|
|
|
9777 HTML is the HyperText Markup Language used by the World Wide Web to
|
|
|
9778 specify formatting for text. More information on HTML can be found at
|
|
|
9779 ftp.w3.org:/pub/www/doc." t nil)
|
|
|
9780
|
|
|
9781 (autoload 'w3 "w3" "\
|
|
|
9782 Retrieve the default World Wide Web home page.
|
|
|
9783 The World Wide Web is a global hypertext system started by CERN in
|
|
|
9784 Switzerland in 1991.
|
|
|
9785
|
|
|
9786 The home page is specified by the variable w3-default-homepage. The
|
|
|
9787 document should be specified by its fully specified Uniform Resource
|
|
|
9788 Locator. The document will be parsed as HTML (if appropriate) and
|
|
|
9789 displayed in a new buffer." t nil)
|
|
|
9790
|
|
|
9791 (autoload 'w3-do-setup "w3" "\
|
|
|
9792 Do setup - this is to avoid conflict with user settings when W3 is
|
|
|
9793 dumped with emacs." nil nil)
|
|
|
9794
|
|
|
9795 (autoload 'w3-follow-link-other-frame "w3" "\
|
|
|
9796 Attempt to follow the hypertext reference under point in a new frame.
|
|
|
9797 With prefix-arg P, ignore viewers and dump the link straight
|
|
|
9798 to disk." nil nil)
|
|
|
9799
|
|
|
9800 (autoload 'w3-follow-link "w3" "\
|
|
|
9801 Attempt to follow the hypertext reference under point.
|
|
|
9802 With prefix-arg P, ignore viewers and dump the link straight
|
|
|
9803 to disk." t nil)
|
|
|
9804
|
|
|
9805 ;;;***
|
|
|
9806
|
|
|
9807 ;;;### (autoloads (font-menu-weight-constructor font-menu-size-constructor font-menu-family-constructor reset-device-font-menus) "x-font-menu" "x11/x-font-menu.el")
|
|
|
9808
|
|
|
9809 (defvar font-menu-ignore-scaled-fonts t "\
|
|
|
9810 *If non-nil, then the font menu will try to show only bitmap fonts.")
|
|
|
9811
|
|
|
9812 (defvar font-menu-this-frame-only-p nil "\
|
|
|
9813 *If non-nil, then changing the default font from the font menu will only
|
|
|
9814 affect one frame instead of all frames.")
|
|
|
9815
|
|
|
9816 (fset 'install-font-menus 'reset-device-font-menus)
|
|
|
9817
|
|
|
9818 (autoload 'reset-device-font-menus "x-font-menu" "\
|
|
|
9819 Generates the `Font', `Size', and `Weight' submenus for the Options menu.
|
|
|
9820 This is run the first time that a font-menu is needed for each device.
|
|
|
9821 If you don't like the lazy invocation of this function, you can add it to
|
|
|
9822 `create-device-hook' and that will make the font menus respond more quickly
|
|
|
9823 when they are selected for the first time. If you add fonts to your system,
|
|
|
9824 or if you change your font path, you can call this to re-initialize the menus." nil nil)
|
|
|
9825
|
|
|
9826 (autoload 'font-menu-family-constructor "x-font-menu" nil nil nil)
|
|
|
9827
|
|
|
9828 (autoload 'font-menu-size-constructor "x-font-menu" nil nil nil)
|
|
|
9829
|
|
|
9830 (autoload 'font-menu-weight-constructor "x-font-menu" nil nil nil)
|
|
|
9831
|
|
|
9832 ;;;***
|
